formation.
Par. 6. — No such test on the structure shall be required,
however, until notice thereof in writing has been given by
the commissioner to the person to whom the building
permit was issued.
Par. 7. — Load Test. — When the strength of any floor
construction cannot be determined by the methods pre-
scribed in this section or by the apphcation of accepted
engineering formulas, the safe uniformly distributed carry-
ing capacity shall be taken as one sixth of the total load
causing failure to a full-sized construction with the load
City of Boston Building Law. • 11
Sect. 8, Par. 7.]
applied at two points, each at one third of the span from
the ends of the span.
Par. 8. — ■ Fire Tests. — In testing the fireproof quah-
ties of any floor construction, at least one panel of the
proposed maximum span, carrying a Uve load of at least
one hundred and fifty pounds per square foot, shall be
subjected to a fire continuously for four hours at an average
temperature of seventeen hundred degrees Fahrenheit,
followed by an application for at least ten minutes of a
hose stream from a one and one eighth inch nozzle at sixty
pounds nozzle pressure, without appreciable deterioration
or the passage of flame through the floor during the test.
[1918, c. 179, sect. 1, Special Act.]
SECTION 9.
Buildings Allowed in Building Limits.
Par. 1. — The building Hmits of the city of Boston
as they now exist shall continue until changed by ordi-
nance, and the city council may by ordinance from time
to time extend and define them, and may estabhsh other
limits in any part of the city vnthin which every build-
ing built after the establishment thereof shall be of the first
or second class. This restriction shall not apply to
wharves, nor to buildings not exceeding twenty-seven feet
in height on wharves, nor to market sheds or market build-
ings not exceeding the said height, nor to elevators for the
storage of coal or grain, if the external parts of such build-
ings, elevators or other structures are covered with slate,
tile, metal, or other equally fireproof material, and the
mode of construction and the location thereof are approved
by the commissioner. Temporary structures to facilitate
the prosecution of any authorized work may be erected
under such conditions as the commissioner may prescribe.
12. City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 9, Par. 1.]
Single and two-family dwellings not to be occupied and
not intended, arranged, or designed to be occupied, by
more than two families, may be built of third-class con-
struction or of composite construction in all parts of the
city of Boston not included in the building Hmits of the city
as they existed prior to the twenty-second day of Septem-
ber in the year nineteen hundred and thirteen; but no such
building shall occupy more than sixty per cent of the area
of the lot upon which it is situated, and all such buildings
shall be constructed with pitched roofs not less than thirty
degrees with the horizontal.
[1914, c. 782, sect. 1.]
Third Class Buildings.
Par. 2. — Buildings of the third class in the city of
Boston may be reconstructed, altered, enlarged, repaired
and extended so as to cover a greater area of land: pro-
vided, that the reconstruction, alteration, enlargement, or
extension conforms to the requirements of the law in
respect to new buildings of hke character; and, provided,
also, that not more than sixty per cent of the lot is covered.
[1915, c. 352, sect. 1, Special Act.]
[1917, c. 221, Special Act.]
[1918, c. 179, sect. 2, Special Act.]
SECTION 10.
Exemptions from Act.
Par.1. — The provisions of this act shall not apply
to bridges, quays, or wharves, nor to buildings on land
ceded to the United States or owned and occupied by
the Commonwealth, nor to the Suffolk County court house,
jail, or house of correction, nor to railroad stations, nor to
portable or permanent school buildings erected and main-
tained by the schoolhouse department except as provided
City of Boston Building Law. 13
Sect. 10, Par. 1.]
in section seventeen of this act and amendments thereof
or additions thereto, nor to voting booths erected and
maintained by the board of election commissioners; and
also provided that permits from the building commissioner
for the erection of school buildings shall be required and
that such buildings shall be subject to the inspection of
the building department.
[1915, c. 352, sect. 2, Special Act.]
Par. 2. — Except as otherwise provided by law, the
provisions of this act shall not be held to deprive the board
of health, the police commissioner, the board of street com-
missioners, the board of park commissioners, the board of
examiners of gas fitters, the commissioner of wires, or the
fire commissioner of the city of Boston of any power or
authority which they have at the date of the passage of
this act, or of the remedies for the enforcement of the
orders of said boards or officers; unless such powers,
authorities, or remedies are inconsistent v»^ith the pro-
visions of this act; nor to repeal any existing law, not
herein expressly repealed, except so far as it may be
inconsistent with the provisions of this act.
SECTION 11.
Definitions.
In this act the following terms shall have the meanings
respectively assigned to them as follows :
Par. 1. — First Class Building. — A first class building
shall consist of fireproof material throughout, with floors
constructed of iron, steel or reinforced concrete beams,
filled in between with terra cotta or other masonry arches
or with concrete or reinforced concrete slabs; wood may
be used only for under and upper floors, windows and
door frames, sashes, doors, interior finish, hand rails for
stairs, necessary sleepers bedded in the cement, and for
14 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 11, Par. 1.]
isolated furrings bedded in mortar. There shall be no air
space between the top of any floor arches and the floor
boarding.
Par. 2. — Second Class Building. — All buildings not
of the first class, the external and party v/alls of which are
of brick, stone, iron, steel, concrete, reinforced concrete,
concrete blocks, or other equally substantial and fireproof
material.
Par. 3. — Third Class Building. — A wooden frame
building.
Par. 4. — Composite Buildiyig. — A building partly of
second class and partly of third class construction. Com-
posite buildings may be built under the same restrictions
as, and need comply only with the requirements for, third
class buildings as to fire protection and exterior finish.
Par. 5. — Masonry. — Masonry shall include such parts
of a structure as are constructed with stone, bricks of
burnt clay, cement, or sand lime, hollow blocks of burnt
clay or concrete, and stone or cinder concrete, both plain
and reinforced work.
Par. 6. — Foundation. — That part of a wall below the
level of the street curb, or, if a wall is not on the street,
that part of the wall below the level of the highest ground
next to the wall, or, in the discretion of the commissioner,
that part of a party or partition wall below the cellar floor.
Par. 7. — Underpinning . — In third class buildings the
wall reaching from the foundation proper to the under
side of the sills.
Par. 8. — Height of a Buildiyig. — The vertical distance
of the highest point of the roof above the mean grade of
the curbs of all the streets upon which it abuts, and if it
does not abut on a street, above the mean grade of the
ground adjoining the building.
Par. 9. — Party Wall. — A wall that separates two or
more buildings, and is used or adapted for the use of more
than one building.
City of Boston Building Law. 15
Sect. 11.]
Pae. 10. — Partition Wall. — An interior wall of masonry
in a building.
Pab. 11. — Thickness of Wall. — The minimum thickness
of such wall.
Pae. 12. — Story of a Building. — That part of a build-
ing between the top of any floor beams and the top of the
floor or roof beams next above.
Pae. 13. — Basement. — That story of a building not
more than forty per cent of which is below the grade of
the street.
Pae. 14. — ■ Cellar. — That part of a building more than
forty per cent of which is below the grade of the street,
and in third class buildings that part of the building which
is below the sills.
Pae. 15. — Gas Fitting. — ■ The work of putting together
any fittings, pipes or fixtures or other appliances which
are to contain gas for heat, light or power purposes and
will be subject to inspection under existing laws.
[1918, c. 179, sect. 3, Special Act.]
SECTION 12.
Requieements foe All Buildings.
Permits.
Pae. 1. — No building, structure or foundation shall be
constructed or altered without a permit, and such work
shall be done in accordance with drawings bearing the
approval of the commissioner.
Excavations to be Supported.
Pae. 2. — Every structure in process of construction,
alteration, repair or removal, and every neighboring
structure or portion thereof affected by such process or
by any excavation, shall be sufficiently supported during
such process.
Pae. 3. — The commissioner may take such measures
as the public safety requires to carry these provisions into
effect.
16 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 12.]
Leaders.
Par. 4. — All buildings shall have leaders sufficient to
discharge the roof water in such a manner as not to flow
upon any pubUc way or any neighboring property. Such
leaders may project into a pubhc v/ay not over seven inches.
Chimneys — Height Above Roof.
Par. 5. — Every chimney flue shall be carried to a height
sufficient to protect adjoining buildings from fixe and
smoke, and, unless the roof is covered with incombustible
material, shall extend at least four feet above the highest
point of contact with the roof.
' Egress to Roof.
Par. 6. — Every permanent building more than twenty
feet high having a flat roof shall have permanent means
of access to the roof from the inside by an opening not less
than two feet by three feet, with a fixed stepladder.
Egress Required.
Par. 7. — Every building shall have, with reference to
its height, condition, construction, surroundings, char-
acter of occupation and number of occupants, reasonable
means of egress in case of fire, satisfactory to the com-
missioner, except that in all factories or workshops here-
after built or altered, of second class construction, where
ten or more persons are employed above the second floor,
one exit shall consist of a fireproof stairway enclosed in
incombustible material. No building hereafter erected
shall be occupied or permitted to be occupied until said
means of egress have been provided in accordance with
plans and drawings approved by the building commis-
sioner.
[1912, c. 369, sect. 1.]
Par. 8. — Water pipes in every building shall be prop-
erly protected from frost.
City of Boston Building Law. 17
Sect. 12.]
Chimney, Walls and Lining of.
Par. 9. — All chimneys of masonry construction shall
have walls at least eight inches thick, or be constructed
of four-inch brick walls with a suitable flue lining.
Water-Closets.
Par. 10. — Every building used for habitation shall
have such number of water-closets as the board of health
may require; every building where persons are employed
shall have at least one water-closet for every twenty
persons therein employed, and in any building where both
sexes are employed, separate accommodations shall be
furnished for men and women. Every enclosure con-
taining one or more water-closets shall be provided with
adequate ventilation to the outer air either by window
or by suitable light shaft.
Outside Finish.
Par. 11. — In every first and second class building all
of the outside finish shall be of incombustible material,
except window and door frames, ^nd except finish about
show windows in the first story. Where store fronts are
carried up more than one story the columns and hntels
shall be of, or finished with, incombustible material; but
in no case shall store fronts be carried more than two
stories, unless the same are constructed and finished
throughout with fireproof material, except window and
door frames.
Par. 12. — Every ventilating flue shall be constructed
of, or lined with, incombustible material.
Floor Ties.
Par. 13. — Every floor in second class buildings shall
have its beams tied to the walls and to each other with
wrought-iron straps or anchors at least three eighths of
18 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 12, Par. 13.]
an inch thick by one and one half inches wide and not
less than eighteen inches long, so as to form continuous
ties across the building not more than ten feet apart.
Walls running parallel, or nearly parallel, with floor beams
shall be properly tied once in ten feet to the floor beams by
iron straps or anchors of the size above specified.
Wooden Headers and Trimmers.
Pae. 14. — Every wooden header or trimmer more than
four feet long, carrying a floor load of over seventy
pounds per square foot, shall, at connections with other
beams, be framed or hung in stirrup irons, and joint-
bolted. All tail beams and similar beams of wood shall
be framed or hung in stirrup irons.
Windows on Fire Escapes, Kitchenettes. Sprinklers.
Par. 15. — All walls, piers and columns acting as sup-
ports below the first floor of all buildings hereafter built
shall be of masonry or metal. In all buildings hereafter
erected, where outside means of egress are to be con-
structed, the building commissioner may order, when he
deems it necessary, all the window openings in the same
to be protected by metal frames and sash and wire glass,
and aU doors leading to such outside means of egress and
the frames of the same to be of metal or metal covered.
If doors are glazed, they shall be glazed with wire glass.
Every kitchen, kitchenette or room used or adapted to be
used for cooking purposes, either by coal, gas or oil stoves,
in every building hereafter erected, remodeUed or enlarged,
shall be not less than eight feet in the least dimension.
Every such kitchen, kitchenette or room to be used for
cooking purposes shall be lighted and ventilated by
window openings in an external wall direct to the open
air, and such window openings shall equal in size in the
City of Boston Building Law. 19
Sect. 12, Par. 15.]
aggregate at least one eighth of the area of the floor of
such room. When gas, coal or oil stove ovens, broilers or
water heaters are connected to a ventilating flue, the flue
shall be constructed of brick walls not less than eight
inches thick, or with walls four inches thick lined with
terra-cotta flue Hning at least one inch thick. The build-
ing commissioner may order the basements of any mer-
cantile building hereafter erected to be provided with a
system of automatic sprinklers, approved by him as to
location, arrangement and efficiency.
[1914, c. 782, sect. 2.]
SECTION 13.
Prohibitions.
Wooden Buildings in Building Limits.
Par. 1. — No alteration or repair of a wooden building
within the building limits shall be made without a permit
from the commissioner, and no permit to increase the
height or groimd area of such a building shall be granted,
unless such building is on the corner of two intersecting
ways, in which case the building commissioner shall have
authority to grant a permit, nor shall a permit for altera-
tions or repairs be granted if the estimated cost of the
proposed alterations or repairs exceeds one half of the
cost of a like new building.
[1915, c. 352, sect. 3, Special Act.]
Par. 2. — No wooden building, outside the building
limits, shall be moved to any position within the building
limits.
Recess in Wall.
Par. 3. — ■ No recess or chase shall be made in any exter-
nal or party wall so as to leave the thickness at the back
less than eight inches.
20 City op Boston Building Law.
Sect. 13.]
Timbers in Party Wall.
Par. 4. — No roof or floor timber entering a party wall
shall have less than four inches of solid brickwork between
it and the end of any other timber.
Par. 5. — No part of any roof shall be constructed in
such a manner as to discharge snow, ice, or other material
upon a public street or alley.
Par. 6. — No elevated staging or stand for observation
purposes shall be constructed or occupied upon the roof of
any building.
Par. 7. — No chimney shall be corbelled from a wall
more than the thickness of the wall.
Par. 8. — No chimney shall be hung from a wall which
is less than twelve inches thick.
Par. 9. — No masonry shall rest upon wood, except piles
and mud sills.
Par. 10. — No part of any floor timber shall be within
two inches of any chimney.
Par. 11. — ^No studding or furring shall be within one
inch of any chimney.
Par. 12. — • No furnace or boiler for heating shall be
placed upon a wooden floor.
Par. 13. — No smoke pipe shall project through any
external wall or window.
Par. 14. — No steam, furnace, or other hot air pipes shall
be carried ^dthin one inch of any wood work unless such
pipes are double or otherwise protected by incombustible
material.
Par. 15. — No combustible partition shall be within four
feet of the sides and back or within six feet of the front of
any boiler, carrying a pressure of over ten pounds, unless
the partition is covered with incombustible material which
extends to the full height of the partition from the end or
back of the boiler to at least five feet in front of it. In
such case the distance shall be not less than two feet from
City op Boston Building Law. 21
Sect. 13, Par. 15.]
all the sides and five feet from the front of the boiler, and
all lath and plaster and wooden ceiling beams over the
boiler and to a distance of not less than four feet in front
of all such boilers shall be covered with incombustible
material.
[1914, c. 7S2, sect. 3.]
Observation Stand.
Par. 16. — • No observation stand shall be constructed or
maintained except in accordance with plans approved by
the commissioner.
Closet Under Stairs.
Par. 17. — No closet of any kind shall be constructed
under any staircase leading from the cellar or basement
to the first story.
Boiler Under Public Way.
Par. 18. — No boiler shall be placed or maintained
under any public way.
Projections.
Par. 19. — No part of any structure, except cornices,
permanent awnings, string courses, window caps and sills,
bay windows, under such terms, conditions, regulations
and restrictions as may be required by the mayor and
board of aldermen, and outside means of egress, as other-
wise provided, and signs as provided in chapter three
hundred and fifty-two of the acts of the year eighteen
hundred and ninety-five, shall project over any public
way or square. No cornice or bay window shall so project
more than three feet; nor more than twelve inches over a
way of a width of thirty feet or less.
Stables.
Par. 20. — ■ No building within forty feet of the property
of any adjoining owner shall be erected for or converted
to use as a stable, unless such use is authorized by. the
22 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 13, Par. 20.]
board of health after a public hearing. Written notice of
such hearing shall be given to the adjoining owners, and
published at least three times in at least two newspapers
published in Boston, ten days at least before the hearing.
Roofing Materials.
Par. 21. — -No material other than brick, tile, slate,
metal, asbestos shingles, or slag, shall hereafter be used to
cover or roof any building, or the tops, sides and outsides
of the frames of any dormer window, or any other pro-
jection of the roof of any building, except wooden cornices
on wooden frame buildings; but on flat roofs composition
of asbestos and asphalt or tar and gravel may be used,
or such other composition of fire-resisting roofing as the
commissioner may authorize. Asphalt shingles may also
be used: 'provided, that each package of shingles is in-
spected and labelled and that the shingles are made and
laid in conformity with the specifications promulgated by
the National Board of Fire Underwriters as modified from
time to time by said board; and provided, further, that
within the lines at present constituting the building
limits of the city of Boston such asphalt shingles may be
used only on buildings of third class construction, and
that they shall not be used within the building limits of
said city as they existed prior to September twenty-
second, nineteen hundred and thirteen. Nothing in this
section shall be construed to prohibit the use of materials
approved by the commissioner for repairing any roof now
covered with wooden shingles or to prohibit covering with
such approved materials the roofs of buildings less than
sixteen feet in height: provided, that the building is not
altered in height or otherwise generally reconstructed.
[1914, c. 782, sect. 3.]
[1915, c. 352, Special Act, sect. 3.]
11916, c. 277, Special Act.]
[1918, c. 104, Special Act.]
City of Boston Building Law. 23
Sect. 13.]
Lot Line — Distance from, First and Second Class Buildings
to he Kept.
Par. 22. — No part of any first or second class building
hereafter erected, except the eaves and cornices, shall be
nearer than five feet to the line of any adjoining lot on any
side on which such building has any opening in the outer
wall thereof unless all such openings are protected by wire
glass set in metal frames and sash.
SECTION 14.
•Quality and Steength of Materials. Methods of
Computation.
Par. 1. — All materials shall be of such quality for the
purposes for which they are to be used as to insure, in the
judgment of the commissioner, ample safety and security
to life, limb and neighboring property. The commissioner
shall have power to reject all materials which in his
judgment are unsuitable, and may require tests to be
made by the architect, engineer, builder, owner or other
interested persons. Any test thus required shall be made
under the supervision or direction of the commissioner,
and at the expense of the owner.
Par. 2. — Brick. — Brick may be of hard-burned clay,
sand lime or cement and, except for nogging, fire-stopping
and nonbearing or curtain walls not exposed to the
weather, shall be hard and strong, of quality approved as
satisfactory by the commissioner. Second-hand bricks
shall be thoroughly cleaned before being used.
Par. 3. — Hard brick tested for approval shall develop
an average ultimate compressive strength of three thou-
sand pounds per square inch. Brick shall be tested flat-
wise (half bricks permitted) and the average shall be
taken on at least five samples, none of which must fall
below twenty-five hundred pounds per square inch. The
24 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 14, Par. 3.]
compressive strength of wet brick after forty-eight hours
in water must be at least two thirds that of dry brick,
except that, when the lower strength is above three thou-
sand pounds per square inch, the loss in strength may be
ignored.
Pah. 4. — Before brick or other masonry materials are
submitted to absorption tests, they shall be dried to
practically constant weight at a temperature between two
hundred and twenty-five and two hundred and fifty
degrees Fahrenheit and shall not be fully immersed when
placed in water.
Par. 5. — Terra Cotta Floor Tile. — Terra cotta floor
tile, when tested on end and faced with Portland cement,
shall give an average compressive strength of not less than
twenty-five hundred pounds per square inch of net area.
The average strength shall be computed from the results
of tests of ten average tiles.
Par. 6. — Building Blocks. — The term "block" as used
in this section shall mean any shape of brick or tile which
forms a hollow or cellular wall.
Par. 7. — Concrete, hollow and two-piece building
blocks shall be made of Portland cement and suitable
aggregates in such proportion as to develop the following
ultimate compressive strength at twenty-eight days,
shall average one thousand pounds per square inch of
gross sectional area of the block as used in the wall and
shall not fall below seven hundred pounds per square inch
in any test, when testing at least six ordinary samples. In
case of hollow building blocks, the gross cross sectional
area shall be considered as the product of the length by
the width of the block. No allowance shall be made for
air spaces of the block. The allowable working stress for
such blocks shall not exceed one hundred pounds per gross
square inch.
City of Boston Building Law. 25
Sect. 14.]
Par. 8. — Terra cotta building blocks shall be whole,
sound and hard burned and shall develop an ultimate^
crushing strength per square inch of gross area of not less
than twelve hundred pounds when tested with the cells
placed vertically, and three hundred pounds with the cells
placed horizontally.
Par. 9. — The allowable working stress for such blocks
shall not exceed one hundred pounds and fifty pounds per
gross square inch respectively.
Par. 10. — The absorption of building blocks to be used
for bearing or enclosing walls shall not exceed twelve per
cent in forty-eight hours as an average, or more than
fifteen per cent in any case.
Par. 11. — Concrete Aggregates. — The fine aggregates
shall be sand or crushed screenings passing a one fourth
inch screen. The coarse aggregate shall consist of gravel,
crushed stone, slag or cinders retained on a one fourth
inch screen. Cinders or slag may be used for aggregate
only for walls of one story buildings, for floor slabs, roof
slabs, partitions, fireproofing, fire stopping and filling.
Par. 12. — Sand. — Sand or other fine aggregate for
concrete shall be of such quality that mortar of one part
Portland cement and three parts sand by weight shall show
a tensile strength of not less than seventy per cent of the
strength of mortar made on the same proportions with
the same cement and standard Ottawa sand. If the
tensile strength of such mortar is less than eighty per cent
of that made with Ottawa sand, additional cement shall
be used in such amount as may be required by the com-
missioner. The commissioner may require such tests
when, in his judgment, they are necessary.
Par. 13. — Stone. — Stone for concrete shaU be clean,
hard and durable. For reinforced concrete it shall be
of suitable size for the work and shall be small enough to
26 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 14, Par. 13.]
allow the concrete to pass readily between and easily
surround the reinforcement, and fill all parts of the forms.
Par. 14. — Gravel. — Run-of-bank gravel shall be used
only when and as approved by the commissioner.
Pab. 15. — Cinders and Slag. — Cinders shall be com-
posed of hard, clean, vitreous cHnkers, reasonably free
from sulphides, unburned or partly burned coal and ashes.
Slag shall be clean and hard. Cinders and slag shall be
of suitable size for the work.
Par. 16. — Portland Cement. — Portland cement shall
conform to the Standard Specifications of the American
Society for Testing Materials as from time to time revised.
Par. 17. — Lime. — Lime shall be free from ashes,
cHnker and other foreign material and shall not be air slaked .
Par. 18. — Idme Mortar. — Lime mortar shall be made of
slaked Hme or hydrated lime with proper proportion of sand.
Par. 19. — Cement-Lime Mortar. — Cement-lime mortar
shall be thoroughly mixed and made of one part Portlaind
cement, not more than two parts slaked hme or hydrated
hme and not more than eight parts of sand by volume,
but mixtures with larger proportion of cement shall be
allowed higher stress as hereinafter provided.
Par. 20. — Portland Cement Mortar. — Portland cement
mortar shall be thoroughly mixed a,nd made of one part
Portland cement and not more than three parts of sand
by volume. Lime putty, or hydrated Hme, may be added
to an amount equal to fifteen per cent of the volume of
the cement.
Par. 21. — Concrete. — Concrete shall mean an approved
mixture of Portland cement, water and fine and coarse
aggregate.
Par. 22. — Mixing. — The ingredients shall be thor-
oughly mixed and the mixing shall continue until the
cement is thoroughly distributed and the mass is uniform
in color. For reinforced concrete the consistency shall
be such that the concrete wiU entirely enclose the rein-
City of Boston Building Law. 27
Sect. 14, Par. 22.]
forcement, but shall not be so wet as to cause separation
of the ingredients.
PAii. 23. — Rubble Concrete. — Rubble concrete shall
mean an approved mixture of Portland cement, water,
fine and coarse aggregate to which stones are added after
depositing. When one-man stones are used to form
rubble concrete, there shall be not less than three inches
between the stones and the forms, and between edges of
adjacent stones. When stones larger than one-man size
are used to form rubble concrete there shall be not less
than six inches between the stones and forms, and between
edges of adjacent stones. Stones shall be clean and wet
and shall be deposited in concrete already in place, before
the latter has begun to set.
Par. 24. — In piers no stone shall be larger than one
quarter of the horizontal cross section of the pier. Rubble
concrete shall not be used for any projecting footing.
Par. 25. — Joints. — Joints formed between portions
of concrete placed at different times shall be made in such
a manner as not to weaken the completed structure.
Whenever fresh concrete joins concrete which is set, or
partly set, the surface of the old concrete shall be rough,
clean and thoroughly wet.
Par. 26. — Use of Concrete. — Concrete shall be used
immediately after mixing, it shall not be placed in the
work after it has begun to harden, and it shall be deposited
in such manner and under such regulations as to secure a
compact mass of the best quahty for the proportions used.
Forms shall remain until the concrete has hardened suffi-
ciently to carrj^ its load safely, and shall be removed
without damage to the concrete.
Par. 27. — Inspection of Concrete. — The commissioner
may require an apphcant for a permit for the structural
use of concrete to have a competent inspector, satisfactory
to the commissioner, at all times on the work while con-
crete is being mixed or deposited, and such inspector
28 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 14, Par. 27.]
shall make daily reports to the commissioner on the
progress of the work.
Pab. 28. — Steel. — Steel for all structural work in
buildings, except reinforced concrete work, shall conform
to the requirements of the Standard Specifications for
Structural Steel for Buildings of the American Society for
Testing Materials, as from time to time revised.
Par. 29. — Wrought Iron. — Wrought iron for struc-
tural work in buildings shall conform to the requirements
of the Standard Specifications for Wrought Iron Plates,
Class B of the said society as from time to time revised.
Par. 30. — Cast Iron. — Cast iron for all structural work
in buildings shall conform to the requirements of the
Standard Specifications for Medium Gray Iron Castings
of the said society as from time to time revised.
Par. 31. — Cast Iron Columns. — Cast iron colimins
shall not be used in the structural frames of buildings
whose height exceeds two times the least width of base,
nor in any building over one hundred feet high. Cast
iron columns shall be faced at ends to a true surface per-
pendicular to the axis to give full bearing for the cross
section of the column.
Par. 32. — AU hoUow cast iron columns, except when
open at both ends and without flanges, shaU have two
three eighths of an inch holes drilled on the top or bottom
side of the column as cast, if the columns are cast on side
one hole about twelve inches each side of the center of
the length of the column, to exhibit thickness of the shell.
Columns cast on end shall have two three eighths of an
inch holes drilled, at an angle of ninety degrees to each
other at the middle of the column, to exhibit thickness of
shell. Additional holes shall be drilled vfhen required by
the commissioner.
Par. 33. — Cast Iron Bases and Lintels. — Cast iron
bases or shoes shall be planed on top. Bases which rest
on structural steel members shall be planed top and bot-
City of Boston Building Law. 29
Sect. 14, Par. 33.]
torn. The thickness of metal shall be not less than one
inch. The inclination of the outer edge of the ribs with
the horizontal shall be not less than forty-five degrees.
Whenever a side of the bed plate exceeds three feet in
length a reinforcing flange at least three inches high shall
be provided along such edge of the plate.
Pae. 34. — Cast iron Untels shall be not less than three
fourths of an inch in thickness and shall not be used for
spans exceeding six feet.
Par, 35. — Timber. — All timber for structural pur-
poses shall conform to such specifications as may be
promulgated by the commisioner but shall be free from
defects such as injurious ring or round shakes, and through
shakes that extend to the surface, from unsound and loose
knots, and knots in groups that will materially impair
the strength, rot, worm holes and defects caused by
manufacture.
Par. 36. — Classes of Timber. — ''Dense" and "sound"
classes of timber shall be as defined by the American
Society for Testing Materials in their Standard Definitions
of Terms relating to Structural Timbers, section three,
as revised in nineteen hundred and fifteen.
Strength of Materials.
Par. 37. — Piers. — Any body . of masonry less than
four feet long in its greatest horizontal dimension shall be
called a pier. The height of a pier between openings
having a continuous wall above or below them shall be
assumed equal to the height of the opening. The height
of a pier or wall supporting floors or roofs shall be assumed
as the distance from top of footing or floor to under side
of floor or roof beams.
Par 38. — Stresses. — The stresses in materials used
in the construction of all buildings, produced by their
own weight and the loads hereinafter specified, shall not
exceed the Hmits assigned in this section.
30
Sect. 14.]
City of Boston Building Law.
-ii
-^
05
^
CO
Ph
1 9^ .
1
Piers of Height
rom Six to Twelv
Times their Leas
Dimension, and
Walls of Height
from Nine to
Twenty Times
their Least Di-
mension (Tons
per Square Foot)
00 TtH (M C
i-H i-H i-l r-
CD
^4~4
c
(M
CO Tt
T-
00
Piers of H
not more
Six Times
Least Dime
and Wall
Height not
than Nine '
their Leas
mension ('
per Square
"^
T
P
t:
S
o:
c
o3
0-
K
t«
oc
^
a
cr
^
^
^-^
c
t:
«
m
C
' t
^ =
oc
a
a.
«:
0,
^ P4pq
a
4
fH W ft
a
"a
•1
O o l=>
.^
c
I
C
- ^ ^<
a
4
& f^
P
4
ir
^ s
a
-^-
'K
a
"c
a
C
1-
>
>
5
^ 1
e
, I
>-
e:
a-
^ c
^ C
c:
(N
;-
K
^
-1-
a.
-t-
p
+;
c
(-
c
a
4
4
£
o3
t
4
4
O
"p
a
4
4.
a
c
F-
f-
41
4
K
C
m
i. c
u S
C
(T
T-H
3
1
City of Boston Building Law.
31
Sect. 14.]
32
City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 14.]
Far. 41. — No plain concrete bearing pier shall have a
greater height unsupported laterally than six times, and no
brick pier greater than twelve times, its least dimension.
No brick or plain concrete bearing wall, unless it is properly
braced by cross walls, piers or other means, shall have a
greater height unsupported than twelve times its least
dimension. When compression is appUed to a portion of
a surface of concrete of which the area is at least twice that
to which the load is appUed, a stress of fifty per cent in
excess of those allowed by the above table may be used in
bearing.
Par. 42. — Stresses for Grout and Stone Masonry.
Cement to be Portland.
(Parts Measured by Volume.)
Tons
per
Square
Foot.
Grout, 1 part cement, 1 part sand, when not less than two feet
in least lateral dimension, not more than one half inch joints.
Granite masonry, with mortar of 1 part cement, 2 parts sand,
not more than one half inch joints.
Granite masonry, cement mortar, not more than one half inch
joints.
Limestone and inarble masonry, cement mortar, not more than
one half inch joints.
Sandstone masonry, cement mortar, not more than one half
inch joints.
72
72
60
40
30
Par. 'iS.— Provided, however, that in stone masonry
columns or in piers of excessive height, the loads may be
modified by the commissioner.
City of Boston Building Law. 33
Sect. 14.]
Par. 44. — Stresses for Structural Steel and Iron.
Kind of Streps.
Working Stresses per
Square Inch.
Steel.
Cast Iron.
Bearing, direct vincluding bearing of stieners)
Bearing, pins and shop rivets
20,000
24,000
20,000
16,000
16,000
24,000
10,000
10,000
8,000
16,000
16,000
Bearing, field rivets . . .
Bearing, bolts . .
Bending (where top flange is stayed laterally
at distance not greater than 20 times the
width of flange).
Bending, pins and rivets
10,000 1
4,000 2
Shearing (including gross section of plate
girder webs) .
Shearing, pins and rivets
Shearing, bolts
2,000
Direct tension
Compression.
' Tension.
Par. 45. — The compression flange of a riveted plate
girder shall not be of a smaller gross cross section than the
tension flange. When the top flange of the steel plate
girder, beam or channel is not stayed laterally at distances
of twenty times its breadth the above stress on extreme
fibre shall be reduced as follows : —
l/b
23.
25.
SO.
35.
40.
Stress per square inch
16,000
15,200
14.400
13,600
12,800
l/b
45.
50.
55.
60.
65.
70.
Stress per square
inch.
12,000
11,200
10,400
9,600
8,800
8,000
Where I is length of flange in inches.
b is breadth of flange in inches.
34
City of Boston Building Law
Sect. 14.1
Par. 46. — Steel compression members shall not have a
greater value of 1-r than one hundred and sixty, nor have
metal (except for filling) less than one fourth of an inch for
interior columns, nor with metal less than five sixteenths
of an inch for exterior columns, nor with metal less than
five sixteenths of an inch for exterior columns enclosed in
masonry. The stress due to eccentric or transverse com-
bined with direct loading shall not exceed sixteen thousand
pounds per square inch. For centrally loaded steel com-
pression members the safe load in pounds per square inch
shall be as follows: —
Par. 47. — Steel Com-pression Memhers.
l/r
80 or
less.
90.
100.
110.
Stress per square inch
12,000
11,000
10,000
9,000
l/r
120, 130.
140.
150.
160.
Stress per square inch
8,000
7,000
6,000
5,000
4,000
Where I is the length of the column in inches
r is the radius of gyration in inches taken around
the axis about which the column will bend.
Par. 48. — Cast Iron Co?npressio7i Members. — Cast
iron compression members shall not have a greater value
of 1-r than seventy nor a smaller outside diameter or side
than six inches, nor a greater unsupported length than
twenty-four times their least dimension or diameter: pro-
vided, however, that columns supporting roof loads only
may have a value of 1-r not greater than ninety-six and an
unsupported length of not more than thirty times the least
City of Boston Building Law.
35
Sect. 14, Par. 48.]
lateral dimension or diameter. They shall not have metal
less than three fourths of an inch, nor thinner than one
twelfth of the greatest lateral dimension or side. The
stresses due to eccentric or transverse loading, combined
with those due to central loading, shall not exceed nine
thousand pounds per square inch.
Par. 49. — Cast iron columns shall not be used where
the loading is so eccentric as to cause tension, nor in gar-
ages, nor in places where they are Hkely to receive impact
from vehicles.
Par. 50. — Wherever the core of a column has shifted
more than one quarter of the thickness of the sheU, the
strength shall be computed assuming the thickness of metal
all around to be equal to the thinnest part.
Par. 51. — ■ For centrally loaded cast iron compression
members the safe load in pounds per square inch shall be
as follows : —
Working Stress.
l/r
10.
20.
30.
40.
50.
Stress per square inch
8,600
8,200
7,800
7,400
7,000
l/r
60.
70.
80.
90.
96.
Stress per square inch
6,600
6,200
5,800
5,400
5,100
36
Sect. 14.]
City of Boston Building Law.
Par. 52. — Stresses of Timber.
Steess per Squaee Inch fob Timbers
USED IN Dry Places.
Southern Yellow
Pine, Dense
Grade.
Southern Yellow
Pine, Sound
Grade.
a3
CST3
1-
2
aj
S
'a
IS
o
Bearing across grain
Bearing with grain
Bending
350
1,200
1,600
150
250
900
1,200
100
200
1,000
1,100
100
200
750
1,000
100
200
700
1,000
80
500
900
1,400
Shear with grain
200
Par. 53. — ■ Timber Compression Members. — Timber
compression members shall not be used of a greater
unstayed length than thirty times their least dimension for
isolated columns or forty times their least dimension for
columns in partitions or truss members. The stresses due
to eccentric or transverse loading combined with those due
to central loading shall not exceed the maximum stress
allowed in the table below.
For centrally loaded timber compression members the
safe load per square inch shall be as follows : —
City of Boston Building Law,
37
Sect. 14.]
Par. 54.-
Length divided by
Least Dimensions.
Southern Yellow
Pine. Dense
Grade.
Southern Yellow
Pine, Sound
Grade.
to
p
o
a
m
aj
03
?
'a
M
O
10 or less
1,000
900
800
700
600
500
400
750
675
600
525
450
375
300
840
750
660
580
500
420
330
620
560
500
440
380
320
250
585
525
465
405
350
290
230
750
15
675
20
600
25 . .
525
30
450
35
375
40
300
Par. 55. — Other Materials. — Stresses for materials
and forms of material, not herein mentioned, shall be
determined by the commissioner.
Par. 56. — Wind Bracing. — Provisions for wind brac-
ing shall be made where it is necessary in good prSactice or
as determined by the commissioner.
Par. 57. — Cutting. — No cutting for piping or any
other pm-pose shall be done which would reduce the strength
of any part of the structure below what is required by the
provisions of this act.
Par. 58. — Methods of Computation. — Methods for
reinforced concrete are given in section fifteen. For all
other materials, the following methods shall be used : —
Par. 59. — The span of beams, girders, or trusses shall
be taken as the distance from centre to centre of the bear-
ings. If connected to the side of a column, the span shall
be taken to the centre of the column.
Par. 60. — If a tension piece is loaded eccentrically or
transversely the maximum combined fiber stress shall not
exceed the allowed stress in tension.
38 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 14.] ^.^
Pjvk.^1. — An eccentric load upon a column shall be
taken as affecting eccentrically only the length of column
extending to the next point below at which the column is
stayed securely in the direction of the eccentricity.
Par 62. — If a piece is exposed to tension and com-
pression at different times it shall be proportioned and
connected to resist the maximum of each kind of stress.
Par. 63. — ^ Base-plates, bearing plates, and grillage
beams shall be figured on the assumption that the maxi-
mum bending moments are under the centre of bearing.
[1918, c. 179, sect. 4, Special Act.]
SECTION 15.
Reinforced Concrete.
Par. 1. — Definition. — Reinforced concrete shall mean
an approved mixture of Portland cement, water and fine
and coarse aggregate, reinforced by steel.
Far. 2. — Portland Cement and Aggregate. — The Port-
land cement and fine and course aggregate for reinforced
concrete work shaU conform to the quaUty of materials
as defined in section fourteen of this act.
Par. 3. — Reinforcements. — Steel for reinforcement
shall conform to the Standard Specifications for Steel
Reinforcement Bars of the American Society for Testing
Materials, as from time to time revised. It shall be free
from mill scale and loose rust and shall not be coated in
such manner as to weaken the bond.
Par. 4. — Mixing. — The ingredients shall be thor-
oughly mixed, and the mixing shaU continue until the
cement is thoroughly distributed and the mass is uniform
in color. The consistency shall be such that the concrete
will flow freely about and entirely enclose the reinforce-
ment, but shall not be so wet as to cause separation of the
ingredients in handling.
City op Boston Building Law. 39
Sect. 15.]
Par. 5. — Inspection. — Siicli portions of section four-
teen as apply to inspection shall be taken to apply to this
section also.
Par. 6. — Forms. — Forms shall be sufficiently tight to
prevent any considerable loss of material in the pouring.
Par. 7. — Placing. — Such portion of section fourteen
as apply to the placing of concrete shall be taken to apply
to this section also. Concrete shall not be deposited in
forms until the reinforcement has bpen put in place and
secured against displacement.
Par. 8. — Columns shall be poured without any inter-
ruption to the bottom side of beams or girders which they
support, or to the bottom of the flare in fiat slab construc-
tion. Special care shall be taken in their pouring that no
void may result.
Par. 9. — Columns and walls shall be poured not less
than three hours in advance of the beams, girders, or
slabs, which they support. All columns of the same type
in a story shall be of concrete mixed in the same pro-
portions.
Par. 10. — Structural slabs shall be poured the full
thickness at the time of pouring floor.
Par. II. — Stopping Work. — Proper precautions shall
be taken in stopping concrete work to stop it at the points
of low shear.
Par. 12. — High and Low Temperature. — When fresh
concrete is exposed to a hot or dry atmosphere or wind
special precautions to prevent premature drying shall be
taken.
Par. 13. — Concrete shall not be deposited when the
temperature is below thirty-two degrees Fahrenheit,
unless adequate precautions are taken to prevent freezing.
Par. 14. — Fire Protection. — Main reinforcement in
floor slabs shall be protected by a minimum of three
fourths of an inch of concrete; in beams, girders, columns
40 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15, Par. 14.]
and walls by one and one half inches from the surface of the
concrete to the surface of the main reinforcement.
Pak. 15. — In columns the outer one and one half inches
of concrete shall be regarded as fireproofing which shall be
assumed to carry no stress.
Pae. 16. — Rust Protection. — In foundations and retain-
ing walls the steel shall be protected and on the side
toward the earth or water by a minimum of three inches of
concrete.
Par. 17. — Spacing of Reinforcement. — Slab reinforce-
ment bars in tension shall be not farther apart horizontally
than two and one haK times the total thickness of the
slab. In beams and girders the lateral spacing of parallel
bars shall be not less than three diameters from centre to
centre, and the clear space between two layers of bars
shall not be less than one inch.
Pab. 18. — Basis for Design. — Calculations shall be
made with reference to working stresses and safe loads
rather than with reference to ultimate strength and ulti-
mate loads, and shall be based on the following assump-
tions: —
Par. 19. — (a) A plane section before bending remains
plane after bending.
Par. 20. — (b) The modulus of elasticity of concrete
in compression, within the usual limits of working stresses,
is constant. The distribution of compressive stress in
beams, therefore, is rectilinear.
Par. 21. — • (c) The tensile strength of the concrete in
direct resistance to bending is ignored.
Par. 22. — (d) Under compressive stress the two
materials are stressed in proportion to their moduU of
elasticity.
Par. 23. — (e) Initial stress in the reinforcement due
to contraction or expansion in the concrete is neglected.
Par. 24. — Span Length. — The span length for beams
and slabs simply supported shall be taken as the distance
City of Boston Building Law. 41
Sect. 15, Par. 24.]
from centre to centre of supports, but need not be taken to
exceed the clear span plus the depth of beam or slab. For
continuous or restrained beams or slabs, built monolithi-
cally into supports, the span length may be taken as the
clear distance between faces of supports. Brackets shall
not be considered as reducing the clear span in the sense
here intended, except that when brackets which make an
angle* of forty-five degrees or more with the axis of a
restrained beam or the plane of a slab are built monoHthi-
cally therewith, the span may be measured from the
section where the total depth is at least one third more
than the depth at the edge of the bracket. Maximum
negative moments are to be considered as existing at the
end of the span as here defined.
Par. 25. — Bending. — Bending moments for uniformly
distributed dead and live loads, in beams and slabs rein-
forced in one direction only shall be computed upon the
following assumptions, where "w" is the total dead and
live load per linear foot and "1" is the span length: —
Par. 26. — (a) for a single span freely supported the
bending at mid-span is
8
Par. 27. — (&) for a single span restrained at the ends,
the bending at mid-span is
12
Par. 28. — ■ (c) for two equal continuous spans freely
supported, the bending at mid-span is
10
and at central support it is >■
8
42 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15.]
Par. 29. — (d) for two equal continuous spans re-
strained at supports, the bending at mid-span is
12
and at central support it is ^
10
Par. 30. — (e) for three or more equal continuous spans
freely supported, the bending at mid-span of the end span
and at the first interior support is
wF
10
and the bending at mid-span of interior spans and at other
interior supports is
12
Par. 31. — (/) for three or more equal continuous spans
restrained at supports, the bending at the first interior sup-
port for beams is
10
and for slabs is
wF
12
and the bending at all other interior supports and at mid-
span of all spans is
wP
12
Par. 32. — (g) at the restrained ends of continuous
beams a negative bending of
wF
16
shall generally be assumed, but this shall be increased to
not more than w]^ for small beams running into large
columns. 12
City of Boston Building Law.
43
Sect. 15, Par. 32]
(a)
K
6
I
\2
\
\
J.Ji.
12
IG
12
\&
(c)
A"
JO
8
X
10
12" 16
X
12
ir
iO
X
12
X.X
12 IS
fe)
^ X
A
"" X —
,
X
10
1
to
1
12
1
(2
1
(2
(f)
16
X
12
12
iQ bons
12 Slabs
X
12
44 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15.]
Par. 33. — Beams and slabs shall be considered as
restrained at the ends when they frame monolithically into
a structure sufficiently stiff and strong to introduce a
negative bending moment into the beam at the end in
amount not less than -— .
lb
Par. 34. — For continuous beams subject to other than
uniformly distributed loads, the positive bending moment
shall first be computed as though the beam were freely
supported. The positive moment may then be reduced in
the same proportion as specified above for beams loaded
uniformly, and provision shall be made at the restrained
ends for negative moments having the same ratio to the
positive moment first computed that the negative moments
specified above bear to ^.
Par. 35. — Beams parallel to the main reinforcement
of a one-way slab into which no other beams frame, and
which are restrained at the ends by being built monoHthi-
cally into supporting columns, shall be designed for bend-
ing moments at the ends equal to — , and at mid-span as
follows: When the width of columns parallel to the axis of
the beam is not less than fifteen per cent of the distance,
centre to centre of columns, or twice the depth of the beam,
wP ,, . wP
m= -—: otherwise w = — — .
20 16
Par. 36. — For spans of unusual or unequal length and
other special cases the design shall be such as to carry out
the intent of this act to the satisfaction of the commissioner.
Par. 37. — Slabs Supported on Four Sides. — For
slabs, supported on four sides and reinforced in both
City of Boston Building Law. 45
Sect. 15, Par. 37.]
directions the distribution of loads shall be determined by
the formula
I
r= 0.5
h
where
b is the breadth of slab.
I is the length of slab.
r is the proportion of load carried by the transverse
reinforcement.
Par. 38. — In placing reinforcement in such slabs
account shall be taken of the fact that the bending moment
is greater near the centre of the slab than near the edges,
and two thirds of the calculated moments shall be assumed
as carried by the centre half of the slab and one third by the
outside quarters.
Par. 39. — Beams supporting rectangular slabs rein-
forced in both directions shall be assumed to take the
proportions of load as determined by the formula in this
section, the distribution of the load being assumed to vary
in accordance with the ordinates of a parabola having its
vertex at mid-span.
Par. 40. — Floor and Roof Openings. — Openings in
floors and roofs shall be so framed as not to exceed the
allowable stresses.
Par. 41. — Depth. — In roof slabs the total depth shall
not be less than three inches and in floor slabs four inches.
Par. 42. — In "T" beams the depth below the slab
shall not exceed eight times the thickness of the slab
adjacent to the stem.
Par. 43. — Cinder concrete slabs shall not be less than
four inches thick; they shall not exceed eight feet in span.
Par. 44. — Self-Centring. — -Reinforcing materials which
are self-centring shall not be used in spans exceeding
46 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15, Par. 44.]
eight feet. Fireproofmg under self-centring reinforcement
may be of Portland cement plaster.
Par. 45. — Bending in Supporting Members. — If a
beam or floor slab is assumed as fixed or partially restrained
at a support, the column, wall, or other structure furnishing
such restraint shall be proportioned to resist the stresses
thereby induced.
Par. 46. — "2"" Beams. — Where adequate bond and
shearing resistance between slab and web of beam is pro-
vided, the slab may be considered an integral part of the
beam, but its effective width shall not exceed one fourth
part of the span length of the beam, nor shall its over-
hanging width on either side of the web exceed six times
the thickness of the slab.
Par. 47. — Columns. — Columns or piers of concrete
shall be reinforced when the unsupported height exceeds
six times the least gross dimension, and no reinforced con-
crete column shall have an unsupported height of more
than twelve times its least gross dimension, except with
stresses reduced from those allowed by this act in accord-
24-^
d
ance with the ratio where h is unsupported height
and d is least dimension, and - shall not in any case exceed
d
eighteen. The maximum effective area of columns shall
be taken as the area within the outer one and one half
inches of concrete covering, or, in the case of hooped col-
umns or columns reinforced with structural shapes, it
shall be taken as the area within the circle enclosing the
spiral or the polygon enclosing the structural shapes.
Longitudinal reinforcement shall be assumed to carry
stress in proportion to the respective moduli of elasticity
as given in this act.
City of Boston Building Law. 47
Sect. 15.]
Pak. 48. — Exterior columns and their reinforcement
shall be so proportioned as to withstand bending in addi-
tion to the direct load without exceeding the fiber stresses
specified for beams elsewhere in this act.
Par. 49. — Reinforced concrete buildings may be sup-
ported by structural steel or cast iron columns, fireproofed
in first class construction as provided elsewhere in this act.
Brackets shall be provided to transmit the load from the
floors to the columns. Such columns shall be computed
as follows : — ■
Par. 50. — (a) If the brackets are placed immediately
below the floor the structural steel or cast iron columns
shall be assumed to carry the load of all the floors above.
Par. 51. — (5) If the brackets are placed immediately
above a floor the structural steel or cast iron columns shall
be assumed to carry all the load above the brackets, and
the floor or floors below the brackets shall be carried on
reinforced concrete encasing the metal, designed in accord-
ance with the requirements of this act, to the next bracket
below or to the foundation. In this case, however, the
surrounding concrete shall be so separated from the steel
or cast iron as to permit the separate action of both.
Par. 52. — • Circular hollow steel or wrought iron col-
umns filled with concrete shall be allowed to carry a load
equal to the capacity of the metal casing plus the capacity
of the concrete filling. The average unit stress in the
casing shall be that specified elsewhere in this act for
columns, and that in the concrete filling shall be in the
same ratio to the unit stress in the casing which the modu-
lus of elasticity of the concrete bears to that of the casing.
Par. 53. — Columns with longitudinal reinforcement
only shall have a steel area of not less than one per cent
and not more than four per cent of the required effective
area, and shall be allowed the stresses given in this act.
48 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15, Par. 53.]
Longitudinal reinforcement bars shall be straight and
shall be secured against lateral displacement by steel ties
not less than one fourth of an inch in diameter and placed
not farther apart than sixteen diameter^ of the bars, nor
more than twelve inches.
Par. 54. — Columns which have longitudinal reinforce-
ment to an amount not less than one per cent and not
more than four per cent of the effective area, and which
also have hoops or spirals to an amount not less than one
per cent of the volume of the enclosed core, spaced not
farther apart in the clear than one sixth of the diameter
of the enclosed core, and in no case more than two and
one half inches, shall be allowed the stresses given in this
act: -provided, however, that no such column shall have a
height greater than ten diameters of the enclosed core.
The ends of hoops or spirals shall be united in such a way
as to develop their full strength. The hoops or spirals
shall be securely fastened to the longitudinal reinforce-
ment or to approved spacers.
Par. 55. — Combination Floors. — Concrete floors with
permanent blocks or forms of incombustible material
with ribs of reinforced concrete between shall conform to
the requirements of this act so far as they are appUcable,
but the blocks or forms shall not be assumed as taking
stress. If a slab not less than two inches thick above the
blocks or forms is cast monolithic with the rib, the rib
and slab may be considered as a T section. If such con-
struction forms a flush ceiling, or if a plastered ceiling on
metal lath is suspended below the ribs, the fireproofing for
such construction shall be that required for slabs.
Par. 56. — Working Stresses. — The following table
gives the compressive strength in pounds per square inch
which shall be assumed as the basis for design, a bag of
cement weighing ninety-four pounds being assumed to
City of Boston Building Law.
49
Sect. 15, Par. 56.]
measure one cubic foot in proportioning material, and the
values given for aggregate to be the combined volume of
fine and coarse aggregate measured separately.
Mixture.
1:3.
lAh
1:6.
1:7.
1:7L
1:9.
Stone concrete
3,300
1,000
2,800
875
2,200
750
675
1,800
625
1,400
Cinders or slag concrete..
Par. 57. — In all computations allowable stresses
shall be used, based, as hereinafter specified, upon as-
sumed ultimate strengths as given above, and no concrete
shall be used which, when made under laboratory condi-
tions into test cylinders eight inches diameter and sixteen
inches long and tested in compression at an age of twenty-
eight days, does not show a strength at least equal to that
given in the table.
Par. 58. — Concrete one year old shall be considered to
have a compressive strength twenty-five per cent greater
than that given in the table for concrete of the same grade
and proportions.
Par. 59. — Bearing. — When compression is applied to
a portion of a concrete surface of which the area is at
least twice that to which the load is applied, a stress of
thirty-five per cent of the compressive strength fixed by
this act shall be allowed.
Par. 60. — Axial Compression. — For concentric com-
pression on columns with longitudinal reinforcement
o^y, twenty-two and five tenths per cent of the compres-
sive strength fixed by this act shall be allowed.
Par. 61. — For concentric compression on columns the
length of which does not exceed ten diameters of the core,
with longitudinal reinforcement combined with hoops or
50 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15, Par. 61.]
spirals, thirty-five per cent of the compressive strength
fixed by this act shall be allowed.
Par. 62. — Bending. — Compression on extreme fiber
in bending shall not exceed thirty-two and five tenths per
cent of the compressive strength fixed by this act: 'pro-
vided, however, that adjacent to the supports of continuous
beams or slabs thirty-seven and five tenths per cent may
be used.
Par. 63. — Shear and Diagonal Tension. — In the
calculation of beams in which the maximum shearing stress
in a section is used as the means of measuring the resistance
to diagonal tension stress, the vertical shearing unit stress
as computed by the formula v = ——, where v is the shearing
ojd
unit stress, V is the total sheer, h is the breadth of the beam,
and jd is the arm of the resisting couple, shall not exceed
the following percentages of the respective compressive
strengths fixed by this act.
Par. 64. — • For beams with horizontal bars only and
without web reinforcement, two per cent.
Par. 65. — For beams with web reinforcement consist-
ing of vertical stirrups looped about the longitudinal
reinforcing bars in the tension side of the beam, suitably
anchored in the compression side and spaced horizontally
not more than one half the depth of the beam, or for beams
in which longitudinal bars are bent up at an angle of not
more than forty-five degrees nor less than twenty degrees
with the axis of the beam and the points of bending are
spaced horizontally not more than three fourths of the
depth of the beam apart, or both, the web reinforcement
being designed, in each case, to carry two thirds of the
total shear, six per cent.
Par. 66. — Punching. — Punching shear shall not exceed
six per cent of the compressive strength fixed by this act.
City of Boston Building Law. 51
Sect. 15.]
Par, 67. — • Bond. — The bond stress between concrete
and steel bars shall not exceed four per cent, except that
the bond between concrete and approved deformed steel
bars shall not exceed five per cent, and between concrete
and drawn wire shall not exceed three per cent of the com-
pressive strength fixed by this act.
Par. 68. — Steel. — The tensile or compressive stress
in steel shall not exceed sixteen thousand pounds per square
inch in rods and twenty thousand pounds per square inch
in drawn wire and other approved cold stretched fabric,
except that in slabs of stone concrete the tensUe stress in
rods shall not exceed eighteen thousand pounds per square
inch, and in drawn wire and other approved cold stretched
fabric it shall not exceed twenty-two thousand five hundred
poimds per square inch.
Par, 69. — Modulus of Elasticity. — The modulus of
elasticity of concrete shall be taken as —
gV that of steel for cinder concrete with a compressive
strength of 1,000 pounds per square inch or less.
xV that of steel for stone concrete with a compressive
strength of 2,200 poujids per square inch or less.
iV that of steel for concrete with a compressive strength
greater than 2,200 pounds per square inch, but less than
2,900 pounds per square inch.
xV that of steel for concrete with a compressive strength
of 2,900 pounds per square inch or more, the compressive
strength referred to in all these cases being that fixed by
this act.
Par. 70. — Footing General. — Symmetrical, concentric
column footings shall be designed for punching shear,
diagonal tension and bending moment.
Par. 71. — Punching Shear in Footings. — The area
effective to resist punching shear in column footings shall
be considered as the area having a width equal to the
52 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15, Par. 71.]
perimeter of the column or pier and a depth equal to seven
eighths the depth of footing from top to centre of reinforc-
ing steel.
Par. 72. — Diagonal Tension in Footings. — Shearing
stresses as indicative of diagonal tension shall be measured
in footings on vertical sections distant from the face of
the pier or column equal to the depth of the footing from
top to centre of reinforcing steel.
Par. 73. — Bending Moment in Footings. — The bending
moment in rectangular isolated column footings at a
section taken at the edge of pier or columns shall be
determined by multiplying the load on the cantilever pro-
jection by three eighths the distance from the edge of
pier or column to the edge of footing. The section of
maximum moment in a footing supporting a round column
or pier shall be taken one eighth the radius from the tangent
toward the centre. The effective area of concrete and steel
to resist bending moment shall be considered as that within
a width extending both sides of pier or column a distance
equal to depth of footing plus one half the remaining
distance to edge of footing, except that reinforcing steel
crossing the section other than at right angles shall be con-
sidered to have an effective area determined by multiplying
the sectional area by the sine of the angle between the bar
and the plane of the section. The bond stress in the steel
shall not exceed that allowed by this act.
Par. 74. — Flat Slabs. — Floor slabs supported upon
columns without beams or girders and extending two or
more bays in each direction shall conform to the following
requirements.
Par. 75. — Capital. — Columns may be provided with
enlarged capitals. The horizontal width of capitals shall
be taken where the vertical thickness is at least one and
one half inches, and the contour of capitals shall not fall
within that of an inverted cone or pyramid whose apex is on
City of Boston Building Law. 53
Sect. 15, Par. 75.]
the centre line of the column, whose sides incline at forty-
five degrees with the vertical, and whose base lies in a plane
one and one half inches below the underside of the dropped
panel and, if no dropped panel is used, below the underside
of the slab, and has the same size and shape in plan as the
capital. The width of capital in any direction shall not be
less than one fifth the distance, centre to centre, of columns
in that direction, and shall be such that the allowable unit
stresses elsewhere specified in this act shall not be exceeded.
Par. 76. — Dropped Panel. — A thickening of the slab
on the underside in the vicinity of the columns is termed a
dropped panel. The width of the dropped panel in any
direction shall be not less than f that of the column
capital. The depth of the dropped panel below the bottom
of the slab shall be not more than half the slab thickness,
but shall be such that the allowable unit stresses shall not
be exceeded either in shear about the column capital or in
bending. The allowable unit shear to be used shall be that
specified for punching shear elsewhere in this act. The
allowable compression in bending shall be that specified for
extreme fibers adjacent to support in continuous beams.
Pap.. 77. — Slab Thickness. — In flat slab construction,
the minimum thickness of slab shall be not less than ^
in the case of roofs or gV in the case of floors, of the dis-
tance from centre to centre of the columns in the longer
direction. The thickness shall be such as to withstand the
shear about the column capital or dropped panel without
exceeding the allowable stress herein specified for punching
shear.
Par. 78. — Bending. — For the purpose of determining
the bending in flat slab floors, the slab shall be considered
as divided by lines parallel to the lines of columns into
strips whose width is one half the distance, L, centre to
centre, of columns measured at right angles to the span of
strips. The centre line of alternate strips shall coincide
54
City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15, Par. 78.]
with the centre line of the columns. These shall be known
as A-strips. The other strips located midway between
columns shall be known as B-strips. The span length of
the strips shall be taken as the distance, centre to centre,
of columns less two thirds the width of the colunm capital
measured in the direction of the span.
Par. 79. — Provision shall be made m the A and B strips
comprising any panel width for the whole bending moment
specified, and the proportion of the whole provided for
within each strip shall be not less than that given in the
following table : —
Peb Cent,
A-Strip.
B-Strip.
Either
Strip.
Positive moment, dropped panel
Positive moment, no dropped panel
Negative moment, dropped panel
Negative moment, no dropped panel. . . .
60
55
80
65
25
25
15
20
15
20
5
15
Par. 80. — Interior Bays. — If
I = span as given above = L — f c
where c = diameter of column capital
w = total load per square foot
whether the panels be square or oblong and in whichever
direction the span be taken, the bending moments at the
critical portions of interior bays shall be assumed as
follows : —
Par. 81. — Positive Bending. — The positive bending
moment for a whole panel width shall be taken as
wLV-
M =
25
City of Boston Building Law. 55
Sect. 15.]
Par. 82. — Negative Bending. — The negative bending
moment for a panel width shall be taken as
M = y^
15
Par. 83. — Wall Bays; Restraint. — For wall bays when
the wall is of reinforced concrete {I is the distance from the
inside face of the exterior column to the centre of the
interior column less one third the width of the interior
column capital) the bending moment for strips running
perpendicular to the wall shall be as follows : — •
Par. 84. — ■ Positive Bending. — • The positive bending
moment for a panel width shall be taken as
20
Par. 85. — Negative Bending. — The negative bending
moment for a panel width at the interior line of columns
shall be taken as : —
12.5
Par. 86. — ■ The negative bending moment for a panel
at the wall shall in general be taken as : — ■
30
Par. 87. — This rnay be increased, according to degree of
restramt, up to '- for complete restraint: provided,
however, that in case the coefficient for negative bending at
the wall is increased, the other two bending moment coeffi-
cients may be correspondingly decreased.
Par. 88. — Wall Bays; No Restraint. — For wall bays
supported on one edge upon brick walls or other con-
struction incapable of providing adequate restraint in
negative bending, I is the distance from the inner face of
the wall to the centre of the interior column less one third
the width of the interior column capital.
56 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15.]
Par. 89. — Positive Bending. — The positive bending
moment for a panel width shall be taken as : —
16
Par. 90. — Negative Bending. — The negative bending
moment for a panel width at the interior column line shall
be taken as : —
10
Par. 91. — Negative bending along such walls shall be
provided for by reinforcement in the top of the slab at
right angles with the wall equal to four tenths per cent in
floors and to two tenths per cent in roofs of the area of
cross section of the slab.
Par. 92. — Bays discontinuous upon one or two adjacent
sides shall be treated as wall bays.
Par. 93. — When a flat slab is supported by a beam or
wall on one or two sides, the half strip parallel with and
adjacent to the beam or wall may be reinforced as half a
B-strip.
Par. 94. — The bending in exterior concrete columns
supporting flat slab floors shall in general be taken as: —
^^ plus ^,
30 ^ 4 '
or more up to
15 4
in case of complete restraint, where W is the total load on
the wall panel and h is the thickness of the exterior column.
Par. 95. — For floors, half this bending shall be assumed
as acting below and half above the slab ; for roofs the whole
bending acts below the slab.
Par. 96. — Brackets. — Brackets or haunches shall be
provided on exterior columns when^ necessary to transmit
the shear and bending from the slab to the column.
' City of Boston Building Law. 57
Sect. 15.]
Par. 97. — Interior Columns. — The least dimension of
interior concrete columns supporting flat slabs shall be not
less than one fifteenth the span, centre to centre, of columns
in the longer direction.
Par. 98. — Reinforcement. — Reinforcement shall be pro-
vided at the critical sections of all strips in sufficient quan-
tity to withstand the bending herein specified without
exceeding the allowable unit stresses elsewhere specified
in this act. Reinforcement lying obliquely to the axis of
any strip shall be counted as having an area effective for
that strip equal to its actual area of cross-section multiplied
by the cosine of the angle which it makes with the axis of
the strip.
Par. 99. — Bent Bars.— No reinforcing for positive
bending shall be bent up to the top of the slab further from
the ceiitre Hiie of the column than one fourth L where L is
the distance, centre to centre of columns in the direction
of the reinforcing. Positive reinforcement in A-strips
shall be provided to within 0.15 L of the centre line of
interior columns and extending to the inside face of wall
columns; in B-strips shall be provided extending to within
0.10 L of the interior column Hne and to the inside face of
wall support. Negative reinforcement in A-strips shall
extend beyond the centre Hne of the columns half the
width of the column capital plus enough to develop the
strength of the rods; at least one quarter of the negative
reinforcement shall extend six inches beyond the quarter
point of the panel or the fifth point of the span length.
Negative reinforcement in B-strips shaU extend forty
diameters beyond the centre line of columns, and at least
half thereof shall extend to the quarter point of the panel.
Par. 100. — For determining the stress in concrete due
to the bending in each strip the width shall be taken as the
width of the strip, except that for negative bending in
A-strips when a dropped panel is used the width shall be
that of the dropped panel.
58 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15.]
Par. 101. — Wall Beams. — Wall beams in flat slab
construction shall be assumed to carry a width of floor
equal to one quarter the clear span of the beam in addition
to the weight of beam and wall. Such beams, when con-
tinuous, shall be designed for a negative bending at col-
umns equal to — and the positive bending at mid-span
shall be assumed as follows : —
Par. 102. — (a) When the width of the columns (paral-
lel to the beam) is not less than fifteen per cent of the dis-
tance, centre to centre, of columns or twice the depth of
the beam,
20
Par. 103.— (6) Otherwise,
16
Par. 104. — Brick Walls. — In case a flat slab is sup-
ported by a brick wall, the wall shall in general be four
inches thicker than the minimmn thickness otherwise
required by this act, or have equivalent pilasters.
Formulas for Reinforced Concrete Construction.
Par. 105. — These formulas are based on the assump-
tions and principles given in section fifteen.
1. Standard Notation.
Par. 106. — (a) Rectangular Beams.
The following notation is recommended :
/s = tensile unit stress in steel;
fc = compressive unit stress in concrete;
Es = modulus of elasticity of steel ;
jBJc = modulus of elasticity of concrete;
Es.
Ec
City of Boston Building Law. 59
Sect. 15, Par. 106.]
M = moment of resistance, or bending moment in
general;
As = steel area;
b = breadth of beam;
d = depth of beam to centre of steel;
k = ratio of depth of neutral axis to depth, d]
z = depth below top to resultant of the compressive
stresses;
y = ratio of lever arms of resisting couple to depth, d.
jd =d — z — arm of resisting couple;
p = steel ratio = —
bd
Par. 107.— (&) T-B earns. .
b = width of flange;
?)'= width of stem;
t = thickness of flange.
Par. 108. — (c) Beams Reinforced for Compression.
A ' = area of compressive steel ;
p' = steel ratio for compressive steel;
/s' = compressive unit stress in steel;
C= total compressive stress in concrete;
C = total compressive stress in steel;
rf' = depth to centre of compressive steel;
z = depth to resultant of C and C.
Par. 109. — {d) Shear, Bond and Web Reinforcement.
y = total shear;
F' = total shear producing stress in reinforcement;
y = shearing unit stress;
w=bond stress per unit area of bar;
= circumference of perimeter of bar;
2^0 = sum of the perimeters of all bars;
T'= total stress in single reinforcing members;
s = horizontal spacing of reinforcing members.
60 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15.]
Pab. 110. — (e) Columns.
A = total net area;
As = area of longitudinal steel;
Ac = area of concrete;
P = total safe load.
2. Formulas.
(a) Rectangular Beams.
Par. 111. — Position of neutral axis,
k = ^2pn-\-{pny-pn (1)
Par. 112. — Arm of resisting couple,
1
j = l k.. (2)
3
[For/s = 15000 to 16000 and /c = 600 to 650, j maybe
taken at |.]
K-fc -^
Fig. 1.
City of Boston Building Law.
61
Sect. 15.]
Par. 113. — Fiber stresses,
M M
fs =
Asjd pjhd^
Par. 114.
Par. 115.
jkbd2 k
Steel ratio, for balanced reinforcement,
1
P=i
fc\nfc /
(6) T-Beams.
(3)
(4)
(5)
<-..
b H
•••
1^
1
1
fc ■••'I
k- b'->l
Par. 116. — Case I. When the neutral axis lies in the
flange, use the formulas for rectangular beams.
Case II. When the neutral axis lies in the stem.
The following formulas neglect the compression in the
stem.
Par 117. — Position of neutral axis,
j^^^2ndAs+hl (g)
2nAs-\-m
62 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15.]
Pab. 118. — Position of resultant compression,
2kd—t 'S
Par. 119. — Arm of resisting couple,
jd = d~z (8)
Par. 120. — Fiber stresses,
fs-^. (9^
Asjd
Par. 121.—
f,= MM =-hJ^.. .. (10)
-' bt{kd—^t)jd nl-k "
(For approximate results the formulas for rectangular
beams may be used.)
Par. 122. — The following formulas take into account
the compression in the stem; they are recommended
where the flange is small compared with the stem:
Par. 123. — 'Position of neutral axis,
7^ l 2ndAs + Q) — h')t^ , r nAs-\-{h—V)t \'
M = ^ ^7- +( ^ ) -
nAs + {h—h')t /jjs
6'
Par. 124. — Position of resultant compression,
^ ti2kd — t)b + {kd — tyh'
Par. 125. — Arm of resisting couple,
jd = d~z (13)
Par. 126. — Fiber stresses,
^-5-. <">
Par. 127.—
. ^ 2Mkd /j^N
•^' [ {2kd — t)ht + ikd — tyb']jd
City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15, Par. 127.]
(c) Beams Reinforced for Compression.
63
>fs+nf<
Fig. 3.
Pab. 128. — Position of neutral axis,
Par. 129. — Position of resultant compression,
i]^d+2p'nd'fk—-\
z = -
k''+2p'nfk—-\
Par. 130. — Arm of resisting couple,
jd = d—z. . .
Par. 131. — Fiber stresses.
fc =
''''t-'"+fM)0-i)]
.(17)
.(18)
.(19)
64 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 15.]
Par. 132.—
Par. 133.-
^-^^=''^'¥ (2"'
d'
k
fs'=nU—- (21)
{d) Shear, Bond, and Web Reinforcement.
Par. 134. — For rectangular beams,
v=^, (22)
hjd
Par. 135.—
^* = r^^ (23)
jd .%o
[For approximate results j may be taken at |.]
Par. 136. — ■ The stresses in web reinforcement may be
estimated by means of the following formulas:
Vertical web reinforcement,
T = ^ ...(24)
jd
Par. 137. — Bars bent up at angles between 20 and 45
deg. with the horizontal and web members inclined at
45 deg.
T = i^ (25)
jd
Par. 138. — In the text of the report* it is recommended
that two thirds of the external vertical shear (total shear)
at any section be taken as the amount of total shear pro-
ducing stress in the web reinforcement. F' therefore
equals two thirds of V.
* Should read "law."
City of Boston Building Law. 65
Sect. 15.]
Par. 139. — The same formulas apply to beams
reinforced for compression as regards shear and bond
stress for tensile steel.
For T-Beams,
^=r7?T ...(26)
Par. 140.—
^ = Tj^ (27)
Jd.%0
[For approximate results 7 may be taken at |.]
(e) Columns.
Par. 141. — Total safe load,
P=fc(Ac+nAs) =fcAil + {n-'l)p) (28)
Par. 142. — Unit stresses,
A{l-\-{n-l)p)
Par. 143.—
fs=nfc (30)
11918, c. 179, sect. 5, Special Act.]
SECTION 16.
STEEL CONSTRUCTION.
Materials and Stresses. — Materials, stresses and methods
of computation shall be as provided in section fourteen.
Par. 1. — General Requirements. — No metal thinner
than one fourth of an inch shall be used except for fillers or
beams and channel webs: provided, however, that sheet
metal may be used in such buildings and under such
restrictions as the commissioner may allow. Connections
shall be designed to develop the full strength of the member
under the conditions of loading even though the computed
stress is less.
Par. 2. — Rivets shall be placed in accordance with
good engineering practice. The diameter of rivet holes
66 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 16, Par. 2.]
in tension members shall be assumed as one eighth of an
inch larger than the rivet. Net sections shall be used in
proportioning tension members.
Par. 3. — Beams and Girders. — Every beam, channel,
lintel or girder supported by a wall shall be properly
anchored thereto, and shall have bearing plates if neces-
sary to distribute the load properly at the stresses required
by this act.
Par. 4. — Beams and channels acting as skew-backs for
arches shall be designed to resist the lateral thrusts in
addition to their vertical loads, and the tie rods, not less
than three fourths of an inch in diameter, shall be placed
as near the line of thrust as practicable, and in any event
shall be spaced not more than eight times the depth of the
beams, and not more than eight feet.
Par. 5. — V/here beams or channels are used in pairs
they shall be connected with steel or iron separators near
each end and at each concentrated load and not more than
five feet apart elsewhere, and beams twelve inches or more
in depth, if connected by bolted separators, shall have two
bolts for each separator.
Par. 6. — Steel Columns. — Steel column ends shall
either be machine faced and brought into actual contact,
or full riveted connections shall be provided to develop
the strength of columns. Latticing and tie plates shall be
provided in accordance with good engineering practice.
Par. 7.— Plate Girders. — In proportioning the flanges
of plate girders one eighth of the web may be considered as
available in each flange. When the top flange is not
stayed laterally at distances of twenty times its breadth
the stresses shall be reduced as required in section fourteen.
Stiffeners, properly fitted at ends, shall be provided over
supports and under concentrated loads v/ith sufficient
area in the outstanding legs to transmit the stresses in
bearing at twenty thousand pounds per square inch, and
with sufficient rivets to transmit the stresses to the web.
City of Boston Building Law. 67
Sect. 16, Par. 7.]
Intermediate stiffeners shall be so spaced that the clear
distance between the stiffeners, or the clear distance be-
tween flange angles, shall not exceed that given by for-
mula
d =— {12,000— s)
where d is the clear distance between stiffeners or flange
angles
t is the thickness of web
s is the shear per square inch.
Par. 8. — Trusses. — Trusses shall be designed so that
the stresses in each member can be calculated with
reasonable accuracy by statical methods. The centre of
gravity lines of members meeting at a joint shall, if
possible, intersect at a point. Eccentricity due to a non-
fidfiUment .of this rule shall be allowed for in the com-
putations. The centre of gravity of a group of rivets con-
necting one member to another shall, in general, lie as
nearly as practicable in the centre of gravity line of the
member. Trusses shall be properly braced.
Par. 9. — Riveting. — In skeleton construction, all
spUces in columns, aU connections of girders or beams to
columns, and aU connections subject to a reversal of stress
shall be made by means of rivets. In all types of construc-
tion, splices in girders and chords of trusses and con-
nections carrying heavy stresses shall be riveted. Minor
connections such as floor stringers to girders, carrying
moderate stresses, may be either riveted or bolted.
[1918, c. 179, sect. 6. Special Act.]
SECTION 17.
CLASSIFICATION.
First and Second Class Buildings.
Par, 1. — Every building hereafter erected more
than seventy-five feet in height, or hereafter increased
68 City op Boston Building Law.
Sect. 17, Par. 1.]
in height to more than seventy-five feet, shall be a first
class building. Every second class building hereafter
erected and more than four stories in height, and any
second class building now in existence and increased in
height to more than four stories shall have the first floor
and the basement and cellar stories of first class construc-
tion. Every hotel, tenement house and lodging house
hereafter erected covering more than three thousand five
hundred square feet, or more than five stories in height,
shall be a first class building; and every building altered
or enlarged and occupied or to be occupied as a hotel,
tenement or lodging house to be in excess of sixty feet in
height, or in excess of three thousand five hundred square
feet in superficial area, or in excess of five stories in height,
shall be a first class building. Every building hereafter
erected within the building limits to be occupied as a
permanent schoolhouse shall be a first class building.
Every building hereafter erected as a theatre, and every
building hereafter altered to be occupied as a theatre,
shall be a first class building. Every building hereafter
erected for, altered to or converted to use as a moving
picture house shall be a first class building. All other
buildings may be of second or third class construction.
Par. 2. — Except as is otherwise provided herein, new
buildings adapted for habitations, and not more than five
stories in height, may be erected of second class con-
struction, but no such building shall exceed three thousand
five hundred square feet in superficial area or sixty feet in
height. The first story or basement, or both the first
story and basement, in such buildings, so constructed,
remodelled or enlarged, may be used for mercantile
purposes, provided, that the first floor and the basement
and cellar stories shall be of first class construction, and
any stairway leading from the first floor to the basement
or from the basement to the cellar shall be enclosed in
City of Boston Building Law. 69
Sect. 17, Par. 2.]
masonry walls not less than eight inches thick or with
two inch solid metal and plaster partition, with self-
closing fireproof doors at the top and bottom of the
stairway.
Restriction of Abe as.
Par. 3. — Any first class building used above the first
floor as a warehouse or store for the storage or sale of
merchandise shall have all vertical openings protected
by fireproof enclosures. Such enclosures shall, if enclosing
stairs or escalators, have automatic doors, and all glass in
the enclosure shall be wire glass.
Par. 4. — Such a building shall be so divided by brick
walls built like party walls with the same openings allowed,
that no space inside the buildings shall exceed in area ten
thousand square feet, except that when any such building
has a frontage of not less than fifty feet on each of two
streets, such space may exceed ten thousand square feet
in area, provided that buildings in which such extension
of area beyond ten thousand square feet is permitted shall
have automatic fire sprinklers installed and means of
ingress and egress satisfactory to the commissioner and
the board of appeal.
Par. 5. — Second class buildings used above the first
floor as warehouses or stores for the storage or sale of
merchandise shall be so divided by brick walls, built like
party walls with the same openings allowed, that no
space inside such buildings shall exceed in area ten thou-
sand square feet, and no existing wall in any second class
building shall be removed so as to leave an area of more
than ten thousand square feet, nor shall any existing wall
separating areas which combined would exceed ten
thousand square feet in area, have openings cut in it
greater in area or number than is allowed in this act for
party walls.
70 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 17.]
Par. 6. — Every second class building more than three
stories high and used above the first floor as a warehouse
or store for the storage or sale of merchandise, shall have
all vertical openings for elevators and stairways, air or
light shafts, through its floors protected by fireproof
enclosures. Such enclosures shall be supported by
fireproof supports and framing, and shall, if enclosing
stairs or escalators, have automatic doors, and all glass in
the enclosure shall be wire glass.
Par. 7. — No building used above the first floor for
the storage or sale of merchandise shall have less than
two means of egress from every story, one of which means
may be either an outside fire escape or through a brick
wall closed by automatic doors into a building of the same
class; except that an independent monumental stairway
extending from the basement to the second floor may be
constructed.
Buildings for Manufacturing Purposes
Par. 8. — Buildings outside the building limits and
adapted exclusively for manufacturing, storage, mechani-
cal or stable purposes, may be built under such conditions
as the commissioner shall prescribe. If of wood such
buildings shall not exceed forty-five feet in height.
[1916, c. 248, Special Act, amended by sect. 4, c. 782 of 1914.]
[1918, c. 179, sect. 7, Special Act.]
SECTION 18.
Construction.
Height.
Par. 1. — 'No building, structure or part thereof shall
be of a height exceeding two and one half times the
width of the widest street on which the building or struc-
ture stands, whether such street is a public street or place
)
City of Boston Building Law. 71
Sect. 18, Par. 1.]
or a private way, nor exceeding one hundred and twenty-
"five feet in any case. The width of such street, place or
private way shall be measured from the face of the build-
ing or structure to the line of the street on the other side.
If the street is of uneven width, the width shall be the
average width of the part of the street opposite the build-
ing or structure; if the effective width of the street is
increased by an area or setback, the space between the
face of the main building and the lawfully established line
of the street may be built upon to the height of two and
one haK times the width of the street.
Par. 2. — All buildings or structures hereafter erected
in any part of the city shall be subject to the restrictions
imposed by chapter four hundred and fifty-two of the acts
of the year eighteen hundred and ninety-eight, by chapter
five hundred and forty-three of the acts of the year nine-
teen hundred and two, by chapter three himdred and
eighty-three of the acts of the year nineteen hundred and
five, and by chapter four hundred and sixteen of the acts of
the year nineteen hundred and seven, so far as the restric-
tions imposed by said acts relate to the districts described
therein; and shall also be subject to any restrictions
lawfully imposed by the park commissioners of said city.
SECTION 19.
Excavations.
Par. 1. — All excavations shall so be protected, by
sheet piling if necessary, by the persons causing the same
to be made, that the adjoining soil shall not cave in by
reason of its own weight. It shall be the duty of the owner
of every building to furnish, or cause to be furnished, such
support that his building shall not be endangered by any
excavation: jrrovided, that the owner of any building
which is endangered by an excavation carried by an
72 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 19, Par. 1.]
adjoining owner more than ten feet below the grade of
the street may recover the expense so caused of supporting
such building from the persons causing such excavation
to be made. All permanent excavations .shall be pro-
tected by retaining walls. In case of any failure to
comply with the provisions of this section the commis-
sioner may enter upon the premises and may furnish such
support as the circumstances may require. Any expense
so incurred may be recovered by the city from the persons
required by law to furnish the support.
SECTION 20.
Foundations of Buildings.
Par. 1. — The foundation loads of every building, except
temporary structures, shall be carried down to a satisfactory
bearing material by means of properly designed v/alls, piers,
grillages or piling which shall be so designed, located or
otherwise disposed as to permit the entire loads which they
transmit to be distributed over the bearing area with a
unit intensity which shall not exceed the allowable value
given in this section. The bearing area of any pile is the
area over which it distributes its load.
Par. 2. — The footing of every foundation shall be
carried down at least four feet below any adjoining surface
exposed to freezing and no footing shall be started on soil
which is in a frozen condition. Foundations shall not be
laid in freezing weather unless adequate precautions are
taken against frost action.
Par. 3. — For the purposes of this section "satisfactory
bearing material" shall mean only ledge rock in its natural
bed, natural deposits of sand, gravel or clay, and any
combination of the foregoing materials which does not
contain or does not overlie an appreciable amount of
organic material.
)
City of Boston BuildIng Law. 73
Sect. 20.]
Par. 4. — In the absence of satisfactory tests of their
sustaining power, the maximum allowable bearing values
of the above materials shall be limited by the following
unit pressures : —
Tons per
Square Foot.
SoHd ledge rock 100
Shale and hardpan 10
Gravel, compact sand and hard yellow clay . . 6
Dry or wet sand of coarse or medium sized grains,
hard blue clay mixed or unmixed with sand, dis-
integrated ledge rock . 5
Medium stiff or plastic clay mixed or unmixed with
sand, or fine grained dry sand 4
Fine grained wet sand (confined) . . - , . 3
Soft clay protected against lateral displacement . 2
Par. 5. — Definitions. — (a) Solid ledge: Naturally
formed rock, such as the granites and others of similar
hardness and soimdness, normally requiring blasting for
their removal.
Par. 6. — (6) Shale: Laminated slate or clay rocks
removable with more or less difficulty by picking.
Par. 7. — (c) Hardpan : A thoroughly cemented mixture
of sand and pebbles or of sand, pebbles and clay, with or
without a mixtiu-e of boulders and difficult to remove by
picking.
Par. 8. — {d) Gravel: A natiu-al uncemented mixture of
course or medimn grained sand with a substantial amount
of pebbles measuring one fourth of an inch or more in
diameter.
Par. 9. — (e) Sand (compact) : Requiring picking for its
removal.
Par. 10. — (/) Sand (loose) : Requiring shovelling only.
74 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 20.]
Par. 11. — (g) Sand (medium grain): Individual grains
readily distinguishable by eye though not of pronounced
size.
Par. 12. — (h) Sand (fine grained) : Individual grains
distinguished by eye only with difficulty.
Par. 13. — • {i) Hard clay: Requiring picking for its
removal.
Par. 14. — (j) Disintegrated ledge rock: Residual
deposits of decomposed ledge.
Par. 15. — (k) Medium clay: Stiff and plastic but
capable of being spaded.
Par. 16. — (I) Soft clay: Putty-like in consistency and
changing shape readily under relatively shght pressure.
Par. 17. — ■ Note. — The materials described in items
c, d, e, f, g, i, j, k, shall be in relatively thick beds, if full
loading value is used. Otherwise, if underlaid by a softer
material, the value assigned to that material shall be used.
Par. 18. — ■ Wherever a building or structure is to rest in
part only upon solid ledge, the unit intensity of load upon
the balance of the bearing area shall be not more than one
half of the values given above for the several classes of soil.
Par. 19. — Prior to the issuance of a permit for any
permanent building or structure, the owner shall, by means
of open pits or by test borings carried at least ten feet into
a satisfactory bearing material other than ledge rock,
determine the character and depth of the soil underlying
the proposed site, and a certified copy of the reports of all
borings and tests Dit so taken, together with samples,
taken dry, of the material selected for a foundation bearing,
shall be filed with the commissioner for his approval and
classification. The number and location of borings taken,
together with the method used in maldng and reporting
them shall be as directed by the commissioner.
Par. 20. — Foundations for first and second hand *
buildings may be of brick, stone or concrete. The thick-
* Should read " class."
City of Boston Building Law. 75
Sect. 20, Par. 20.]
ness shall be as stated in section twenty-three with the
further provision that all foundation walls below grade
shall be figured as retaining walls when they act as such.
Par. 21. — Foundations of stone shall be of square split
stone except that rubble stone shall be allowed under
buildings outside of the fire limits, but only when such
buildings do not exceed forty-five feet in height and the
foundation wall is less than ten feet in depth. No rubble
foundation shall be less than twenty inches in thickness.
All walls shall be properly bonded by tlirough courses.
Par. 22, — Footings. — The footings of foundation walls
or piers shall consist of footing stones, concrete, reinforced
concrete construction or steel grillages. Footings of wood
construction may be used provided that they are to be
entirely below the permanent ground water level.
Par. 23. — Footing Stones.— Footing stones shall be at
least ten inches in thickness. They shall be fully bedded
upon the bearing soil.
Par. 24. — Concrete Footings. — Concrete footings shall
be not less than twelve inches in thiclmess. They may be
either stepped or battered to meet the wall or pier which
they support. The offset of each step or the angle of
batter shall be such as not to exceed the allowable stresses
in the concrete. If battered footings are used there shall
be a square shoulder at the base which shaU be not less
than four inches in height.
Par. 25. — Steel grillage foundations shall have at least
six inches of concrete below and shall be entirely embedded
in and surrounded by concrete at least four inches thick
between steel and earth, and the concrete shall be no
poorer than one part Portland cement and seven and one
half parts aggregate, measured before mixing.
Par. 26. — Footing Loads. — Provision shall be made
in determining the required area of footings for safely
supporting the full dead loads and the figured live loads
on the lowest tier of columns, piers or walls, plus the
76 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 20, Par. 26.]
weight of the footings themselves and such backfilHng
and overlying basement floor loads as may come vertically
over the projecting spread of the footing.
Par. 27. — Foundation Piers and Caissons. — The foun-
dation of any building or structure may be carried down to
ledge or other satisfactory bearing material by isolated
piers of approved masonry or by open or pneumatic
caissons, so designed that the working stresses in the
materials and on the soil do not exceed those established
by this act.
[1918, c. 179, sect. 8, Special Act.]
SECTION 21.
Pile Foundations.
Par. 1. — General Requirements. — The supporting value
of piles shall be obtained from embedment in or bearing
on material as firm as can practicably be obtained,
and the method of driving shall be such as not to
impair their strength. The frictional value observed in
driving for that part of piles embedded in or passing
through such materials as peat, silt, or fill overlying such
material, shall not be relied upon for support. No pile or
group of piles shall be loaded eccentrically, except in cases
where it is impracticable to avoid it. In such cases the
unit stress allowable for piles shall not be exceeded. Any
type of pile construction not provided for in this section
shall meet such requirements as may be prescribed by the
commissioner.
Par. 2. — A detached column or pier footing supported
by piling shall rest upon not less than three piles, but col-
umn or pier footings supported by proper and permanent
masonry or steel construction which provides lateral sup-
port in all directions may each rest upon a single pile if the
allowable load per pile is not exceeded. Light wall founda-
tions may be supported by a single row of piles: provided,
City of Boston Building Law. 77
Sect. 21, Par. 2.]
that the length of wall unsupported laterally by proper
masonry or steel construction does not exceed ten feet. All
other foundation waUs requiring piling shall rest upon at
least two rows of piles, the rows to be at least two feet on
centres for buildings up to thirty feet in height. For
buildings exceeding thirty feet in height, if not more than
two rows of piles are used, the rows shall be soread not
less than three feet on centres.
Par. 2A. — Piles under masonry buildings shall be
capped with concrete or with block granite. If capped
with plain concrete the proportion shall be one part Port-
land cement to not more than seven and one half parts
aggregate, and the capping shall be not less than sixteen
inches high above the pile heads. All concrete capping
shall fill the space between and around them for a depth of
six inches and shall extend for not less than six inches
beyond the outer edge of the pile cluster. No rubble con-
crete shall be used for pile capping. If capped with block
granite, each block shall have a firm bearing on not less
than three piles, shall be not less than twelve inches thick,
and shall project sufiiciently to cover fully all pile heads.
Par. 3. — Piles supporting steel or wooden buildings
without masonry walls or floors may be capped with timber
not less than six inches thick, securely joined together and
to the piles.
Par. 4. — The commissioner shall require additional
piles to be driven for all piles which are broken, broomed
or injured in any way, and for piles having a lower sus-
taining power than that required for the work.
Par. 5. — The sustaining power of piles driven by jet-
ting shall be determined by test loads as directed by the
commissioner.
Par. 6. — Wooden Piles. — Wooden piles shall be single
sticks except as prescribed elsewhere, cut from sound live
trees, shall be close grained and solid, free from defects,
such as injurious ring shakes, unsound or loose knots, or
78 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 21, Par. 6.]
decay, which may materially impair their strength or dura-
bility. Piles must be butt-cut above the ground swell and
have a uniform taper from butt to tip.
Par. 7. — Short Bends not Allowed. — A line drawn from
the centre of the butt to the centre of the tip shall be
within the body of the pile.
Par. 8. — All knots shall be trimmed close to the body
of the pile. All piles shall be at least six inches in average
diameter at tip under the bark.
Par. 9. — Inspection of All Piles. — The commissioner
shall require a competent inspector qualified bj'- experience
and training and satisfactory to him, to be on the work at
all times while piles are being driven, and the inspector
shall keep an accurate record of the length, size of tip and
butt of each pile, the weight and fall of the hammer and
the penetration of each pile for each of the last three blows.
Par. 10. — Square timber of approved quahty may be
used as pihng, in which case the average cross section shall
be not less than ten inches by ten inches, and the tip not
le^s than six inches by six inches.
Par. 11. — Pile heads shall be cut to sound wood before
capping is placed.
Par. 12. — Loads on Wooden Piles. — Wooden piles
driven through fill, silt, peat or other soil incapable of
adequately resisting lateral bending, to hardpan or ledge,
or deriving their value from embedments of less than one
twehth their length in approved soil, shall be figured as
columns, using the table for timber compression members,
and using an area equal to the middle cross-section of the
pile. All such piles shall be of hard wood such as oak,
southern yellow pine or similar woods, if the commissioner
shall so decide.
Par. 13. — The safe load on all other wooden piles driven
by drop hammer shall not exceed twelve tons each for
City of Boston Building Law. 79
Sect. 21, Par. 13.]
spruce, Norway pine or other soft woods, nor fifteen tons
•each for southern yellow pine, oak or woods of similar
strength, and shall be limited by the following formula : —
j^^ 2WH
P plus 1
Par. 14. — When testing for their value the pile head
shall have sound wood and the fall of the hammer shall be
ten feet.
Par. 15. — The safe supporting value of wooden piles
when driven by single acting power hammer shall be limited
by the following formula : —
j^^ 2WH
P plus 0.1
Par. 16. — In these formulas: — •
L is the allowable load in pounds.
W is the weight of the hammer or striking parts in pounds.
H is the fall of the hammer in feet.
P is the average penetration in inches under the last three
blows after the pile has been driven to a point where
successive blows produce approximately equal or
uniformly decreasing penetration.
Par. 17. — The distance between wooden piles shall be
not less than twenty-four inches on centres. The tops of
all wooden piles shall be cut at an elevation not higher than
grade 5.00, except that the commissioner may in liis dis-
cretion permit a higher point of cut off, but not exceeding
grade 9.00 in localities where the level of the ground water
fluctuates with the tidal variations.
Par. 18. — "Wooden piles may be driven to a depth not
exceeding ten feet below the ground surface by means of
properly designed followers: provided, that such followers
are constructed of steel or iron, and are equipped with a
80 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 21, Par. 18.]
suitable cast iron or steel socket which encases the pile
head sufl&ciently to avoid injury to them during the driving*
process. Before using such a follower the pile head shall
be cut or trimmed so as to expose a sound section of timber
on which the follower shall rest. If wooden driving blocks
are inserted between the follower and pile hammer they
shall be not more than twelve inches in height, of hard
wood, and shall be replaced as often as their fibers become
ruptured. In case followers are used, the sustaining value
of the pile as determined by the driving formula shaU be
reduced twenty-five per cent unless test loads are applied,
in which case the commissioner may allow a higher unit
loading not exceeding the maximum prescribed by this
section.
CoNCEETE Piles.
Par. 19. — Pre-cast Concrete Piles. — Pre-cast concrete
piles shall be properly designed and reinforced to permit
handling and driving without injury. The amount of
longitudinal reinforcing employed shall be not less than
two per cent nor more than four per cent, with bands or
hoops not less than one fourth of an inch in diameter and
spaced not further than ten inches. They shall be
thoroughly cured before driving. The diameter or lateral
dimension of such a pile shall be not less than eight inches
at the point, and shall average not less than eleven inches.
The length shall not exceed thirty times the average
diameter when the pile is driven through fill, silt, peat or
other material having relatively little lateral stiffness,
to ledge or hardpan, or when it derives its value from
embedment of less than one twelfth its length in approved
soil, nor forty times the average diameter in any case.
Par. 20. — When driven to ledge or hardpan the allowable
load on any such pile shall not exceed four hundred pounds
per square inch on the concrete at the average cross section,
City of Boston Building Law. 81
Sect. 21, Par. 20.]
and six thousand pounds per square inch on the longitudinal
reinforcement.
Par. 21. — All pre-cast concrete piles shall be protected
against damage in driving by the use of a suitable cushion
cap of approved design, and when driven to ledge shall be
provided with a metal shoe having ample bearing surface.
Par. 22. — CoM in Place Concrete Piles. — Concrete piles
cast in place shall be so made and placed as to insure the
exclusion of any foreign matter, and to secure a perfect
full sized shape, and shall be spaced at least three feet,
centre to centre, and more if the commissioner so decides.
The average diameter of any such pile in place shall be not
less than eleven inches, and the diameter of the tip shall
be not less than eight inches. The length shall not exceed
thirty times the average diameter when the pile is driven
through fill, silt, peat or other material having relatively
little lateral stiffness, to ledge or hardpan, or when it
derives its value from embedment of less than one twelfth
its length in approved soil, nor forty times the average
diameter in any case. When driven to ledge or hardpan
the allowable load on any such pile shall not exceed four
hundred pounds per square inch on the concrete at the
average section.
Par. 23. — General Provisions. — Metal tubes five six-
teenths of an inch thick or less, remaining in the ground,
shall not be considered as reinforcement. To be con-
sidered as reinforcement, all steel rods shall be embedded
in and covered by three inches of concrete.
Par. 24. — The safe load for all concrete piles not driven
to ledge shall be determined by the commissioner, who
may, if he deems it necessary, require one or more tests
of the same to be made at the expense of the o^^mer of the
proposed building or structure, or of the party causing the
piles to be driven, but the commissioner shall not allow a
greater load than one half of the test load giving three
82 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 21, Par. 24.]
eighths inch total settlement, such total settlement to
remain constant for a period of twenty-four hours, nor
shall the prescribed imit stresses be exceeded. Such tests
shall be made under the supervision of the commissioner,
and the results shall be filed in his office. No concrete
pile shall be allowed a greater load than thirty tons in any
case.
Par. 25. — All load tests shall be conducted in accordance
with regulations promulgated by the commissioner and
to his satisfaction (but in the absence of such regulations
all load tests shall be in accordance with regulations
formulated by the commissioner, and to his satisfaction) j*
but in the absence of such regulations, they shall be
continued until at least twice the working load allowed has
been put upon the pile, and an accurate record shall be
kept, to the nearest one sixteenth inch of settlement for
and after each increment of load has been added. Incre-
ments of load shall not exceed ten thousand pounds each,
and at least eight hours shall elapse between the addition
of successive increments. Test loads shall be appUed at
capping grade.
Par. 26. — All concrete for concrete piles shall be mixed
in the proportion of one part Portland cement to not
more than six parts of aggregate, and with a sufiicient
amount of water to produce a plastic or viscous consistency.
Par. 27. — Concrete piles shall be capped with concrete
masonry only,
[1918, c. 179, sect. 9, Special Act.]
SECTION 22.
Cellars — Rat-proofing.
Par. 1. — Cellars. — The cellar of every build-
ing, where the grade or nature of the ground so
* Words in parenthesis above should be stricken out, being a
repetition.
City of Boston Building Law. 83
Sect. 22, Par. 1.]
requires, shall be sufficiently protected from water and
damp by a bed at least two inches thick over the
whole, of concrete, cement and gravel, tar and gravel,
or asphalt, or by bricks laid in cement. No cellar or
basement floor of any" building shall be constructed
below the grade of twelve feet above mean low water,
unless such cellar is rjaade waterproof. All metal foun-
dations and all structural metal work underground shall
be protected from dampness by concrete, waterproofed
where necessary, or by other material approved by the
commissioner.
Par. 2. — Rat-proofing. — The cellar of every building
hereafter erected within the building limits shall be made
rat-proof by the use of masonry or metal. All openings
in foundations, cellars and basements in such buildings,
except for doors and hatchways, and except algo for such
windows wholly above ground as may be exempted by the
commissioner in his discretion, shall be completely covered
with screens of metal having meghes of not more than
one half of an inch in least dimension and constructed of
rods or wire of not less than twenty gauge.
[1918, c. 179, sect. 10, Special Act.]
SECTION 23.
Thickness of Walls.
Par. 1. — For the purposes of this section a base-
ment wall shall be construed to include any exterior
wall between the ground and the first floor, and any
party, fire and bearing walls from the top of foundations
to the first fioor.
Par. 2. — The thickness of masonry walls shall be in all
cases, irrespective of the requirements of this section,
sufficient to keep the stresses in the masonry within the
working stresses prescribed by this act.
84
City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 23.]
Par. 3. — For single family dwellings not over three
stories high with wooden floor beams spanning not more
than fifteen feet, all exterior, party, bearing or fire waUs
shall be not less than twelve inches thick for basement
walls and eight inches thick above the basement : provided,
however, that the ends of floor timbers on opposite sides
of a wall in such buildings shall not be nearer than eight
inches to each other.
Par. 4. — For dwellings not over three stories high
with floors spanning not more than twenty feet, all
exterior walls shall be not less than twelve inches thick
for basement walls and eight inches thick above the
basement, and all party, fire, and bearing walls shall be
not less than twelve inches thick. In case any part of
such a building is adapted for any use other than habitation
all walls surrounding that part of the building shall be
not less than twelve inches thick.
Par. 5. — For all other residences and for hotels,
lodging houses, boarding houses, clubs, convents, hospitals,
asylums and detention buildings, all exterior, party, fire
and bearing walls above foundations shall have the
following minimum thickness in inches:
Stories.
Base-
ment.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
16
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
12
12
12
12
12
20
16
16
16
12
12
12
12
1 story
2 story
3 story
4 story
5 story
6 story
7 story
8 story
building
building
building
building
building
building
building
building
12
Par. 6. — For all other buildings, all exterior, party,
fire and bearing walls above foundations shall have the
following minimum thickness in inches:
City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 23, Par. 6.]
85
Stories.
Base-
\
2.
^
4,
S.
6.
7.
ment.
12
121
12
12
12
16
12
12
12
16
16
12
12
12
16
16
16
12
12
12
20
16
16
16
12
12
12
20
20
16
16
16
12
12
12
20
20
20
16
16
16
12
12
1 story
2 story
3 story
4 story
5 story
6 story
7 story
8 story
building
building
building
building
building
building
building
building
12
1 In case the floor area is less than 500 square feet, the wall thickness
may be 8 inches.
Par. 7. — Provided, however, that if any part of any
building is lower than the rest, the lower part may have
walls of thicknesses required for a building of height equal
to that of the low part.
Par. 8. — The foundation walls shall be at least four
inches thicker than the required thickness of the walls of
the first story. The thickness herein given shall apply to
all masonry walls unless they are reinforced by a frame
or skeleton of steel or reinforced concrete.
Par. 9. — For the purposes of this section any balcony
or mezzanine floor of more than ten feet span shall be
considered as forming a story in fixing the thickness of
the waUs which support it.
Par. 10. — In reckoning the thickness of walls, ashlar
shall not be considered unless the walls are at least sixteen
inches thick and the ashlar is at least eight inches thick,
or unless alternate courses are at least four and eight
inches to aUow bonding with the backing. Ashlar shall
be held by metal clamps to the backing or be properly
bonded to the same.
Par. 11. — Non-bearing walls not used for fire or party
walls may be four inches less in thickness than is required
86 City of Boston Building Law. •
Sect. 23, Par. 11.]
by the preceding tables; and such walls supporting stairs
or stair landings may be eight inches less: provided,
however, that no such non-bearing or stair wall shall be
less than eight inches thick nor have a greater height
unstayed laterally than thirty times its thickness, except
with the approval of the commissioner.
Par. 12. — Curtain walls between columns, buttresses
or projecting piers may be thinner than is required by
the preceding tables: provided, however, that in single
family houses not over three stories high such curtain
walls shall be not less than four inches thick, and in all
other buildings such curtain walls shall be not less than
twelve inches thick for fire or party walls nor less than
eight inches thick for exterior walls, except that the parts
between the top of one window opening and the bottom
of the window opening above, if faced with metal, shall
be backed by at least four inches of incombustible material.
No curtain wall exceeding twenty feet in length shall have
a greater height unstayed laterally than thirty times its
thicloiess.
Par. 13. — Hollow block walls shall have the same
minimum thickness as is required for brick walls, but
shall not be used for bearing walls in buildings over four
stories high. Solid unreinforced concrete walls shall have
the same minimum thickness as required for brick walls.
Reinforced concrete walls shall be of the thickness and
construction required, by the commissioner, subject to
the requirements of section fifteen.
[1918, Special Acts.'c, 179, sect. 11.]
SECTION 24.
Anchors.
Par. 1. — All v/alls of a first or second class building
meeting at an angle shall be securely bonded, or shall be
, City of Boston Building Law. 87
Sect. 24, Par. 1.]
united every five feet of their height by anchors mad^ of
at least two inches by half an inch of steel or wrought
iron, well painted, and securely built into the side or
partition walls not less than thirty-six inches, and into
the front and rear walls at least one half the thickness
of such walls.
SECTION 25.
Brickwork — Bonding.
Par. 1. — ■ Every eighth course, at least, of a brick wall
shall be a full heading or bonding course, except where
walls are faced with face brick, in which case in every
eighth course at least every other brick shall be a full
header. No diagonal header ties shall be used.
Par. 2. — • In a skeleton frame building brick facing of
not more than four inches in thickness may be bonded to
the frame by metal ties if other suitable precautions sat-
isfactory to the commissioner are taken. Such lies shall
be of galvanized wire or other suitable material satisfactory
to him.
fl918, Special Acts, c. 179, sect. 12.1
SECTION 26.
Vaulted Walls.
Par. 1. — If the air spaces are headed over and the
walls are built solid for at least three courses below
the floor and roof beams, walls, if of brick, may be
built hollow. They shall contain, exclusive of withes,
the same amount of material as is required for solid
walls, and the masonry on the inside of the air space in
walls over two stories in height shall be not less than
eight inches thick, and the parts on either side shall be
securely tied together with ties not more than two feet
apart in each direction.
88 City of Boston Building Law.
SECTION 27.
Walls Framed with Iron or Steel.
Par. 1. — Walls may be built in part of iron or steel or
with a reinforced concrete or metal framework In such
metal framework the beams and girders^shall be riveted to
each other at their respective junction points. If columns
made of roUed iron or steel are used, their different parts
shall be riveted to each other, and the beams and girders
resting upon them shall, if possible, have riveted connec-
tions to unite them with the columns. If cast iron columns
are used, each successive column shall be bolted to the
one below it by at least four bolts not less than three
fourths of an inch in diameter, and the beams and girders
shall be bolted to the columns. At each line of floor or
roof beams, lateral connections between the ends of the
beams and girders shall be made in such manner as rigidly
to connect the beams and girders with each other in the
direction of their length.
Skeleton Party Walls.
Par. 2,— All party walls of skeleton construction shall
have curtain walls of brick, not less than twelve inches
thick.
PaR/ 3. — AU outside walls of skeleton construction shall
have curtain walls which may be of masonry, terra-cotta,
concrete, or reinforced concrete, constructed and supported
under such conditions as the commissioner shall prescribe.
Par. 4. — If the metal or other framework is so designed
that the enclosing walls do not carry the weight of floors
or roof, then the walls shall be of masonry or concrete
construction and shall be thoroughly anchored to the iron
skeleton, and whenever the weight of such walls rests
upon beams or columns, such beams or columns shall be
City of Boston Building Law. 89
Sect. 27, Par. 4.]
made strong enough in each story to carry the weight of
wall resting upon them without reliance upon the walls
below them.
SECTION 28.
Paety Walls Above Roof.
Par. 1. — In buildings less than forty-five feet in height
all party walls shall be built to a height at least twelve
inches above the roof covering, and shall be capped with
stone, cement or metal securely fastened to the masonry.
In all other buildings such walls shall be carried thirty
inches above the roof.
SECTION 29.
Walls — Cornices.
Par. 1. — Where a wall is finished with a stone cornice,
the greatest weight of material of such cornice shall be
on the inside of the face of the wall. AU cornices of second
class buildings shaU be of brick or covered with fireproof
material, and the walls shall be carried up to the boarding
of the roof; and where the cornice projects above the roof
the masonry shall be carried up to the top of the cornice
and covered with metal, like parapet walls.
SECTION 30.
Piers and Hearths.
Par. 1. — Piers and walls shall have caps or plates,
where they are needed, sufiicient properly to distribute
the load.
Par. 2. — Hearths shall be supported by trimmer arches
of brick or stone; or shall be of single stones at least six
inches thick, built into the chimney and supported by iron
beams, one end of which shall be securely built into the
90 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 30, Par. 2.]
masonry of a chimney or of an adjoining wall, or which
shall otherwise rest upon an incombustible support.
Brick jambs of every fireplace, range or grate opening
shall be at least eight inches wide each, and the backs of
such openings shall be at least eight inches thick. Hearths
and trimmer arches shall be at least twelve inches longer
on either side than the v/idth of such openings, and at
least eighteen inches wide in front of the chimney breast.
Brickwork over fireplaces and grate openings shall be
supported by proper iron bars, or brick or stone arches.
SECTION 31.
Walls — Doorways in, Party Walls.
Par. 1. — -Openings for doorways in party walls shall
not exceed one hundred square feet each in area, and each
opening shall have two sets of fire doors separated by the
thickness of the wall, hung in a manner satisfactory to
the commissioner, except that the aggregate width of all
openings in any story shall not exceed fifty per cent of the
length of the wall in which such openings occur. Openings,
not exceeding one hundred and forty-four square inches,
constructed and protected as shall be approved by a
writing signed by the fire commissioner, and filed with the
commissioner, may be permitted in any wall or floor.
SECTION 32.
Fire Protection.
Par. 1. — All structural metal supporting or forming
part of the frame, floors, roof or columns of any building,
except as otherwise exempted in this act, shall be protected
against the effect of heat.
Protection shall consist of : —
Par. 2. — (a) Concrete. — • Cast in formes around and in
direct contact with the structural members and reinforced
with iron or clamps or hangers or with wires in such a
City of Boston Building Law. 91
Sect. 32, Par. 2.]
manner as to form a thorough bond. Concrete filling
may be deemed protection for the upper flanges where
arch construction is used;
Pae. 3. — (6) Terra Cotia. — Clamped in place with steel
clamps or wrapped securely with number twelve galvanized
iron wnQ or metal lath in such manner as to hold each block
in place, set in mortar no poorer than one part natural
cement and two parts sand and (except where arches
abut) plastered with the same mortar at least one half
inch thick, and at least thick enough to make the entire
protection as thick as required in paragraph three. Terra
cotta blocks may be hollow but each face shall be soliH,
and no shell or web shall be less than three quarter inches
thick;
Par. 4. — (c) Brickwork. — • Set in cement mortar;
Par. 5. — {d) Any material or form of construction that
will resist the action of flames and a heat of seventeen
hundred degrees Fahrenheit for at least two hours without
raising the temperature of the material to be protected
above five hundred and fifty degrees Fahrenheit, through
a thickness of two inches, as determined by fire and water
tests for fireproofing construction adopted by the American
Society for Testing Materials.
Par. 6. — This protection shall be, unless it is otherwise
provided herein, at least three quarter inches thick and at
least of the thickness named in the following table: —
On columns carrying masonry walls : —
One and one half inches against the edges of flanges;
Four inches elsewhere.
On columns carrying floors or roofs or both: —
One and one half inches against the edges of flanges;
Three inches elsewhere.
On beams, girders or trusses carrying masonry walls: —
One inch on top;
Two inches elsewhere.
92 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 32, Par. 6.]
On beams, girders, or trusses carrying floors or roofs or
both:—
One inch on top ;
One and one half inches elsewhere.
On beams deeper than fifteen inches or having a flange
width of more than seven and one half inches : —
One inch on top;
Two inches elsewhere.
On lugs, brackets, braces and similar minor construction
members and beyond the tips of rivets : —
Three quarters of an inch.
Par. 7. — 'About isolated columns on the exterior of
buildings, the thickness of protection may be reduced to
one inch, when the same is covered with an outer shell of
cast iron or steel.
Par. 8. — Plaster on metal lath shall not be considered
as a fire protection for steel or iron structural members,
except that where suspended ceilings of metal lath and
plaster leave not less than one inch of air space against the
protective covering of such structural member, the pro-
tective covering may be one inch in thickness. .
Par. 9. — Metal lath and plaster used for the require-
ments of this section shall have a total thickness, not
counting clinches, of not less than three quarters of an
inch.
Par. 10. — ^No pipes, wires, cables or other material
shall be embedded in the required fireproofing of columns
or other structural members.
The above requirements as to fire protection shall not
apply in the following cases : —
Par. 11. — (a) Structural metal in second or third class
buildings in any case in which wood without fire protection
would be permissible under this act.
Par. 12. — (6) Structural metal which faces on enclosed
spaces that are strutted up or hung down from floors or
roofs where the tops, bottoms and walls or partitions of
City of Boston Building Law. 93
Sect. 32, Par. 12.]
such spaces are protected against fire on the outer side, as
required elsewhere in this act.
Par. 13. — (c) Lintel angles under stone or brick unless
over ten feet span.
Par. 14. — {d) Buildings built in whole or in part of a
better class of construction than is required by this act
shall be required to have only such protection for structural
metal as would be required in a building of the type that
would be allowed in the given case.
Par. 15. — (e) Metal work in a non-bearing partition,
and for furrings and metal used only to support finish or
equipment, and for metal of stair construction, suspension
rods for balconies, steel work of theatre stages, fly galleries
and rigging lofts.
Par. 16. — (/) Metal, other than columns, carrying no
other loads than roof loads (without roof gardens), ceilings,
or suspended balconies not over eight feet Ynde. When a
suspended ceiling is used it shall be of metal lath and
plaster with all hanging rods, ties, stiffening, and the like,
of metal.
Par. 17. — In work in connection with alterations of
existing buildings, the character and amount of protection
for steel and iron work shall be made satisfactory to the
commissioner.
Par. 18. — Whenever any protective material or struc-
tural metal is, in the opinion of the commissioner, liable to
injury by trucks or merchandise, wood or metal guards
shall be applied as he may require.
Par. 19. — In buildings of third class construction the
exterior walls at each floor level, and all spaces between
joists over girders and bearing partitions, and from plate to
roof boarding, shall be firestopped with masonry or metal.
Par. 20. — In buildings of second class construction
spaces between strap furring on brick walls shall be filled
for a distance of five inches below and five inches above the
floor beams with mortar, and all spaces between joists over
94 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 32, Par. 20.]
girders and bearing partitions, and from plate to roof
boarding shall be firestopped with masonry not less than
four inches thick.
Par. 21. — In buildings of second or third class con-
struction spaces between rafters, over furring enclosing
spaces under the roof, shaU be firestopped with wood or
metal, and spaces between stringers of stairs and joists of
landings, unless stairs are unceiled or of incombustible
materials, shall be firestopped with masonry or metal or
not less than seven eighths of an inch of wood, at least
twice in each flight of stairs. All spaces around chimneys
shall be thoroughly firestopped with sheet metal, metal
lath and plaster, or masonry.
Pab. 22. — Firestopping shall completely fill all openings
where it is applied; all chases or enclosures for pipes shall
be firestopped adjacent to other required firestopping and
by the same materials, except that metal lath and plaster
may be used.
Pajr, 23. — No building operations shall be permitted
which wiU create unnecessary permanent spaces where
rats will find refuge from their enemies and breed.
Par. 24. — In every building of second or third class
construction each floor shall be thoroughly stopped
by a continuous layer of asbestos fabric, magneso
calcite or other fire-resisting material approved by the
commissioner.
Par. 25. — Furnaces and Smoke Pipes. — The tops of aU
heating furnaces and smoke pipes shall be at least one foot
below the nearest wooden beams or ceilings. All ceilings
immediately over a furnace or boiler, and for six feet on
each side thereof, and all ceilings over indirect radiators
shall, except under fireproof floors, be metal-lathed and
plastered.
Par. 26. — Register Boxes. — All hot-air register boxes in
the floors or partitions of buildings shall be set in soapstone
City of Boston Building Law. 95
Sect. 32, Par. 26.]
or equally fireproof borders and not less than two inches
in width, shall be made of tin plate, and shall have double
pipes and boxes properly fitted to the soapstone. Hot-air
pipes and register boxes shall be at least one inch from any
woodwork, and register boxes shall be fifteen inches by
twenty-five inches or larger, and their connecting pipes
shall be two inches from- any v/oodwork. If indirect hot
water or indirect steam heat is used, the commissioner may
modify or dispense with the foregoing requirements.
Par. 27. — Vent and Smoke Pipes. — All vent or smoke
pipes for stoves, furnaces or heaters, not including gas
stoves, hereafter installed shall be placed not nearer than
twelve inches to any lath, plaster or board partition, ceiling
or woodwork. Where such pipes pass through a lath and
plaster or board partition, they shall be protected by
ventilated metal collars at least six inches larger in diameter
than the pipe. Where such pipes enter the chimney,
the opening into the same shall be protected by a metal
collar built at least four inches into the brickwork of the
chimney. No such pipe shall pass through the roof or
exterior wall of any building. Such pipes when within
eighteen inches of a ceiling shall be protected by having the
ceiling over them, and at least two feet wide, wire-lathed
and plastered, or by having a shield of metal of the same
width hung from the floor timbers, and at least six inches
distant therefrom. Vent pipes to gas stoves, if placed
nearer than three inches to any woodwork or lath and
plaster partition, shall be protected with incombustible
material.
[1918, c. 179, sect. 13, Special Act.]
SECTION 33.
Fireproof Partitions.
Except as is otherwise provided in this section,
partitions in buildings of first class construction shall
96 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 33.]
be constructed of the materials and in the manner herein
specified: —
Pae. 1. — (a) Brick in cement mortar;
Par. 2. — (h) Concrete, consisting of one part Portland
cement and not more than three parts of sand and six parts
of stone or gravel, not less than three inches thick if prop-
erly reinforced with steel, nor less than four inches thick
otherwise ;
Par. 3. — (c) Cinder concrete, consisting of one part
Portland cement and not more than three parts of sand
and six parts of cinders, not less than four inches thick if
properly reinforced with steel, nor less than five inches
thick otherwise;
Par. 4. — (d) Hollow terra cotta blocks, laid in cement
mortar, not less than three inches thick;
Par. 5. — (e) Hollow concrete blocks, of either stone
or cinder concrete laid in cement mortar, not less than
three inches thick;
Par. 6. — (f) Solid or hollow blocks consisting of
gypsum containing not more than twenty-five per cent
by weight of cinders, asbestos fiber, wood chips or vegetable
fiber, laid in gypsum plaster or cement mortar tempered
with lime, not less than three inches thick ;
Par. 7. — (g) Metal lath on a steel studding covered
with Portland cement mortar or gypsum plaster, of a
finished thickness of not less than two inches in the case
of solid partitions, nor less than three inches in the case of
hollow partitions; or
Par. 8. — (h) Any material or form of construction
that may be approved by the commissioner if conforming
to the requirements of the fire test hereinafter prescribed.
But nothing in this section shall prevent the erection, in
the discretion of the commissioner, of partitions of pressed
metal and glass or of temporary partitions of wood and
glass within rooms or spaces enclosed by fireproof par-
titions or walls.
City of Boston Building Law. 97
Sect. 33.]
Par. 9. — The thicknesses as above described are for
partitions up to fifteen feet in height, and they shall be
increased in thickness one inch for every additional eight
feet or fraction thereof. If partitions are not plastered on
both sides, the thicknesses shall be one inch greater than
those above specified.
Par. 10. — Construction. — Unless built as approved
masonry walls, partitions in fireproof buildings shall be
independently supported at each floor. They shall be
keyed, or otherwise securely fastened to the ceilings, and,
when necessary, shall be stiffened with suitable steel
uprights securely fastened to floor and ceiling. Partitions
enclosing hallways or toilet rooms and other permanent
partitions shall not rest on wood flooring but shall start on
the fireproof construction of the floor. In the upper story,
where there is a space between the ceiling of the top floor
and the roof, partitions need not extend above the ceiling.
Par. 11. — Tests of Fireproof Partitions. — In testing the
fireproof quahties of any partition construction, a vertical
panel not less than fourteen feet long and nine feet high
shall be subjected to a continuous fire for not less than one
hour at an average temperature of seventeen hundred
degrees Fahrenheit, during the latter half hour, followed
by an appHcation for not less than two and one half min-
utes of a hose stream from a one and one eighth inch nozzle
at thirty pounds nozzle pressure, without the passage of
flame during the test.
[1918, c. 179, sect. 14, Special Act.]
SECTION 34.
Timbers in Walls op Second Class Buildings.
Par. 1. — The ends of all wooden floor or roof
timbers in second class buildings shall enter the wall
to a depth of at least four inches ; and the ends of all such
beams shall be so shaped or arranged that in case of fire
they may fall without injury to the wall.
[1918, 0. 179, sect. 15, Special Act.]
98 City of Boston Building Law.
SECTION 35.
Alteeation of Existing Buildings.
Pae. 1 . — • Any building, except those of third class
construction within the building limits, having not more
than five floors above the mean grade of all the sidewalks,
may be altered, remodelled or enlarged for use as a house
for habitation using second class construction.
Pae. 2. — The first story or basement, or both the first
story and basement, in such buildings may be used for
mercantile purposes, provided that the walls and ceilings
surrounding the area so used shall be fire-stopped to the
satisfaction of the commissioner.
Height Allowed.
Pae. 3. — The height of any such building shall not be
increased unless the walls and foundations conform to the
provisions of this act. The number of stories of such a
building shall not exceed five above the cellar or basement.
Egeess Eequieed.
Pae. 4. — Every such building, more than thirty-three
feet in height, so altered, remodelled or enlarged*, shall be
provided with at least two independent exits satisfactory
to the commissioner.
ExposuEE Requieed.
Pae. 5. — Every such building, so altered, remodelled
or enlarged, shall have, in addition to the exposure on the
widest street, an exposure as long as the average width
of the bmlding, upon a space open from the ground to the
sky, at least ten feet wide for the first three stories, and
increasing in width five feet for the next two stories. If
the proposed building is more than five stories in height,
said space shall be twenty feet: provided, that if the base-
City of Boston Building Law. 99
Sect. 35, Par. 5.]
ment and first story are adapted or enlarged for use for
mercantile purposes, the exposure required by this section
shall not apply to that part of the building; and provided,
also, that sufficient space be retained on the lot for the
storage of ashes or garbage.
Pak. 6. — Such exposure may be either upon private or
pubhc ways, or upon land which is dedicated for the use of
the building, and may be divided and placed as approved
by the building commissioner.
Par. 7. — These spaces shall remain undiminished so
long as the building is used for habitation.
Par. 8. — If the building is situated on the corner of
streets or private ways not less than ten feet wide the com-
missioner may approve the omission of the whole or part
of this additional exposure.
Alteration — When It Produces New Structure
Practically.
Par. 9. — If in the opinion of the commissioner the
alteration proposed to be made in a building is of such
extent as, when done, to produce a practically new struc-
ture or to impair the stability or increase the fire risk of
the structure as a whole, then the whole structure shall be
made to conform to the provisions of this act for a new
structure of the same class. A building damaged by fire or
other casualty may be repaired or restored so as to conform
to its original condition, or may be reconstructed in some
or aU of its parts, so as to conform to the requirements of
this act for new buildings, as the commissioner may
specify in his permit.
Windows in Living Room.
Par. 10. — Every hving room in a building adapted for
habitation shall have a window on the open air of an area
not less than ten square feet and distant in a three story
100 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 35, Par. 10.]
building not less than six feet from any opposite wall;
distant in a four story building not less than eight feet from
any opposite wall; distant in a five story building not less
than ten feet from any opposite wall. This shall not apply
to the construction of third class buildings, except the
provision for a window on the open air of an area.
Par. 11. — ■ The exposure required under this section
shall apply to all buildings hereafter constructed adapted
for habitation, except as is otherwise provided for tenement
houses.
SECTION 36.
Loads.
Par. 1. — Dead loads shall consist of the weight of
walls, floors, roofs, and permanent partitions. The weights
of various materials shall be assumed as follows:
Pounds per
Cubic Foot.
Beech 42
Birch 42
Brickwork 120
Concrete, cinder, structural 108
Concrete, cinder, floor filMng 96
Concrete, stone 144
Douglas, fir . . . 36
Granite 168
GranoHthic surface 144
Limestone . . . . . . . . . 150
Maple 42
Marble 168
Oak 48
Pine, southern yellow 42
Sandstone . . . _ 144
Spruce 30
Terra cotta, architectural, voids unfilled ... 72
Terra cotta, architectural, voids filled . . . 120
City of Boston Building Law.
101
Sect. 36, Par. 1.]
Gravel or slag and felt roofing ...
Plastering on metal lath, exclusive of furring .
Pounds per
Square Foot.
6
8
Pak. 2. — Live loads shall include all loads except dead
loads. Every permit shall state the purpose for which
the building is to be used, and all floors and stairs shall be
of sufficient strength to bear safely the weight to be
imposed thereon in addition to the dead load, but shall
safely support a minimum uniformly distributed Uve
load per square foot as specified in the following table:
Class op Btjilding.
Pounds per
Square Foot.
Armories, assembly halls, and gymnasiums
Fire houses: —
Apparatus floors ,
Residence and stable floors
Garages, private, not more than two cars
Garages, public
Grandstands
Hotels, lodging houses, boarding houses, clubs, convents
hospitals, asylums and detention buildings: —
Public portions
Residence portions
Manufacturing, heavy
Manufacturing, light
Office buildings: —
First floor
All other floors
Public buildings: —
Public portions
Office portions
Residence buildings, including porches
Schools and colleges: —
Assembly halls
Class rooms never to be used as assembly halls
Sidewalks
(Or eight thousand pounds concentrated, whichever
gives the larger moment or shear.)
Stables, public or mercantile: —
Street entrance floors
Feed room
■ Carriage room
Stall room
100
150
50
75
150
100
100
50
250
125
125
75
100
75
50
100
50
250
150
150
50
50
102 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 36, Par. 2.]
Class of BtriLDiNG.
Pounds per
Square Foot.
Stairs, corridors, and fire escapes from armories, assembly
halls and gymnasiums
Stairs, corridors, and fire escapes except from armories,
assembly halls, and gymnasiums.
Storage, heavy
Storage, light
Stores, retail ,
Stores, wholesale
100
75
250
125
125
250
Par. 3. — The commissioner may require design for
heavier loads than the above minimum values if, in his
judgment, the - purpose of the building or vibrating
machinery requires it. For buildings or structures not
included in the above table, the commissiqner shall
establish allowable live loads.
Par. 4. — The commissioner may prescribe the maximum
loads which may be imposed upon the floors of existing
buildings.
Par. 5. — No use or occupation of a building or part of
building for a purpose other than that for which it is
designed to be used, as set forth in the permit upon which
it was erected, and no change in the use or occupation of a
building or part thereof which will increase the floor load
beyond the capacity prescribed for such use and occupa-
tion shall be made unless, upon application therefor, the
commissioner shall issue a permit on condition that the
proposed use will not endanger the safety of the building
or the health or the safety of the occupants thereof.
Par. 6. — Before any building hereafter erected is
occupied, in whole or in part, as a business building, and
before any building already erected but not previously
occupied as a business building, is occupied or used, in
whole or in part, for that purpose, and whenever, for any
City OF Boston Building Law. 103
Sect. 36, Par. 6.]
reason, the commissioner shall prescribe the load for an
existing building or part thereof, the safe live load for each
floor, or portion of each floor as approved by the com-
missioner, shall be marked on metal plates, of character
approved by him, which shall be supplied and securely
affixed by the owner of the building in a conspicuous place
in the story to which they relate. It shall be the duty of
the occupants of the building to maintain such plates
during their occupancy, and the owner of the building or
his agent shall cause the same to be properly affixed with
each change of occupancy. No person shall place or
cause or permit to be placed on any floor of any building
any greater load than the approved safe load.
Par. 7. — Every plank, slab and arch, and every floor
beam carrying one hundred square feet of floor or less,
shall be of sufficient strength to bear safely the combined
dead and live load supported by it, but the floor live loads
may be reduced for other parts of the structure as f oUows : —
Par. 8. — In all buildings except armories, garages,
gymnasiums, storage buildings, wholesale stores, and
assembly halls, for all flat slabs of over one hundred square
feet area, reinforced in two or more directions and for all
floor beams, girders, or trusses carrying over one hundred
square feet of floor, ten per cent reduction.
Par. 9. — For the same, but carrying over two hundred
square feet of floor, fifteen per cent reduction.
Par. 10. — For the same, but carrying over three
hundred square feet of floor, twenty-five per cent reduction.
Par. 11. — These reductions shall not be made if the
member carries more than one floor and therefore has its
live load reduced according to the table below.
Par. 12. — In public garages, for all flat slabs of over
three hundred square feet area reinforced in more than one
direction, and for all floor beams, girders and trusses
carrying over three hundred square feet of floor, and for
104 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 36, Par. 12.]
all coiumns, walls, piers, and foundations, twenty-j&ve
per cent reduction.
Par. 13. — In all buildings except storage buildings,
wholesale , stores, and public garages, for all columns,
girders, trusses, walls, piers, and foundations.
Carrying one floor, . . No reduction.
Carrying two floors, . . Twenty-five per cent reduc-
tion.
Carrying three floors, . Forty per cent reduction.
Carrying four floors, . . Fifty per cent reduction.
Carrying five floors, . . Fifty-five per cent reduction.
Carrying six floors or more. Sixty per cent reduction.
Par. 14. — Roofs shall be designed to support safely
minimum live loads as follows : —
Par. 1.5. — Roofs with pitch of four inches or less per
foot, a vertical load of forty pounds per square foot of
horizontal projection applied either to half or to the whole
of the roof.
Par. 16. — Roofs with pitch of more than four inches and
not more than eight inches per foot, a vertical load of
fifteen pounds per square foot of horizontal projection and
a wind load of ten pounds per square foot of surface acting
at right angles to one slope, these two loads being assumed
to act either together or separately.
Par. 17. — Roofs with pitch of more than eight inches
and not more than twelve inches per foot, a vertical load
of ten pounds per square foot of horizontal projection and
a wind load of fifteen pounds per square foot of surface
acting at right angles to one slope, these two loads being
assumed to act either together or separately.
Par. 18. — Roofs with pitch of more than twelve inches
per foot, a vertical load of five pounds per square foot of
horizontal projection and a wind load of twenty pounds
per square foot of surface acting at right angles to one slope,
City of Boston Building Law. 105
Sect. 36, Par. 18.]
these two loads being assumed to act either together or
separately.
Par. 19. — All buildings and structures shall be cal-
culated to resist a pressure per square foot on any vertical
surface as follows: —
For forty feet in height, . - . . . Ten pounds.
Portions more than eighty feet above
ground, Fifteen pounds.
Portions from forty to eighty feet above
ground, Twenty poimds.
Par. 20. — But the commissioner may require a building
or structure to be designed for larger pressure than the
pressures given in the . table, if, in his judgment, the
exposure requires it.
Par. 21. — If the resisting moments of the materials of
construction are not sufficient to resist the moment of
distortion due to wind pressure without exceeding the
stresses allowed in this act, additional bracing shall be
introduced to supply the deficiency in the moment.
[1918, c. 197, sect. 16, Special Act.]
[1914, c. 595.]
SECTION 37.
Shutters.
Par. 1. — In all first or second class mercantile or
manufacturing buildings over thirty feet in height, out-
side openings in party walls, or in any rear or side wall
within twenty feet of an opposite wall or building, shall
have metal frames and sashes and shall be glazed with
wire glass or shall be protected by shutters. Such shutters
shall be covered on both sides with tin or shall be made of
other substantial fireproof material, and hung on the out-
side, either upon independent metal frames or upon
metal hinges attached to the masonry, and shall be made
106 City op Boston Building Law.
Sect. 37, Par. 1.]
to be handled from the outside, and one such shutter in
each room shall have a protected hand-hole eight inches
in diameter.
SECTION 38.
Elevators.
Shafts.
Par. 1. — Elevators and hoists for freight which do
not run above the first story may be constructed without
fireproof enclosures. Freight and passenger elevators may
be placed in areas or hallways where the same are con-
tinuous and unbroken, such elevators to be protected by
metal grille. Except as above provided, all shafts for
elevators, hoists, dumb-waiters, lifts, light and ventilating
shafts or other air ducts shall be constructed of fireproof
material. The tops of all such shafts shall be covered
with fireproof material unless the shaft, extends above the
upper floor of the building, and in that case the shaft shall
be carried at least three feet above the roof and shall be
covered with a skyHght. Such shafts, if for freight or
passenger elevators, shall be of brick at least eight inches
thick, or of metal covered on both sides with at least one
inch of plaster applied immediately to the metal, or with
some other equally substantial fireproof material.
Gates, Rails, Trap Doors.
Par. 2. — Every opening into a shaft or hoistway shall
be protected by self-closing gates, rails, trap-doors, or
other equivalent devices.
Safety Device.
Par. 3. — Every elevator«hall be provided with a safety
attachment to prevent the falling of the car. The
machinery over the elevator shall have underneath it a
grille sufficient to protect the car from falling material.
City of Boston Building Law. 107
Sect. 38.]
Par. 4. — Every opening into an elevator shaft or
hoistway and every opening through a floor, other than a
stairway, shall be closed when not in use.
Outside Windows on Shafts.
Par. 5. — All elevator shaft openings, other than open-
ings into passenger elevator shafts, shall be furnished
with metal covered or incombustible doors, hung in a
manner satisfactory to the commissioner, and shall be
provided with iron thresholds. Wire glass panels may
be used in such doors. Outside windows or openings of
every elevator shaft shall have three vertical iron rods,
painted red, equally spaced off in such window or opening.
Danger Signal.
Par. 6. — Freight elevators shall be equipped with a
suitable danger signal to warn people of the approach of
the elevator.
Par. 7. — The space between the car and door of each
landing shall be not more than two inches.
Par. 8. — No elevator shall be used in any building until
the same is approved in writing by the commissioner.
Prohibition of Use.
Par. 9. — In case any freight or passenger elevator is
not constructed or furnished in compUance with this act,
or has become unsafe, the commissioner shall post a
conspicuous warning and prohibition at each entrance to
such elevator. It shall thereafter, until a new written
permit is given by the commissioner, be a penal offence
hereunder to operate the said elevator, or to remove or
deface the said notice.
Recess in Wall Prohibited — • Platforms — Outside Openings.
Par. 10. — Freight elevator wells hereafter built on the
line of the external wall of a building shall be so constructed
108 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 38, Par. 10.]
that there shall be no recess in the outer wall along the
whole line of the same, and that no more than four inches
space shall be allowed between the platform of the car and
the outer wall. The side of the platform and the line of
the door-way shall be flush with the well-way, and the door
openings from the said elevator well into the building shall
be placed at least six inches back from the face of the well,
so as to allow space enough for self-closing gates to operate
between the door and the well opening. Outside openings
to freight elevators shall be protected by seK-closing slatted
gates, "vertical," with spaces not wider than two inches
between the slats.
Speed Limit.
Par. 11. — All elevators running at a speed of more than
one hundred feet a minute, shall be operated by competent
persons not less than eighteen years of age, and no other
person shall operate or have the care or charge of such an
elevator.
Age of Operator.
Par. 12. — No elevator shall be operated by or placed in
charge of any person under sixteen years of age.
Plans and Permit Required.
Par. 13. — No elevator shall hereafter be installed in
any building without a permit having been granted there-
for, and the applicant shall submit a plan showing the
proposed location of the shaftway, the area and situation of
the machine room, and the said plan shall be filed as part
of the records of the department. AH elevators hereafter
installed shall be located so as to give easy and safe access
to all the principal parts of the machinery for inspection
and repairs.
City of Boston Building Law. 109
Sect. 38.]
Over speed Governor.
Par. 14. — • All passenger elevators hereafter built,
operated by drum and cables, shall have an overspeed
governor to prevent the car from descending at overspeed,
and aU passenger and freight elevators shaU have a slack
cable device to stop the machinery in case the car is held
up or the cables part.
Accident to he Reported.
Par. 15. — If any accident shall occur to any elevator
affecting hf e or Hmb or damaging any part of the machinery
or running parts of the elevator, it shall be the duty of the
engineer or superintendent in charge immediately, before
any repairs are made, or any broken pieces are removed,
to notify the commissioner of the accident, before the
elevator is operated again, so that the cause of the accident
may be determined, any faulty construction remedied,
and satisfactory repairs made.
Par. 16. — All elevator cables hereafter installed that
pass through bevelled sockets, the ends returning and refit-
ting into the same, shaU have in addition lead or babbitt
metal poured into the ends of the socket, to prevent the
possibility of the cable's slipping.
Manufacturers to Test Safety Devices.
Par. 17. — • AU manufacturers of elevators shall be
required to test, in the presence of an inspector, the safety
devices of every elevator installed before the same is turned
over to the owners for use, and the commissioner shall be
notified by the manufacturer at least twenty-four hours
before such test is made. An inspector may require a test
of the safety device of any elevator if in his judgment the
same is required.
110 . City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 38.]
Additional Safeguards.
Pab. 18. — The commissioner may require additional
safeguards on elevators, if in his judgment the condition,
use or surroundings of the elevator demand them.
Par. 19. — The commissioner may, with the approval of
the mayor, appoint competent elevator inspectors in
addition to those already detailed, one for every one
thousand elevators and hoistways in the city of Boston.
[See 1914, c. 782, sect. 6.]
SECTION 39.
Wooden Buildings.
Par. 1. — Foundations. — Every wooden building here-
after erected or enlarged, outside of the building limits,
shall have a foundation of rubble, block granite or brick
or concrete, carried up to the surface of the ground,
and no round or boulder stone shall be used. Every
such foundation, if of brick or concrete, shall be at
least twelve inches thick, and if of granite shall be at least
eighteen inches thick, and if of rubble shaU be at least
twenty inches thick, and shall be laid at least four feet
below any surface exposed to frost and upon the solid
ground or upon piles properly spaced.
Par. 2. — Underpinning. — Every such wooden building
hereafter erected or enlarged, the sills of which do not rest
directly upon a foundation as above described but on an
underpinning, shaU have such underpinning made of
brick, stone or concrete, and the underpinning, if of brick
or concrete, shall be at least twelve inches thick, and if of
stone shall be at least sixteen inches thick.
Par. 3. — Framing. — ^ Every wooden building hereafter
erected or enlarged shall have all its parts of sufficient
strength for their purposes; shall be built with wall-girts
not smaller than four by six spruce or fir, or four by four
City of Boston Building Law. Ill
Sect. 39, Par. 3.]
hard pine, or mth ledger boards; shall have no studs more
than twenty inches on centres for buildings more than one
story high, with all angles between partitions, or between
partitions and waUs, blocked strongly, giving what is
known as "sohd corners"; shall have every post securely
braced; shall have wall spaces back of aU ledger boards
tightly filled with at least two inch furring cut in between
studs; and shall have all framing securely nailed or framed
or ironed together.
Par. 4. — Where no exterior wall boarding is used
ledger boards shall not be used, and wall girts shall be
framed to posts and pinned. Braces shall repeat in each
story and shall not be smaller than three inch studding.
[1918, c. 179, sect. 17, Special Act. 1914, c. 782, sect. 7.]
SECTION 40.
Habitations — Height — Distance from Lot Line.
Par. 1. — No wooden building hereafter erected, to be
used as a habitation, shall be more than three stories nor
more than forty feet in height above the first floor line;
nor shall any part of such a 'building, eaves and cornices
excepted, which is to be occupied by three or more families,
be placed nearer than five feet from any adjoining lot
lines, and if built on land of the same owner it shall not
be nearer than ten feet from any other building ; nor shall
any part of such wooden building, which is to be occupied
by less than three families and is less than three stories
in height, be nearer than five feet from the line of any
adjoining lot; nor shall any lot line be moved nearer than
five feet from any wooden building, or, if built on land of
the same owner, nearer than ten feet from any other build-
ing, eaves and cornices excepted, unless in either case
the wall on the side toward such lot or adjoining build-
ing is constructed as a brick or concrete wall not less than
eight inches thick and carried twelve inches above the
112 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 40, Par. 1.]
roof, all openings therein to be protected by wire glass
set in metal frames and sash. Wooden buildings hereafter
constructed to form a block of two or more houses shall
have brick or concrete party walls between adjoining
houses, which shall be not less than eight inches thick,
shall be carried twelve inches above the roof and shall be
capped with a metallic covering.
Area.
Par. 2. — No wooden building hereafter erected to be
used in whole or in part as a habitation shall exceed
twenty-two hundred square feet in area, and no such
existing building shall be enlarged to exceed twenty-two
hundred square feet in area. No wooden building hereafter
erected to be used for purposes other than habitation shall
exceed forty feet in height above the first floor line, and
no such building, except buildings erected for the purpose
of storing ice, which shall not be erected within five
hundred feet of any other building, shall exceed twenty-
two himdred feet in area unless the external parts are
covered with incombustible material approved by the
commissioner, and no such building shall exceed five
thousand square feet in area in any event: provided, how-
ever, that nothing in this section shall be construed to
affect the provisions of section nine of this act; and no
such existing building shall be altered or enlarged to exceed
forty feet in height above the first floor line or twenty-
two hundred square feet in area, unless the external parts
of the whole building are covered with incombustible
material approved by the commissioner, or to exceed five
thousand square feet in area in any event.
Other Than Habitation.
Par. 3. — Wooden buildings erected for purposes other
than habitation shall not be situated within five feet of
City of Boston Building Law. 113
Sect. 40, Par. 3.]
the line of the lot unless the side wall on such line or lines
be of brick or concrete, carried above the roof at least
twelve inches and capped with a metallic covering. All
openings in such outer walls shall be protected by wire
glass set in metal frames and sash.
[1913, c, 704, sect. 2; 1914, c. 248, sect. 1; 1914, c. 782, sect 8.]
SECTION 41.
Flooring During Construction.
[Sects. 17, 18 and 19, c. 655, Acts of 1913. See Appendix.]
SECTION 42.
Additional Requirements for Tenement Houses.
Definitions.
Certain words are defined as follows : —
Par. 1. — (1.) A tenement house is any house, building,
structure or portion thereof, occupied, or adapted for
occupation, as a dwelling by more than three families
living independently of one another and doing their
cooking upon the premises, or by more than two families
above the first story so living and cooking. A family
living in a tenement house may consist of one or more
persons.
Par. 2. — An existing tenement house is any building
erected as such or converted to such use or as altered for
such use or so used before the passage of this act, and any
building adapted for such use, provided that a permit was
issued for the erection of said building before the passage
of this act.
Par. 3. — A tenement house hereafter erected is any tene-
ment house other than an existing tenement house as above
defined.
Par. 4. — (2.) A corner lot is a lot situated at the junc-
tion of two or more streets, or of two or more streets and
114 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 42, Par. 4.]
alleys or open passageways not less than fifteen feet in
width.
Par. 5. — (3.) A yard is an open unoccupied space on
the same lot with a building and between the extreme rear
line of said building and the rear line of the lot.
Pab. 6. — (4.) A court is an open unoccupied space other
than a yard on the same lot with a building. An inner
court is a court not extending to a street, or alley, or open
passageway, or yard. An outer court is a court extending
to a street, or alley, or open passageway, or yard. A
vent court is an inner court for the lighting and ventilation
of water-closets, bathrooms, public halls, and stair halls
only. An intake is a passageway connecting an inner
court with a street, or alley, or open passageway, or
yard.
Par. 7. — (5.) A shaft, whether for air, light, elevator,
dumbwaiter, or any other purpose, is an enclosed space
within a building, extending to the roof, and covered
either by a skylight or by the roof. A vent shaft is a
shaft used solely to ventilate or light water-closet com-
partments or bathroom.
Par. 8. — ^ (6.) A public hall is a hall, corridor, or passage-
way not within an apartment.
Par. 9. — (7.) A stair hall includes the stairs, stair
landings, and those parts of the public hall through which
it is necessary to pass in going from the entrance floor to
the roof.
Par. 10. — (8.) An apartment is a room, or suite of
two or more rooms, occupied or suitable for occupation,
as a residence for one family.
Par. 11. — (9.) Repairs means any renewal of any
existing part of a building, or of its fixtures or appurte-
nances, which does not lessen the strength of the building.
City of Boston Building Law. 115
SECTION 43.
FiKE Escapes.
Tenement Houses.
Par. 1. — In all tenement houses hereafter erected
more than three stories in height, and in every building
hereafter enlarged and occupied or to be occupied as a
tenement house, more than three stories in height, there
shaU be provided one of the following means of egress in
addition to the main and rear staircases; but if the first
named means of egress is provided it may be considered
as a rear staircase and no means of egress other than this
and the main staircase need be provided :
Par. 2. — (1.) An enclosed stairway consisting of iron
or reinforced concrete stairs, and stair landings, each not
less than three feet in width in the clear, surmounted by a
pent house not less than eight feet high. The stairway
shall extend from the roof to the level of the ground, and
shaU open into either a street or passageway leading to
a street; the said stairway shall be lighted to the satis-
faction of the building commissioner and enclosed in walls
of brick, stone, terra-cotta or concrete, and said waUs
may be within or without the line of the main wall of
the building, but access to said stairway shall be only by
doors through an external wall to balconies leading to the
same, except at the roof where access to said stairway
may be directly from the roof.
Par. 3. — (2.) Iron balconies connecting with adjoin-
ing buildings or with adjoining parts of the same house
separated from each other by a brick, terra-cotta or con-
crete partition wall in which there are no openings except
such as are protected with fireproof self-closing doors, and
every suite above the first floor, shall have direct access
to at least two means of egress, one of which shall be an
enclosed stairway. The said balconies shall be not less
116 City OP Boston Building Law.
Sect. 43, Par. 3.]
than thirty inches wide and .capable of sustaining a load of
seventy pounds per square foot; railings shall be of iron,
stone, terra-cotta or concrete, and three feet high; or
higher if in the opinion of the commissioner a greater
height is required for safety.
Par. 4. — (3.) Exterior fire escapes of iron with iron
grated floors, and capable of bearing a load of seventy
pounds per square foot The stair treads shall be of iron,
and the pitch of the stairs shall not exceed sixty degrees.
Par. 5. — Balconies shall be at least three feet four^inches
wide, and the stairs at least twenty inches wide. There
shall be a landing at the foot of each flight, and at the
level of the second floor there shall be cantilever ladders.
The rails on all horizontal balconies and on the stairs
shall be at least two feet ten inches high at all points.
[1914, c. 782, sect. 9.]
SECTION 44.
Bulkheads and Scuttles.
Tenement Houses Hereafter Erected.
Par. 1 . — Every tenement house of the first or second
class hereafter erected shall have in the roof a fireproof
bulkhead with a fireproof door to the same, and shall
have fireproof stairs with a guide or hand rail leading to
the roof, except that in such tenement houses which do
not exceed sixty-five feet in height, such bulkheads may
be of wood covered with metal on the outside and plastered
on metal lathing on the inside; provided that the door
shall be covered with metal on both sides.
Existing Tenement Houses.
Par. 2. — Every other tenement house shall have in the
roof a bulkhead or scuttle. No scuttle shall be less in size
than two feet by three feet, and all scuttles shall be covered
City of Boston Building Law. 117
Sect. 44, Par. 2.]
on the outside with metal, and shall be provided with stairs
or stationary ladders leading thereto and easily accessi-
ble to all tenants of the building, and kept free from encum-
brance, and all scuttles, and ladders shall be kept so as to
be ready for use at all times. No scuttle shall be situated
in a closet or room, but all scuttles shall be in the ceiling
of the pubUc hall on the top floor, and access through the
scuttle to the roof shall be direct and uninterrupted.
Scuttles shall be hinged so as to readily open. Every
bulkhead hereafter constructed in a tenement house shall
be constructed as provided for tenement houses hereafter
erected and shall have stairs with a guide or hand rail
leading to the roof, and such stairs shall be kept free from
encumbrance at all times. No lock shall be placed on
any scuttle or bulkhead door, but either may be fastened
on the inside by movable bolts or hooks. All key-locks
on scuttles and on bulkhead doors shall be removed. No
stairway leading to the roof in a tenement house shall be
removed.
SECTION ^45.
Tenement House — Main Staircase.
Par. 1. — Every tenement house hereafter erected shall
have a main staircase of fireproof material, extending
from the entrance floor to the roof, and with a, pent house
constructed of incombustible material. The said stair-
case shall not extend below' the entrance floor level and
shall be enclosed in brick, terra-cotta or concrete walls, or
by two-inch solid metal and plaster partitions. All door
openings into suites shall have metal-covered self-closing
doors and metal-covered frames. Public halls therein
shall each be at least three feet wide in the clear, and
stairs shall be at least three feet wide between the wall
and the stair rail.
118 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 45.]
Staikway Entrances — Risers — Treads — Windows.
Par. 2. — Each stairway shall have an entrance on the
entrance floor from a street or alley or open passageway or
from an outer court, or from an inner court which con-
nects directly with a street or alley or open passageway.
All stairs shall be constructed with a rise of not more than
eight inches, and with treads not less than nine inches
wide and not less than three feet long in the clear. Where
winders are used all treads at a point eighteen inches
from the strings on the wall side shall be at least ten inches
wide.
Balusters. Rails.
Par. 3. — In every tenement house all stairways shall
be provided with proper balusters and railings kept in
good repair. No public hall or stairs in a tenement house
shall be reduced in width so as to be less than the minimum
width prescribed in this section.
Tenement House Sprinklers.
Par. 4. — Public halls, stairs, elevator, light and venti-
lating shafts in all tenement houses hereafter erected
more than three stories in height and having more than
ten suites, and all such existing tenement houses shall be
provided with a system of automatic sprinklers approved
as to location, arrangement and efiiciency by the building
commissioner. The building commissioner may order the
basement of any such tenement house more than three
stories in height and having more than ten suits to be
provided with a system of automatic sprinklers approved
by him as to location, arrangement and ejfficiency.
Halls and Stairs to be Lighted.
Par. 5. — Public halls and stairs in all tenement houses
now existing or hereafter erected more than three stories
City of Boston Building Law. 119
Sect. 45, Par. 5.]
in height, and having more than eight suites, shall be
provided with proper and sufficient light to be kept
lighted during the night.
Shafts to be Inclosed.
Par. 6. — In every existing tenement house which is
more than three stories in height, and having more than
eight suites, and in every such tenement house hereafter
erected all elevators, vent and dumb-waiter shafts, shall
be inclosed in the basement in masonry walls not less than
eight inches thick, or with two-inch solid metal and
plaster partitions, with a fireproofing self-closing door; and
if in any such building a stairway leads from the first
floor to the basement, such stairway shall be inclosed in
masonry walls not less than eight inches thick, or with
two-inch solid metal and plaster partitions, and shall lead
directly into a passageway constructed in such manner
and with such exits and fire doors as the building com-
missioner shall deem necessary for the preservation of
public safety.
[1914, c. 782, sect. 10; 1915, c. 352, sect. 4, Special Act.]
SECTION 46.
Stair Halls, Construction of.
Par. 1. — In tenement houses hereafter erected which
do not exceed five stories above the cellar or basement or
sixty-five feet in height the stair^ halls shall either be con-
structed with iron beams and fireproof filling or shall be
filled in between the floor beams with at least five inches
of cement deafening. In such houses the stairs may be of
wood, provided that the soffits are covered with metal
laths and plastered with two coats of mortar, or with
good quality plaster-boards not less than one half inch
in thickness made of plaster and strong fibre, and all
joints made true and well pointed, and provided that such
stairs are furnished with firestops.
120 City of Boston Building Law.
SECTION 47.
Stair Halls, How Inclosed.
Par. 1 . — In . second class and third class tenement
houses hereafter erected, the stair halls may be inclosed
with wooden stud partitions, if such partitions are covered
on both sides with metal laths or with good quality
plasterboards not less than one half inch in thickness,
made of plaster and strong fibre, and all joints made true
and well pointed, and provided that the space between
the studs is filled in with brick and mortar or other incom-
bustible material to the height of the floor beams.
SECTION 48.
Entrance Halls.
Par. 1. — Every entrance hall in every tenement house
hereafter erected shall be at least three feet six inches
wide in the clear, from the entrance up to and including
the stair inclosure, and beyond this point at least three
feet wide in the clear, and skall comply with all the con-
ditions of the preceding sections of this act as to the
construction of stair halls, except that in a fireproof
tenement house hereafter erected the entrance hall may
be inclosed with terra-cotta blocks not less than four
inches thick and angle-iron construction, instead of brick
walls. If such entrance hall is the only entrance to more
than one stairway, that portion of said hall between the
entrance and the stairway shall be increased at least
eighteen inches in width in every part for each additional
stairway.
SECTION 49.
Cellar Ceilings.
Par. 1. — In aU tenement houses of the second or third
class hereafter erected, the cellar and basement ceihngs
shall be lathed with metal laths and plastered.
City of Boston Building Law. 121
SECTION 50.
Partitions, Construction of.
Par. 1. — In all tenement houses of the second or third
class hereafter erected all stud partitions which rest
directly over each other shall run through the wooden
floor beams and rest upon the cap of the partition below,
and shaU have the studding fiUed in sohd between the
uprights to the depth of the floor beams with suitable
materials.
SECTION 51.
Wooden Tenement Houses.
Par. 1. — Outside of the building limits, tenement
houses not exceeding three stories in height above the
basement, nor eighteen hundred square feet in area, may
be erected of wood. No wooden tenement house shall be
increased in height so as to exceed three stories above the
basement or cellar.
SECTION 52.
Shafts.
Par. 1. — AU elevator or dumb waiter shafts hereafter
constructed in any tenement house shall be fireproof
throughout, with self-closing doors at all openings at each
story. But nothing in this section shall be so construed
as to require inclosures about elevators or dumb waiters
in the weU-hole of stairs where the stairs themselves are
inclosed in waUs of incombustible materials, and are
entirely constructed of fireproof materials as hereinbefore
provided. Every vent shaft hereafter constructed in any
tenement house shall have an intake of at least the dimen-
sions provided for vent courts in section sixty-one, and
shaU be of the same minimum dimensions; and the sky-
Hght covering such vent shaft shall be raised at all points
at least one foot above the top of the walls of such vent
122 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 52, Par. 1.]
shaft, and the space between the top of said walls and the
skylight shall remain at all points open and unobstructed
except for such supports essential to the stabiUty of the
skylight, as may be approved by the commissioner.
SECTION 53.
Bakeries and Fat Boiling.
Par. 1. — No bakery and no place of business in which
fat is boiled shall be maintained in any tenement house
which is not fireproof throughout, unless the ceiUng and
side walls of said bakery or of the said place where fat
boiling is done are made safe by fireproof materials around
the same, and there shall be no openings either by door
or window, dumb-waiter shafts or otherwise, between said
bakery or said place where fat is boiled in any tenement
house and the other parts of the building.
SECTION 54.
Other Dangerous Businesses.
Par. 1. — All transoms and windows opening into halls
from any part of a tenement house where paint, oil, spirit-
uous liquors or drugs are stored for the purpose of sale or
otherwise shall be glazed with wire-glass, or they shall be
removed and closed up as soUdly as the rest of the wall.
There shall be between any such haU and such part of
said tenement house a fireproof self-closing door.
SECTION 55.
Light and Ventilation.
Yards.
tenement houses hereafter erected.
Par. 1. — The requirements for yards hereinafter pro-
vided shall be deemed sufficient for all tenement houses.
Par. 2. — Except in those cases hereinafter provided for,
there shall be, behind every tenement house hereafter
City of Boston Building Law, 123
Sect. 55, Par. 2.]
erected, a yard extending across the entire width of the lot,
and at every point open from the ground to the sky unob-
structed, except by fire-escapes or unenclosed outside
stairs.
Par. 3. — The depth of said yard shall be measured from
the extreme rear wall of the house to the rear line of the
lot, and at right angles to said fine, except that where there
is an alley or open passageway in the rear of the lot the
depth of the yard may be measured to the middle of said
alley or open passageway. On an irregular lot of several
depths, where there is more than one rear hne to the lot,
such yard may extend across the entire width of the lot
in sections, provided that each section of the yard is in
every part and at every point of the minimum depth here-
inafter prescribed. Where the side lines of a lot converge
toward the rear, the depth of the yard shall be such as to
give it an area equal to the greatest width of the yard
multiplied by the depth hereinafter prescribed.
CORNER LOTS.
Par. 4. — Except on a corner lot, the depth of the yard
behind every tenement house hereafter erected fifty feet in
height or less shall be not less than twelve feet in every
part. All yards without exception shall be increased
in depth at least one foot for every additional ten feet
of height of the building, or fraction thereof, above
fifty feet.
Par. 5. — Except as hereinafter otherwise provided, the
depth of the yard behind every tenement house hereafter
erected upon a corner lot shall not be less than six feet in
every part. But where such corner lot is more than
twenty-five feet in width, the depth of the yard for that
portion in excess of twenty-five feet shall be not less than
twelve feet in every part, and shall increase in depth as
above provided.
124 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 55.]
THROUGH LOTS.
Par. 6. — Whenever a tenement house is hereafter erected
upon a lot which runs through from street to street, or from
a street to an alley or open passageway, and said lot is one
hundred and fifty feet or more in depth, said yard space
shall be left midway between the two streets, and shall
extend across the entire width of the lot, and shall be not
less than twenty-fout feet in depth from wall to wall,
and shall be increased in depth at least two feet for every
additional ten feet in height of the building, or fraction
thereof, above fifty feet.
YARDS NOT FRONTING ON STREET, ETC,
Par. 7. — When a tenement house hereafter erected
does not front upon a street, a public alley, or a passage-
way, not less than fifteen feet wide, the requirements in
this section as to yards shall apply to the front of such
tenement house as weU as to the rear. Neither the yard
behind one tenement house nor any part thereof shall be
deemed to satisfy in whole or in part the requirement of a
yard in front of another tenement house.
SECTION 56.
Cases in which no Yard shall be Required.
Tenement Houses Hereafter Erected.
Par. 1. — No yard shall be required behind a tenement
house hereafter erected upon a lot which abuts at the rear
upon a railroad right of way, a cemetery or a public park.
Par. 2. — No yard shall be required behind a tenement
house hereafter erected upon a lot entirely surrounded by
streets or by streets, alleys or open passageways, not less
than fifteen feet in width, or by such streets, alleys, and
City of Boston Building Law. 125
Sect. 56, Par. 2.]
passageways and a railroad right of way, a cemetery or a
public park.
Par. 8. — No yard shall be required behind a tenement
house hereafter erected upon a lot less than one hundred
and fifty feet deep and running through from street to
street or from a street to an alley or open passageway not
less than fifteen feet in width, or upon a corner lot adjoining
a lot less than one hundred and fifty feet deep and running
through from street to street, or from a street to such an
alley or open passageway.
Par. 4, — No yard shall be required behind a tenement
house hereafter erected upon a corner lot adjoining a lot
more than one hundred and fifty feet deep and nmning
through from street to street or from a street to an alley or
open passageway not less than fifteen feet in width; but if
there be no yard, an outer court upon such corner lot
shall extend from the street along the line of such adjoin-
ing lot to a point in line with the middle line of the block;
the width of said court to be not less than the width of
court prescribed in the ensuing paragraph.
Par. 5. — No yard shall be required behind a tenement
house hereafter erected upon a corner lot adjoining two or
more lots any one of which bounds upon a single street, or
alley, or open passageway not less than fifteen feet in
width; but if there be no yard an outer court upon such
corner lot shall extend from the street, or from such alley
or open passageway along a lot line either to the extreme
rear of an adjoining lot or to the extreme rear of said
corner lot; provided, that the width of said court measured
from the lot line to the opposite wall of the building, for
tenement houses fifty feet or less in height, shall be not
less than six feet in every part, and for every additional
ten feet of height of the tenement house shall be increased
one foot throughout the whole length of said court.
126 City of Boston Building Law.
SECTION 57.
Courts.
Tenement Houses hereafter Erected — not to he Roofed Over.
Par. 1. — No court of a tenement house hereafter
erected shall be covered by a roof or skylight, but every
such court shall be at every point open to the sky unob-
structed. Except such courts as are provided for in
section fifty-six, all courts, except for fire-escapes, may
start at the second tier of beams.
SECTION 58.
Outer Courts.
Tenement Houses Hereafter Erected on Lot Line.
Par. 1 . — The provisions of this section shall apply
only to tenement houses hereafter erected. Where one
side of an outer court is located on the lot line, the width
of the said court, measured from the lot line to the opposite
wall of the building, for tenement houses fifty feet or less
in height shall not be less than six feet in every part and
for every ten feet of increase or fraction thereof in height
of such tenement houses, such width shall be increased ,
one foot throughout the whole length of the coui-t, and
except where the court runs through from the yard to
the street, said width shall never be less than one eighth
of the length of the court.
Between Wings or Ells.
Par. 2. — Where an outer court is located between wings
or parts of the same building, or between different buildings
on the same lot, the width of the court, measured from wall
to wall, for tenement houses fifty feet or less in height shall
be not less than twelve feet in every part, and for every
ten feet of increase or fraction thereof in the height of
City op Boston Building Law. 127
Sect. 58, Par. 2.]
the said building, such width shall be increased two feet
throughout the whole length of the court. The depth of
such courts shall never exceed four times their width.
Windows Opening On.
Par. 3. — Wherever an outer court changes its initial
horizontal direction, or wherever any part of such court
extends in a direction so as not to receive direct Hght from
the street or yard, or from an alley, or open passageway
not less than fifteen feet in width, the length of that part of
the court shall never exceed its width, such length to be
measured from the point at which the change of direction
begins. Wherever an outer court between parts of the
same building is twelve feet or less in depth, its width may
be one half its depth, provided that such width is never
less than four feet in the clear. This exception shall also
apply to every offset or recess in outer courts. And no
window except windows of water-closet compartments,
bathrooms, or halls shall open upon any offset or recess less
than four feet in width.
SECTION 59.
Inner Courts.
Tenement Houses Hereafter Erected — Width — Area.
Par. 1. — The provisions of this section shall apply
only to tenement houses hereafter erected. Where one
side of an inner court is located on the lot line and the
building does not exceed fifty feet in height, the least
width of the court shall be not less than eight feet, and
the area of the court shall be not less than one hundred
and twenty-eight square feet. For every ten feet, or
fraction thereof, of increase in the height of the building
above fifty feet the minimum width of such inner courts
shall be increased by one foot, and the area thereof shall
never be less than twice the square of such minimum
128 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 59, Par. 1.]
width. Where an inner court is not located on -the lot
line but is inclosed on all four sides, and the building does
not exceed fifty feet in height, the least width of said court
shall be not less than sixteen feet and the area not less
than two hundred and fifty-six square feet. For every
ten feet, or fraction thereof, of increase in the height of
said building above fifty feet, the minimum width of such
inner courts shall be increased by two feet, and the area
of the court shall never be less than the square of such
minimum dimension.
SECTION 60.
Vent Couets.
Area — Least Dimension.
Pah. 1. — Inner courts used solely for the lighting
and ventilation of water-closets, bathrooms, public halls,
or stair halls, or for interior fire escapes, may be con-
structed in any tenement house, and shall be not less
than fifteen square feet in area, nor less than three feet
in the least horizontal dimension for buildiags fifty feet
or less in height. For every increase of ten feet or fraction
thereof in the height of such buildings the least dimension
shall be increased by one foot, and the area by not less
than eight square feet.
SECTION 61.
Intakes.
Par. 1. — Every inner court in a tenement house here-
after erected shall be provided with one or more horizontal
intakes at the bottom. Such intakes in vent courts
shall be not less than four square feet in area, so arranged
as to be easily cleaned; in other inner courts they shall be
not less than three feet wide and seven feet high, and there
shall be at least two open grille doors, containiag not less
than fifteen square feet of unobstructed openings, one at
City of Boston Building Law. 129
Sect. 61, Par. 1.]
the inner court and the other at the street or yard as the
case may be.
Par. 2. — Nothing contained in the foregoiag sections
concerning outer and inner courts shall be construed as
prohibiting windows in walls that cut off the angles of
such courts, provided that the running length of the walls
containing such windows does not exceed six feet.
SECTION 62.
Buildings on the Same Lot With Tenement Houses.
Par. 1. — No tenement house shall hereafter be so
enlarged or its lot so diminished, and no building of any
kind shall be hereafter so placed upon the same lot with a
tenement house, as to decrease the minimum depth of
yards or the minimum size of courts or yards prescribed
in this act for tenement houses hereafter erected.
SECTION 63.
Rooms, Lighting and Ventilation of.
Par. 1, — In every tenement house hereafter erected
there shall be in each room, except water-closet compart-
ments and bathrooms, windows of a total area of at least
one eighth of the floor area of the room, opening directly
on a street or public alley or open passageway not less
than fifteen feet wide or upon a yard or court of the dimen-
sions hereinbefore s.pecified, or upon a railroad right of
way, cemetery or public park; and such windows shall be
located so as properly to light all parts of the room.
The top of at least one window shall be not less than eight
feet above the floor, and the upper half of it shall be made
so as to open the full width .
Alcoves.
Par. 2. — Every alcove in every tenement house here-
after erected shall be provided with an opening into a
130 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 63, Par. 2.]
room, such opening to be equal in area to eighty per cent
of that side of the alcove in which the opening is located;
and the alcove shall have at least one window of not less
than fifteen square feet of-glazed surface opening as pro-
vided in this section.
SECTION 64.
Rooms, Size Of.
Par. 1. — In every tenement house hereafter erected
all rooms, except water-closet compartments and bath-
rooms, shall be of the following minunum sizes: In each
apartment there shall be at least one room containing
not less than one hundred and twenty square feet of
floor area and provided with a chimney flue and thimble,
except where said room is furnished with heat from a
central heating apparatus, and every other room shall
contain at least ninety square feet of floor area. Each
room shall be in every part not less than eight and one
half feet high from the finished floor to the finished ceil-
ing; provided that only one half of an attic room need
be eight and one half feet high.
Alcove Not Allowed.
Par. 2. — ■ No portion of a room in any such tenement
house shall be partitioned off so as to form a room not
conforming to the provisions of sections sixty-three and
sixty-four, or so as to form an alcove not conforming to
sections sixty-three and seventy.
Sl^CTION 65.
Public Halls.
Lighting Of.
Par. 1. — Except as otherwise provided in section
sixty-six, in every tenement house hereafter erected
City of Boston Building Law. 131
Sect. 65, Par. 1.]
every public hall shall have at least one window opening
directly upon a street, a pubHc alley or open passageway
not less than ten feet in width, a railroad right of way, a
cemetery or a public park, or upon a yard or court or a
vent court as provided in section sixty. Either such
window shaU be at the end of said hall, with the plane
of the window substantially at right angles to the axis of
the hall, or there shall be at least one window opening
as above prescribed in every twenty feet in length or
fraction thereof of the hall; but this provision for one win-
dow in every twenty feet of hall-way shall not apply to
that part of the entrance hall between the entrance and
the first flight of stairs, provided that the entrance door
contains not less than five square feet of glazed surface.
At least one of the windows provided to light each public
haU shall be at least two feet six inches wide and five
feet high, measured between the stop beads.
Par. 2. — Any part of a hall which is shut off from any
other part of said hall by a door or doors shall be deemed a
separate hall within the meaning of this section.
SECTION 66.
Windows for Stair Halls, Size Of.
Par. 1. — In every tenement house hereafter erected
the aggregate area of windows to light or ventilate stair
halls on each floor shall be at least fifteen square feet:
provided, however, that when there shall be, within the
space enclosed by the stairway and its landings, from the
second story upward, an open area for light and ventilation
whose least horizontal dimension shaU be equal to the
width of the stairs, but in no case less than three feet,
then the windows required in sections sixty-five and
sixty-six may be omitted.
132 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 66.]
Skylight over Stair Well.
Par. 2. — • There shall be in the roof, directly over each
stair weU, in aU tenement houses hereafter erected, without
windows as above provided, a ventilating skylight provided
w4th ridge ventilators, having a minimum opening of forty
square inches, or else such skylights shall be provided with
fixed or movable louvres. The glazed roof of the skyhght
shall not be less than twenty square feet in area.
SECTION 67.
Privacy.
Water-closets.
Par. 1. — ■ In every apartment of four or more rooms in
a tenement house hereafter erected, at least one water-
closet compartment shaU be accessible without passing
through any bedroom.
SECTION 68.
Basements and Cellars in Tenement Houses and
Other Buildings.
Living Rooms.
Par. 1. — In tenement houses hereafter erected no
room in the basement or ceUar shaU be occupied for living
purposes, unless all of the f oUomng conditions are comphed
with: —
Height Of.
Par. 2. — (1.) Such room shall be at least eight and one
half feet high in every part from the floor to the ceiling.
Water-closets.
Par. 3. — (2.) There shall be appurtenant to such room
the use of a separate water-closet, constructed and
arranged as required by section sixty-nine.
City of Boston Building Law. 133
Sect. 68.]
Window Openings.
Pak, 4. — (3.) Such room shall have a window or
windows opening upon the street, an alley or open passage-
way not less than fifteen feet in width, a railroad right of
way, cemetery or public park or upon a yard or court.
The total area of windows in such room shall be at least one
eighth of the floor area of the room, and one half of the sash
shall be made to open full width, and the top of each
window shall be within six inches of the ceiling.
Damp-proof Walls and Floors.
Par. 5. — (4.) The floor of such room shall be damp-
proof and waterproof, and all walls surrounding such room
shall be damp-proof.
Sleeping Rooms.
Par. 6. — No room on any floor of any house or building
now existing or hereafter erected, which floor is in whole or
in part below the highest point of the curb of a public
street or way in front and within twenty-five feet of the
outside wall, and no room on any floor thereof, which
floor is in whole or in part below the highest point of the
ground adjacent to such building and within fifteen feet
thereof, shall be occupied for sleeping purposes unless
all of the f oUowing conditions are complied with : —
' To Ahut on Outside Wall.
Par. 7. — {a.) Such room shall on at least one side abut
on an outside wall of said building for a space of at least
seven feet.
Windows, Area and Exposure.
Par. 8. — (6.) Such room shaU have a window or
windows opening directly upon an open space not less than
fifteen feet square, and open from the ground to the sky
134 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 68, Par. 8.]
without obstruction; such window or windows shall have a
total area of not less than ten square feet and not less than
one eighth of the floor area of said room, and both halves of
the sash of each window shall be made to open to their
full width, and the top of each window shall be within six
inches of the ceiling.
Par. 9. — (c.) At least sixty per cent of the area of any
such room shall be above the level of the highest point of
the ground within fifteen feet of the outside wall or walls of
said room and in which the windows above required are
situated.
Floors and Walls to be Waterproof.
Par. 10. — {d.) The floor of such room and all walls sur-
rounding such room shall be damp-proof and waterproof.
Height Of.
Par. 11. — (e.) Such room shall be at least eight feet
six inches in height in every part, from floor to ceiling: pro-
vided, that in tenement houses erected prior to the first day
of August, nineteen hundred and seven, and in other houses
and buildings erected prior to the first day of June, nine-
teen hundred and fourteen, it shall be sufficient if said
room is seven feet in height over at least four fifths of
its area.
Water-closets — Construction, Arrangement.
Par. 12. — (/.) There shall be appurtenant to such
room a water-closet, constructed and arranged as required
by section sixty-nine, and used solely by the occupants of
said room or by the household of which said occupants are
members.
Sleeping Rooms.
Par. 13. — (g.) No such room shall be occupied for
sleeping purposes without a permit from the board of
City of Boston Building Law. 135
Sect. 68, Par. 13.]
health, such permit to be posted in a conspicuous place
in the main room of the apartment. A record of all such
permits shall be kept in the office of the board of health.
Requirements when Exem'pted.
Par. 14. — {h.) Whenever basement rooms which do
not comply with all the technical requirements of this act
are, in the opinion of the board of health, supplied with
sufficient light and ventilation and are suitable rooms for
living and sleeping purposes, the board, after an inspection
of the premises and a report in writing as to the area,
capacity and other conditions, may issue a certificate to
the owner of the building stating that, in the opinion of
the board, such rooms are fit 1;o be occupied for living and
sleeping purposes. The issue of the said certificate shall
operate as an exemption from the technical requirem^ents
of this section in all the particulars set forth in said cer-
tificate: provided, that said certificate is kept at all times
posted in a conspicuous place in such room. A file and
record of all such reports and certificates shall be kept in
the office of the board of health. Baid board may revoke
the certificate if such room, in its opinion, ceases to be
suitable for the purposes named in the certificate,
[1914, c. 628, sect. 1; 1915, c. 346, Special Act.]
SECTION 69.
Water-closets in Tenement Houses Hereafter
Erected.
Par. 1. — In every tenement house hereafter erected
there shall be a separate water-closet in a separate com-
partment within each apartment of four or more rooms.
Where apartments consist of less than four rooms there
shall be at least one water-closet for every three rooms,
and on the same floor with said rooms. Every such
water-closet shall be placed in a compartment completely
136 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 69, Par. 1.]
separated from every other water-closet, and such com-
partment shall be not less than two feet and four inches
wide, and shall be inclosed with plastered partitions, or
some equally substantial material, which shall extend to
the ceiUng. Such compartment shall have a window,
opening directly, or through a straight horizontal shaft of
the same dimensions as the window and not more than
four feet long, upon a street, a raikoad right of way,
cemetery or pubhc park or a yard or alley or open passage-
way not less than four feet wide, or upon a court vent or
upon a covered passageway not more than twenty feet
long and at least twenty feet wide, and twenty feet high.
Every such window shall be at least one foot by three
feet between stop beads; and the whole window shall be
made so as to open readily. When, however, such water-
closet compartment is located on the top floor and is
lighted and ventilated by a skyhght over it, no window
shall be necessary, provided that the roof of such skyhght
contains at least three square feet of glazed siuface and
is arranged so as to open readily. Nothing in this section
in regard to the separation of water-closet compartments
from each other shall apply to a general toilet room
containing several water-closets, hereafter placed in a tene-
ment house, provided that such water-closets are supple-
mental to the water-closet accommodations required by
law for the use of the tenants of the said house. Nothing
in this section in regard to the ventilation of water-closet
compartments shall apply to a water-closet hereafter
placed in an existing tenement house, to replace a defective
fixture in the same position and location. No water-closet
shall be maintained in the cellar of any tenement house
without a permit in writing from the board of health;
and said board shall have power to make rules and regula-
tions governing the maintenance of such closets. Every
water-closet compartment in any tenement house shall be
City of Boston Building Law. 137
Sect. 69, Par. 1.]
provided with proper means of lighting the same at night.
If fixtures for gas or electricity are not provided in such
compartment, then the door of such compartment shall
be provided with translucent glass panels, or with a
translucent glass transom, not less in area than four
square feet. The floor of every such water-closet com-
partment shall be made waterproof with asphalt, tile,
stone or some other waterproof material; and such water-
proofing shall extend at least six inches above the floor
on all sides of the compartment except at the door opening,
so that the floor can be washed or flushed without leaking.
No drip trays shall be permitted. No water-closet fix-
tures shall be inclosed with any woodwork.
SECTION 70.
Lighting and Ventilation of Existing Tenement
Houses.
Par. 1. — Excepting water-closet compartments and
bathrooms, wherever a room in any tenement house has
a window or windows of less than nine square feet of
glazed surface opening on a street, a railroad right of
way, cemetery, pubHc park, alley or open passageway not
less than ten feet in width, such window or windows shall
be enlarged and provided with the above mentioned
glazed surface, and wherever such room does not open as
above provided, or opens upon an alley or open passageway
less than ten feet in width or upon a shaft or upon a court
less than six feet in its least dimension, then such room
shall be provided with a sash window communicating
with another room in the same apartment, having win-
dows of at least the superficial area prescribed for the
windows of rooms in tenement houses hereafter erected
and opening on a street, a railroad right of way, cemetery,
pubhc park or alley or open passageway at least ten feet
in width, or on a court or courts at least equivalent to the
138 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 70, Par. 1.]
courts reqiiired in sections fifty-eight and fifty-nine; and
such new sash window shall contain not less than fifteen
square feet of glazed surface and shall be made so as to
open readily. One wall of every alcove in an existing
tenement house shall be provided with an opening equal
in area to eighty pefr cent of the wall. No tenement
house shall be so altered as to reduce the provisions for
the Hght and ventilation of any room or alcove or pubhc
hall or stair hall below the requirements of this act.
SECTION 71.
Skylights.
Existing Tenement Houses.
Par. 1. — In every existing tenement house there shall
be in the roof, directly over each stair well, a ventUating
skylight, provided with ridge ventilators and also with
fixed or movable louvres or movable sashes. But this
section shall not apply to any tenement house now having
windows as provided in section sixty-five or a bulkhead in
the roof over the main stairs, which bulkhead is provided
with windows made so as to open readily, and with not
less than twelve square feet of glass in the top of the bulk-
head. All skyHghts hereafter placed in any tenement
house shall conform to the provisions of section sixty-six.
All the existing dome lights or other obstructions to sky-
light ventilation shall be removed.
Public Hall — Lighting Of.
Par. 2. — Where the pubhc hall in an existing tenement
house is not provided with windows opening as provided
in section sixty-five, and where there is not a stair well as
provided in section sixty-six, all doors leading from such
public hall into apartments shall be provided with trans-
lucent glass panels of an area of not less than four square
feet for each door; or such pubUc hall may be lighted by
City op Boston Building Law. 139
Sect. 71, Par. 2.]
a window or windows at the end thereof with the plane of
the window at right angles to the axis of the hall, said
window opening upon the street, a railroad right of way,
cemetery, pubUc park, or an alley or open passageway at
least ten feet in width, or upon a yard or court of the
dimensions hereinbefore provided.
SECTION 72.
Water-closets in Existing Tenement Houses.
Par. 1. — In existing tenement houses the woodwork
inclosing the space underneath the seat of aU water-closets
used in common by two or more families shall be removed
and such space shall be left open. The floor or other sur-
face beneath and around such closet shall be maintained
in good order and repair, and the floors made waterproof
to the satisfaction of the board of health.
Water-closets, Number Required.
Par. 2. — Every such water-closet shall be located in
a compartment completely sep^ated from every other
water-closet, and such compartment shall be ventilated to
the satisfaction of the board of health. There shall be
provided at least one water-closet for every three families
or for every nine rooms in every existing tenement house.
SECTION 73.
Water Supply.
Tenement House Hereafter Erected.
Par. 1. — Irr every tenement house hereafter erected
there shall be in each apartment a proper sink with
running water.
Existing Tenement House.
Par. 2. — Every existing tenement house shall have
water furnished in sufiicient quantity at one or more
140 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 73, Par. 2.]
places on each floor occupied by or suitable to be occupied
by one or more families. The owner shall provide proper
and suitable tanks, pumps or other appliances to receive
and to distribute a sufficient supply of water at each floor
in the said house at all times of the year, during all hours
of the day and night.
Sinks in Public Halls.
Par. 3. — The woodwork inclosing sinks located in the
public halls or stairs shall be removed, and the space
underneath the sinks shall be left open. The floors and
wall surfaces beneath and around the sink shall be main-
tained in good order and repair.
BECTION 74.
Drainage of Courts and Yards.
Tenement Houses.
Par. 1. — In every tenement house all courts, areas,
intakes and yards shall jpe properly graded, drained and
paved or otherwise surfaced to the satisfaction of the
board of health,
SECTION 75.
Receptacles for Garbage and Ashes.
Tenement House.
Par. 1 . — The owner of every tenement house shall
provide therefor suitable covered, water-tight receptacles
satisfactory to the board of health, for ashes, rubbish,
garbage, refuse and other matter. No person shall place
ashes, rubbish, garbage, refuse or other matter in the
yards, open areas or alleys connected with, or appurtenant
to, any tenement house except in suitable receptacles
provided for the same.
[Repealed so far as inconsistent with 1907, c. 559, sect. 128; as
amended by 1913, c. 586, sect. 1.]
City of Boston Building Law. 141
SECTION 76.
Powers of the Building Commissioner.
Par. 1. — ^ The commissioner shall not dispense with
any of the requirements of sections forty- two to seventy-
five, inclusive.
SECTION 77.
Theatres.
Definition.
Par. 1. — Every building hereafter erected so as to
contain an audience hall and a stage, with curtain, mov-
able or shifting scenery, and machinery, adapted for the
giving of play, operas, spectacles or similar forms of
entertainment, and of a size to provide seats for more
than five hundred spectators shall be a theatre within
the meaning of this act. No existing building not now
used a a theatre shall be altered and used as a theatre,
imless it conforms to the provisions of this act for a new
theatre.
SECTION 78.
Construction.
Par. 1. — Every theatre hereafter built shall be of
fireproof construction throughout, except that the floor
boards may be of wood, and the steel work of the stage,
of the fly galleries, and of the rigging loft need not be
fireproof ed.
SECTION 79.
Open Courts.
Par. 1. — Every theatre built in a block not on a corner
shall have an open court or passageway on both sides
extending from the proscenium line to the line of the
street on the front, or, in case the building abuts on a
street both in front and rear, these passages may extend
from the line of the front of the auditorium to the line of
142 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 79, Par. 1.]
the rear street. These passages shall be at least six feet
wide throughout their length, and shall not be closed by
any locked gate or doorway. They shall inimediately
adjoin the auditorium, or a side passage or lobby directly
connected therewith. These passages shall be open to the
sky opposite the whole depth of the auditorium, but may
be carried out to the street front or rear through passages
enclosed by brick walls or other fireproof material equally
efficient, and covered by a solid brick vault at least eight
inches thick, each passage to be not less than eight feet
wide and ten feet high throughout.
SECTION 80.
Inner Court.
Par. 1. — Every theatre built upon the corner of two
streets shall have one inner court on the side of the building
away from the side street, such court to be of the same
description as the courts provided for in the preceding
paragraph.
SECTION 81.
Stores, Etc.
Par. 1. — Nothing in this act shall be construed to
prohibit the use of any part of a theatre building for
stores, offices, or for habitation, provided that the parts
so used shall be built with exits to the street entirely
distinct from the rest of the building and shall be sepa-
rated from the rest of the building by solid partitions or
walls, without any openings in the same.
SECTION 82.
Floor Levels.
Par. 1. — In all theatres, the entrances shall be not
more than one step above the level of the sidewalk of the
main street, and the stage shall be not more than five
feet above the said level.
City of Boston Building Law. 143
SECTION 83.
Proscenium Wall.
Par. 1.— The stage of every theatre shall be separated
from the auditorium by a wall of fireproof construction,
which wall shall extend the whole width of the aucJitorium
and the whole height to the roof of the portion occupied by
the stage. There shall be no openings through this wall
except the curtain opening, one doorway each side behind
the boxes, and one doorway which shall be located at or
below the level of the stage. The doorways shall not
exceed twenty-one superficial feet each, and shall have
standard fire-doors hung in a manner satisfactory to the
commissioner. The finish or decorative features around
the curtain opening of every theatre shall be of fireproof
material.
SECTION 84.
Curtain.
Par. 1. — The proscenium or curtain opening of every
theatre shall have a fire resisting curtain reinforced by
wire netting or otherwise strengthened. If of iron, or
similar heavy material, and made to lower from the top,
it shall be so arranged as to be stopped securely at a
height of seven feet above the stage floor, the remaining
opening being closed by a curtain or valance of fire-
resisting fabric.
SECTION 85.
Stage Floor.
Par. 1. — The part of the stage floor, usually equal to
the width of the proscenium opening, used in working
scenery, traps or other mechanical apparatus, may be of
wood, and no flooring used thereon shall be less than one
and one eighth inches in thiclaiess.
144 City of Boston Building Law.
SECTION 86.
Ventilators.
Par. 1. — -There shall be one or more ventilators near
the centre, and above the highest part of the stage of
every theatre, of a combined area of opening satisfactory
to the commissioner, and not less than one tenth of the
area of the undivided floor space behind the curtain at
the stage floor level. The openings in every such venti-
lator shall be closed by valves or louvres so counter-
balanced as to open automatically, which shall be kept
closed, when not in use, by a fusible link and cord reach-
ing to the prompter's desk, and readily operated therefrom.
Such cord shall be of combustible material, and so arranged
that if it is severed the ventilator will open automatically.
Skylight Coverings for Ventilator.
Par. 2. — Skylight coverings for ventilators shall have
sheet metal frames set with double-thick glass, each pane
thereof measuring not less than three hundred square
inches, or shall be protected with wire glass. If wire glass
is not used, a suitable wire netting shall be placed immedi-
ately beneath the glass, but above the ventilator openings
Illuminating fixtures over the auditorium shall be sus-
pended and secured in a manner approved by the com-
missioner.
Illuminating Fixtures over Auditorium.
Par. 3. — Glass on illuminating fixtures over the audi-
torium shall be secured from danger of falling as the com-
missioner shall require, but in no case shall any glass more
than six inches in diameter or length be hung over the
auditorium unless protected from falling by a wire netting
or similar device sati^actory to the commissioner.
City of Boston Building Law. 145
SECTION 87.
Seats in Auditorium.
Par. 1.— All seats in the auditorium excepting those
contained in boxes shall be spaced not less than thirty
inches from back to back, measured in a horizontal
direction, and shall be firmly secured to the floor. No
seat in the auditorium shall have more than six seats
intervening between it and an aisle, on either side.
Balcony and Gallery Platforms.
Par. 2. — The platforms for seats in balconies and
galleries shall nowhere have a greater rise than twenty-one
inches, nor be less than thirty inches from back to back.
SECTION 88.
Aisles.
Par. 1. — All aisles on the respective floors in the
auditorium, having seats on both sides of the same, shall
be not less than thirty inches wide where they begin
and shall be increased in width toward the exit in the
ratio of one inch to five running feet. Aisles having
seats on one side only shall be not less than two feet wide
at their beginning and shall increase in width, the same
as aisles having seats on both sides.
SECTION 89.
Changes in Level.
Par. 1. — All changes in the levels of the floors of such
buildings, except under stairways, from story to story,
and except the necessary steps in galleries and balconies
rising toward the exits, shall be made by inclines of no
steeper gradient than two in ten within the auditorium,
and rising toward the exits, and one in ten for all others.
146 City of Boston Building Law.
SECTION 90.
Lobbies.
Par. 1. — Preceding each division of the theatre there
shall be foyers, lobbies, corridors, or passages, the aggre-
gate capacity of which on each floor or gallery shall be
sufficient to contain the whole number to be accommo-
dated on such floor or gallery in the ratio of one square
foot of floor room for each person.
SECTION 9L
Stage Doors.
Par. 1, — There shall be not less than two exit doors
each not less than three feet in width, located on opposite
sides of the stage, and opening directly upon a street,
alley, court, or court way leading to a public thoroughfare.
SECTION 92.
Room Exits.
Par. 1. — All rooms in theatres for the use of persons
employed therein shall have passages to at least two
independent means of exit.
SECTION 93.
Doors to Open Outward.
Par. 1. — All doors of exit or entrance shall open out-
ward, and shall be hung so as to swing in such a manner
as not to become an obstruction in a passage or corridor,
and no such doors shall be fastened so as to be inoperative
when the building is occupied by an audience.
SECTION 94.
False Doors.
Par. 1. — No mirrors shall be so placed as to give the
appearance of a doorway or exit, hallway, or corridor
nor shall there be any false doors or wiudows.
City of Boston Building Law. 147
SECTION 95.
Main Floor and First Gallery Exits.
Par. 1. — A common exit may serve for the main floor
of the auditorium and the first gallery, provided that its
capacity be equal to the aggregate capacity of the outlets
from the main floor and the said gallery; and provided
that the lowermost run of any exit leading from a gallery
shall not open directly at right angles with the central
axis of a common exit unless there is a clear space or
landing of at least one and one quarter times the width
of the exit between the foot of such exit and such centre
line or nearest exit doorway.
SECTION 96.
Exits.
Balcony and Gallery.
Par. 1. — Two distinct and separate exits shall be
provided for each gallery and balcony above the main
floor; and the same shall be located on opposite sides of
the galleries.
Par. 2. — AU gaUery or balcony exits shall start with a
width of not less than four feet at the uppermost gallery.
Par. 3. — Exits from balconies and galleries shall not
commimicate with the basement or cellar.
SECTION 97.
Aggregate Width of Exits.
Par. 1. — The aggregate width of all the exits pre-
viously described shall be estimated on a basis of not less
than twenty inches for every one hundred persons for
whom seats are provided in the sections of the auditorium
served by the respective exits.
148 City of Boston Building Law.
SECTION 98.
Emergency Exits.
Par. 1. — In addition to the exits previously described
there shall be one exit from each side of each gallery,
balcony, and main floor of auditorium, at least five feet
wide, leading to exterior balconies not less than four feet
wide and twenty feet long on each side of the auditorium.
From such balconies there shall be staircases extending
to the ground level, which may be counterweighted, with
risers of not over eight and one haK inches and treads of
not less than nine and one half inches, inclusive of nosing.
The aggregate width of these emergency stairs shall be
not less than ten inches for every one hundred people
served thereby, no single stairs being less than thirty
inches wide. If counterweighted, these stairs shall be
lowered during all performances.
Par. 2. — Where aU such stairs are in an interior court,
each run shall be covered by a light awning of iron.
Par. 3. — Nothing herein shall prohibit the building of
emergency stairs and exits inside the walls of the building,
provided that they are surrounded by a fireproof partition
not less than four inches thick separating the exits and
staii'ways from the audience room or auditorium.
SECTION 99.
Additional Requirements.
Par. 1. — The commissioner shall have power to require
a greater number or capacity of exits than is herein pre-
scribed.
Illuminated Exit Signs.
Par. 2. — In every theatre there shall be over every exit,
on the inside, and over every opening to a fire-escape, on
the inside, an illuminated sign, bearing the word "exit" or
City of Boston Building Law. 149
Sect. 99, Par. 2.]
"fire-escape," respectively, in letters not less than four
inches high. The lights for the exit signs, passages, stairs,
lobbies, auditoriums, rear of auditoriums, balconies,
galleries, and for the bajconies and stairs outside the build-
ing, shall be so arranged that they can be turned on or off
independently of the means provided on the stage or in
any part of the building in the rear of the proscenium wall.
Every exit sign shall be kept illuminated, and every outside
balcony and fire-escape shall be kept well lighted during
the performance, except outside exits during a performance
before sunset.
Exit Plan on Program.
Par. 3. — Plans showing the exits and stairways shall be
legibly printed so as to occupy a full page of every pro-
gramme or play-bill.
Gas Pipe Outlets and Burners.
Par. 4. — In said buildings there shall be such number of
gas pipe outlets as the commissioner may require, fitted
with no less than two gas burners. Such burners shall be
inspected and tried at least once in every three months by
inspectors of the department, to ascertain if they are in
proper working order. The inspector shall make a report
of each visit, stating the condition of the burners and the
action of the inspector in regard to them.
Defective Burners.
Par. 5. — The commissioner shall have authority to
order any defect in the working of such burners as are
necessary for public safety to be remedied.
Existing Theatre Burners.
Par. 6. — So much of this section as applies to the
inspection of gas burners shall apply to buildings now used
as theatres.
150 City of Boston Building Law.
SECTION 100.
Stairs.
Par. 1. — The cut of the stair stringers shall not
exceed seven and one-haK inches rise, nor be less than ten
and one half inches tread. There shall be no flights of
stairs of more than fifteen or less than three steps between
landings.
SECTION 101.
Landings of Stairs.
Par. 1. — Every landing shall be at least four feet
wide. When straight stairs return directly on themselves,
a landing of the full width of both flights, without any
steps, shall be provided. The outer line of landings shall
be curved to a radius of not less than two feet to avoid
square angles. Stairs turning at an angle shall have a
proper landing without winders introduced at the turn.
No door shall open immediately upon a flight of stairs,
but a landing at least two feet wider than the width of
the door opening shall be provided between such stairs
and such door. When two side flights connect with one
main flight, no winders shall be introduced, and the width
of the main flight shall be at least equal to the aggregate
width of the side flights.
SECTION 102.
■ Hand Rails.
Par. 1. — All enclosed stairways shall have, on both
sides, strong hand-rails, firmly secured to the wall, about
three inches distant therefrom and about three feet high
above the stairs.
Par. 2. — All stairways eight feet and over in width shall
be provided with a central rail of metal or hard wood, not
less than two inches in diameter, placed at a height of
City op Boston Building Law. 151
Sect. 102, Par. 2[]
about three feet above the centre of the treads, supported
on wrought metal or brass standards of sufficient strength,
securely bolted to the treads or risers of the stairs; and
at the head of each flight of stairs, and on each side of
the landing, the post or standard shall be at least six
feet in height, and the rail shall be secured to the post.
SECTION 103.
Measurements for Width of Stairs.
Par. 1. — The width of all stairs shall be measured in
the clear between the hand-rails.
Par. 2. — No winding or circular stairs shall be per-
mitted.
SECTION 104.
Radiators Forbidden in Passageways.
Par. 1. — No coil or radiator or floor register shall be
placed in any aisle or passageway used as an exit; but
all such coils and radiators may be placed in recesses
formed in the waU or partition to receive the same.
Heating Apparatus Location.
Par. 2. — No boiler, furnace, engine or heating appara-
tus, except steam, hot water or hot air pipes or radiators,
shall be located under the auditorium or under any passage
or stairway or exit of any theatre.
Sprinklers and Standpipes.
Par. 3. — ■ There shall be at least two two-inch high-
service standpipes on the stage of every theatre, with
ample provision of hose nozzles at each level of the stage on
each side, and the water shall be kept turned on during the
occupation of the building by an audience. The said pipes
shall in no case be sealed, and shall have two gates, one
above the other, with a proper test or waste valve; the
152 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 104, Par. 3.]
lower gate to be kept open at all times. The proscenium
opening of every theatre shall be provided with a two and
one half inch perforated iron pipe, or equivalent equipment
of automatic or open sprinklers, so constructed as to form,
when in operation, a complete water curtain for the whole
proscenium opening, and there shall be for the rest of the
stage a complete system of fire apparatus and perforated
iron pipes, automatic or open sprinklers. Such pipes or
sprinklers shall be suppUed with water by high pressure
service, and shall be at all times ready for use.
SECTION 105.
Places of Public Assembly.
Hereafter Erected.
Par. 1. — Every building hereafter erected with a
haU or assembly-room to contain a pubHc audience of
more than eight hundred persons, or with more than one
superimposed gallery or balcony, shall be of fireproof con-
struction throughout; except that halls or assembly-
rooms, the mean level of the main floor of which is not
more than five feet above the grade of the adjacent street,
may have roofs of second class construction.
Par. 2. — Every building hereafter erected with a hall or
assembly-room to contain an audience of more than six
hundred persons, the main floor of which is raised more
than fifteen feet above the level of the principal street upon
which it faces, shall be of fireproof construction throughout.
Capacity.
Par. 3. — The capacity of a hall or assembly-room shall
be estimated on the basis of six square feet for each person.
Par. 4. — If several haUs or assembly-rooms are provided
in one building, their aggregate capacity shall be considered
as determining whether or not the building shall be of fire-
City of Boston Building Law. 153
Sect. 105, Par. 4.]
proof construction, unless the several halls are enclosed
by or separated from each other by fireproof walls, with
fireproof doors in the same, in which case the building
may be of second class construction.
Alterations to Conform to Act.
Par. 5. — No existing building shall be altered to
contain a hall or assembly-room exceeding the foregoing
dimensions, unless the whole building as altered shall
conform to the provisions of this act.
Seats. — Obstructions.
Par. 6. — All seats in places of pubhc assemblage shall be
spaced as hereinbefore provided, and, while such places of
pubUc assemblage are occupied by an audience, shall be
seciired in such manner as will be satisfactory to the build-
ing commissioner of the city of Boston. No temporary
seats or other obstructions shall be allowed in any aisle,
passageway or stairway of a place of pubfic assemblage, and
no person shall remain in any aisle, passageway or stairway
of any building during any performance.
[1912, c. 370, sect. 1.]
Existing Halls. Ways of Egress, Lighting Of.
Par. 7. — -Every existing building containing a hall or
assembly-room to which admission is not free, and to which
the provisions of chapter four hundred and ninety-four of
the acts of the year nineteen hundred and eight, relative to
the Ucensing of public entertainments apply, shall have
all the ways of egress from such building sufficiently
lighted, and lighted in a manner satisfactory to the building
commissioner, while the hall or assembly-room is occupied
by an audience.
[1913, c. 50, sect. 1.]
154 City of Boston Building Law.
SECTION 106.
Moving Picture Shows,
Par. 1. — All moving picture shows shall be subject
to the provisions of chapter one hundred and seventy-six
and of chapter four hundred and thirty-seven of the acts
of the year nineteen hundred and five, and of any amend-
ments thereof or additions thereto now or hereafter made.
SECTION 107.
Exits, Etc.
Halls — Hereafter Erected.
Par. 1. — Every building hereafter erected contain-
ing a hall or assembly-room shall conform to all the afore-
said requirements as to exits, stairways, exit Ughts, aisles,
and seats, which apply to theatres; provided, that the
same are necessary for tiie preservation of pubhc safety
and are specially ordered by the building commissioner.
All orders of the building commissioner under the pro-
visions of this section shall be subject to the authority of
a majority of the Board of Appeal, which may annul or
modify such orders.
[1915, c. 352, sect. 5. Special Act.]
SECTION 108.
Roof Gardens.
Par. 1. — Nothing herein contained shall prevent the
placing of a roof garden, art gallery, or rooms for similar
purposes above a theatre, provided the floor of the same
forming the roof over such theatre shall be constructed
of fireproof materials, and shaU have no covering boards
or sleepers of wood. Every roof over such garden or other
rooms shaU have all supports and rafters of steel, and, if
covered, shaU be covered with glass or fireproof material,
or both.
City of Boston Building Law. 155
SECTION 109.
Exits feom Roof Gardens.
Par. 1. — Exits from roof gardens may commmiicate
with stairs leading from the auditorimn of the theatre,
but they shall be at least fom- in nmnber, not less than
fom- feet six inches wide, and distinct and separate from
each other from roof to street.
SECTION 110.
Summer Theatres.
Par. 1. — Summer theatres, if built v/ithout the building
limits, and located thirty feet distant from any other
building or structure or adjoining lot lines, and of no
greater seating capacity than seven hundred and fifty
persons, and not more than one story high, without bal-
conies, or galleries, may be constructed as follows : —
Par. 2. — The auditorium, without a cellar or basement,
with open sides of double the number of exits as herein-
before provided, opening directly into the surrounding
courts or gardens at the grade level, and the adjoining
dressing rooms, may be of wooden construction, but the
stage shall be enclosed in brick walls not less than twelve
inches thick, or shall be plastered on metal lathing through-
out: provided, that the openings leading to the dressing-
rooms shall be provided with fire doors.
Par. 3. — Otherwise, all protective features and arrange-
ments shall comply with all previous sections of this title.
SECTION 111.
Existing Theatres.
Stairs — Stairways.
Par. 1 . — All stairs of theatres shall have throughout
proper hand-rails on both sides firmly secured to walls or
156 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. Ill, Par. 1.]
to strong posts and balusters. Stairways twelve feet or
more wide shall have one or more intermediate rails not
more than eight feet apart and properly supported.
Heating Apparatus — Location.
Par. 2. — 'No boiler, furnace, engine or heating appa-
ratus, except steam, hot water or hot air pipes or radiators,
shall be located under the auditorium nor under any pas-
sage or stairway or exit of any theatre.
Illuminated Exit Signs — Emergency Lights.
Par. 3. — In every theatre there shall be over every
exit, on the inside, and over every opening to a fire-escape,
on the inside, an illuminated sign, bearing the word
"exit" or "fire-escape," respectively, in letters not less
than four inches high. An emergency arc fight or its
equivalent shall be installed in the auditorium, which
fight or fights, exit fights, and all lights in halls, corridors,
or any part of the building used by the audience, except
the general auditorium fighting, shaU be fed independently
of the stage fighting, and shall be controUed only from the
lobby or other convenient place in the front of the house.
Every exit sign shaU be kept iUuminated and every outside
balcony and fire-escape shaU be kept well fighted during
the performance, except outside exits during a performance
in the daytime and before sunset.
[1909, c. 313, sect. 1.]
Exits to Open Outward — Plans of Exits on Programs.
Par. 4. — The exits and openings to fire-escapes of all
theatres shaU open outward and have fastenings on the
inside only. They shaU be unfastened during every per-
formance and shaU be so arranged that they can easily be
City of Boston BuiliDing Law. 157
Sect. Ill, Par. 4.]
opened from within. Plans showing the exits and stair-
ways shall be legibly printed so as to occupy a fuU page of
every programme or play-biU.
Temporary Seats.
Par^ 5. — No temporary seats or other obstructions
shall be allowed in any aisle, or stairway of a theatre, and
no person shall remain in any aisle, or stairway of any such
building during any performance.
[1908, c. 336, sect. 1.]
Fire Curtain.
Par. 6. — The proscenium or curtain opening of every
theatre shall have a fire-resisting curtain of incombustible
material, reinforced by wire netting, or otherwise strength-
ened. If of iron, or similar heavy material, and made to
lower from the top, it shall be so arranged as to be stopped
securely at a height of seven feet above the stage floor,
the remaining opening being closed by a curtain or valance
of fire-resisting fabric. The curtain shall be raised at
the beginning and lowered at the end of every perform-
ance, and shall be of proper material, construction and
mecha.nism.
Stage Ventilators.
Par. 7. — There shall be one or more ventilators near
the centre and above the highest part of the stage of every
theatre, of a combined area of opening satisfactory to the
building commissioner, and not less than one tenth of the
area of the proscenium opening. Every such ventilator
shall have a valve or louvre so counterbalanced as to open
automatically, and shall be kept closed, when not in use,
by a fusible link and cord reaching to the prompter's
desk, or any other place easily reached from the stage
level and readily operated therefrom. Such cord shall
158 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. Ill, Par. 7.]
be of combustible material, and so arranged that if it is
severed the ventilator will open automatically.
[1908, c. 336, sect. 1.]
Standpipes — Sprinklers.
Par. 8. — There shaU be at least two two-inch high-
service standpipes on the stage of every theatre, with
ample provision of hose nozzles at each level of the stage
on each side, and the water shall be kept turned on during
the occupation of the building by an audience. The said
pipes shall in no case be sealed and shall have a gate and
check valve and shall have a test valve placed between
the gate valve and check valve. The proscenium open-
ing of every theatre shall be provided with a two and
one half inch perforated iron pipe or equivalent equip-
ment of automatic or open sprinklers, as the commis-
sioner may direct, so constructed as to form when in
operation a complete water curtain for the whole pro-
scenium opening and there shall be for the rest of the
stage a complete system of fire apparatus and perforated
iron pipes, automatic or open sprinklers. Such pipes or
sprinklers shall be supplied with water by high pressure
service, and shall be ready for use at all times.
[1908, c. 336, sect. 1.]
SECTION 112.
Plumbing.
Definition of Ter7ns.
Par. 1. — The following terms shall have the meanings
respectively assigned to them: —
Par. 2. — "Repair of leaks" shall mean such repairs as
are necessary to protect property, but do not involve any
extensive change in construction.
Par. 3. — "Y-hranches" shall mean a branch at suffi-
cient angle to direct the flow and prevent backing up.
City of Boston Building Law. 159
Sect. 112.]
Par. 4. — ^'Air pipes'' or "back air pipes" shall mean
air pipes from traps that extend toward the main soil pipe
of the outer air and connect with not more than three
traps.
Par. 5. — "Vent pipes" shall mean general lines of
back air pipes connecting with more than three fixtures.
Par. 6. — "Di-ain" shall mean that part of the drainage
system of a building extending through basement or cellar
to sewer.
Par. 7. — "Soil pipe" shall mean that part of the drain-
age system of a building, of four inches or more internal
diameter, between basement or cellar and the highest
fixture in the building.
Par. 8. — "Ventilation pipe" shall mean the extension
of the soil pipe from the highest fixture to and through the
roof.
Par. 9. — "Surface drain" shall mean a connection with
drain in the basement to allow egress of surface water or
overflow.
Par. 10. — "Fixture" shall mean any receptacle or
outlet placed for the purpose of disposing of waste water
or other matter, and connecting with the waste, soil or
drain pipe of a building.
SECTION 113.
Registration.
Par. 1. — No pliimber shall engage in or work at the
business of plumbing unless he shall first have registered
his name and place of business in the office of the commis-
sioner, and no person shall by display of sign or plumbing
material, or otherwise, advertise as a plumber unless he
shall have been registered or licensed as such. Every
master plumber shall conspicuously display his certificate
or license within his place of business. Notice of any
160 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 113, Par. 1.]
change in the place of business of a registered or licensed
master plumber shall immediately be given by him to
the commissioner.
[Chap. 103, Revised Laws.]
[Chap. 287, Acts of 1914.1
[Chap. 536, Acts of 1919.]
SECTION 114.
Notices.
Par. 1. — Every plumber, before doing any worli in a
building, shall, except in the case of repair of leaks, file in
the officer of the commissioner a plan or slietch of the
work to be performed; and no such work shall be done
in any building without a written permit from the com-
missioner.
SECTION 115.
Connection With Sewer or Drain.
Par. 1. — • The plumbing of every building shall be
separately and independently connected outside the
building with the public sewer, if such sewer is provided,
or with a proper and sufficient private drain or sewer laid
outside of the building, and if a sewer is not accessible,
with a proper cesspool. Several buildings may have a
common sewer connection if such connection is approved
by the commissioner and the superintendent of sewers.
SECTION 116.
Inspection and Tests.
Par. 1 . — Pipes or other fixtures shall not be covered
or concealed from view until approved by the commis-
sioner, who shall examine or test the same within two
working days after notice that they are ready for inspec-
tion. Plumbing shall not be used unless, when roughed
City of Boston Building Law. 161
Sect. 116, Par. 1.]
in, the wastes, vents and back air pipes and traps are first
tested by water or sufficient air pressure in the presence
of an inspector, when such testing is practicable.
SECTION 117.
Soil and Waste Pipes and Traps.
Par. 1. — The waste pipe of every independent sink
basin, bath-tub, water-closet, slop-hopper, urinal or other
fixture shall be furnished with a separate trap which shall
be placed a 3 near as practicable to the fixture which
it serves. A sink and set of three wash-trays may be
connected to the house di*ain through one five inch round
trap, when the outlet of the sink is not over three feet
six inches from the nearest outlet from the wash-trays;
and in such case the trap shall be above the floor. The
outlet from each fixture shall enter the trap separately.
Not more than four wash-bowls or sinks in a continuous
line may be connected to the house drain through one
five inch round trap. Two or more fixtures on the sam.e
level with not more than two feet of waste pipe and con-
necting into the soil or waste pipe not more than eighteen
inches below the top water line of the trap, shall not
require other vent than the continuation of the soil or
waste pipe full size for its whole length. Lateral branches
of soil or v/aste pipe, if more than twenty feet in length,
shall be extended through the roof undiminished in size.
All connections on lead waste and back air pipes and of
lead pipes to brass ferrule and soldering nipples shall be
full size wiped soldered branch, round or flange joints.
Soil and waste pipes shall have proper T-Y or Y branches
for all fixture connections. No connection to lead bends
for water-closets or slop sinks shall l)e permitted, except
the required back air pipe where a continuous vent is not
practicable.
162 City of Boston Bthlding Law.
Sect. 117.]
Par. 2. — Earthenware traps shall have heavy brass
floor plates soldered to the lead bends and bolted to the
trap flange, and the joint made gas tight with red or white
lead. Rubber washers for floor connections shall not be
used.
Back Am Pipes, Vents, Etc.
Par. 3. — Traps shall be protected from siphonage or air
pressure by special iron or brass air pipes of a size not less
than the waste pipes they serve ; back air pipes shall not be
connected to the trap or branched into the waste pipe
except where a continuous vent is not practicable, but a
suitable non-siphon trap may be used without a back air
pipe upon the approval of the commissioner. Back air
pipes shall enter the waste pipe within eighteen inches from
the trap and shall be a continuation of the waste pipe.
Lead air pipes may be used only for short connections
where they are exposed to view. Air pipes for water-
closet traps shall be connected to the highest point of
bend or trap, and may be of two inch bore if for not more
than three fixtures and less than thirty feet in length; if
for more than three fixtures or more than thirty feet in
length they shall be of three inch bore. Air pipes shall
be run as direct as practicable and if one and one half
inches or less in diameter shall not exceed thirty feet in
length. Two or more air pipes may be connected to-
gether or with a vent pipe; but in every such case the
connection shall be above the top of the fixture. The
trap for the upper fixture on a line of soil or waste pipe,
within five feet of the stack in a horizontal line, shall not
require a special air pipe, unless the outlet is branched
into a stack more than eighteen inches below the top
water line of the trap. Diameters of vent pipes shall be
not less than two inches for main vents through less than
seven stories; three inches for water-closets on more than
City of Boston Building Law. 163
Sect. 117, Par. 3.]
three floors, and for other fixtures in more than seven
stories. All vent pipes shall be increased one inch in
diameter before passing through the roof. Vent lines
shall be connected at the bottom with a soil or vv^aste
pipe or with the drain, in such a manner as to prevent
accumulation of rust scale and properly to drip the water
of condensation. Offsets shall be made at an angle of not
less than forty-five degrees. Soil pipes or iron waste
pipes, vents and back air pipes, shall be supported by
clamps to the woodwork, iron drive hooks to brick walls,
or bolted clamps to iron girders.
NoN-SiPHON Traps — Round Traps.
Par. 4. — All traps, except for water-closets, not pro-
vided with special air pipes shall be suitable non-siphon
traps and shall have at least a four-inch water seal.
Round traps shall be not less than four inches in diameter
and eight inches long, and made of eight-pound lead. All
trap screws shall be water sealed.
Chemical Laboratories.
Par. 5. — Fixtures and waste pipes in chemical labora-
tories shall be installed in accordance with plans approved
by the commissioner.
Stables.
Par. 6. — The drainage of stable fixtures shall be con-
structed according to plans approved b3/ the commissioner.
SECTION 118.
Back Air Pipe.
Par. 1. — In buildings where a series of bathrooms
or kitchens are located directly over each other and have
a common soil or waste pipe, the back air pipe required
shall be a vent line connecting with each outlet branch
close to the water-closet connection or outlet from the
164 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 118, Par. 1.]
sink trap, each branch vent to connect to vent line above
the top of the highest fixture on each floor, the vent line
to connect to main vent Hne above the top of the highest
fixture in the buildmg.
Batteries of Water-Closets.
Par. 2. — In the case of batteries of water-closets or
other fixtures the special air pipe from each trap may be
omitted, provided that the soil or waste pipe, undimin-
ished in size, is continued to a point above the roof or
revented into the main soil pipe system above the top
of the uppermost fixture.
Par. 3. — The commissioner shall prepare explanatory
sketches showing the method of construction described in
this section.
SECTION 119.
Refrigerator Wastes and Drip Pipes.
Par. 1. — All drip or overflow pipes shall be extended
to some place in open sight, and in no case shall any such
pipe be connected directly with the drain pipe. No waste
pipe from a refrigerator or other receptacle in which
provisions are stored shall be connected directly with
a drain or other waste pipe. The waste pipes from all
other fixtures shall be connected directly with a drain pipe.
Refrigerator wastes connecting with two or more stories
shall be supplied with a trap on the branch for each floor
and extended through the roof.
SECTION 120.
Water-Closets, Etc.
Par. 1. — Every water-closet or line of water-closets
shall be supplied with water from a tank or cistern, and
shall have a flushing pipe of not less than one and one
quarter inches in diameter. Privy vaults shall be of brick
City of Boston Building Law. 165
Sect. 120, Par. 1.]
and cement of a capacity of not less than fifty cubic feet,
of easy access, convenient to open, and clean, and water
tight. The inside shall be not less than two feet from the
next lot and from any public or private way.
SECTION 121.
Soil and Waste Pipes Dimensions.
Par. 1 . — The diameters of soil and waste pipes shall
be not l6ss than those given in the following table : —
Inches.
Soil pipes .4
Main waste pipes 2
Main waste pipes for kitchen sinks on five or more
floors 3
Branch waste pipes for laundry tubs 1|
Branch waste for kitchen sinks . . . , . 1|
Branch waste for urinals IJ
No branch waste for other fixtures shall be less than, li
Exceptions.
Par. 2. — Except that, with the approval of the com-
missioner, a three-inch soil pipe may be used for one water-
closet where it is not practicable to use a four-inch pipe.
Ferrules, Clean-Outs, Etc.
Brass ferrules shall be of the best quality, bell-shaped,
extra heavy cast brass, not less than four inches long
and two and one quarter inches, three and one half inches,
and four and one half inches in diameter, and of not less
than the following weights : —
Diameters. Weights.
2i inches 1 poimd ounces.
3^ inches 1 pound 12 ounces.
4| inches 2 pounds 8 ounces.
One and one half inch ferrules shall not be used.
166
Sect. 121.]
City of Boston Building Law.
Soldering Nipples,
Par. 3. — Soldering nipples shall be of heavy cast brass
or of brass pipe, iron pipe size. If cast, they shall be of
not less than the following weights :
1| inches
pounds 8 ounces
2 inches
pounds 14 ounces
2| inches
1 pound 6 ounces
3 inches
2 pounds ounces
4 inches
3 pounds 8 ounces
Clean-Outs — Screw Caps.
Par. 4. — Where clean-outs are used, the screw cap
shall be of brass, extra heavy, and not less than one eighth
of an inch thick. The engaging parts shall have not less
than six threads of iron pipe size, and shall be tapered.
Clean-outs shall be full size of trap up to four inches in
diameter, and not less than four inches for larger traps.
Par. 5. — The screw caps shall have a solid square or
hexagonal nut, not less than one half inch high, with a least
diameter of one and one half inches. The bodies of brass
clean-out ferrules shall be at least equal in weight and
thickness to the calking ferrule for the same size of pipe.
Lead Pipes, Use Restricted.
Par. 6.— The use of lead pipes is restricted to short
branches of the soil and waste pipes, bends and traps,
and roof connections of inside leaders. "Short branches"
of lead pipe shall mean not more than : —
5 feet of 1| inch pipe.
5 feet of 1| inch pipe.
4 feet of 2 inch pipe.
2 feet of 3 inch pipe.
2 feet of 4 inch pipe.
City of Boston Building Law.
167
Sect. 121.]
Lead Pipe — Weight — Thickness.
Par. 7. — • The pipe shall be not less than the following
average thickness and weight per linear foot :
Weights per
Diameters. Thicknesses. Linear Foot.
1 J inches 2.50 pounds.
1| inches .14 inch 2.68 pounds.
2 inches .15 inch 3.61 pounds.
2| inches .20 inch 5.74 pounds.
3 inches .21 inch 7.54 pounds.
3 1 inches .22 inch 9.00 pounds.
4 inches .23 inch 10.66 pounds.
4| inches .24 inch 12.34 pounds.
5 inches .25 inch 14.50 pounds.
6 inches .28 inch 18.76 pounds.
7 inches .30 inch 23.27 pounds.
8 inches .32 inch 28.18 pounds.
9 inches .34 inch 33.70 pounds.
10 inches .36 inch 40.06 pounds.
11 inches .37 inch 45.02 pounds.
12 inches .37 inch 48.98 pounds.
Brass Pipe.
Par. 8. — Brass pipe for soil, waste, vent and back air
pipes shall be thoroughly annealed, seamless, drawn brass
tubing, of not less than number thirteen Stubbs gauge.
Lead and Iron Pipe Unions — Connections.
Par. 9. — No shp joint or unions shall be used on traps,
waste, vents or back air pipes. Threaded connections on
brass traps shall be of the same size as pipe threads for
the same size of pipe, and shall be tapered. Connections
between lead and iron shall be made by brass sleeves or
screw nipples wiped to the lead and calked or screwed
into the iron.
1G8 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 121.]
Brass Pipe.
Par. 10. — The following average thicknesses and weights
per linear foot shall be used : —
Weights per
Diameters.
Thicknesses.
Linear Foot.
1| inches
. 14 inch
2.84 pounds.
2 inches
.15 inch
3.82 pounds.
2 5 inches
.20 inch
6.08 pounds.
3 inches
.21 inch
7.92 pounds.
3| inches
.22 inch
9.54 pounds.
4 inches
.23 inch
11.29 pounds.
4^ inches
.24 inch
13.08 pounds.
5 inches
.25 inch
15.37 pounds.
6 inches
.28 inch
19.88 pounds.
Cast Iron Pipes, Etc.
Par. 11. — Cast iron pipes shall be uncoated, sound,
cylindrical and smooth, free from cracks and other defects,
of uniform thickness and of the grade known to Qommerce
as '"'extra heavy." If buried under ground they shall be
coated with asphaltum or red lead.
Par. 12. — Pipe, including the hub, shall weigh not less
than the following average weights per linear foot: —
Diameters.
Weights
per Linear
Foot.
Diameters.
Weights
per Linear
Foot.
2 inches
5| pounds.
91 pounds.
13 pounds.
17 pounds.
20 pounds.
7 inches (not stock size),
8 inches
27 pounds.
33 § pounds.
10 inches
45 pounds.
12 inches
54 pounds.
6 inches
Par. 13. — All joints shall be made with picked oakum
and molten lead run full, and be made gas tight. No
City of Boston Building Law.
169
Sect. 121, Par. 13.]
cement joints nor connections between iron and cement
or tile pipe or brick drains shall be made within any
building.
Wrought Iron Pipe.
Par, 14. — Galvanized wrought iron pipe shall be of not
less than the following thickness and weight per Hnear
foot : —
Weights per
Diameters.
Thicknesses.
Linear Foot.
1| inches
,14 inch
2.68 pounds.
2 inches
,15 inch
3.61 pounds.
2^ inches
.20 inch
5.74 pounds.
3 inches
.21 inch
7.54 pounds.
3^ inches
.22 inch
9.00 pounds.
4 inches
.23 inch
10.66 pounds.
4| inches
,24 inch
12.34 pounds.
5 inches
,25 inch
14.50 pounds.
6 inches
,28 inch
18.76 pounds.
7 inches
.30 inch
23.27 pounds.
8 inches
.32 inch
28.18 pounds.
9 inches
.34 inch
33.70 pounds.
10 inches
.36 inch
40.06 pounds.
11 inches
.37 inch
45.02 pounds.
12 inches
.37 inch
48.98 pounds.
Extra Heavy.
Par. 15. — The threaded part of the pipe if less than
one and one half inches long shall be of the thickness and
weight known as "extra heavy" or "extra strong."
Fittings.
Par. 16. — Fittings on wrought iron vent or back air
pipes shall be galvanized, recessed, cast iron threaded
fittings. Fittings for "Plumber's tubing" shall be heavy
weight, with sharp threads.
170 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 121.]
Par. 17. — Fittings for waste or soil or refrigerator waste
pipes of wrought iron or brass pipe shall be galvanized
cast iron, or brass, recessed, and threaded drainage fit-
tings, with smooth interior waterway and threads tapped
so as to give a uniform grade to branches of not less than
one quarter of an inch per foot.
Joints.
Par. 18. — All joints on wrought iron or brass pipe shall
be screwed joints made up with red lead, and any burr
formed in cutting shall carefully be reamed out.
SECTION 122.
Drain Pipes, Etc.
Par. 1. — Drain and connecting ventilation pipes,
vents and back air pipes shall be of sufficient size, and
made of extra heavy cast iron pipe if under ground, and
if above ground shall be made of extra heavy cast iron,
galvanized wrought iron of standard weight, or of not
less than number thirteen Stubbs gauge brass pipe within
the building, except that lead pipes may be used for short
connections exposed to view. Cast iron drains shall
extend not less than ten feet from the inside face of the
wall, beyond and away from the building.
Par. 2. — ■ Drain pipes above ground shall be secured by
irons to walls, suspended from floor timbers by strong
iron hangers, or supported on brick piers. Proper man-
holes shall be supplied to reach clean-outs and traps.
Every drain pipe shall have a fall of not less than one
quarter inch per foot, and shall be extended from a point
ten feet outside the inside face of the wall, unobstructed, to
and through the roof, undiminished in size, and to a height
not less than two feet above the roof, and not less than
one foot above the top of any window within fifteen feet
and not less than eight feet above the roof if the roof is
City of Boston Building Law. 171
Sect. 122, Par. 2.]
used for drying clothes or as a roof garden. The drain
pipe shall be supplied with a Y branch fitted with a brass
clean-out or with an iron stopper, if required, on the
direct run, at or near the point where the drain leaves the
building. Changes in direction shall be made with
curved pipes, and all connections with horizontal or verti-
cal pipes shall be made with Y branches. Saddle hubs
shall not be used. All drain pipes shall be exposed to
sight within the building, if such exposure is practicable,
and shall not be exposed to pressure where they pass
through the wall.
Steam Exhausts, Etc.
Par. 3. — No steam, or vapor, or water of a temperature
over one hundred and thirty degrees Fahrenheit shall be
discharged from any premises into any sewer, drain or
catch-basin, nor shall any matter or thing be discharged
into any sewer which may tend to cause an obstruction
of the public sev/er or a nuisance or a deposit therein or
any injury thereto.
Blow-Off Tanks.
Par. 4. — All high pressure steam boilers shall be con-
nected with a blow-off tank of a capacity not less than
thirty per cent of the largest boiler connected with such
tank. The location of and the connections to said blow-
off tank shall be subject to the approval of the superin-
tendent of sewers.
Steam Exhausts.
Par. 5. — No steam exhaust or steam drip, unless it be
provided with a coohng tank of a capacity approved by the
superintendent of sewers, or unless it be connected with
the blow-off tank, shall connect with any drain leading
to the sewer. Every blow-off tank shall be supplied with
172 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 122, Par. 5.]
a vapor pipe not less than two inches in diamete^-, which
shall be carried above the roof and above the highest
windows of the building. ,
Blow-Off Tanks — Additional Requirements.
Pae. 6. — The superintendent of sewers may require
such additional means for cooling the blow-off tanks by the
injection of cold water or otherwise as may be necessary
to reduce the temperature of the water passing from the
blow-off tank so that it shall not exceed one hundred and
thirty degrees Fahrenheit.
SECTION 123.
Special Traps, Etc.
Grease — Gasolene.
Par. 1. — Every building from which, in the opinion
of the superintendent of sewers, grease may be discharged
in such quantity as to clog or injure the sewer, shall have
a special grease trap satisfactory to the superintendent
of sewers. Every building in which gasolene, naphtha or
other inflammable compounds are used for business pur-
poses shall be provided with a special trap, satisfactory
to the superintendent of sewers, so designed as to prevent
the passage of such material into the sewer, and ventilated
with a separate pipe rising to a point four feet above the
roof. All non-siphon traps shall be of a type approved
by the commissioner The waste pipe of every wash
stand for vehicles shall be provided with a sand box of
sufficient capacity.
Par. 2. — The waste pipe from the sink of every hotel,
eating house, restaurant or other public cooking estabUsh-
ment, shall be connected to a grease trap of sufficient size,
easily accessible to open and clean, placed as near as
practicable to the fixtures that it serves.
City of Boston Building Law. 173
SECTION 124.
Roof Leaders a'nd Surface Drains.
Par. 1. — Rain water leaders when connected with
house drains shall be suitably trapped and, within the
proposed surface drainage area, shall not be connected at
the top of the stack, nor extended down through the
interior of the building, except by special permit from the
commissioner. Wherever a surface drain is installed in
a cellar or basement, it shall be provided with a deep seal
trap and back water valve. Drain pipes from fixtures in
cellars and basements liable to back flow from a sewer
shall be supplied with back water valves.
SECTION 125.
Hazardous Building and Appliances for Power and
Heat.
Permits — Publications.
Par. 1. — *(No building shall be used for a grain eleva-
tor or for storage or manufacture of high combustibles or
explosives, or for chemical or rendering works, without a
permit from the commissioner, and) no engine, dynamo,
boiler or furnace shall be placed in any building without
a permit from the commissioner. Every application for
such permit shall be in writing, shall be filed with the
commissioner, and shall set forth the character of the
building, th^ size, power and purpose of the apparatus,
and such other information as the commissioner may
require. The commissioner may, after an examination
of the premises described in the application, and after
hearing the apphcant and any objectors, issue a permit
for placing a boiler or furnace on such premises, upon such
* Portion in parenthesis superseded by c. 795, sects. 3, 6, 7 and 29 of
Acts of 1914, Fire Prevention Act.]
174 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 125, Par. 1.]
conditions as he shall prescribe, or he may refuse such per-
mit. If the application is for an5rthing other than a boiler
or furnace the applicant shall publish in at least two daily
newspapers published in the city of Boston, and on at least
three days in each, and, if so directed by the commissioner,
shall also post conspicuously on the premises, a copy of
the apphcation, and shall deliver copies thereof to such
persons as the commissioner may designate.
Par. 2. — If no objection is filed with the commissioner
before the expiration of ten days after the time of the first
publication of notice, or within ten daj^s of the dehvery and
first posting of the notice, if such deUvery or posting is
required, the commissioner shall, if the arrangement,
location, and construction of the proposed apparatus is
proper, and in accordance with the provisions of this act,
issue a permit for the same. If objection is filed, the
application shall be referred to the board of appeal, which
may, in its discretion, require the deposit by the objector
of a reasonable sum as security for the payment of the
costs.
Par. 3. — After such notice as the board shaU order it
shall hear the same, and shall direct the commissioner to
issue a permit, under such conditions as it may prescribe,
or to v/ithhold the same. If the permit is refused, the
apphcant, and if it is granted, the objectors shall pay such
costs as the board may order.
Par. 4. — The commissioner may, from time to time,
after pubUc notice and hearing, prescribe conditions on
which any or all boilers or furnaces may be maintained in
buildings, and, if any person interested objects to such
conditions and appeals from his decision establishing the
same, the appeal shall be referred to the board of appeal,
and thereupon said board shall prescribe the conditions.
City of Boston Building Law. 175
SECTION 126.
Combustible Materials.
Storage Prohibited.
Par. 1 . — Xo building adapted for habitation, nor
any part thereof, nor the lot upon which it is located, shall
be used as a place for the storage, keeping or handhng of
any combustible article, except under such conditions as
may be prescribed by the fire commissioner. No such
building nor any part thereof, nor of the lot upon which it
is located, shall be used as a place for the storage, keeping
or handling of any article dangerous or detrimental to life
or health, nor for the storage, keeping or handhng of
feed, hay, straw, excelsior, cotton, paper stock, feathers
or rags.
[Superseded by 1914, c. 795, sects. 6, 7, Fire Prevention Act.]
SECTION 127.
Enforcement of Act.
Safety of Building — Owner Responsible.
Par. 1. — Every structure and part thereof and appur-
tenant thereto shaU be maintained in such repair as not
to be dangerous. The owner shaU be responsible for
the maintenance of all buildings and structures. The
lessee under a recorded lease shall be deemed the owner ■
under the provisions of this act.
SECTION 128.
Powers of the Board of Health.
Limitation of Number of Occupants in Habitation.
Par. 1. — The board of health may by vote hmit the
number of occupants who shall be permitted to dwell in
any building or in any part or parts thereof. They shall
cause a copy of any such vote to be served upon the owner
of the building, his agents, tenant or other persons having
176 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 128, Par. 1.]
the charge thereof. If the owner, agent, tenant, or other
persons having charge of said building allow or permit
more people than are permitted by said vote to occupy
the building or any part or parts thereof, said board may
order the premises to be vacated, and they shall not again
be occupied without the permission of the board, and the
owner, agent, tenant or other persons having charge of
said building shall forfeit not more than twenty dollars
for every day during which he violates such order. The
board may make such further regulations as to over-
crowding, ventilation, the construction of water-closets,
the hghting of hallways, and the occupation of buildings
or parts thereof, not inconsistent with other laws, as they
may deem proper. Said board may permit rooms in
private stables to be occupied for sleeping purposes by
grooms and coachmen.
Par. 2. — No person shall place ashes, rubbish, garbage,
refuse or other matter in the yards, open areas or alleys
connected with or appurtenant to any such building except
in suitable receptacles provided for the same.
Par. 3. — Every building used for habitation by more
than two families and every lodging house shall be carefully
inspected at least twice a year under the direction of the
board of health, and whenever said board has made
an order concerning such a building a reinspection shall be
made v/ithin ten days after the board has been informed
that the order has been complied with.
[1913, c. 586, sect. 1.]
SECTION 129.
Enforcement — Jurisdiction in Equity.
On Application of City Attorney.
Par. 1. — Any court having jurisdiction in equity or
any justice thereof, shall upon the appUcation of the city
by its attorney, have jurisdiction in equity: —
City of Boston Building Law. 177
Sect. 129.]
Injunction Restraining Use.
Pah. 2. — To restrain the construction, alteration, repair,
maintenance, use or occupation of a building, structure or
other thing constructed or used in violation of the provi-
sions of this act, and to order its removal or abatement as a
nuisance;
Restraining Construction, Use, Etc.
Pae. 3. — To restrain the further construction, altera-
tion, repair, maintenance, use or occupation of a building,
structure or other thing, which is unsafe or dangerous;
Par. 4. — To restrain the unlawful construction, altera-
tion, repair, maintenance, use or occupation of any build-
ing, structure or other thing;
Par. 5. — To compel comphance with the provisions of
this act;
Par. 6. — To order the removal by the owner of a build-
ing, structure or other thing unlawfully existing, and to
authorize the commissioner, with the written approval of
the mayor, in default of such removal by the owner, to
remove it at the owner's expense.
Board of Appeal Decisions, Court May Remeiv.
Par. 7. — Any person, the value of whose property may
be affected by any decision of the board of appeal, may
have the action of said board reviewed by the court by any
appropriate process, provided that proceedings are insti-
tuted within tliirty days after the date of such decision.
Par. 8. — The person applying for the review shall file a
bond with sufficient surety, to be approved by the court,
for such sum as shall be fixed by the court, to indemnify
and save harmless the person or persons in whose favor the
decision was rendered from all damages and costs which
they may sustain in case the decision of said board is
affirmed .
178 City of Boston Building Law.
Sect. 129.]
Pae. 9. — In case the decision of the board is affirmed
i^G court, on motion, shall assess damages, and execution
shall issue therefor.
Right To Enter Any Building.
Par. 10. — Any person having any duty to perform
under the provisions of this act may, so far as may be
necessary for the performance of his duties, enter any build-
ing or premises in the city of Boston.
SECTION 130.
Jurisdiction at Law.
Par. 1. — The municipal court of the city of Boston,
concurrently^ with the superior court, shall have jurisdic-
tion throughout the city of prosecutions and proceedings
at law under the provisions of this act, and also of all
provisions of law relative to plumbing and gas-fitting.
SECTION 131.
Procedure.
Par. 1. — Under the entry of any case brought under
the provisions of this act the court shall, at the request
of either party, advance the case, so that it may be heard
and determined -with as little delay as possible.
SECTION 132.
Nuisance.
Any Building Erected or Maintained in Violation of this
Act.
Par. 1. — A building or structure which is erected or
maintained in violation of the provisions of this act shall
be deemed a common nuisance without other proof thereof
than proof of its unlawful construction, and the commis-
sioner may abate and remove it in the same manner in
City of Boston Building Law. 179
Sect. 132, Par. 1.]
which boards of health may remove nuisances under the
provisions of section sixty-seven, sixty-eight and sixty-
nine of chapter seventy-five of the Revised Laws.
Par. 2. — Whoever violates any provision of this act, or
whoever builds, alters, or maintains any structure or any
part thereof in violation of any provision of this act,
shall be punished by a fine not exceeding five himdred
dollars, except as hereinbefore provided.
[1913, c. 586, sect. 2. See R. L., c. 104.]
SECTION 133.
Repeals.
Par. 1. — So much of chapter four hundred and nine-
teen of the acts of the year eighteen hundred and ninety-
two and of all acts in amendment thereof as is unrepealed
is hereby repealed. So much of any other act as is incon-
sistent herewith is hereby repealed.
SECTION 134.
Par. 1. — This act shall take effect upon the first day
of August in the year nineteen hundred and seven.
[Approved June 22, 1907.
INDEX TO BUILDING LAW AND
AMENDMENTS THEEETO.
INDEX.
References in this Index are to Pages, Sections and Paragraphs of
the Law as amended and in force.
Note. — When an asterisk (*) is placed before a figure, see, also,
regulations of 1914 for escalators and elevators for the Common-
wealth of Massachusetts.
When a dagger (t) is placed before a figure, see sect. 4, chap. 806,
Acts of 1913.
Where comma (,) is added it refers to distinct Pages, Sections,
Paragraphs.
Where dash and parentheses (-) are used they refer to inclusive
Pages, Sections, Paragraphs.
A. *
Page. Section. Paragraph.
ACCESS TO ROOFS.
permanent means of, required 16, 117 12, 45 6, 1
ACCIDENTS, ELEVATOR.
to be reported to Building Commissioner 109 *38 15
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
necessary for safety of occupants,
commissioner may order 10 8 4
necessary for strength or stability of any
structure, commissioner may order. .. . 10 8 ■*
ADJOINING PROPERTY.
commissioner may enter to secure unsafe
building 6 5 1
to be supported 15 12 2
AGGREGATES, CONCRETE.
cinders or slag may be used for, when .. . 25 14 11
course, to consist of 25 14 11
fine, to consist of 25 14 11
AIR DUCTS.
of fireproof material 106 38 1
"AIR PIPES"— PLUMBING.
definition of 159 112 4
requirements of 162,(163-164), 117, 118 3, (1-2)
181
182 Index.
• Page. Section. Paragraph.
AIR SPACES,
in walls 87 26 1
AISLES. ASSEMBLY ROOMS.
must conform to law for theatres, when
ordered by Bmlding Commissioner 154 107 1
AISLES, PUBLIC BUILDING.
must conform to requirements for
theatres 154 107 1
no obstructions or temporary seats in . . 153 105 6
persons not to remain in 153 105 6
AISLES, THEATRE.
persons not to remain in 157 111 5
regulations for 145 88 1
ALCOVES IN TENEMENT HOUSES,
light and ventilation; opening into 129 63 2
ALTERATION.
construction, inspection and maintenance
of buildings, chap. 284, 1910 315
ALTERATION OF EXISTING BUILD-
INGS,
general regulations for (98-100) 35 (1-11)
ALTERATIONS.
afifecting stability for fire risk 99 35 9
building to be examined when application
is made 5 3 1
limit of cost of wooden building, in limits, 19 13 '1
permit required for 4, 15 1, 12 6, 1
prohibitions relating to 19 13 1
what constitutes 99 35 9
ALTERATIONS AND REPAIRS.
permits required for 19 13 1
ALTERED,
what buildings may be, for second-class
habitation 98 35 1
ALTERED BUILDINGS.
height not increased 98 35 3
maximum nimiber of stories 98 35 3
ANCHORS.
for floors 17 12 13
for walls 86 24 1
provision for ,86 24 1
"APARTMENT."
in tenement houses defined 114 42 10
Index.
183
Page. Section. Paragraph.
APPEAL, BOARD OF. {See Board op
Appeal.)
appointment; terms; vacancies; quah- ^
fications; decisions; reports, etc.. .(7-8), (8-9) 6, 7 (1-3), (1-3)
APPEAL FROM BOARD OF APPEAL... 177 129 7
APPEALS.
mode of procedure 8 7 1
time limit 8 7 1
APPLL4NCE3 FOR POWER AND HEAT.
hazardous buildings, regulations for. . . (173-174) 125 (1-4)
APPLICATION FOR PERMIT.
form of 4 1 7
sworn to 5 1 9
to bear name and address of ov.-ner 5 1 ,9
ARC LIGHT.
for emergency in existing theatres 156 111 3
ARCHITECT.
to submit calculation sheets 9 S 1
AREA OF WOODEN BUILDINGS,
not to be increased, in alteration, in some
eases 19 13 1
AREAS, RESTRICTION OF.
First-Class Bttildings.
mercantile or storage above first floor,
vertical openings to be enclosed with
fireproof enclosures 69 17 3
to be divided by brick walls to limit area
to 10,000 square feet 69 17 4
10,000 square feet may be exceeded,
when 69 17 4
Sec nd-Class Buildings.
mercantile or storage above first floor to
be divided by brick walls to limit area
to 10,000 square feet 69 17 5
ART GALLERIES.
may be placed above theatres 154 108 1
ASHES.
receptacle, tenement house 140 75
space to be provided 98 35 5
ASHES AND GARBAGE.
tenement house, receptacles for 140 75 1
ASHLAR.
when reckoned in thickness of wall 85 23 10
184 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
ASPHALT SHINGLES 22 13 21
ASSEMBLY, PLACES OF PUBLIC.
capacity; must be fireproof; general re-
quirements (152-153) 105 (1-7)
ASSEMBLY ROOMS.
capacity, dimensions, etc 152 105 3, 4
to conform to lav/ requirements of thea-
tres as to exits, stairways, exit lights,
aisles and seats, when ordered by Build-
ing Commissioner 154 107 1
ASSISTANTS, BUILDING DEPART-
MENT.
appointed by commissioner 3 1 3
AUDITORIUMS, THEATRE.
heating apparatus under 151 104 2
seating regulations for 145 87 1
AUTOMATIC DOORS.
in air shafts 69. 70 17 3, 6
AWNINGS.
projection allowed 21 13 19
AXIAL COMPRESSION.
concentric compression on columns with
longitudinal reinforcement only 49 15 60
concentric compression on columns
when their length does not exceed ten
diameters of the core 49 15 61
B.
BAKERIES AND FAT-BOILING.
prohibited in tenement houses; excep-
tions 122
BAKERIES IN TENEMENT HOUSES.
fireproofed 122
BALCONIES.
tenement house, requirements of (115-116)
"BASEMENT."
definition of 15
BASEMENTS.
tenement house, requirements for,
(132-133), (133-135)
tenement house, leads to outer air, in, to
be constructed of fireproof material, as
Building Commissioner shall direct .. . 119 45
53
1
53
1
43
(3-4)
11
13
68(1-4),(A-H)
Index. ^ 186
Page. Section. Paragraph.
BASEMENTS.
tenement house, rooms in, when exempt
from strict compliance of this act . 135 68 li H
BASE PLATES.
how to be figured 38 14 63
BASES — CAST IRON.
regulations for use of 28 14 33
BASIS OF DESIGN.
calculations to be for working stresses and
safe loads 40 15 18
See Assumptions A, B, C, D, E 40 15 (19-23)
BAY WINDOWS.
projection allowed 21 13 19
who determines projection 21 13 19
BAYS.
to be treated as wall bays, when dis-
continuous 56 15 92
flat slab, supported by beam or wall,
may be reinforced, when and how 56 15 93
bending in exterior concrete columns sup-
porting flat slab floors, formula 56 15 94
for floors, half acts below and half acts
above slab 56 15 95
for roof, whole bending acts below slab ... 56 15 95
BEACON STREET.
height of buildings on, chap. 543, 1902, ... 294
BEAMS.
bending moment, positive when subject
to other than uniform loads 44 15 34
continuous or restrained, span length .... 40 15 24
method for computation for span of 37 14 59
parallel to main reinforcement, shall be
designed for bending moments, how ... 44 15 35
simply supported, span length 40 15 24
steel, tied lengthwise 88 27 1
supporting rectangular slabs, when rein-
forced in both directions, — • proportion
of load how determined 45 15 39
to be considered restrained at ends, when, 44 15 33
wood, in walls of second-class buildings, 97 34 1
BEAMS — EXTREME FIBER STRESS.
shall be reduced, when and how 33 14 45
186
Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
BEAMS — RECTANGULAR.
(a) formulas 60 15 (111-115)
(6) T — formulas (61-63) 15 (116-127)
(c) reinforced for compression — formu-
las (63-64) 15 (128-135)
BEAMS AND CHANNELS.
acting as skewbacks for arches
used in pairs 66 16 5
BEAMS AND GIRDERS.
steel, relating to 66 16 (3-5), 7
to be anchored 66 16 3
to have bearing plates 66 16 3
BEARING.
when compression is applied to a portion
of concrete surface, etc 49 15 59
BEARING PLATES.
how to be figured 38 14 63
BEARING V/ALL, BRICK.
height of, allowable 32 14 41
concrete, plain, height of, allowable 32 14 41
BENDING.
compression on extreme fibre 50 15 62
slab floors, how determined 46 15 45
A — ■ strips, mean 53 15 78
B — • strips, mean 53 15 78
strips — - span, length of 53 15 78
strips — A and B — bending moment,
table 54 15 79
BENDING IN SUPPORTING MEMBERS,
beams or floor slabs when fixed or re-
strained at a support, the restraining
structure (column, wall, etc,) must be
proportioned to resist stresses 46 15 45
BENDING MOMENT — FOOTINGS.
bond stress, in steel, not to exceed 52 15 73
effective area of concrete and steel to
resist 52 15 73
in rectangular isolated columns 52 15 73
supporting a round column or pier 52 15 73
BENDING MOMENT — SLABS.
supported on four sides, distribution of
load 49 15 57
41
15
25
i2)
15
(26-32)
57
15
99
57
15
99
57
15
99
57
15
99
57
15
99
57
15
99
Index. 187
Page. Section. Paragraph.
BENDING MOMENTS,
uniformly distributed load, in beam and
slab, reinforced in one direction only. .
See Assumptions A, B, C. D, E, F, G (41-42)
BENT BARS.
negative reinforcement in A strips
negative reinforcement in B strips
positive reinforcement in A strips
reinforcing for positive bending, not to be
bent up
relative to reinforcement in A strips
relative to reinforcement in B strips
stress in concrete due to bending in each
strip, how determined 57 15 100
exception — negative bending in A
strips when dropped panel is used ... 57 15 100
BLOCKS — BUILDING.
absorption allowable per cent of 25 14 10
concrete, how made, compression
strength 24 14 7
meaning of 24 14 6
terra cotta, crushing strength 25 14 8
terra cotta, working stress of 25 14 9
BLOW-OFF PIPES.
how connected 171 122 4
BOARD OF APPEAL.
annual report
appointed by Mayor, on nominations. . . .
appeals from, to be heard in equity courts,
composition, etc
decision of, to be in v/riting
to specify variations allowed
applicants to have copy of
summary of, in annual report
hearings on appealed cases
may vary provisions of building law ....
members of, how appointed ,
terms of
compensation of
not to act when interested
to be Boston men
report, annual, to mayor
to contain summary of decisions
to be printed separately
10
8
3
7
6
1
177
129
7
7
6
1
8
6
3
8
7
1,2
8
7
2
10
8
3
8
7
8
7
7
6
7
6
7
6
7
6
8
6
2
10
8
3
10
8
3
10
8
3
125
2,3
17
4
6
1
7
1
128
1
10
2
128
1,3
188 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
BOARD OF APPEAL,
to hear appeals on setting engines and
dynamos 174
to approve egress for large areas 69
vacancies in, how filled 7
who may appeal to 8
BOARD OF EXAMINERS OF GAS
FITTERS.
not affected by this act 13 10
BOARD OF HEALTH.
may limit number of occupants in any
building 175
not affected by this act 13
powers of, defined. 175, 176
BOARD OF PARK COMMISSIONERS.
not affected by this act 13 10
BOARD OF STREET COMMIS-
SIONERS.
not affected by this act 13 10
BOARDS, CITY, CERTAIN.
authority of, not curtailed by this act .... 13 10
BOILER.
ceiling over, to be wire lathed and plas-
tered 94
permit required for placing 173
smoke pipe to be 12 inches below ceiling . . 94
BOILER — RANGE,
marking, sale and installation of, chap.
154, 1916, General Acts 347
BOILERS AND FURNACES.
hazardous buildings, hearing on 174
not to be placed on wooden floors 20
or under public ways 21
or under certain parts of theatres. . . . 151, 156
BOND.
stress between concrete and steel bars ... . 51 15 67
stress between concrete and approved
deformed steel bars 51 15 67
stress between concrete and drawn wire . . 51 15 67
BONDING.
of walls at corners 86 24 1
BONDING BRICKWORK,
provisions for 87 25 1
32
25
125
1
32
25
125
3
13
12
13
18
, 111
2,2
Index. 189
Page. Section. Paragraph.
BOOTHS, VOTING.
not affected by this act 12 10 1
BORING OF SOIL.
may be required 74 20 j 19
BORINGS.
required, when, how, number, location, 74 20 19
BOULEVARDS.
building lines on, sect. 16, chap. 28, R. L., 355
BOWDOIN STREET.
height of buildings on, chap. 543, 1902, 294
BRACING, WIND.
provisions for 37 14 56
BRACKETS.
onexterior columns, to be provided, when, 56 15 96
on reinforced concrete buildings to
transmit load from floor to columns.. 47 15 49
such columns to be computed 47 15 50
under steel beams, fireproof ed (90-91) 32 (1-3)
when used, span length 40 15 24
BRICK.
quality and constituents of 23 14 2
absorption test, requirements of 24 14 4
hard, ultimate compressive strength 23 14 3
wet, compressive strength of 23 14 3
BRICK BEARING WALLS.
height of unsupported, not to exceed
twelve times its least dimension 32 14 41
BRICK PIERS.
height of, not to exceed twelve times its
least dimension 32 14 41
BRICK WALLS.
flat slab supported by thickness of wall . . 58 15 104
BRICKWORK.
stresses of . . 30 14 39
BRICKWORK, BONDING.
brick facing in skeleton frame building
when not more than 4 inches in
thickness 87 25 2
brick walls, to be bonded every eighth
course 87 25 1
or a full heading every eighth course.. . . 87 25 1
may be bonded by metal ties 87 25 2
provision for 87 25 1
190 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
BRICKWORK, BONDING.
such ties to be of galvanized wire 87 25 2
when faced with brick face, in every
eighth course, every other brick shall be
afuUheader 87 25 1
BRIDGES, QUAYS, ETC.
not affected by this act 12 10 1
BUILDERS.
licensed, to control building operations,
chap. 9, Ord. 1912 . . 360
BUILDING BLOCKS.
absorption, allowable per cent of 25 14 10
relative to and meaning of (24-25) 14 (6-9)
BUILDING COMMISSIONER.
appointment of 3 1 1
authority and powers of (.3-5), (5-6), 6 1, 4, 5 (1-9), (1-2), 1
may appoint deputy; powers of 3 1 4
may enter any building or premises 178 129 10
may require duplicate plans to be kept at
building 4 1 5
may require plans and specifications .... 4 1 5
may stop work for violation of permits. . . 4 1 8
maj^ order unsafe buildings vacated 6 4 2
may take measures for public safety. ... 6, 15 5, 12 1, 3
not to dispense -with tenement house re-
strictions 141 76 1
qualifications required of 3 1 1
salary of, fixed by City Council 3 1 1
term of office 3 1 1
to approve plumbing of chemical labora-
tories 163 117 5
to approve elevators 107 38 8
to approve stable drainage 163 117 6
to examine all buildings in course of con-
struction 5 2 1
to examine buildings dangerous, damaged
or unsafe 5, 5 3, 4 1, 1
to keep records of violations 5 2 1
to have charge of Building Department . . 3 1 1
to post notice of unsafe elevators 107 38 9
to submit annual report to Mayor 4 1 5
Index. 191
Page. Section. Paragraph,
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. (See
sepai'ate subjects.)
height, excavation, cellars, walls, etc., /
regulations for (70-71), 71 18,19 (1-2), 1
BUILDING DEPARTMENT.
commissioner to be in charge of 3 1 1
how appointed 3 1 1
term of oflBce 3 1 1
qualifications required 3 1 1
salary of, fixed by City Council 3 1 1
may appoint inspectors, employee^ and
assistants 3 1 3
clerk to keep records, open to public. .. . 4 1 5
employees to retain positions until re-
moval or discharge 3 1 2
inspectors, qualifications required of . . . . 3 1 3
commissioner, salary, term, etc 3 1 1
may enter buildings and premises 178 129 10
not to engage in other business 3 1 4
not to furnish material 3 1 4
not to be financially interested 3 1 4
present, to hold office until removal or
discharge 3 1 2
records to be open to public inspection ... 4 1 5
under charge of commissioner 3 1 1
BUILDING EGRESS.
to be satisfactory before occupancy 16 12 7
BUILDING FOUNDATION.
when resting only in part on solid ledge, 74 20 18
BUILDING INSPECTION.
commissioner, or inspector, to examine
all buildings in course of construction, 5 2 1
BUILDING LAW, 1907.
approved June 22 179 134 1
in effect August 1 179 134 1
exceptions and exemptions from pro-
visions of 12,13 10 1,2
equity courts given power to enforce. . (176-177) 129 (1-6)
law courts given jurisdiction in law cases, 178 130 1
not to deprive certain city boards and
ofiicers of power 13 10 2
not to deprive other departments, etc.,
of authoritj- already held . 13 10 2
192 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
BUILDING LAW, 1907.
officials may enter building and premises, 178 129 10
violators of, may be fined $500 179 132 2
BUILDING LAWS.
amendments thereto, chap. 782, 1914. . . .330
BUILDING LIMITS.
City Council may change, extend and de-
fine 11 9 1
dwelling in, may be of third class, when, 11-9 1
dwelling in, may be composite, when 11 9-1
dwelling in, third class, not to exceed two
families H ^ 1
further restrictions relative to 11 9 1
outUne of chap. 4, Ord. 1913
present, to continue until changed. ...... 11 9 1
BUILDING LINE.
chap. 33, R. L 356
in public ways, sect. 103, chap. 48, R. L., 356
chap. 462, 1893 287
BUILDING LINES.
on parkways, boulevards, etc., chap. 28,
sect. 16, R.L 355
BUILDING LINES ESTABLISHED. . . .
BUILDING MATERIALS. (See sepa-
rate subjects.)
combustible, not to be kept in habitable
buildings 175 126 1
commissioner has power to reject 23 14 1
quality of mortar, cement and concrete, . . 23 14 1
BUILDING, OCCUPATION OF.
not unless m.eans of egress are provided,. 16 12 7
BUILDING OPERATIONS.
control of, chap. 9, Ord. 1912 360
BUILDING PERMITS. (See, also, Per-
mits.)
application for 5 1 9
how and by whom granted 4 1 7
if terms of, are violated commissioner
may stop work • 4 1 8
must be on approved printed forms 4 1 7
requirements for ^ 1 "
BUILDING PROHIBITIONS,
list of general (19-23) . 13 (1-22)
Index. 193
Page. Section. Paragraph.
"BUILDING, STORY OF."
definition of 13 11 12
BUILDINGS. (See Hazardous Btjild-
INGS.)
classes of, defined (13-14) 11 (1-4)
heiglit of. defined 14 11 8
height of, special commission appointed
to determine and revise boundaries of
districts A and B, Special Act 1915,
chap. 333 340
inspection during construction 5 2 1
outside finish of 17 12 11
not covered by law 12 10 1
not affected by fire limits 11 9 1
for manufacturing purposes outside lim-
its, maximum height 70 17 8
on same lot with tenement house 129 62 1
in public parks, chap. 129, 1889 286
height of, in Boston, chap. 333, 1904, and
chap. 383, 1905 300, 307
height of, on Copley square, chap. 452,
1898 291
height of, on Rutherford avenue, chap.
416, 1907 313
construction, alteration, inspection and
maintenance of, chap. 284, 1910 315
burned, dilapidated, dangerous, nui-
sances, chap. 101, R. L 357
occupation or use of, not to be changed
without permit from commissioner. . . . 102 36 3
prohibitions relating to alterations of
wooden buildings 19 13 2
use or occupation of 102 36 5
wooden, within building limits, may be
altered or enlarged when and how 12 9 2
wooden, within building limits, com-
missioner may grant permit to in-
crease height or ground area when
at intersection of two streets 19 13 1
moving, wooden buildings 19 13 2
repairs, wooden buildings 19 13 1
requirements for all (15-18) 12 (1-15)
commissioner may enforce 15 12 3
194 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
BUILDINGS.
restriction of area 69 17 4, 5
record of violations to be kept 5 2 1
erected since August 1, 1907, shall be
considered as erected in conformity to
law, when and how, Special Act 1915,
chap. 254 338
appliance for heat and power in (173-174) 125 (1-4)
hearings on 173 125 1
must have permits 173 125 1
BUILDINGS, ALTERATION OF EX-
ISTING,
general regulations for (98-100) 35 (1-11)
BUILDINGS, CERTAIN, OUTSIDE
LIMITS,
commissioner to prescribe conditions for, 70 17 8
BUILDINGS, CLASSIFICATION OF.
first and second classes 67 17 1
BUILDINGS, COMPOSITE.
definition of 14 11 4
BUILDINGS, DANGEROUS OR DAM-
AGED.
commissioner to examine and make
record 5, 5 3, 4 1,1
BUILDINGS, EXPOSURES.
regulations for, when remodelled, etc., (98-99), 100 35 (-5-8), 11
BUILDINGS, FEDERAL.
not affected by this act 12 10 1
BUILDINGS, FIRST-CLASS.
definition of 13 11 1
BUILDINGS, OCCUPANTS OF.
board of health may limit number of 175 128 1
BUILDINGS, PUBLIC. (See Public
Buildings.)
must conform to regulations for theatres, 154 107 1
BUILDINGS, REINFORCED CON-
CRETE.
may be of supported structural steel or
of cast-iron columns 47 15 49
said supports to be fireproofed 47 15 49
BUILDINGS, SECOND-CLASS.
definition of 14 11 2
40
1,2
13
2
40
1,2
127
1
127
1
Index. 195
Page. Section. Paragraph.
BUILDINGS, STATE.
not affected by this act 12 10 1
BUILDINGS, THIRD-CLASS.
definition of U 11 3
BUILDINGS UNLAWFULLY CON-
STRUCTED.
deemed nmsances 178 132 1
abatement and removal of 178 132 1
BUILDINGS, WOODEN.
general regulations for construction
of .' (110-111), (111-112) 39,40(1-4), (1-3)
height of Ill, 112
not to be moved within building limits ... 19
proximity to other buildings Ill, 112
BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES.
owner responsible for maintenance of . . . 175
responsibility of lessees 175
BULKHEADS AND SCUTTLES.
tenement house, requirements for 116 44 1,2
BURNED BUILDINGS.
chap. 101, R. L 357
C.
CAISSON.
may be used to carry foundation down
to ledge 76 20 27
CALCULATION OF STRAINS.
to be submitted 9 8 1
CALCULATION SHEETS.
must be signed by architect, engineer,
contractor or responsible person 9 8 1
CAPITALS.
enlarged columns may bte provided with, 52
horizontal width of 52
width in any direction 52
CAST IRON.
strength 28
to conform to standard specifications 28
CAST IRON BARS.
regulations for use of 28 14 33
CAST IRON COLUMNS.
use of, when permitted 28 14 31
to be faced at ends, etc 28 14 31
15
75
15
75
15
75
14
30
14
30
196 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
CAST IRON COLUMNS.
when hollow, regtilations for use of 28 14 32
in garages, etc., prohibited 35 14 49
vise of, prohibited when 28, 35 14 31, 49
to be faced at ends, etc .-. . . . 28 14 31
when hollow, regulations for use of 28 14 32
CAST IRON COMPRESSION.
members, value of 34 14 48
centrally loaded, safe load 34 14 48
CAST IRON LINTELS.
regulations for use of 28 14 33
to be not less than J inch in thickness . . 29 14 34
not to be used for spans over six feet 29 14 34
CEILING,
flush, fireproofing same as for slabs .... 48 15 55
suspended, fireproofing same as for slabs, 48 15 55
metal lath and plaster, suspended, fire-
proofing same as for slabs 48 15 55
CEILINGS.
in tenement house cellars, metal lathed
and plastered 120 49 1
ceilings, tenement house, construction of, 120 49 1
over furnaces, boilers, etc., to be pro-
tected 94 32 25
CEILINGS, CELLAR.
tenement house, construction of 120 49 1
"CELLAR."
definition of 15 11 14
CELLARS.
rat proofing 82 22 1
to be protected from water and dampness, 82 22 1
how protected 82 22 1
cellar floors not to be constructed below
Gradel2 82 22 1
exceptions, when made waterproof 82 22 1
metal foundations to be protected from
dampness 82 22 1
structural metal work underground,
to be protected from dampness 82 22 1
protection from dampness, method of . . . . 82 22 1
lowest, without waterproofing 82 22 1
CEMENT, LIME MORTAR,
required mixture, etc 26 14 19
14
45
16
4
22
1
Index. W7
Page. Section. Paragraph.
CHANNELS,
extreme fiber stress, may be reduced,
when and how 33
acting as skewbacks for arches 66
reqmrements for 82
CHASE.
reqiiired thickness outside 19 13
CHEMICAL LAFORATORIES.
plumbing of, to be approved by com-
missioner 163 117
CHEMICAL WORKS.
require permit 173 125
CHIMNEY FLUES.
height of 16
lining required 17
CHIMNEYS.
floor timber not to be within 2 inches of, 20
restrictions relating to 20, 20, 20
thickness of walls 16
how much to be corbelled 20
hung from 12-inch wall 20
CHURCHES.
use of cinematograph in, regulation for,
chap. 437, 1905 313
moving picture exhibition in. Mayor to
grant permit for, chap. 280, 1913 318
CINDER CONCRETE.
composed of 26 14 15
CINDERS,
may be used for concrete aggregate,
when 25 14 11
composition of 26 14 15
CINEMATOGRAPH,
regulation for use of:
chap. 437, 1905 313
chap. 791, 1914 331
chap. 169, Gen. Acts, 1915 ^. . . . 336
CIRCULAR HOLLOW STEEL COLUMNS.
filled with concrete, load allowance 47 15 53
CIRCULAR WROUGHT-IRON
COLUMNS,
filled with concrete, load allowance 47 15 53
12
5
12
. 9
13
10
13
7, 8, 10
12
8
13
- 7
13
8
198
Index.
Page.
CITY COUNCIL.
to fix salary of Building Commissioner 3
CITY OFFICERS, CERTAIN.
authority of, not curtailed by this act .... 13
CLASSES OF BUILDINGS.
definition of 15
CLASSIFICATION.
of buildings (67-70)
CLAY,
soft, maximum allowable bearing value
in foundations 73
mediimi stiff, maximvma allowable bear-
ing value in foundations 73
hard, definition of 74
soft definition of -. 74
medium, definition of 74
CLEAN-OUTS, FERRULES, ETC.
required diameter and weight of (165-166)
CLERK, BUILDING DEPARTMENT.
duties of, defined 4
CLOSETS.
under staircases, restrictions 21
COLUMNS.
cast iron, restrictions 28
cast iron, parts bolted 88
cast iron, strength 28
exterior, isolated, fireproofing , 90
reinforced concrete, rules for 46, 47
to be fireproof ed and how (90-91)
reduction of floor loads (103-104)
wheel guards on 93
steel, parts riveted 88
steel, strength, formulas (33-34)
wood, strength (36-37)
to be of masonry or metal, when 18
loaded eccentrically 35
main reinforcement to be protected 39,40
maximum effective area of 46
longitudinal reinforcement of 46
exterior, reinforcement how proportioned, 47
strength of, how computed, when case of,
shifted 35
hollow, steel circular, filled with concrete,
load allowance 47
Section. Paragraph.
1 1
10 2
11 15
17 (1-8)
20 4
20
4
20
13
20
16
20
15
121
(2-5)
1
5
13
17
14
31,32
27
4
14
30
32
7
15
47,48
32
(1-6)
36
(7-13)
32
18
27
1
14
(44-47)
14
(52-54)
12
15
14
49
15
14,15
15
47
15
47
15
48
14
50
15
53
Index. 199
Page. Section. Paragraph.
COI.UMNS.
wrought iron, circular filled with concrete,
load allowance 47 15 53
with longitudinal reinforcement onlj',
steel area of 47 15 53
longitudinal reinforcement bars, secured
against displacement, how 47 15 53
with longitudinal reinforcement, when
allowed stresses given in this act 48 15 54
hoop or spirals to be united so as to pro-
duce full strength 48 15 54
footings symmetrical, concentric, to be
designed, how. 51 15 70
exterior bracket to be provided, when. ... 56 15 96
carrying masonry, thickness of fire pro-
tection 91 32 6
carrying floors, thickness of fire pro-
tection 91
carr5dng roof, thickness of fire protection, 91
COLUMNS, CAST IRON.
use of, v/hen not permitted 28
to be faced at ends, etc 28
when hollow, regulations for use of 28
use of, prohibited in garages 35
COLUMNS, CONCRETE.
to be reinforced, when 46
unsupported height of 46
COLUMNS, STEEL.
ends to be machine faced 66
or full riveted connections provided. ... 66
COLUMNS AND WALLS.
how poiu-ed, v/hen to be poured 39 15 (8-10)
COMBINATION FLOORS.
concrete floors, with permanent blocks,
to conform to this act 48 15 55
not to be figured as taking stress 48 15 55
slab, cast monolithic, considered T sec-
tion, when 48 15 55
flush ceiling, fireproofing, same as for
slabs 48 15 55
suspended metal lath and plaster ceiling,
fireproofing, same as for slabs 48 15 55
32
6
32
6
14
31
14
31
14
32
14
49
15
47
15
47
16
6
16
6
200 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS.
not to be kept in habitable buildings 175 126
storage of 175 126
COMBUSTIBLE ROOFING.
not permitted 22 13
COMMISSIONER.
experience required, appointment, etc 3 1
salary, how fixed 3 1
appoints inspectors, employees, etc 3 1
power to reject materials 23 14
in charge of department 3 1
may abate as a nuisance a building in
violation of law 178 132
may placard buildings:
(o) not provided with sufficient egress, 5 4
(6) where violations of building law
exist 5 4
(c) unsafe or dangerous buildings 5 4
may allow " eqxxivalent" methods 9 8 2
may appoint elevator inspectors, one for
each 1,000 elevators 110 38 19
may sec\ire unsafe buildings 6 5
may support at dangerous excavations . . 71 19
may order unsafe building vacated 6 4 2
may require additional safeguards on
elevators 110 38 18
may require alterations to conform to
rules for new buildings 99
may require borings for foundations 74
may require fire damage repairs to con-
form to rules for new buildings 99
may require inspector of piling 78
may require more exits in theatres 148
may require oath to application 6
may require plans and specifications 4
may require tests 10
may require tests of cast-iron columns .... 23
may require tests of materials 23
may require inspector on concrete work.. . 27
to determine necessary egress 16
to determine necessity for temporary
floors 113
to determine quality of materials 23
35
9
20
19
35
9
21
9
99
1
1
9
1
5
8
5
14
. 1
14
1
14
27
12
7
41
1
14
1
8
2
36
3
99
4
1
6
8
3
4
1
13
1
125
1
125
1
114
1
7
2
2
1
4
1
76
1
Index. 201
Page. Section. Paragraph.
COMMISSIONER,
to determine requirements not covered
by this act 9
to fix floor loads not specified 102
to fix number gas outlets in theatres. . . . 149
to grant permits 4
to print Board of Appeal report 10
to inspect unsafe and dangerous buildings, 5
to issue permits for alteration and repair
of wooden buildings 19
to issue permits for hazardous buildings, 173
to issue permits for engines, boilers, etc., 173
to issue permits for plumbing 160
to issue permits in accordance with
decisions of Board of Appeal 8
to make record of violation 5
to notify owners or agents of unsafe and
dangerous buildings 5
not to waive tenement requirements 141
or inspector to examine all buildings being
constructed or altered, dangerous or
damaged, or when permit has been
requested 5
powers in case of violation 4
to pass on exits in altered habitations .... 98
to pass on exposure in altered habitations, 98
to pass on securing oi seats in halls,
etc 153
to post notice of dangerous elevators. . . . 107
to prepare sketch of typical plumbing. . . . 164
4 to prescribe conditions for maintaining
boilers and furnaces 173 125 1
to prescribe conditions for certain build-
ings outside fire limits 70 17 8
to prescribe conditions for temporary
structures 11 9 1
to prescribe conditions for curtain walls
in steel frame buildings 88 27 2, 3
to prescribe fireproofing of steel in altet-
ations 93 32 17
to prescribe maximum floor loads, existing
buildings 102 36 4
to submit annual report 4 1 5
2,3
1,1
1
8
35
4
35
5
105
6
*38
9
118
3
12
3
12
1
12
7
*38
8
17
4
117
5
117
6
31
1
52
1
21
17
20
19
202 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
COMMISSIONER.
to take measures for public safety 15
to approve drawings for all work 15
to approve drawings for egress 16
to approve elevators before used 107
to approve egress for extra large areas .... 69
to approve plumbing, chemical labora-
tories 163
to approve plumbing, stables 163
to approve small openings in walls, etc ... 90
to approve supports for vent shaft sky-
light 121
to fix grade for cutting piles 79
to decide if piling is necessary. 74
to determine cause and remedy for
elevator accidents 109 * 38 15
to record examinations to raise, enlarge,
alter or repair '. 5 3 1
COMMISSIONER, BUILDING. (See
Building Commissioner.)
appointment, qualifications, term, salary,
etc 3 1 1
COMMISSIONER, FIRE.
not affected by this act 13 10 2
COMMISSIONER OF WIRES.
not affected by this act 13
provisions of sect. 7 apply to 9
governed by decisions of Board of Appeal, 9
COMPOSITE BUILDINGS.
fire protection and exterior finish of 14
definition of 14
COMPRESSION. •
on extreme fiber, bending 50 15 62
COMPRESSION, AXIAL.
concentric compression on columns,
with longitudinal reinforcement only .. . 49 15 60
when their length does not exceed ten
diameters of curve 49 15 61
COMPRESSION FLANGE.
riveted plate girders 33 14 45
COMPRESSION, MEMBERS.
cast iron, centrally loaded, safe load 35
timber, regulation for 36
timber, centrally loaded safe load 37
10
2
7
3
7
3
11
4
11
4
14
51
14
53
14
54
Index.
203
Page.
COMPRESSION STRENGTH.
workina stresses, basis for design 48
COMPUTATIONS.
for span of beams, girders, trusses 37
of materials, method of (37-38)
steel construction, method of 65
CONCRETE.
reinforced concrete piling (80-82)
capping for wood piles 76, 77
composition and strength 26
inspector to make daily reports 27
reinforced, composition 23
specifications to be submitted 9
meaning of 26
reinforced, meaning of 38
use of, immediately after mixing 27
forms, to remain until safe to remove. ... 27
inspection of, by inspectors approved by
commissioner 27
work to stop at point of low shear 39
rules for pouring 39
stresses of 31
working stresses, one year old, com-
pressive strength of 48
CONCRETE AGGREGATE.
composition of 25
cinders or slag may be us^d for, when 25
CONCRETE BEARING PIERS PLAIN,
unsupported laterally not to exceed in
height, six times its least dimension ... 32
CONCRETE BEARING WALL, PLAIN,
unless properly braced not to exceed in
height six times its least dimension 32
CONCRETE BLOCKS.
how made, compressive strength 24
CONCRETE BUILDINGS.
reinforced, may bo of supported struc-
tm*al steel or of cast-iron columns 47
said support to be fireproof ed 47
CONCRETE CINDER SLABS.
thickness of, span of 45
CONCRETE COLUMNS.
to be reinforced, when 47
Section. Paragraph.
15
56
14
59
14
(58-63)
16
1
21
(19-27)
21
2,3
14
21
14
27
14
1
8
1
14
21
15
1
14
26
14
26
14
27
15
11
15
(8-10)
14
40
15
14
14
14
56
11
11
41
14
41
14
7
15
49
15
49
15
43
15
47
204
Index.
CONCRETE COLUMNS.
maximum effective area of 46
longitudinal reinforcement of 46
unsupported height of 46
CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION.
live and dead load 10
CONCRETE FLOORS.
with hollow blocks, to conform to this act, 48
not to be figured in taking stress 48
CONCRETE FOOTINGS.
not to be less than 12 inches in thickness, 75
may be stepped or battered, how 75
CONCRETE PIERS.
to be reinforced, when 46
CONCRETE PILES.
pre-cast, shall be properly designed and
reinforced 80
longitudinal reinforcing, amount em-
ployed 80
to be thoroughly cured before driving. ... 80
diameter or lateral dimension of 80
length of 80
allowable load on, when driven to ledge
or hard pan 80
pre-cast, to be protected against damage
in driving 81
metal shoe to be provided, when driven
to ledge 81
cast in place, how made, placed and
spaced 81
average diameter of such pile 81
length of such pile 81
allowable load on such pile, when driven,
to ledge or ha,rd pan 81
general provisions, metal tubes, shall not
be considered as reinforcement 81
when considered as reinforcement 81
safe load, when not driven to ledge, shall
be determined by commissioner 81
tests, at expense of owner, may be re-
quired by commissioner 81
load test to be made in accordance with
regulations of commissioner 82
Page. Section. Paragraph.
15
47
15
47
15 _
47
15
55
15
55
20
24
20
24
15
21
21
47
19,20
21
19,20
21
19,20
21
19, 20
21
19,20
21
19,20
21
21
21
21
21
22
21
22
21
22
22
21
23
21
23
21
24
21
24
21
25
Index. 205
Page. Section. Paragraph.
CONCRETE PILES.
load in excess of one half test load not
allowed 81 21 24
tests to be made under supervision of
commissioner 82 21 25
test results to be filed with commissioner, 82 21 25
load on concrete pile not to exceed thirty-
tons.. 81 21 24
load, increments of, not to exceed 10,000
pounds each 82 21 25
successive increments, time between 82 21 25
test loads, to be applied at capping grade, 82 21 25
concrete piles, capping of, with masonry
only allowable 82 21 27
CONCRETE, REINFORCED.
formulas 58, 63 15 105, 143
CONSTRUCTION.
alteration, inspection and maintenance of
buildings, chap. 284, 1910 315
general. 70, 71 18 1,2
permit for 4 1 6
to be supported 15 12 2
CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING. (See
separate subjects.)
certain first and second class buildings . . 67, 68 17 1,2
equivalents may be allowed by commis-
sioner 9 8 2
CONSTRUCTION. FIREPROOF PAR-
TITIONS,
to be independently supported at each
floor 97 33 10
to be securely fastened to ceilings 97 33 10
to be stiffened with steel uprights, etc. ... 97 33 10
not to rest on wood flooring 97 33 10
need not extend above ceiling of top
story, when 97 33 10
CONTINUOUS BEAMS.
subject to other than uniform loads,
positive bending moment of 44 15 34
CONTRACTOR.
to submit calculation sheet 9 8 1
to sign calculation sheets 9 8 1
206 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
CONTROL.
building operations, by licensed buUders,
chap. 9, Ord. 1912 360
of exits, etc., lights in theatres (148-149) 99, 111 (1-6), (1-5)
of ventilators in theatres 144, 157 86, 111 (1-2), 7
COPLEY SQUARE.
height of buildings on, chap. 452, 1898 ... 291
CORBELLING.
of walls for joists (8-inch walls) 97 34 1
CORBELS, CHIMNEY.
restrictions relating to 20 13 7
"CORNER LOT."
definition of 113 42 4
CORNICE.
of second-class buildings, material and
construction 89 29 1
CORNICE STONE.
to balance 89 29 1
projection allowed 21 13 19
CORRECTION, HOUSE OF.
not affected by this act 1\2 10 1
COTTON, PAPER STOCK, ETC.
not to be kept in habitable buildings 175 126 1
COURT, MUNICIPAL.
given jurisdiction in law proceedings 178 130 1
COURTHOUSE, SUFFOLK COUNTY.
not affected by this act 12 10 1
COURTS, AREA.
theatres must have open 141, 142 79, 80 1, 1
COURTS, EQUITY.
given jurisdiction to enforce provisions
of this act (176-177), 178 (129-131) (1-6), 1
"COURTS," TENEMENT HOUSE.
drained 140 74 1
definition of 114 42 6
general regulations for 126 57 1
inner, provision for. . . 127 59 1
not to have roof or skylight 126 67 1
outer, provisions for (126-127) 58 (1-3)
vent, regulations for 128 60 1
CUBICLES.
public lodging houses, prohibited. {See
chap. 242, of 1904, as amended) 297
Index.
207
Page. Section. Paragraph.
CURTAIN WALLS.
in steel frame bviildings, thickness 88
single family dwelling, thickness of 86
in all other buildings, thickness of 86
not to exceed in height thirty times its
thickness, when more than 20 feet
in length 86
may be less thickness, when 86
CURTAINS.
theatres must have fireproof 143
CUTTING.
for any purpose, not to reduce strength
of part of structure below standard
reqmred by law 37
CUTTING FOR PIPING.
restrictions concerning 37
27
2
23
12
23
12
23
12
23
12
84
14
14
57
57
D.
DAMAGED BUILDINGS.
commissioner to examine, and make
record. 5
may be restored to original condition or
conform to rules for new buildings .... 99
DAMPPROOFING.
cellar bottom 82
DANGEROUS BUILDING.
to be placarded „ 5
DANGEROUS BUILDINGS.
commissioner to examine, and make
record 5
chap. 101, R. L 357
DANGEROUS BUSINESS.
in tenements 122
DANGEROUS OR UNSAFE BUILDINGS,
to be inspected and owner notified, notice
posted; owner to secure or remove.. . . (5-6)
power of commissioner 6
DECISIONS, BOARD OF APPEAL.
applicants to have copy 8
must be in writing 8
specify variations, etc 8
DEFECTS.
timber to be free from 29
35
22
4
54
4,5
5
7
6
7
14
1,1
9
1
1
1. 1
1
2
3
2
35
208
Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
DEFINITIONS.
certain words relating to tenement
houses (113-114)
composite building
masonry
piers
(a) solid ledge
(b) shale
(c) hardpan
(cJ) gravel
(e) sand, compact . .'
(/) sand, loose
(g) sand, medium grained
(h) sand, fine grained
(i) hard clay
0') disintegrated ledge rock
(k) m.edium clay
il) soft clay
DEMOLITION.
permit for
DENSE.
definition of — classes of timber
DEPARTMENT, BUILDING.
organization of
DEPTH.
roof slabs
DEPUTY BUILDING COMMISSIONER.
appointment of
powers of
DESCRIPTION.
to be filed with drawings, showing entire
construction, ass\imptions, calcula-
tion of stresses, etc
DESIGN.
basis of, calculations, to be for working
stresses and safe loads. (See Assump-
tions A, B, C, D, E)
DETAILS, STRUCTURAL.
to be submitted
DIAGONAL AND SHEAR TENSION,
for beams, with horizontal bars only,
with and without web reinforcement. . .
4)
42
(1-11)
14
11
4
14
11
5
29
14
37
73
20
5
73
20
6
73
20
7
73
20
8
73
20
9
73
20
10
74
20
11
74
20
12
74
20
13
74
20
14
74
20
15
74
20
16
4
1
6
29
14
36
3
1
(1-4;
45
15
41
3
1
4
3
1
4
40
52
lo (18-23)
8 1
15 72
Index.
209
Page.
DIAGONAL TENSION IN FOOTINGS.
shearing stresses, how measured 52
DILAPIDATED BUILDINGS.
chap. 101, R. L 357
DISINTEGRATED LEDGE ROCK.
definition of 74
DISTANCE FROM LOT LINE.
tenement house 123
(See, also, yards, inner and outer court) . . . 114
wooden buildings (111-112)
DIVISION OF FLOOR AREAS.
by walls 69
DOORS.
stage, in theatres, provision for 146
in operative buildings, not to be locked,
chap. 566, 1914 329
DOORS IN PARTY WALLS.
size, etc 90
"DRAIN."
for cellar floor to have trap, etc 173
plimibing, definition of 159
DRAIN PIPES,
lay out, support, details 170
DRAINS, SURFACE,
must have seal trap and back-water
valve 173
DRAINAGE OF COURTS AND YARDS,
tenement house, to satisfaction of board
of health 140
DRAINAGE FITTINGS.
certain, must be galvanized, etc 169
DRAINAGE, STABLE.
commissioner to approve fixtures for. . . . 163
DRAWINGS.
to be filed before permit is granted 9
DROPPED PANEL.
compression in bending allowable 53
definition of 53
depth cf, below bottom of slab 53
unit shear allowable 53
width of, in any direction 53
DRY HOUSES.
regvilation for, chap. 729, 1913 173
Section. Paragraph.
15 72
20
31
124
112
122
124
71
121
117
14
55
4
42
5,6
40
(1-3)
17
4.5
91
1
1
6
1,2
1
16
15,
76
15
76
15
76
15
76
15
76
210 Indjjx.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
DRYING.
concrete mixture, prematiirely, from high
temperature, must be avoided 39 15 12
DUMB WAITER SHAFTS,
in tenement houses to be fireproof ed ... . 121 52 1
to be of fireproof material 106 * 38 1
DWELLING,
private, entertainment in, sect. 173, chap.
102, R. L., as amended by chap. 254 of
1909 35S
DWELLINGS,
in building limits, may be of third class,
when 11 9 1
in building limits, may be of composite,
when 11 9 1
in building limits, to be of not more than
two families 11 9 . 1
in building limits, restriction of 11 9 1
DYNAMO.
application to be published 173 125 1
permit required 173 125 . 1
E.
EGRESS.
means of, in case of fire 16 12 7
from tenement houses, provision for. . (115-116) 43 (1-5)
stores and storage buildings. , 70 17 7
outside, window openings to be pro-
tected when and how 18 12 15
buildings, not provided with suflBcient,
may be placarded 5 4 1
commissioner to approve before occu-
pancy 16 12 7
for large areas to be approved 69 17 4
outside, projection of 21 13 19
for second-class factories and workshops, 16 12 7
two means, mercantile buildings 70 17 7
two means, for aKiered buildings over 33
feet high. 98 35 4
ELEVATOR CABLES.
how attached 109 * 38 16
operators, minimum age 108 * 38 12
safet3- attachment required 106 * 38 3
Index. 211
Page. Section. Paragraph.
ELEVATOR CABLES.
shaft openings, how protected and to be
kept closed 106
shaft, grille under machinery 1Q6
shaft, space between car and walls 107
shaft windows to have bars 107
shaft, fireproof construction 106
shaft, height above roof 106
shaft in tenement houses to be fireproofed, 121
ELEVATOR SHAFTS.
tenement house, regulations for 121
no recess in outer wall 107
not more than 4 inches between car and
walls 107
to be of fireproof material 106
to have skjdights 106
ELEVATORS.
accidents to be reported '. . . . 109
inspectors may be appointed 110
manufacturers required to test 109
permits for, how obtained 108
to be approved by commissioner before
being used * 107
unsafe, commissioner to post notice * 107
who may operate them 108
for coal or grain, not restricted by build-
ing limits 11
freight, construction of shaft and doors . . 107
freight gates in outside doors 107
freight not above first story without fire-
proof enclosure 106
freight, to have danger signals 107
governor and slack cable device required, 109
in areas and hallways to have grille 106
in case of accident, commissioner to be .
notified 109 * 38 15
not to be used until approved by com-
missioner 107
permit required and plans to be approved, 108
located to give easy access to machinery, 108
to be tested by manufacturer in presence
of inspector 109
unsafe, penalty for use 107
*38
2
*38
3
*38
10
*38
5
*38
1
*38
1
52
1
52
1
*38
10
*38
10
*38
1
-38
1
*38
15
*38
19
*38
17
*38
13
*38
8
*38
9
*38
12
9
1
*38
5
*38
10
*38 .
1
*38
6
*38
14
*38
1
*38
8
*38
13
*38
13
*38
17
38
9
212 Index.
Page, Section. Paragraph.
ELEVATORS AND HOISTS.
exceptions 106 * 38 1
fireproof enclosures for 106 * 38 1
general regulations for (106-110) * 38 (1-19)
EMPLOYEES, BUILDING DEPART-
MENT.
to be appointed by commissioner 3 1 3
to retain positions until removal or dis-
cbarge 3 1 2
ENCLOSURES.
fireproof for elevators and boists 106 * 38 1
ENFORCEMENT OF BUILDING LAW.
equity and law courts given jiirisdic-
tion (176-177), 178 129, 130 (1-6), 1
ENGINE.
application to be published 173 125 1
permit required for placing 173 125 1
ENGINEER.
to submit calculation sheets 9 8 1
ENGINES.
not to be placed under certain parts of
theatres 151,156 104,111 2,2
ENLARGED.
what buildings may be 98 35 1
ENLARGED BUILDINGS.
application for 7 1 6
to be examined 5 3 1
ENTERTAINMENT.
in private dwelling, sect. 173, chap. 102,
R. L., as amended by chap. 254, of
1909. 358
ENTRANCE HALLS.
tenement house, construction of. 120 48 1
EQUITY COURTS.
given jurisdiction under this act (176-177) 129 (1-6)
ESCALATOR SHAFTS. (See Elevator
Regulations.)
EXAMINATION OF BUILDINGS.
dangerous or damaged 5 3 1
under application to alter, etc 5 3 I
under construction, when made 5 2 1
EXAMINERS OF GAS FITTERS.
not affected by this act , 13 10 2
19
1
19
1
19
1
19
1
Index. 213
Page. Section. Paragraph.
EXCAVATIONS.
general regulations for 71
how and by whom protected 71
responsibility for cost of supporting 71
retaining walls for 71
EXCELSIOR, COTTON, ETC.
not to be kept in habitable buildings 175 126 1
EXEMPTION.
special, from restriction of height of
buildings, chap. 786, 1914 331
EXEMPTIONS.
from provisions of this act 12 10 1
EXHAUST PIPES.
steam, how connected 171 122 5
EXHAUSTS, STEAM.
regulations pertaining to (171-172) 122 (3-6)
EXHIBITION.
moving pictures, special. Mayor to grant
permit, chap. 280, 1913 318
EXISTING TENEMENT HOUSES.
defined 113 42. 2
requirements for lighting and ventila-
tion 137,138 70,71 1,1,2
EXISTING THEATRES.
general regulations for (155-158) 111 (1-8)
EXIT LIGHTS.
assembly rooms, to conform to law of
theatres when ordered by Building
Commissioner , 154 107 1
EXITS.
in altered habitations, two required 98 35 4
EXITS, ETC., LIGHTS.
in theatres, control and supply of 148, 156 99, 111 2, 3
EXITS, PUBLIC BUILDINGS.
must conform to regulations for theatres, 154 107 1
EXITS, ROOF GARDENS.
requirements for 155 109 1
EXITS, SIGNS.
~ in existing theatres 156 111 3
EXITS, THEATRE.
general regulations for 146, (148-149) 91, 99 1, (1-3)
EXPLOSIVES AND COMBUSTIBLES.
buildings for manufacturing, require per-
mit (173-174) 125 (1-3)
214 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
EXPOSURE.
for altered habitations, amount 98 35 5
for altered habitations, if on corner, may-
be omitted 99 35 8
in altered habitations, not to apply in
mercantile stores 98 35 5
in altered habitations, not to be dimin-
ished 99 35 7
required for existing buildings altered . . (98-100) 35 (5-1 1)
to apply to new buildings (except tene-
ments) 100 35 11
EXTERIOR COLUMNS.
reinforcement, how proportioned 47 15 48
F.
FAMILY.
definition, for tenement houses 113 42 1
FAT-BOILING.
place must be fireproofed 122 53 1
prohibited in tenement houses 122 53 1
exceptions 122 53 1
FEATHERS, RAGS, ETC.
not to be kept in habitable buildings 175 126 1
FEDERAL BUILDINGS.
not affected by this act 12 10 1
FEED, HAY, STRAW, ETC.
not to be kept in habitable buildings 175 126 1
FEES.
for permits and licenses, authorized, chap.
571, 1910 316
FENCE.
erected to annoy, etc., prohibited, chap.
33, R. L 356
FERRULES, CLEAN-OUTS, ETC.
required diameter and weights of 165 121 2
FIBER STRESS, EXTREJNTE.
steel plate girder, beam or channel may
be reduced, when and how 33 14 45
FIRE.
means of egress in case of 16 12 7
FIRE COMMISSIONER.
not affected by this act 13 10 2
FIRE DAMAGE.
how restored 99 35 9
Index.
21i
Page
FIRE DOORS.
in party walls, size, etc 90
shafts, stores, warehouses 69, 70, 70
FIRE-ESCAPES.
in mercantile buildings 70
interior and exterior in tenement
houses (115-116)
minimum load 103
obstruction of, to be removed by Fire
Hazard Commissioner. {See sect.
13 D, chap. 795, 1914)
stores and storage buildings 70
in what they shall consist (115-116)
theatres, outside to be lighted 148, 156
FIRE PREVENTION LAW.
chap. 795, of 1914 333
FIRE PROTECTION.
general requirements for (90-93)
of main reinforcement in floor slabs, 39
in beams, girders, columns and walls. ... 39
all structural metal to be fire protected, 90
to consist of:
(a) concrete 90
(b) terra cotta 91
(c) brickwork 91
(d) other materials 91
thickness of:
on columns carrying masonry 91
on columns carrying floor 91
on colvmins carrying roof 91
on beams carrying masonry 91
on girders carrying masonry 91
on trusses carrying masonry 91
on beams carrying roof or floors 91
on girders carrying roof or floors 91
on trusses carryingrcof or floors 91
on beams deeper than 15 inches 91
on beams having a flange width of
more than 7 inches 91
on lugs, brackets, braces, etc 91
about isolated columns, exterior 92
plaster on metal lath not a fire protection, 92
metal lath and plaster, when used as
suspended ceilings 9 2
Section. Paragraph.
31
17
17
43
36
17
43
99,111
1
3, 6, 7
(1-4)
9
7
(1-5)
2,3
32
(1-18)
15
14
15
14
32
1
32
2
32
3
32
4
32
5
32
6
32
6
32
6
32
6
32
6
32
6
32
6
32
6
32
6
32
6
32
6
32
6
32
7
32
8
32
216 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
FIRE PROTECTION.
metal lath and plaster, total thickness. ... 92 32 9
pipes, wires, cables, or other material,
not to be embedded in fireproofing of
structural members 92 32 10
exemptions:
(a) where wood is permitted for same
purpose in lieu of metal 92 32 11
(jb) structur?l metal which faces on
enclosed spaces, etc 92 32 12
(c) lintel angles under stone or brick. . 93 32 13
(d) buildings built of better class than
required by law 93 32 14
(e) metal work in non-bearing parti-
tions 93 32 15
metal work for furrings 93 32 15
metal work to support finish 93 32 15
metal work for stair construction. . 93 32 15
suspension rods for balconies 93 32 15
steel work for theatre stages 93 32 15
steel work for fly galleries 93 32 15
steel wo: k for rigging lofts 93 32 15
(/) metal, ether than columns, carry-
ing only roof loads, ceilings or
suspended balconies not over
8 feet wide 93 32 16
suspended ceiling, construction of 93 32 16
in alterations, to be made satisfactory
to commissioner 931'' 32 17
metal guards or v/ood may be substi-
tuted for, when liable to injury 93 32 18
FIRE STOPPING.
between stair stringers 94 32 21
in alteration work in first story and base-
ment, mercantile 9S 35 2
in studding and furring 93 32 20
of bearing partitions 93 32 20
of floors 94 32 24
to be approved by commissioner 94 32 24
second-class buildings, to be fire stopped, (93-94) 32 (20-24)
in second-class buildings (93-94) 32 (20-24)
to fill all openings where applied 94 32 22
rat refuge, spaces creating sameprohibited, 94 32 23
Index.
217
Page. Section. Paragraph.
FIRE STOPPING.
third-class buildings to be fire stopped. ... 93, 94 32 19, 21
in third-class buildings 93,94 32 19,21
FIRE TEST.
method of determining 11 8 8
FIRE WALLS.
above roof 89 28 1
FIREPLACE.
construction 89 30 2
FIREPROOF ENCLOSURES.
for shafts in first-class warehouses 69 17 3
FIREPROOF PARTITIONS.
how to be constructed 96 33 1,2
in first-class buildings 98 33 1,2
to be constructed of following materials:
(a) brick, cement mortar 96 33 1
(ft) concrete, 1-3-6, not less than 4
inches thick, 3 inches when re-
inforced with steel 96 33 2
(c) cinder concrete, 1-3-6, not less
than 5 inches thick and 4 inches
when reinforced with steel 96 33 3
(d) hollow terra cotta blocks, 3 inches
thick 96 33 4
(e) hollow concrete blocks, 3 inches
thick 96 33 5
(/) solid or hollow gypsum blocks, 3
inches thick . . . r 95 33 6
(g) metal lath on steel studding, Port-
land cement mortar, 2 inches
thick for solid partitions, 3 inches
for hollow partitions 96 33 7
(h) material approved by commis-
sioner when in conformity with
required fire test 96 33 8
pressed metal and glass, at discretion of
commissioner 96 33 8
temporary partitions of wood and glass
within rooms inclosed by fireproof
walls 96 33 8
partitions in excess of 15 feet in height
to be increased in thickness 1 inch
for every additional 8 feet 97 33 9
tests of , method to be employed 97 33 H
218 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
FIREPROOF STAIRWAYS.
in mercantile buildings 69, 70 17 3, 6
FIREPROOF WINDOWS.
in mercantile and manufacturing build-
ings 105 37 1
FIREPROOFING.
not to be reduced 9 8 2
regulations for (90-93) 32 (1-13)
of beams, girders, columns, etc (90-93) 32 (1-13)
of stair halls in tenements 119 46 1
of steel and iron in alterations, as ap-
proved by commissioner 92 32 12
under self-centering reinforcements 45 15 44
flush ceiling, same as for slabs 48 15 55
suspended metal lath plastered ceiling,
same as for slabs 48 15 55
FIRST-CLASS BUILDINGS.
definition of 13 11 1
warehouse to have fireproof enclosures
and automatic doors . 69 17 3
what buildings to be 67 17 1
area, restriction of, how and when 69 17 4
division walls required, when 69 17 4
area, limited to 10,000 square feet 69 17 4
area, may exceed 10,000 square feet,
when 69 17 4
foundations 74 20 20
FITTINGS, DRAINAGE.
must be galvanized, etc 169 121 16
"FIXTURE."
plumbing, meaning of term 159 112 10
FLANGE COMPRESSION.
of riveted plate girders 33 14 45
FLANGE, TOP.
steel plate girder, beam or channel, ex-
treme fiber stress of, may be reduced,
when and how 33 14 45
FLAT SLABS.
floor slabs supported upon columns, etc., 52 15 74
FLOOR ANCHORS.
floor anchors 17 12 13
FLOOR AREAS.
undivided, maximum 69 17 4,5
Index. 219
Page. Section. Paragraph.
FLOOR JOISTS.
distance between ends 20 13 4
distance from cliimney 20 13 10
FLOOR LOADS. (See Live Load.)
for existing buildings, commissioner to fix, 102 36 4
minimum 101 36 2
reduction for columns, piers, walls and
foundations 104 36 13
FLOOR OPENINGS.
framing of 45 15 40
to be kept closed 106 38 1
FLOOR SLABS.
main reinforcement to be fire protected. . . 39 15 14
FLOOR TILES, TERRA COTTA.
average strength, how computed 24 14 5
compressive strength of 24 14 5
to be tight to prevent loss of material in,
poiu-ing 39 15 6
FLOOR TIMBER.
not to be within two inches of chimney ... 20 13 10
FLOOR AND ROOF JOISTS.
minimum bearing _ 97 34 1
on corbels or hangers 97 34 1
splayed at ends 97 34 1
FLOORING DURING CONSTRUCTION.
regulations for 113 41 1
FLOORS.
how fire stopped in second and third class
construction 94 32 24
security of, requirements for 17 12 13
small openings in, to be approved by
commissioner 90 31 1
theatre, required levels of 142 82 1
stage, requirements for 143 85 1
to be constructed to carry proposed loads
safely 100 36 1
FLOORS, LOADS.
least capacity for 101 36 2
FLOORS OF EXISTING BUILDINGS.
commissioner to prescribe maximum
loads for 102 36 4
FLOORS, WOODEN.
furnaces and boilers not to be placed on, 20 13 12
220
Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
FLUES, CHIMNEY.
height of 16
lining required for certain 17
FLUES, VENTILATING.
must be of incombustible material 17
FLUSH CEILING.
fireproofing, same as for slabs 48
FOOTING LOADS.
relative to 75
full dead loads and figured live loads to
be pi ovided for in determining required
area for footings 75
FOOTING STONE.
requirements for 75
FOOTINGS.
bending moment, rectangular, isolated
columns 52
punching shear in, columns, effective
area to resist 51
diagonal tension in . .' 51
symmetrical concentric columns, to be
designed, how. 51
foundations, relative to 72, 75
of foundation walls or pieis, to con.sist of, 75
of wood, when allowable 75
conciete, to be not less than 12 inches in
thickness 75
FOOTINGS. GENERAL.
symmetrical, concentric column footings,
to be designed for punching shear,
diagonal tension and bending moment, 51
FORMS FOR CONCRETE.
when and how to be removed 27
FORMULAS, REINFORCED CON-
CRETE CONSTRUCTION.
1. Standard notation:
(a) rectangular beams 58
ib) T-beams 59
(c) beams reinforced for compression, 59
(d) shear, bond and web reinforce-
ment 59
(e) columns 60
12
5
12
9
12
12
15
55
20
26
20
26
20
23
15
20
15
14
73
15
71
15
70
15
70
20
2,22
20
22
20
22
24
70
26
15
106
15
107
15
108
15
109
15
110
Index.
221
Page.
FORMULAS, REINFORCED CON-
CRETE FOUNDATIONS.
2. Formulas:
(a) rectangular beams:
1, position of neutral axis 60
2, arm of resisting couple 60
3, 4, fibre stresses 61
5, steel ratio, for balance rein-
forcement 61
(/-) T-beams:
Case I. When the neutral axis
lies in the flange, use the for-
mulas for rectangular beams ... 61
Case II. When the neutral axis
lies in the stem.
The following formulas neglect
the compression in the stem:
6, position of neutral axis 61
7, position of resultant compres-
sion 62
8, arm of resisting couple 62
9, 10, fibre stresses 62
For approximate results the for-
mulas for rectangular beams
may be used. The following
formulas take into account the
compression in the stem; they
are recommended where the
flange is small compared with
the stem:
11, position of neutral axis 62
12, position of resultant com-
pression 62
13, arm of resisting couple 62
14, 15, fibre stresses 62
(c) beams reinforced for compres-
sion:
16, position of neutral axis 63
17, position of resultant compres-
sion 63
18, arm of resisting couple 63
19,20, 21, fiber stresses (63 61)
Section. Paragraph.
15
111
15
112
15
113, 114
15
15
15
15
15
115
116
117
15
118
15
119
15
120
123
15
124
15
125
15
126, 127
128
15
129
15
130
15
(131
-133)
15
137
15
139
15
141
15
142, 143
222 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
FORMULAS, REINFORCED CON-
CRETE CONSTRUCTION.
2. Formulas:
(d) shear, bond and web reinforce-
ment:
22, 23, for rectangular beams 64 15 (134-135)
stresses in web reinforcement :
24, vertical web reinforcement. 64 15 136
25, bars bent up, horizontal
and web members inclined . . 64
26, 27, T-beams 65
(<?) columns:
28, total safe load 65
29, 30, unit stresses 65
"FOUNDATION."
definition of 14 11 6
FOUNDATION PIERS.
may be used to carry foundation down
to ledge, etc 76 20 27
FOUNDATIONS.
construction or alteration of, requires
permit 15 12 1
depths below frost 72, 110 20, 39 2, 1
for first and second class buildings, mate-
rials 74 20 20
for wooden buildings, material and thick-
ness 110
metal in, protected with concrete, etc. . . 82
metal work in, protected from dampness, 82
not to overload soil 72
of rubble stone, when used 75
walls, thickness 85
rust protection 40
relative to . .- 72
footings of 72
when laid in freezing weather, to be
adequately protected 72
satisfactory bearing material, means 72
maximum allowable bearing value of, as
follows:
solid ledge rook, 100 ton per square
foot 73 20
39
22
22
20
20
21
23
8
15
16
20
1
20
2
20
2
20
3
Index. 223
Page. Section. Paragraph.
FOUNDATIONS.
shale and hardpan, 10 tons per square
foot 73 20 4
gravel and compact sand, 6 tons per
square foot 73 20 4
hard, yellow clay, 6 tons per square foot, 73 20 4
sand, coarse or medium, dry or wet, 5
tons per square foot 73 20 4
hard, blue clay, mixed or unmixed with
sand, 5 tons per square foot 73 20 4
disintegrated ledge rock, 5 tons per
square foot 73 20 4
medium stiff or plaster clay, mixed or
unmixed with sand, 4 tons pe r square
foot ,. 73 20 4
fine grained dry sand, 4 tons per square
foot , 73 20 4
fine grained wet sand (confined), 3 tons
per square foot 73 20 4
soft clay protected against lateral dis-
placement, 2 tonsper square foot 73 ' 20 4
first and second class buildings (brick,
stone or concrete), thickness of 85
when below grade, how figured 74
stone, to be square split ; 75
rubble, thickness of ^ 75
walls, to be properly bonded 75
piling. {See Pile Foundations, section 2 1 .)
steel grillage, relative to 75
wooden buildings (third class) 110
FRAME OF WOODEN BUILDING.
described 110,111 39 3,4
FRAMING.
wood buildings (third class) 110, 111
all parts to be of sufficient strength 110
wall girts to be not less than 4 inches by 4
inches hard pine or 4 inch by 6 inch
spruce or fir 110
ledger boards, not permissible when Ill
studs not over 20 inches on centres 110
all angles between partitions and parti-
tions and walls to be blocked strongly •
to form solid corners . . 110 39
23
8
20
20
20
21
20
21
20
21
20
25
39
1
39
3,4
39
3
39
3
39
4
39
3
224 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
FRAMING.
posts to be securely braced 110 39 3 •
ledger boards, space behind, to-be filled. , . 110 39 3
braces to repeat in each story Ill 39 4
braces shall not be smaller than 3-inch
studding Ill 39 4
wall girts to be framed to posts and pinned
when : Ill 39 4
to be securely nailed, or framed or ironed
together 110 39 3
FREEZING,
precautions to be taken to prevent 39 15 13
FURNACE.
distance below ceiling 94 32 25
permit required for setting 4, 173 1, 125 6, 1
FURNACE AND SMOKE PIPES.
furnace, top of, to be 12 inches at least
below ceiling 94 32 25
smoke pipes to be 12 inches below ceiling, 94 32 25
ceilings over, to be protected • 94 32 25
FURNACES AND BOILERS.
hazardous buildings, public hearings on. . 173 125 1
not to be placed on wooden floors 20 13 12
under certain parts of theatres 151, 156 104, 111 2, 2
FURRING.
distance from chimney 20 13 11
fire stopped, where and how 93, 94 32 20, 21
not within one inch of chimney 20 13 11
FURTHER REQUIREMENTS.
for strength determined by commissioner, 10 8 3
Q.
GARAGES,
erection and maintenance of.
chap. 259, 1912 318
chap. 342, 1911 317
chap. 577, 1913 319
chap. 115, 1918, Special Act 352
cast-iron columns, use of, in, prohibited . . 35 14 49
GARBAGE.
receptacle in altered habitations 98 35^ .">
GARBAGE AND ASHES.
tenement-house, receptacles for 140 75 I
130
1
1
6
99
4
99
4
Index. 225
Page. Section Paragraph.
GARDENS, ROOF. {See Roof Gardens.)
above theatres, provisions for 154 108 1
GAS FITTERS, BOARD OF EXAM-
INERS OF.
not affected by this act 13 10 2
"GAS FITTING."
definition of 15 11 15
miinicipal court given jurisdiction in lav/
cases 178
permit for 4
GAS PIPE OUTLETS.
theatre, two required 149
inspection of 149
GATES IN STAGE STANDPIPES.
of theatres 151,158 104, 111 3,8
GIRDER PLATES.
flanges, proportion of 66
top flanges, stresses of, reduced when .... 66
stiffeners, to be provided, when 66
intermediary stiffeners 66
GIRDERS.
computation of, for span of 37
main reinforcement, to be fire protected. . 39
GIRDERS AND BEAMS.
relating to 66
to be anchored .^ 66
to have bearing plates 66
GONGS.
in hotels, lodging houses, etc., when re-
quired, sect. 29, chap. 104, R. L 359
GRAIN ELEVATORS.
not affected by building limits. 11 9 1
require permit for use 173 125 1
GRANITE.
stresses of 25 14 11
GRAVEL.
definition of 73 20 8
maximum allowable bearing value in
foundation 73 20 4
rear of bank, use of, when allowed 26 14 14
GRILLAGE BEAMS.
how to be figured for each kind of stress . . 38 14 63
GROUT.
stresses for 32 14 42
16
7
16
7
16
7
16
7
14
59
15
14
16
(3-7)
16
3
16
3
226 Index.
H.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
HABITABLE BUILDINGS.
combustible materials not to be housed
in 175 126 1
HABITATIONS.
first story or basement may be used for
mercantile purposes 68 17 2
when to be first, second or third class. . . 67 17 1
second-class building, height of and area of, 68 17 2
basement or first story may be used
for store 68 17 2
"HALL, PUBLIC."
tenement house, defined 114 42 8
requirements for 117 45 1
"HALL, STAIR."
tenement house, defined 114 42 7
construction of 119 46 1
HALLS.
capacity of 152 105 3
general requirements for (152-153) 105 (1-7)
must be fireproof when 152 105 1
moving picture exhibition in, Mayor to
grant permit for, chap. 280, 1913 318
HALLS, ENTRANCE.
tenement house, construction of 120 48 1
HALLS OR ASSEMBLY ROOMS.
aisles to be kept clear 153 105 6
arrangement of seats, passages, etc 153 105 6
buildings altered, for, conform to law .. . 153 105 5
construction, requirements (152-153) 105 (1-7)
exits, same as for theatres 154 107 1
seating, capacity, how reckoned 152 105 3
seats secured during performances 153 105 6
HANDRAILS.
theatre stairs, requirements for 150 102 (1-2)
HANGERS OR STIRRUP.
for joists IS 12 14
HARD BRICK.
ultimate compression strength 23 14 3
HARD CLAY.
definition of 74 20 13
HARDPAN.
definition of 73 20 7
iNDiEX.
227
Page. Section. Paragraph.
HARDPAN.
maximum allowable bearing value in
foundations 73
HAY, STRAW, ETC.
not to be kept in habitable buildings. . . . 175
HAZARDOUS BUILDINGS.
appliances for power and heat (173-174)
hearings on boilers and furnaces for 173
must have permits 173
application, hearings, etc 173
HEADERS AND TRIMMERS.
rules for 18
HEADERS, WOODEN.
requirements for 18
HEALTH, BOARD OF.
may limit number of occupants in any-
building 175
not to be affected by this act 13
powers of, defined (175-176)
HEARINGS, PUBLIC.
hazardous buildings and appliances for
power and heat 173
HEARTHS.
size and how supported 89
HEARTHS AND PIERS.
regulations for ^ 89
HEAT AND POWER.
appliances for, in hazardous buildings, (176-177)
HEATING APPARATUS.
theatre, under auditoriums, regulations
for 151
HEATING FURNACES.
ceiling over to be wire lathed and
plastered 94
hot air pipes, to be 1 inch from wood-
work 95
top of, to be 12 inches below ceiling. ... 94
(Also see Fuknaces.)
HEIGHT.
of altered buildings not to be increased.. 98
of buildings to width of street 70
of buildings, special acts governing 71
maximum, for all buildings 70
20
4
126
1
125
125
125
125
(1-4)
1
1
1
12
14
12
14
128
10
128
1
2
(1-3)
125
1
30
2
30
(1-2)
125
(1-4)
104
32
25
32
26
32
25
35
2
18
1
18
2
IS
1
228 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
"HEIGHT OF BUILDINGS."
definition of 14 11 8
regulations for 70 18 1
Copley square.
chap. 452, 1898 291
vicinity of State House, limited.
chap. 457, 1899 293
on Beacon street and Bowdoin street.
chap. 543, 1902 294
in Boston.
chap. 333, 1904 300
chap. 383, 1905 307
on Rutherford avenue.
chap. 416, 1907 313
special exemption.
chap. 786, 1914 331
special commission appointed to deter-
mine and revise boundaries of districts
A and B, Special Act, 1915, chap. 333, 340
on Parkways.
chap. 28, sect. 16, R. L 355
HEIGHT OF WOODEN BUILDING,
if altered not to be increased in some
cases 19 13 1
HIGHWAYS.
construction of, laying out of.
chap. 323, 1891, amended by chap.
418, 1892 286
HOISTS AND ELEVATORS.
fireproof enclosures for 106 * 38 1
exceptions 106 * 38 . 1
HOLLOW STEEL COLUMN.
circular, filled with concrete, load
allowance 47 15 52
HOTELS.
watchman, lights, gongs, etc., in, sect.
29, chap. 104, R. L 359
HOUSE OF CORRECTION.
not affected by this act 12 10 ]
HOUSES, TENEMENT. (See Tene-
ment Ho USES.)
Index. 229
I.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
ICEHOUSES 112 40 2
ILLEGAL STRUCTURES.
may be ordered removed by Superior or
Supreme Judicial Court, sect. 52, chap.
104, R. L 360
use of, maintenance of, or placing of, may
be restrained by Superior or Supreme
JudicialCoiu-t, sect. 52, chap. 104, R.L., 360
INJUNCTION.
Superior or Supreme Judicial Com-t may
issue, to restrain, placing, maintenance
or use of illegal structures, sect. 52,
chap. 104, R. L 360
INNER COURT.
defined 114 42 6
for tenement house, size 127 59 1
INSPECTION.
of concrete work 39 15 10
elevators 106 * 38 2
alteration, construction and maintenance
of buildings, chap. 284, 1910 315
theatres and public halls.
sect. (30-39), chap. 655-1913 320
chap. 463, 1907 r 314
(See Requirement under section 14.). .. . 39 15 5
INSPECTION, BUILDING.
commissioner, or inspectors, to examine
all buildings being constructed or
altered 5 2 1
INSPECTION OF CONCRETE,
to be done by inspector approved by
commissioner 27 14 27
INSPECTION, PLUMBING.
work must be approved 160 116 1
INSPECTOR.
of concrete to be approved by commis-
sioner 27 14 27
to be on work while concrete is being
mixed and poured 27 14 27
to make daily report of progress and con-
dition of work 27 14 ' 27
230
Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
INSPECTORS, BUILDING.
appointed by commissioner 3 1 3
may enter any building or premises 178 129 10
qualifications required of 3 1 3
to examine all buildings for which permits
have been requested 5 3 1
to examine dangerous and damaged build-
ings 5 3 1
to examine unsafe or dangerous buildings, 5 4 1
to make record of violations 5 j; 1
to post notice on unsafe or dangerous
buildings 5 4 1
to post notice of violations 5 4 1
to post notice of insufficient egress 5 4 1
INSPECTORS, ELEVATOR.
commissioner may appoint 110 * 38 19
INTAKE.
defined 114 42 6
for tenement houses, size, etc 128, 129 61 1, 2
in tenement houses, size and skylight
over 121 52 1
tenement houses, provision for 128 61 1
INTERIOR BAYS.
formula, panels 54 15 80
INTERIOR COLUMNS.
least dimensions, supporting flat slabs. ... 57 15 97
IRON COLUMNS.
wrought circular 47 15 .52
IRON, WROUGHT AND CAST.
strength of 28 14 29, 30
J.
JAIL, SUFFOLK COUNTY.
not affected by this act 12 10 1
JOINT BOLTS.
where required 18 12 14
JOINTS.
how formed, between concrete 27 14 25
.JOISTS.
floor and roof, in walls of second-class
buildings 97 34 1
not to enter 8-inch walls 97 34 1
Index. 231
Page. Section. Paragraph.
JURISDICTION.
given courts of equity (176-177) 129 (1-6)
law 178 130 1
K.
KITCHENETTE.
least dimension of 18 12 15
KNOTS.
timber to be free from 29 14 35
L.
LABORATORIES, CHEMICAL.
plumbing of, to be approved by commis-
sioner 163 117 5
LADDERS.
to roof scuttles 16,116 12,44 6,2
LANDINGS, STAIR.
theatre, required dimensions of 150 101 1
LAW COURTS.
given jurisdiction under this act 178 130 1
LAWS.
certain former acts applicable 71 18 2
LEAD PIPES.
size and weight, plumbing 167 121 7
LEADERS.
capacity required 16 12 4
how connected 173 124 1
where not to discharge 16 12 4
LEADERS, ROOF.
projections of 16 12 4
requirements for 173 1 24 1
"LEAKS, REPAIR OF."
plimabing, definition of 158 112 2
LEDGE ROCK.
disintegrated, definition of 74 20 14
disintegrated, maximum allov/able bear- ^
ing value in foundation 73 20 4
solid, maxim.um allowable bearing value
in foundation 73 20 # 4
LEDGE, SOLID.
definition of 73 20 5
LESSEE UNDER RECORDED LEASE.
deemedowner of btiilding or structure.. . . 175 127 1
70
1
63
1
66
1,2
55
(1-7)
232 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph .
LESSEES.
when responsible for maintenance 175 127 1
LEVELLERS.
block granite on wood piles 72 20 2
LICENSED BUILDERS,
to control building operations, chap. 9,
Ord. 1912 360
LICENSES.
fees for, authorized, chap. 571, 1910 316
LICENSING.
sect. (30-39), chap. 655, 1913 320
chap. 463, 1907 314
LIGHT AND VENTILATION.
of existing tenement houses 137
of rooms in tenement houses 129
of stair halls in tenement houses. . . . (131-132)
tenement house, provision for (122-124)
LIGHT SHAFTS.
of fireproof material 106 * 38 1
LIGHTING, TENEMENT HOUSE.
board of health may regulate 175 128 1
LIGHTS,
in hotels, lodging houses, etc., when
required, sect. 29, chap. 104, R. L 359
LIGHTS, EXIT.
public buildings must conform to theatre
requirements 154 107 1
LIME,
composition of, allowable 26 14 17
LIME MORTAR.
composition of, allowable 26 14 18
LIMESTONE.
stresses of 32 14 42
LIMITS.
building, outline of, chap. 4, Ord. 1913 . . . 364
LINING, CHIMNEY.
when required 17 12 9
LINTELS, CAST-IRON.
regulations for use of 29
to be not less than f inch in thickness .... 29
not to be used for spans over six feet 29
14
34
14
34
14
34
Ini>ex.
233
LIVE LOADS.
for various buildings
LOAD TEST.
to be i of total load, when. ,
commissioner may require
owner to make at his expense
how determined, in exceptional cases.. . .
LOADS.
slabs, supported on four sides, distribu-
tion of
proportion of, of beams, supporting rec-
tangular slabs
dead loads:
to consist of weight of walls, floors,
roofs and permanent partitions . . .
weights to be assumed per cubit foot
pounds:
beach, 42 pounds
birch, 42 pounds
brickwork, 120 pounds
concrete, cinder, structural, 108
pounds
concrete, cinder, floor filling, 96
pounds
concrete, stone, 144 pounds
Douglas fir, 36 pounds
granite, 168 pounds
granolithic surface, 144 pounds
limestone, 150 pounds
maple, 42 pounds
marble, 168 pounds
oak, 48 pounds
pine, southern yellow, 42 pounds ....
sandstone, 144 pounds
spruce, 30 pounds
terra cotta, architectural voids un-
filled, 72 pounds
voids filled, 120 pounds
gravel, pounds per square foot, 6. . . .
slag, pounds per square foot, 6
felt roofing, pounds per square foot, 6,
plastering on metal laths, exclusive
of furring, pounds per square
foot, 8
■ge. Section. Paragraph.
101 36 2
10
8
7
10
8
5
10
8
5
10
8
7
44
15
37
45
15
39
100
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
100
36
234 iNDtex.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
LOADS.
live loads:
includes all loads except dead loads. ... 101 36 2
permit to state purpose of building .... 101 36 2
floors to bear safely weight to be im-
posed and dead load 101 36 2
stairs to bear safely weights to be im-
posed and dead load 101
safe per square foot, uniform 101
armories, 100 pounds 101
assembly halls, 100 pounds 101
gymnasiums, 100 pounds 101
fire houses, apparatus floor, 150
pounds ^ 101
residences, 50 pounds 101
stables, 50 pounds 101
garages, private, two cars, 75 pounds, 101
garages, public, five or more cars,
150 pounds 101
grandstands, 100 pounds 101
hotels, public portion, 100 pounds. . . 101
hotels, residence portion, 50 pounds, 101
lodging houses, public portion, 100
pounds 101 36
lodging houses, residence portion, 50
pounds 101 36
boarding house, public portion, 100
pounds 101 36
boarding house, residence portion,
50 pounds 101
clubs, public portion, 100 pounds .... 101
clubs, residence portion, 50 pounds . . 101
convents, public portion, 100 pounds, 101
convents, residence portion, 50
pounds 101
hospitals, public portion, 100 po;inds, 101
hospitals, residence portion, 50
pounds 101
asylums, public portion, 100 pounds, 101
asylums, residence portion, 50
pounds 101 36
detention buildings, public portion,
100 pounds 101 36
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
30
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
Index. 235
Page. Section. Paragraph.
LOADS.
live loads:
detention buildings, residence por-
tion, 50 pounds 101
manufacturing, heavy, 250 pounds . . 101
manufacturing, light, 125 pounds . . . 101
office building, first floor, 125 pounds, 101
office buildings, all other floors, 75
pounds 101 36
public buildings, public portion, 100
pounds 101 3G
public buildings, office portion, 75
pounds 101 36
residence, including porches, 50
pounds
schools, assembly halls, 100 pounds, 101
schools, class rooms only, 50 pounds, 101
colleges, assembly halls, 100 pounds, 101
colleges, class rooms only, 50 pounds, 101
sidewalks, 250 pounds 101
stables, public or mercantile, street
entrance floor, 150 pounds 101
stables, feed room, 150 pounds 101
stables, carriage room, 50 pounds. . . . 101
stables, stall room, 50 pounds 101
stairs of armories, 100 pounds 101
corridors of armories, 100 pounds.. . 101
fire escape of armories, 100 pounds. . 101
stairs of assembly halls, 100 pounds, 101
corridors of assembly halls, 100
pounds 101 36
fire escape of assembly halls, 100
pounds 101
stairs of gymnasiums, 100 pounds . . . 101
corridors of gymnasiums, 100 pounds, 101
fire escapes of gymnasiums, 100
pounds 101 36
stairs, except armories, halls, gym-
nasiums, 75 pounds 101 36
corridors, except .armories, halls,
gymnasiums, 75 pounds 101 36
fire escapes, except armories, halls,
gjTnnasiums, 75 pounds 101 36
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
2
236
Index.
Page.
LOADS.
live loads:
storage, heavy, 250 pounds 101
storage, light, 125 pounds 101
stores, retail, 120 pounds 101
stores, wholesale, 250 pounds 101
not set out in law, commissioner may
establish 102
in excess of minimum values given per
square foot, commissioner may
require heavier design 102
on existing floors, commissioner may
prescribe maximum load 102
occupation or use of building not to be
changed without permit of com-
missioner 102
on existing floors, not to increase, with-
out permit from commissioner .... 102
safe, to be posted on each floor, business
building, on metal plates by
owner 102
occupants to maintain metal plates,
giving safe load, during their occu-
pancy 102
owner to aflBx metal plates, giving safe
floor loads with each change of
occupancy 102
no load in excess of approved posted
load permitted to be placed on any
floor.. •• •-^- • 102
every plank, slab, arch and floor beam,
carrying 100 square feet of floor or
less, shall have sufficient strength
to bear afely live and dead load . . 103
for floors, reduction of, allowed. . . . (103-104)
roofs, safe minimum:
with pitch of 4 inches or less per foot, 104
with pitch of 4 inches to 8 inches per
foot 104
with pitch of 8 inches to 12 inches
per foot 104
'with pitch more than 12 inches per
foot 104
Section. Paragraph.
36
- 2
36
2
36
2
36
2
36
3G
3
36
4
36
5
36
5
36
36
36
36
36
7
36
(7-13)
36
15
36
16
36
17
36
18
36
19
36
19
36
19
Index. 237
Page. Section. Paragraph.
LOADS.
wind pressure, on vertical surfaces on
buildings:
40 feet in height, 10 pounds 105
40 feet to 80 feet, 15 pounds 105
more than 80 feet, 20 pounds 105
commissioner may require design for
larger pressure 105 36 20
bracing additional shall be introduced
when resisting moments are not
sufficient to resist moment of dis-
tortion 105 36 21
LOADS, FLOOR.
conmaissioner to prescribe maximum for
existing buildings 102 36 4
LOBBIES, THEATRE.
requirements for 146 90 1
LODGING HOUSES.
public, regulation for, chap. 242, 1904,
and chap. 129, 1911 297,317
watchman, lights, gongs, etc., sect. 29,
chap. 104, R. L 359
M. •
MAIN REINFORCEMENTS,
in floor slabs, beams, girders, columns
and walls to be fire protected 39 15 14
MAINTENANCE OF BUILDINGS.
owners and lessees, responsibility of 175 127 1
MANUFACTURING BUILDINGS,
outside limits, maximum height and area, 70 17 8
outside building limits, when third-class
not to exceed 45 feet in height 70 17 8
MARBLE, BUILDING.
stresses of 32 14 42
MARKET BUILDINGS.
restrictions of sect. 9 not to apply to 11 9 1
MARQUEES.
projecting, to be supported as required by
Building Commissioner, General Act
1915, chap. 176 337 1,2
MASONRY,
definition of 14 11 5
238
Index.
Page.
MASONRY, BRICK AND STONE.
not to rest on wood 20
exceptions 20
MATERIALS.
quality of 38
commissioner may reject, when unsuit-
able 2.3
test of, to be made under direction of
commissioner by owner 23
quality of, method of computation of .23, (37-38)
not covered by this act, when allowed 9
not mentioned in this act, stresses of to
be determined by commissioner 37
steel construction (65-67)
MATERIALS, BUILDING. (See Build-
ing Materials.)
strength of 23
stresses, tables of 30, 31, 32, 33,36
MATERIALS, COMBUSTIBLE,
not to be kept in habitable buildings 175
MECHANICAL BUILDINGS,
outside building limits, may be built as
approved by commissioner 70
MEDIUM CLAY.
definition of 74
MERCANTILE PURPOSES.
first story and basement of habitations
may be used for 68
METAL.
steel construction, thickness of 65
window frames and sash 105
METAL GARAGES.
limited size allowed, chap. 115, 1918,
Special Act 352
METAL WORK,
in foundations, protected from moisture, 82
METHODS.
not covered by this act, when allowed. ... 9
METHODS OF COMPUTATION.
strength of building materials 23, (37-38)
Section. Paragraph.
13
9
13
9
15
1
14
1
14
1
14
1, (58-63)
8
2
14
55
16
(1-9)
14
1
14
39, 40. 42
44,52
126
17
20
17
16
37
8-
15
22 1
8 2
14 1,(58-63)
Index. 239
Page, Section. Paragraph.
MIXING CONCRETE.
how done 26 14 22
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY.
steel for cinder concrete 51 15 69
steel for stone concrete 51 15 69
steel for concrete greater than 2,200 and
less than 2,900 pounds per square inch, 51 15 69
MORTAR, LIME.
how made 26 14 18
MORTARS.
required qualifications of 26 14 (17-20)
MOVING BUILDINGS.
prohibitions relating to 19 13 2
MOVING PICTURE SHOWS.
subject to chapter 437, 1905 313
MOVING PICTURES.
exhibition of, chap. 791, 1914 331
exhibitions, special, mayor to grant per-
mit for, chap. 280, 1913 318
MUD SILLS.
allowed to support masonry 20 13 9
1
N.
NEGATIVE BENDING.
panel width at interior line of columns,
formula 56
panel width at wall 55
may be increased when 55
how provided for 56
reinforcement shall be provided, when. . . 56
NEIGHBORING STRUCTURES.
to be supported 15
powers of commissioner in such cases . ... 15
NIPPLES, SOLDERING.
required diameter and weight of 166 121
NOTICE.
on dangerous or unsafe buildings not to
be removed 5 4
NUISANCES.
buildings unlawfully constructed declared
to be 178 132
abatement and removal of, chap. 101,
R. L 357
15
90
15
86
15
87
15
91
15
91
12
2
12
3
240
Index.
o.
Page.
OAK, WHITE.
stress of 36
OBSERVATION STANDS.
commissioner must approve plans of 21
on roofs prohibited 20
OBSTRUCTIONS.
in aisles, etc., of public buildings, of
theatres. ....'. 153
OCCUPANTS.
safety of — commissioner may order
additional requirements for 10
OCCUPANTS OF BUILDINGS.
board of health may limit number of . . . . 175
OCCUPATION.
of buildings forbidden until egress is
provided 16
OCCUPATIONS OF BUILDINGS.
not to be changed without permit from
commissioners 104
OFFICE FORCE OF DEPARTMENT.
how appointed 3
OFFICERS, BUILDING DEPART-
MENT.
may enter buildings and premises 178
not to engage in other business 3
not to furnish materials 3
not to be financially interested. . 3
requirements and restrictions 3
to serve until removal or discharge 3
OFFICERS, CITY, CERTAIN,
powers of not curtailed by this act 13
OFFICES, STORES, ETC.
in theatre buildings 142
OPENINGS.
of 144 square inches or less in walls and
floors, approved by commissioner 90
in floors, framing of 45
in roof, framing of 45
OPENINGS IN DIVISION WALLS.
area and number restricted 69
OPERATIVE BUILDINGS.
doors in, not to be locked, chap. 566,
1914 329
Section. '
Paragraph.
14
52
13
16
13
6
105
128
12
17
36
13
1
3
129
10
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
2
10
2
81
1
31
1
15
40
15
40
4,5
Inixex. 241
Page. Section. Paragraph.
OUTER COURT.
defined 114 42 6
in tenement houses, size, etc (126-127) 58 (1-3)
OUTSIDE FINISH,
in first and second class buildings,
materials 17 12 H
OVERCROWDING, TENEMENT
HOUSES,
board of health may regulate to prevent, 175 128 I
OVERHANG.
T-beams — not to exceed, etc 46 15 46
OWNER.
to protect against excavation 71 19 i
OWNERS.
responsible for maintenance of buildings
and structures 175 127 1
P.
PAPER STOCK, COTTON, ETC.
not to be kept in habitable building 175 126 i 1
PARK COMMISSIONERS.
not affected by this act 13 10 2
PARKWAYS.
building lines on, sect. 16, chap. 28, R. L., 355
PARTITION WALL.
defined 15 11 10
PARTITIONS, BEARING.
to be firestopped 90 32 1
PARTITIONS, FIREPROOF.
how to be constructed (95-97) 33 (1-10)
(See Fireproof Partitions.)
PARTITIONS, TENEMENT HOUSE.
construction of 121 50 1
PARTY WALL.
doors in, size, etc 90 31 1
all buildings, thickness (84-85) 23 (3-6)
in steel frame buildings, thickness 88 27 2
in wooden buildings, thickness and height
above roof Ill -lO 1
small openings in 90 31 1
definition of 14 11 9
above roof 89 28 1
prohibition concerning (19-20) 13 (3-4)
242 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
PASSAGEWAYS. PUBLIC ASSEM-
BLAGE,
no temporary seats or obstructions in ... . 153 ] 05 6
no persons to stand in, during perform-
ance 153 105 6
PASSAGEWAYS, THEATRE,
radiators, floor registers, etc., not to be
placed in 151 104 1
PENALTIES,
for not pro-\dding watchmen, lights,
gongs, etc., in hotels and lodging
houses, sect. 32, chap. 104, R. L 359
PENDENCY.
notice of, filed in Registry of Deeds, chap.
463, 1897 290
PERMIT.
to state proposed use of building 100 36 1
PERMITS.
fees for, authorized, chap. 571, 1910 316
what work requires them 4, 19 1, 13 6, 1
who issues 4 1 6
PERMITS AND APPLICATIONS.
in what form 5 1 9
PERMITS, BUILDING.
applications for 5 1 9
requirements of 5 ] 9
applicants may appeal to board of appeal, 7 1
action thereon 8 7 1,2
Building Commissioner shall grant, for
construction 4 1
if terms are violated commissioner may
stop work 4
to be on approved printed forms 5
required for all buildings 15
PERMITS, OTHER THAN BUILDING.
required for alterations 15
boilers, steam 4
elevators 107
furnaces 4
gas fitting 4
plumbing 160
commissioner to grant, on application. ... 4
1
8
1
9
12
1
12
1
1
6
^38
8,9
1
6
1
6
114
1
1
6
36
11
12
15
30
1
14
37
14
41
14
41
15
47
14
41
Ikdex. . 243
Page. Section. Paragraph.
PICTURE SHOWS, MOVING.
subject to chapter 437, Acts 1905 313
PIECES.
under tension and compression at differ-
ent times 38 14 62
PIERS.
reduced floor loads, used for 103
to be of masonry or metal, when 18
to have caps and plates 89
definition of 29
height of 32
concrete, bearing, plain, height of, allowed, 32
concrete to be reinforced, when 46
brick, height of, allowed 32
PIERS AND HEARTHS.
regulations for 89 30 1^2
PILE FOUNDATION.
detached column or pier footing to rest
on not less than three piles 76
may rest on single pile, Vvhen 76
light walls, may rest on single row piling,
provisionally 76
at least two rows of piling required 76
may be three feet on centers, when 76
under masonry buildings, capping to be
of block granite or concrete 77 21 2A
when capped with concrete, regulations
for 77
rubble concrete for capping, not allowed, 77
when capped with block granite, regula-
tion for 77
may be capped v.ith timber, when 77
additional piles required, when ordered
by commissioner 77 21
sustaining power of piles to be determined
by commissioner 77
wooden piles, regulation for (77-79)
wooden piles, quality of 77
piles to be butt cut 77
piles to have uniform taper from butt to
top 77
short bends not allowed 78
all knots to be trimmed close to pile . 78
21
2
21 1
2
21
2
21
2
21
2
21
2A
21
2A
21
2A
21
3
21
5
21
(6-18)
.21
6
21
6
21
6
21
7
21
8
21
9
21
10
21
11
21.
12
244 Inpex.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
PILE FOUNDATION.
all piles to be not less than 6 inches diam-
eter at top 78 21 8
piling to be inspected by qualified in-
spector 78 21 9
piling inspector to keep accurate record
of piles driven 78
square timber may be used, when 78
pile heads to be cut to sound wood before
capped 78
loads on wooden piles 78.
wooden piles, shall be figured as columns,
when 78 21 12
such piles shall be of hardwood, oak, yel-
low pine, etc 78. 21 12
safe load on all other wooden piles 78 21 13
when testing for value, pile head shall
have sound wood 79 21 14
when testing for value, fall of hammer
shall be ten feet 79 21 14
safe supporting value of wooden piles,
formula 79 21 15
wooden piles, distance between to be not
less than 24 inches on centers 79 21 17
grade for cutting off piles to be five 79 21 17
may be cut at higher grade when allowed
by commissioner but not to exceed
grade nine 79 21 17
wooden piles, depth may be driven below
surface 79
when followers are used 79
when driving blocks are used 79
general requirements for 76
supporting value of, how obtained 76
driving, method of not to impair strength, 76
frictional value, not to be relied on for
support 76
not to be loaded eccentrically 76
PILES.
allowed for supporting masonry 20
boring may be required previously 74
commissioner to determine grade for cut-
ting 79
concrete, allowable load 81
21
18
21
18
21
18
21
1
21
1
21
1
21
1
21
1
13
9
20
19
21
17
21
24
Index. 245
Page. Section. Paragraph.
PILES.
concrete, load test 76, 82 21 2, 25
distance on center 79 21 17
inspector may be required 78 21 9
inspector to keep records 78 21 9
to be capped with granite or concrete .... 76 21 2
under wooden buildings on marshy land, 110 39 3
PINE, WHITE AND YELLOW. .
stress 36 14 52
PIPES.
hot air, minimum distance from wood-
work 95 32 26
smoke, distance from ceiling 94, 95 32 25, 27
steam or hot water, distance from wood-
work 20 13 14
wires, etc., not to be built into fireproofing
of steel, etc 92 32 10
PIPES, BACK AIR.
plumbing, requirements for 162 117 3
PIPES, BRASS.
diameter, thickness and weight required, 168 121 10
PIPES, CAST-IRON.
diameter and weight required 168 121 12
PIPES, DRAIN.
requirements, relating to 170 122 1, 2
PIPES, LEAD.
plumbing, restricted to short branches .. . 166 121 6
required diameter, thickness and weight, 167 121 7
PIPES, REFRIGERATOR AND DRIP.
plumbing, regulations for 164 119 1
PIPES, SMOKE.
not to project through walls or windows, 20 13 13
PIPES, SOIL.
plumbing, requirements for 161 117 1
required diameters for 165 121 1
PIPES, STEAM, ETC.
not to be within one inch of woodwork. . . 20 13 14
restrictions concerning 20 13 14
PIPES, WASTE.
plumbing, requirements for 161 117 1
required diameters for 165 121 1
PIPES, WROUGHT-IRON.
diameter, thickness and weight required, 169 121 14
246
Indtex.
Page.
PIPING.
cutting for, restrictions relative to 27
distance from v/oodwork 20
PLACARD.
(o) unsafe elevators, etc 107
(6) unsafe buildings, etc 5
(c) buildings where violation of build-
ing law exists 5
(d) buildings where egress is insufl&cient, 5
PLACING. {See Section 14.) 39
PLANS.
including drawings, strain sheets, etc., to
be filed before permit is granted 9
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
building commissioner may require 5
duplicates to be kept at buildings 4
observation stands, commissioner must
approve 21
open to inspection of inspector 4
to be filed with application 4
PLASTER BOARD.
on stair walls in tenement houses 119, 120
PLASTERING.
on fireproof partitions, thickness 96, 97
PLATE GIRDERS.
data for figuring 66
flanges, proportion of 66
top flange, stresses of, to be reduced,
when 66
stiffeners to be provided, when 66
stiff eners, intermediary, relative to 66
riveted, compression flange 33
steel, extreme fiber stress may be reduced,
when and how 33
PLUMBERS.
must be registered or licensed 159
must get permits 160
notify commissioner on changing place of
business 159
PLUMBING.
"air pipes," definition of 159
requirements for 160, 172
back water valve 173
Section. Paragraph.
14
26
13
14
38
9
4
1
4
1
4
1
15
7
8
1
1
9
1
5
13
16
1
5
1
5
46,47
1,1
33
8,9
16
7
16
7
16
7
16
7
16
7
14
45
14
45
113
1
114
1
113
112
115, 123 1, (1-2)
124 1
Index. 247
Page. Section. Paragraph.
PLUMBING.
clean-outs, required diameter and weight
of 166 121 4
connection with sewer or drain 160 115 1
definition of terms used in (158-169) 112 (1-10)
"drain," meaning of 159 112 6
drain pipes, details of construction 170 122 1, 2
drain pipes, requirements for 170 122 1, 2
drains, surface, must have seal trap and
back-water valve. 173 124. 1
exhausts, steam, regulations for (171-172) 122 (3-6)
ferrules, clean-outs, etc (165-166) 121 (2-5)
ferrules, required diameter and weight of, 165 121 2
fittings, drainage, must be galvanised ... . 170 121 17
"fixture," definition of 159 112 10
grease and oil traps if required 172 123 1
inspection and tests of work 160 11(5 1
laboratory, to be approved by commis-
sioner 163 117 5
leaders, roof, requirements for 173 124 1
"leaks, repair of," meaning of 158 112 2
municipal covirt given jurisdiction in law
cases 178 1;10 1
nipples, soldering, required diameter and
weight of 166 121 3
pipes, back air, requirements for 162 117 3
brass, required diameter, thickness and
weight 168 121 10
cast iron, required diameter, thickness
and weight 168 121 12
lead, required diameter, thickness and
weight 167 121 7
restricted to short branches 166 121 6
refrigerator and drip, regulations for, 164,170 119,121 1,17
soil and waste, requirements for 161 117 1
required diameter of 165 121 1
vent, definition of 159 112 5
wrought iron, required diameter, thick-
ness and weight 169 121 14
relative to business of, chap. 287, 1914 . . . 329
roof leaders, requirements for 173 124 1
soil and waste pipes, sizes required 173 121 1
sciland waste pipes, traps and fittings.. 161, 162 117 1,2
"soil pipe," definition of 159 112 7
248 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
PLUMBING.
soldering nipples, required diameter and
weight of 166 121 3
special traps for gasolene, naphtha, etc. . . 172 123 1
stable drainage fixtures to be approved
by commissioner 163 117 6
"surface drain," meaning of 159 112 9-
must have seal trap and back-water
valve 173 124 1
terms used in, defined (165-168) 121 (1-10)
tests and inspection of work 160 116 1
to be inspected and approved 100 116 1
traps, requirements for 161 117 1
special, when required 172 123 1
"vent pipes," definition of 158 112 1
"ventilation pipe," definition of 158 112 1
vents, requirements for (161-163) 117 (1-4)
wash stand for vehicles, sand box for 172 123 1
wastepipesandtraps, provisionsfor. . . .161, 162 117 1,2
water-closets, requirements for 164 120 1
water-closets, water supply for, 164 120 1
"Y-branches," definition of 158 112 1
POLICE COMMISSIONER.
not affected by this act 13 10 2
PORTABLE SCHOOL BUILDINGS.
not affected by this act 12 10 1
PORTLAND CEMENT.
to conform to standard specifications ... . 24 14 16
POSITIVE BENDING.
formula, panel width 55 15 82
POSITIVE MOMENT.
of continuous beams, subject to other
than uniformed loads, may be reduced,
when and hov,' 44 15 34
POSTS.
wood, strength of 23 14. 3
POWER AND HEAT.
appliances for, in hazardous buildings. (173-174) 125 (1-4)
PRIVACY IN ACCESS TO WATER-
CLOSETS.
in tenement houses 132 67 1
PRIVATE BUSINESS.
prohibited for department employees ... 3 1 4
Index. 249
Page. Section. Paragraph.
PRIVATE DWELLING.
entertainments in, sect. 173, chap. 102,
R. L., as amended by chap. 254, sect.
1, of 1909 358
PRIVY VAULTS.
construction and size 164 120 1
PROHIBITIONS, BUILDING.
complete list of (19-23) 13 (1-22)
relating to alterations, repairs and moving, 19 13 (1-2)
PROJECTIONS OVER PUBLIC WAYS.
restrictions relating to 21 13 19
PROSCENIUM WALLS.
theatres must have 143 83 1
PROTECTION.
in case of excavation 71 19 1
PUBILC ASSEMBLY.
places of, requirements, construction, (152-153) 105 (1-')
PUBLIC BUILDINGS.
aisles, passageways and stairways must
be clear. ., 153 105 6
aisles, passageways and stairways, no
person to stand in during performance, 153 105 6
aisles of, must conform to requirements
for theatres 154 107 1
cinematograph, use in, regulations for,
chap. 437, 1905 313
exits of, must conform to requirements
for theatres 154 107 1
exit lights must conform to requirements
for theatres 154
obstruction in aisles, etc 153
seats must conform to requirements for
theatres 154
seats, temporary, not allowed in aisles, etc., 153
seats to be secured 153
stairways must conform to requirements
for theatres 154 107
PUBLIC HALL.
defined 114 42
PUBLIC HALLS.
in existing tenement houses, lighting and
ventilation 138 71
in tenement houses, lighting and ventila-
tion 130 65
107
1
105
6
107
1
105
6
105
6
250 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
PUBLIC HALLS AND THEATRES.
chap. 463, 1907 314
inspection and licensing of, chap. 655,
1913, sect. 13-39 (321-326)
PUBLIC HEALTH.
protection of, chap. 219, 1897 289
PUBLIC HEARINGS.
on hazardous buildings and appliances; . . 174 125 3
PUBLIC LODGING HOUSES.
chap. 129, 1911, regulation for 317
cubicles in, prohibited, chap. 242, 1904,
as amended by chap. 160, General Acts
of 1915 297
PUBLIC PARKS.
buildings in, chap. 129, 1889 286
PUBLIC SAFETY,
commissioner may take necessary meas-
ures 15 12 3
power of, relating to 5, 6 4 1, 2
PUBLIC SCHOOLS,
use of for social circle and other uses,
chap. 86, 1916, Special Acts 349
PUBLIC WAYS.
boilers not to be placed under 21 13 18
building line on, sect. 103, chap. 48,
R. L 356
PUBLIC WAYS AND SQUARES.
projections over, regulations for. ....... 21 13 19
PUBLICATION.
of records of violations, privileged 5 2 1
PUNCHING.
punching shear not to exceed six per cent
of compression strength 50 15 66
PUNCHING SHEAR IN FOOTINGS,
area effective to resist in column footings, 51 15 71
Q.
QUALITY.
materials — in general 23
brick 23
sand 25
stone 25 14 13
14
1
14
2
14
12
Index.
251
Page. Section. Paragraph.
QUALITY.
gravel 26 14 14
cinders and slag 26 14 15
lime 26 14 17
lime mortar 26 14 18
Portland cement 26 14 16
cement lime mortar 26 14 19
Portland cement mortar 20 14 20
QUAYS, WHARVES, ETC.
not affected by this act 12 10 1
R.
RADIATORS.
theatre, forbidden in passageways 151 104 1
RAGS, FEATHERS, ETC.
not to be kept in habitable buildings ... . 175 126 1
RAILROAD STATIONS.
not afifected by this act 12 10 1
RAISING OF BUILDINGS,
examination to be n^ade on application to
raise 5 3 1
RANGE BOILERS.
making, sale and installation of, chap.
154, 1916, General Acts 347
RAT PROOFING.
cellars to be made rat proof, when 83 22 2
method of 83 22 2
RECESS, OR CHASE.
requirements relating to 19 13 3
RECORDS OF DEPARTMENT.
open to public inspection 4 1 5
RECTANGULAR BEAMS.
formulas (60-61) 15 (111-115)
REGISTER BOXES.
to be set in soapstone, etc 95 32 26
construction of 95 32 26
hot air pipes, to be one inch from wood-
work 95 32 26
to be one inch from woodwork 95 32 26
size of, allowed 95 32 26
connecting pipes 95 32 26
32
26
32
26
32
26
113
1
16
2
16
(5-8)
27
1
15
1
252 Index .
Page. Section. Paragraph.
REGISTER BOXES OR PIPES.
distance from woodwork 95
how made and protected 95
minimum size 95
REGISTRATION OF PLUMBERS. . . . 159
REGISTRY OF DEEDS.
notice of pendency in, chap. 463, 1S97, 290
REINFORCED CONCRETE.
beams, how much of slab included 65
columns, required (66-67)
frame for walls 8S
meaning of 38
REINFORCED CONCRETE BUILD-
INGS.
may be of supported structural steel or
cast iron columns 47
said support to be fireproofed 47
REINFORCEMENT.
spacing of, slab reinforcement bars, in
tension 40
spacing of beams 40
spacing of girders 40
self centering, fireproofing vmder 45
strips, quantity necessary 57
when lying obliquely to axis of scrip 57
REINFORCEMENT SLABS.
supported on four sides, distribution of, 44 15 37
REINFORCEMENTS, MAIN.
fire protection of, beams, columns, walls,
girders 39 15 14
REINFORCEMENTS, STEEL.
requirements for 38 15 3
to be free of mill scale and loose rust 38 15 3
REINFORCING MATERIALS, SELF-
CENTRING.
use of prohibited where span exceeds
eight feet 45 15 44
REJECTION OF MATERIAL.
power of commissioner 38 15 1,2
REMODELLED.
what buildings may be ■ 98 35 1
REMOVAL OF BUILDINGS.
permit for 4 I " 6
15
49
15
49
15
17
15
17
15
17
15
44
15
98
15
98
Index. 253
Page. Section. Paragraph.
REMOVAL WORK.
to be supported 15 12 2
"REPAIR OF LEAKS."
plumbing, meaning of 15S 112 2
REPAIR OF WOODEN BUILDINGS.
within limits, permit required 19 13 1
REPAIRING OF BUILDINGS.
examination to be jnade on application, 3 3 1
REPAIRS.
defined 114 42 11
limit of oost, to be called such 19 13 1
REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS.
permits required for 15, 19 12, 13 1,1
REPEALS.
chap. 419, 1892, and all acts inconsistent,
repealed 179 133 1
REPORT. (Annual.)
board of appeal to Mayor 9 8 2
of commissioner 4 1 5
to be printed separately 9 8 2
REQUIREMENTS.
for all buildings (15-18) 12 (1-15)
RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTE-
NANCE.
of owners and lessees . ^ 175 127 1
RESTRICTION.
of areas 67,68,69 17 1,2,4,5
RESTRICTIONS.
tenement-house, commissioner not to dis-
pense with 141 76 1
RETAINING WALLS.
for excavation 71 19 1
rust protection 40 15 16
RIVET HOLES.
steel construction in tension members .... 65 16 2
RIVETED CONNECTIONS, ETC.
rules for 67 16 9
when to be used 88 27 1
RIVETING.
of steel columns 88 27 1
of steel frame 88' 27 1
to be used when 67 16 9
RIVETS.
steel construction 65 16 2
254 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
ROOF GARDENS.
above theatres, provisions for 154, 155 108, 109 1, 1
exits required for 155 109 1
ROOF LEADERS.
requirements for 173 ' 124 1
ROOF LOAD.
minimum 104 36 (15-18)
ROOF OPENINGS.
framing of 45 15 44
ROOF SLABS.
depth 45 15 41
ROOFING.
to be brick, tile, slate, etc 22 13 21
of wooden shingles not permitted 22 13 21
ROOFS.
not to discharge on street or alley 20 13 5
observation stands not to be erected on, 21 13 16
permanent means of access to 16 12 6
safe minimum live load with pitch of 4
inches or less per foot 104 36 15
with pitch of 4 inches to 8 inches per foot, 104 36 16
with pitch of 8 inches to 12 inches per
foot 104 36 17
with pitch more than 12 inches per foot, 104 36 18
ROOMS, TENEMENT HOUSE.
lighting and ventilation of 129 63 1
size of, regulations for 130 64 1
ROT.
timbers to be free from 29 14 35
,RUBBLE CONCRETE.
meaning of 27 14 23
not to be used for any projecting footing, 27 14 24
RUST PROTECTION.
foundations and retaining walls 40 15 16
RUTHERFORD AVENUE.
buildings on, height of, chap. 416, 1907 . . 313
S.
SAFETY OF OCCUPANTS.
commissioner may order additional re-
quirements for '. . 10 8 4
SALARIES.
Building Commissioner 3 1 1
•members of appeal board 7 6 1
Index. 255
Page. Section. Paragraph.
SAND,
when used for concrete, quality of,
strength of 25 14 12
compact, definition of 73 20 9
loose, definition of 73 20 10
fine-grained, definition of 74 20 12
compact, maximum allowable, bearing
value in foundations 73 20 4
dry or wet, coarse, maximum allowable
bearing value in foundations 73 20 4
fine grained, wet, maximum allowable
bearing value in foundations 73 20 4
SANDSTONE.
stresses of 32 14 42
SANITARY BUILDINGS.
of v.ood, chap. 4, 1873 285
SCHOOL BUILDINGS.
permit for erection of, to be obtained from
Building Commissioner 12 10 1
permanent or portable, exempt from pro-
visions of this act, except as provided in
sect. 17 12 10 1
subject to inspection by Building Depart-
ment 12 10 1
SCHOOL BUILDINGS, PORTABLE.
not affected by this a ct 12 10 1
SCUTTLES.
in roof, where required 14, 116 12, 44 6, (1-2)
SCUTTLES AND BULKHEADS.
tenement house, requirements for 116 44 (1-2)
SEALING OF STANDPIPES.
on stage of theatres forbidden 151, 158 104, 111 3, 8
SEATS, ASSEMBLY ROOMS.
must conform to law for theatres when
ordered by Building Commissioner. .154 107 1
SEATS, PUBLIC BUILDINGS.
must conform to requirements for
theatres 154 107 1
'SEATS, THEATRE.
arrangement and space for 145 87 1
SECOND-CLASS BUILDINGS.
defined 14 ] 1 2
what buildings to be 67 17 1
256 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
SECOND-CLASS BUILDINGS.
foundations 74 20 20
to be fire stopped (93-94) 32 (20-24)
SECOND-CLASS CONSTRUCTION.
buildings may be of 67 17 1
7ieio, adapted for habitation:
height of not to exceed five stories or
60 feet 68 17 2
area of such buildings not to exceed
3,500 square feet 68 17 2
basements of such buildings, or first
story, or both, may be used for mer-
cantile purposes, when 68 17 2
area, restriction of , when and how 69 17 5
area not to exceed 10,000 square feet 69 17 5
SELF-CENTERING,
reinforcing materials, use of, prohibited,
when 45 15 44
reinforcement, fireproofing under 45 15 44
SETTING OF BOILERS AND
FURNACES.
permit for 4 1 6
"SHAFT."
definition of 114 42 7
SHAFT ENCLOSURE.
fireproof, how supported 70 17 7
in first and second class warehouses and
stores to have fireproof enclosures 69, 70 17 3,6
to be of fireproof material 106 * 38 1
SHAFTS, ELEVATOR.
tenement house, regulations for 121 52 1
SHAKES.
timber to be free from 29 14 35
SHALE.
definition of 73 20 6
maximum allowable bearing value in
foundations 73 20 4
SHEAR AND DIAGONAL TENSION. 50 15 63
for beams with horizontal bars only,
with and without reinforcement 50 15 64
for beams with web reinforcement 50 15 65
SHEAR PUNCHING,
not to exceed six per cent of compression
strength 50 15 66
Index. 257
V
Page. Section. Paragraph.
SHEET PILING,
where used 71 19 1
SHINGLE ROOFS.
not permitted 22 13 21
SHIRLEY-EUSTIS HOUSE.
exempt from building law provisions,
until January 1, 1918, Special Act of
1915, chap. 306. 339
SHUTTERS.
on what buildings, how constructed and
where placed 105 37 1
provision and requirement for 105 37 1
SIGNS,
projection allowed 21 13 19
SIGNS AND STRUCTURES,
encroaching on public ways.
General Act, 1915, chap. 176 337
SINKS IN EXISTING TENEMENT
HOUSES,
woodwork to be remo ved. .,.. 140 73 3
SKELETON CONSTRUCTION,
method 88 27 (1-4)
SKYLIGHT,
not allowed over court in tenement
house 126
over elevator shafts 106
over stair hall in existing tenement
house 138
over stair hall in tenement house 131
over vent shafts in tenement houses 121
tenement house, regulations for 138
SLAB THICKNESS.
in flat slab construction 53 15 77
shear about column, capital, or dropped
panel 53 15 77
SLABS.
to be considered restrained at ends, when, 44 15 33
supported on four sides, distribution of
loads 44 15 37
reinforcement of, bending moment, cal-
culated moment 45 15 38
57
1
38
1
71
1
66
1
52
1
71
2
268 Ijsidex.
/
Page. Section. Paragraph.
SLABS.
simply supported, span lengtli 40 15 20
depth below T-beams 45 15 42
concrete cinder, thickness of , span of ... . 45 15 43
continuous or restrained, span length. .. . 40 15 24
considered integral part of beam, when ... 46 15 46
cast monolithic, a T section, when 48 15 55
SLAG.
allowable for aggregate, when 25 14 11
, composition of, allowable 26 14 15
SMOKE PIPES.
at least 1 foot below ceiling 94 32 25
not to project through wall or window. . . 21 13 17
regulations for 94 32 25, 23
relative to 94,95 32 25,27
not to be placed nearer than one foot to
woodwork 95 32 26,27
to have metal collars when passed through
floors or partitions not fireproof 95 32 27
entering chimney to have metal collar. . . 95 32 27
passing through roof or external wall
prohibited .' 95 32 27
when within 18 inches of ceiling to have
wire lath and plaster protection or
shields 95 32 27
SOFT CLAY.
definition of 74 20 16
SOIL.
character and depth, to be determined by
test 74 20 19
"SOIL PIPE."
plumbing, definition of 159 112 7
SOIL AND WASTE PIPES AND TRAPS.
plumbing requirements for 161, 162 117 1,2
SOLDERING NIPPLES.
required diameter and weight of 166 121 3
SOLID LEDGE.
definition of ! 73 20 5
SOUND.
definition of, classes of timber 29 14 36
SPACING OF REINFORCEMENT.
slab reinforcement bars in tension 40 15 17
beams and girders 40 15 17
15
24
15
24
15
24
Index. 259
Page. Section. Paragraph.
SPAN LENGTH,
for beams and slabs simply supported .... 24 15 24
for beams and slabs, continuous or re-
strained 24
brackets, when used 24
maximum negative moments 24
SPAN OF A BEAM.
defined 65 16 2
SPANS.
unusual or unequal length, to be designed
to carry out intent of act 44 15 36
SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS.
commissioner may require 4 1 5
duplicate to be kept at building 4 1 5
observation stands, commissioner must
approve 19 13 13
SPRINKLERS.
automatic, commissioner may order in
basements of mercantile buildings here-
after erected 18 12 15
if installed, larger undivided area allowed, 69 17 4
SPRINKLERS AND STANDPIPES.
theatres, regulation for 151 104 3
SPRUCE.
stress of 36 14 52
STABLES.
distance from adjoining buildings 21
outside limits, maximum height and area, 70
public hearings for 21
restrictions relating to location of 21
fire protection in, for horses and mules, 349
chap. 158, 1916, General Acts.
outside building limits; may be built as
approved by commissioner 70 17 8
STABLES, DRAINAGE OF.
fixtures to be approved by commissioner, 163 117 6
STAGE DOORS.
theatre, requirements for 146 91 1
STAGING OR STANDS FOR _OBSER-
VATION.
not to be erected on roofs 21 13 16
STAIR HALL.
defined 114 42 9
in tenement houses, construction 119, 120 46, 47 1, 1
13
20
17
8
13
20
13
20
36
2
45
2
44
1
36
2
44
2
260 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
STAIR SHAFTS.
in first-class stores and warehouses, to be
fireproof, automatic doors 67 17 * 1
STAIR STRINGERS.
to be fire stopped 94 32 21
STAIRS.
constructed to carry loads safely 101
in tenement houses, dimensions 118
fireproof, to roof bulkhead 116
minimum load for 101
to roof to be kept clear 116
STAIRS, THEATRE.
how to be constructed 150, 151 100, 103 1, 1
STAIRS AND PUBLIC HALLS.
tenement houses to have lights, when. . . 118 45 5
STAIRWAYS.
in tenement houses. . . . ■. (117-118) 45 (1-5)
STAIRWAYS, PUBLIC BUILDINGS.
must conform to requirements for
theatres 154 107 1
persons not allowed to stand on, during
performance 153 105 6
STANDPIPES AND SPRINKLERS.
theatre, regulations for 151 104 3
STANDS, OBSERVATION.
commissioner must approve plans of . . . . 21 13 16
not to be erected on roofs » 20 13
STATE BUILDINGS.
not affected by this act ■ 12 10 1
STATE HOUSE.
vicinity of height of buildings, limit of,
chap. 457, 1899 293
STATIONS, RAILROAD.
not affected by this act 12 10 1
STEAM EXHAUSTS.
regulations pertaining to (171-172) 122 (3-6)
STEEL.
fireproofing of (93-93)
in foundations, protected 82
need not be fireproofed where wood could
be used 92
reinforcements, requirements for 38
tensile and compressive stress 51
32
(1-17)
22
1
32
11
15
3
15
08
Index. 261
Page. Scotinn. Paragraph.
STEEL.
exceptions, in slabs of stone concrete. .. . 49 15 bJs
exceptions in drawn wire, etc 49 15 68
STEEL -AND IRON.
in alteration work to be fireproofed as
required by commissioner 93 32 17
STEEL COLUMNS.
parts to be riveted 88 27 1
hollow, circular, filled with concrete, load
allowance 47 15 52
ends to be machined faced or full riveted
connections provided 66 16 6
STEEL COMPRESSION MEMBERS.
' value of ■ 34 14 47
STEEL CONSTRUCTION.
materials, stresses and methods of com-
putation. (.See sect. 14) . 65
general requirements 65
thickness of metal, allowable 65
rivets 65
rivet holes in tension members 65
tension members, proportioning 65
net sections to be used 65
STEEL FRAME.
to be riveted 88 27 1
STEEL FRAME CONSTRUCTION.
methods 88 27 1
STEEL GRILLAGE.
in foundations, requirements for 75 20 25
STEEL, MODULUS OF ELASTICITY.
for cinder concrete 51
for stone concrete 51
for stone concrete over 2,200 pounds
and less than 2,900 pounds per square
inch 51
2,900 pounds or over per square inch 51
STEEL PLATE GIRDER.
extreme fibre stress may be reduced
when and how .33 14 45
STEEL, STRUCTURAL.
to conform to standard specifications .... 28 14 28
STIRRUP IRONS.
when and where required 18 12 14
16
1
16
1
16
1
16
2
16
2
16
2
16
2
15
69
15
69
15
69
15
69
262 Index.
Page. Section, Paragraph.
STONF
when used for concrete, quality of 25 14 13
when used for reinforced concrete, qual-
ity of 25 14 13
STONE MASONRY.
stresses for 32 14 42
STOP ORDER.
how issued 4 1 8
STOPPING WORK.
concrete work to stop at point of low
shear 39 15 11
STORAGE BUILDINGS.
outside limits, maximum height and
areas 70 17 8
outside building limits may be bmlt as
approved by commissioner 70 17 8
STORE FRONTS.
how protected 17 12 11
outside finish of 17 12 11
STORES.
first class, to have fireproof shafts and
automatic doors 69 17 3
STORES, OFFICES, ETC.
in theatre buildings 142 81 1
STORES AND STORAGE BUILDINGS.
fire-escape, requirements for 70 17 7
"STORY," BUILDING.
definition of 15 11 12
STRAIN SHEETS.
to be filed before permit is granted 9 8 1
STRAINS.
calculation of, to be submitted 9 8 1
STRi\W, HAY, FEED. ETC.
not to be kept in habitable building 175 126 1
STREET COMMISSIONERS.
not affected by this act 13 10 2
STREET WIDTH.
how measured 70 18 1
STRENGTH.
of materials 23, (29-37) 14 1, (37-55)
STRENGTH, STABILITY, SAFETY.
of a building, commissioner may order
additional requirements for 10 S 4
Index,
263
Page.
STRESS.
tensile or compressive, of steel 51
exceptions, slabs of stone concrete and
drawn wire 51
base plates, how to figure 38
bearing plates, how to figure 38
grillage beams, how to figure 38
STRESSES.
working, not to be altered 9
timber compression members due to
eccentric loading 36
timber compression members, due to
transverse loading 36
of materials, not set out in law, to be de-
termined by commissioner 37
of materials used in construction,30, 31, 32, 33, 36
of brickwork used in construction 30
of concrete used in construction 31
of grout and stone masonry 32
of structural steel and iron 33
of timber 36
not prescribed to be fixed by com-
missioner 37
STRESSES, BUILDING MATERIALS.
tables, etc (23-38)
STRESSES, STEEL CONSTRUCTION, 51
STRING COURSES.
projection allowed 21
STRUCTURAL DETAILS.
to be submitted 9
STRUCTURAL :METAL.
to be fireproofed and how (90-93)
to be fire protected 90
method of same (90-92)
exemptions (92-93)
STRUCTURAL, SLABS,
to be poured full thickness 39
STRUCTURAL STEEL,
to conform to standard specifications .... 28
STRUCTURAL STEEL AND IRON.
stresses for 33
Secti
on. Paragraph.
15
68
l"i
68
14
63
14
63
14
63
S
2
14
53
14
14
53
14
55
14
39, 40, 42
44,52
14
39
14
40
14
42
14
44
14
52
14
(1-63)
15
68
13
19
8
2
32
(1-17)
32
1
32
(1-S)
32
(11-16)
15
10
14
28
14
44
264 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
STRUCTURES, TEMPORARY.
commissioner may. prescribe conditions
for 11 9 1
STUDDING.
not to be placed nearer than 1 inch to
chimney 20 13 ~ 11
to be fire stopped 93 32 19, 20
SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS 9 8 2
SUBSTITUTE METHODS,
plans, formulas, etc., to be -filed with
commissioner 9 8 2
SUMMER THEATRES.
outside building limits, how may be con-
structed, capacity 155 110 (1-3)
SUPPORT BY CITY FOR DANGEROUS
EXCAVATIONS.
cost may be recovered 71 19 1
SUPPORT WORK.
and adjoining property 15 12 2
SUPPORTING MEMBERS.
bending in beams or floor slabs propor-
tioned to resist stresses, when 46 15 45
SUPPORTING WORK.
power of commissioner 15 12 3
SUPPORTS.
below first floor, to be of masonry or
metal 18 12 15
"SURFACE DRAIN."
must have deep seal trap and back-water
valve 173 124 1
plumbing, terms defined (158-159) 112 (1-10)
SURVEY OF LOT.
required 5 1 9
SUSPENDED CEILING.
of metal lath and plaster, fireproofing of,
same as for slabs 48 15 55
SYSTEMS.
not covered by this act, when allowed. ... 9 8 2
T.
TABLES, STRESSES.
showing strength of building materials, (23-27) 14 (1-26)
T-BEAMS.
depth below slab 45 15 42
15
46
15
46
15
46
Index. 265
Page. Section. Paragrapli.
T-BEAMS.
when slab may be considered an integral
part of beam 46
its effective width not to exceed, etc 46
its overhang not to exceed, etc. 46
TEARING DOWN.
permit for 4 1 6
TEMPERATURE.
high, premature drying must be avoided, 39 15 12
low, freezing roust be avoided . 39 15 13
TEMPORARY FLOORS.
during construction. 113 41 1
TEMPORARY SEATS.
in public buildings prohibited 153 105 6
in theatres prohibited 157 111 5
TEMPORARY STRUCTURES.
commissioner to prescribe conditions
for 11 9 1
in connection with other work, commis-
sioner to fix conditions 11 9 1
when permitted 11 9 1
TENEMENT-HOUSE REQUIREMENTS.
commissioner not to dispense with 141 76 1
TENEMENT HOUSES.
"apartment," definition of 114
ashes, receptacles for 140
bakeries and fat boiling in, prohibited. . . . 122
basement leads to outer air in, to be con-
structed of fireproof material, as
Building Commissioner shall direct. ... 119 45
basement rooms, when exempt from
strict compliance with this act 135
basements, requirements for (132-135)
bulkheads, construction of 116
cellar ceilings, construction of 120
"corner lot," definition of 113
"courts," definition of 114
general regulations for courts 126
inner, regulations for 127
outer, regulations for (126-127)
vent, regulations for 128
dangerous business in, regulated 122
defined 113
42
10
75
1
53
1
687i
14
68
(1-14)
44
1
49
1
42
4
42
6
57
1
59
1
58
(1-3)
60
1
54
1
42
1
266 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
TENEMENT HOUSES.
definitions of certain words (113-114)
drainage of courts and yards 140
egress, provision for, in case of fire 115
elevator shafts, regulations for 121
elevators in basement of, if more than
eight suites and three stories in height
to be inclosed in fireproof material 119
entrance halls, construction of 120
existing, lighting and ventilation of 137
fire-escapes, construction of (115-116)
in what they shall consist (115-116)
general regvdations for (115-llC)
internal and external. . , (115-116)
garbage, receptacles for 140
hallways in, required to be lighted all
night, if more than eight suites and
three stories in height 118
hereafter erected to have fire-escapes 115
intakes, provision for 131
light and ventilation, provision for (122-124)
lighting, board of health may regulate. . . . 175
lights in hallways, stairways, elevators,
etc., to be left lighted aU night, if
more than eight suites and three stories
in height 118 45
not to be enlarged to decrease size of
yard 129
other bviildings on same lot. 129
outside limits, restrictions 121
overcrowding, board of health maj' pre-
vent 175
partitions, construction of 121
"public hall," definition of 114
"repairs," definition of 114
rooms of, lighting and ventilation 129
size of 130
size of yard, minimum 129
scuttles, construction of 116
"shaft," definition of 114
skylights, regulations for 138
sprinklers in, required, when more than
ten suites and three stories in height . . 118 45
42
(1-11)
74
1
43
1
52
1
45
6
48
1
70
1
43
(1-5)
43
(1-5)
43
(1-5)
43
(1-5)
75
1
45
5
43
1
66
1
55
(1-7)
128
1
62
1
62
1
51
1
28
1
50
1
42
8
42
11
63
1,2
64
1
62
1
44
2
42
7
71
1
114
42
9
119
46
1
L18)
45
(1-5)
119
45
6
116
44
1,2
175
128
1
139
69,72
1, (1-2)
139
73
1,2
130
65
1
131
66
1
121
51
1
114
42
5
Index. 267
Page. Section. Paragraph .
TENEMENT HOUSES.
stair hall, definition of
stairs halls, construction of
stairs and public halls (117-118)
stairwaj'^s in basement of, if more than
eight suites and three stories in height,
to be inclosed in fireproof material ....
to have bulkhead or scuttle
ventilation, board of health may regu-
late
water-closets, requirements for 135, 139
water supply, regulations for
windows in public halls of
for stair halls
wooden, limit of height and area
"yard," definition of
yards, requirements and regidations
for (122-123), (124-125) 55, 56 (1-7) (1-5)
where not required (124-125) 56 (1-5)
TENSION PIECES.
loaded eccentrally, maximum combined
fibre stress 37 14 60
TENSION, SHEAR AND DIAGONAL,
for beams with horizontal bars only,
with and without web reinforcement. . . 50 15 64
TERMS USED IN PLUMBING.
meaning of, defined (158-159) 112 (1-10)
TERRA COTTA.
floor tile, average compression strength of,
how computed \
building blocks, crushing strength
building blocks, working stress of
TERRA COTTA PARTITION BLOCKS.
thickness of blocks and webs 96 33 (1-2)
TESTS,
of substitute methods and materials to
be made satisfactory to commissioner, 9 8 2
loading, commissioner may order at
expense of owner 10 8 5
how determined in exceptional cases 10 8 7
fire, method of determining 11 8 8
of materials, commissioner may require
of owner 23 14 1
24
14
5
24
14
5
25
14
8
25
14
9
Ill
3
108
1
104
2
268 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
TESTS, ELEVATOR,
manufacturers must make 109 *3S 1 7
TESTS, PLUMBING.
work must be approved 160 li(5 1
TEST, SOIL.
to determine cliaracter and depth 74 20 19
of fireproof partitions, method to be
employed 97 33 11
THEATRE EXITS.
general regulations for 146, (148-149) 91, 99 1, (1-3)
155,156 111 1,3,4
THEATRES.
aisles, regulations for 145 88 1
aisles, passageways, etc., persons not to
remain in during performance 157 111 5
arc light in auditorium in existing thea-
tres . 156
art galleries above, regulations for . 154
auditoriums, heating apparatus under 151
balcony and gallery platforms for seats,
size 145 87
boilers, engines and heating apparatus
under theatres 151, 156
control of exits, lights, etc 156
courts and passages, size, etc 141
curtains, must have fireproof 143
doors to open outward 146
existing, if altered, to conform to new
law 141
existing regulations for exits 156
exit passages 141
exit plans on program 149
exit signs 149, 156
exits, location, width, etc 146
147, 148
156
exits to be marked by signs, etc 148
false doors and mirrors not allowed 146
fire-escapes, outside to be lighted 148, 156
fireproof construction required 141
floor and stage, levels of 142
floor levels, changes by inclines 145
104,111
2, 2
111
3
79
1
84
1
93
1
77
1
111
4
79
1
99
3
99,111
2,3
91,92,
, 95, 96, 99
1, 1,
i, (1-3), 1
111
3
99
2
94
1
99,111
2,3
78
1
82
1
89-
1
Index. 269
Page. Section. Paragraph.
THEATRES,
foyers, lobbies, corridors, passages, capac-
ity required 146 90 1
gas outlets, number, to be inspected and
tested 149 99 4
gas pipe outlets required 149 99 4
gates in stage standpipes 151, 158 104, 111 3, 8
handrails, stair, requirements for 150 102 (1-2)
heating apparatus under theatres 151, 156 104, 111 2,2
inspection, gas pipe outlets, required. . . . 149 99 4
landings, stair, required dimensions of. . 150 101 1
lighting fixtures over auditorium, pro-
tected from falling 144 86 1
lighting, independently fed or governed
system in auditorium, halls, etc 148, 156 99, 111 2, 3
lights for exits, etc 148, 156 99, 111 2, 3
lobbies, requirements for. 146 90 1
obstructions or people in aisles or stair-
ways 157 111 5
open courts required 141, 142 79, 80 1, 1
opening outward of doors 146, 156 93, 111 1, 4
plans on program 149, 156 99, 111 3, 4
proscenium wall, construction and open-
ings 143 83 1
proscenium walls required 143 83 1
curtains required 143 84 1
public buildings must conform to require-
ments for 154 107 1
radiators forbidden in passagevv ays of ... . 151 104 1
roof gardens may be above 154 108 1
room exits for employees 146 92 1
seats in auditorium, requirements for 145 87 1
skylight over stage 144 86 1
sprinklers, automatic, required 151 104 3
stage doors must be provided 146 91 1
stage floor, construction 143 85 1
stairs, construction, dimensions, hand-
rails, etc .150, 151 100, 103 1, 1
stairs, how to be constructed 150 100 1
standpipes required 151 104 3
stores, ofiicers, etc., under ~ 142 81 1
temporary seats not allowed 157 111 5
"theatre," definition of 141 77 1
270 Index.
Page. Sectii.n. Pnagraph.
THEATRES.
to be fireproof constructiou except certain
portions 141 78 I
ventilators, requirements for 144 86 1
THEATRES AND PUBLIC HALLS,
inspection and licensing of.
chap. 665, sect. 30-39, Acts 1913. . . (321-326)
chap. 463, Acts 1907 314
THEATRES, CONSTRUCTION OF.
to be first class 141 77 1
THEATRES, EXISTING.
general regulations for (155-158) 111 (1-8)
THEATRES, SUMMER.
outside building limits, how may be con-
structed 155 110 (1-3)
THICKNESS OF WALLS.
defined 15
for all buildings (84-85)
in steel frame buildings 88
when ashlar included 85
THIRD-CLASS BUILDINGS.
definition of 14 11 3
in building limits, commissioner may
grant permit to increase height or
ground area when at intersection of
two streets 19 13 1
may be altered or enlarged, when and
how 12 9 2
size and location of window on area 99 35 10
THIRD-CLASS CONSTRUCTION.
(See, also, Wooden Buildings.)
buildings may be third class, when 67 17 1
TIES.
steel beams in direction of length 88 27 1
TIMBER,
compression numbers, centrally loaded,
safe load per square inch 37 14 54
for structural use, to conform to specifi-
cations promulgated by commissioner, 29 14 35
to be free from all shakes, knots, rot,
worm holes and defects 29
dense, definition of 29
sound, definition of 29
11
11
23
(3-7)
27
2,3
23
10
14
35
14
36
14
36
Index. 271
Page. Section. Paragiapli.
TIMBER.
stresses of 36 14 52
compression members, regulation for use
of 36,37 14 53,54
compression members, eccentric loading
of 36 14 53
compression members, transverse loading
of 3 6 14 53
compression members, centrally loaded,
safe load 37 14 54
TIMBERS,
in walls, licw to be treated (second-class
buildings) 97 34 1
TIMBERS IX WALLS, SECOND-
CLASS BUILDINGS.
to enter wall four inches 97 34 1
to be splayed, shaped or arranged so as to
fall out in case of fire without injury to
wall 97 34 1
TOP FLANGE.
steel plate girders, beams or channels,
extreme fibre stress may be reduced
when and how 33 14 45
TRAPS, PLUMBING.
requirements for (161-163) 117 (1-4)
TRAPS, SPECIAL.
grease, inflammable compounds, non-
siphon 172 123 1
trim:mer.
arches 89 30 2
TRIMMERS, WOODEN.
hung in stirrup irons, when 18 12 14
TRUSSES.
computation, method of, for span of . . . . 37 14 58
how designed 67 16 8
to be properly braced 67 16 8
TRUSSES, RIVETED.
center of gra\dty line 67 16 8
need not be fireproof ed, when 92 32 12
u.
UNDERPINNING FOR WOODEN
BUILDINGS,
materials and thickness 110 39 2
272 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
UNSAFE BUILDINGS.
commissioner may order vacated 6 4 2
commissioner to post notices on 5 4 1
commissioner may takedown or shore up, 6 5 1
owner to take down or secure 6 5 1
may be placarded 5 4 1
UNSUITABLE MATERIAL,
commissioner has power to reject 23 14 1
USE OF BUILDINGS,
not to be changed without permit 102 36 5
V.
VACANCIES.
in board of appeal, how filled 7 6 1
VACATE BUILDINGS.
commissioner may
(a) when unsafe or dangerous 6 4 2
(6) where violation exists 6 4 2
(c) where egress is insufficient 6 4 2
VACATED.
building to be, when ordered by commis-
sioner with approval of Mayor 6 4 2
VALVES.
of stage standpipes in theatres. . 151, 158 104, 111 3, 8
VAULTED WALLS.
regulations for 87 26 1
VENT COURT.
defined 114 42 6
VENT COURTS.
for tenement houses, size, etc 128 60 1
VENT PIPE. See Smoke Pipe 95 32 27
"VENT PIPES."
plumbing, definition of 159 112 5
regulation for 93 32 18
VENT SHAFTS.
defined 114 42 7
of fireproof material 106 38 1
in tenement houses to have intakes and
skylights 121 52 1
VENTILATING FLUES. .
must be of incombustible material. ... 17 12 12
to stoves, broilers or heaters to be of
brick 18 12 15
Index. 273
Page. Section. Paragraph:
"VENTILATION PIPE."
plumbing, definition of 159 112 8
VENTILATION, TENEMENT HOUSE.
board of health may regulate 175 128 1
VENTILATORS, THEATRE.
requirements for 144 86 1
VENTS.
plumbing, requirements for 163 117 3
VIOLATIONS OF BUILDING LAWS.
to be recorded 5 2 1
VIOLATIONS OF PERMIT.
action to be taken 4 1 8
VIOLATORS OF BUILDING LAWS.
. may be fined $500 179 132 2'
VOTING BOOTHS.
not affected by this act 12 10 1
W.
WALL BAYS.
restraint, when wall is of reinforced con-
crete. 55 15 83
no restraint 55 15 88
WALL BEAMS.
flatslab construction, in 58 15 101
when continuous, negative bending at
columns 58 15 101
when continuous, positive bending at mid
span 58
width of columns, formulas (a) and (b) . . . 58
WALLS.
framed with iron or steel 88
proscenium, theatres mu^t have 143
to be of masonry or metal, when 18
8 inches thick to be corbelled for joists 97
floor loads reduced in figuring 104
if steel frame, how constructed 88
in steel frame buildings, thickness 88
party, above roof, height and finish 89
not to be removed to enlarge floor areas
over limit 69
small openings in 90
to be bonded at angles 86
to restrict areas 69, 70
15
101, 102
15
102, 103
27
1-4
83
1
12
15
34
1
36
13
27
1
27
2,3
28
1
17
5
31
• 1
24
1
17
5,6
23
8
23
10
23
11
23
12
23
13
2f3
13
25
1
274 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
WALLS.
foundations to be 4 inches thicker than
walls overhead 85 23 8
when reinforced, by frame of steel or rein-
forced concrete 85
ashlar, when included in the thickness of, 85
non-bearing thickness of, height of 86
curtain, thickness of, height of 86
hollow blpck, not to be used for bearing
walls 86
solid, reinforced concrete (see sect. 15) ... 86
brick, bonding of 87.
mezzanine floor or balcony more than 10
feet in span shall be construed as a
story in fixing thickness of walls sup-
porting it 85 23 9
ashlar, not to be considered unless walls
are 16 inches thick and ashlar 8 inches
ttick 85 23 10
also unless alternate courses are 4 inches
and 8 inches to allow bonding with
backing 85 23 10
non-bearing, may be 4 inches less in
thickness, when 86 23 11
non-bearing, may be 8 inches less in
thickness supporting stairs or stair
landings 86 23 11
non-bearing, not to be less than 8 inches
in thickness 86 23 11
non-bearing, not to exceed a height of 30
times its thickness 86
curtain, may be less thickness, when 86
curtain, in single family dwelling 86
curtain, in all other buildings 86
curtain, not to exceed in height, 30 times
its thickness when more than 20 feet in
length 86 23 12
hollow block, not to be used for bearing
walls, when 86
hollow block, relative to 86
basement, what it includes 83
thickness of, shall be sufficient to keep
stresses within requirements of workipg
stresses prescribed by this act 83 23
23
11
23
12
23
12
23
12
23
13
23
13
23
1
Index.
275
Page. Section. Paragraph.
WALLS.
for single family dwellings, not over three
stories, with wooden floor beams span-
ning not over 15 feet 84 23 3
floor timbers in, ends of, not to be nearer
than 8 inches to each other 84 23 3
for dwellings, not over three stories, when
floor spans more than 20 feet 84 23 4
when any part of such building is adapted
for other than habitation, surrounding
waUs of such part to be not less than
12 inches in thickness 84 23 4
when one part of building is lower than
the rest 85 23 7
foundation, to be 4 inches thicker than
wall of first story 85 23 8
main reinforcement to be fire protected. . . 39 15 14
WALLS ABOVE ROOF, PARTY.
requirements for ,89 28 1
WALLS, CONCRETE.
how poured, when to be poured 39 15 9
WALLS, CORNICES.
regulations for 89 29 1
WALLS, CURTAINS.
party and outside, must have 88 27 2, 3
WALLS, PARALLEL.
to be properly tied 17 12 13
"WALLS, PARTITIONS."
definition of 15 11 10
"WALLS, PARTY."
definition of 14 11 7
must have curtain 88 27 2
openings for doorways in 90 31 1
wooden buildings to have, when Ill 40 1
"¥7ALLS, THICKNESS OF."
m.eaning of, defined 15 11 11
for basement 84 23 3, 4
for single dwelling 84 23 3
for other dwellings 84 23 5
for hotels 84 23 5
for lodging houses 84 23 5
for boarding houses 84 23 5
84
23
5
84
23
5
84
23
5
84
23
5
84
23
5
85
23
6
276 Index.
Page. Section, Paragraph.
"WALLS, THICKNESS OF."
for club houses
for convents
for hospitals
for asylums
for detention buildings
for all other buildings
WALLS, VAULTED..
regulations for 83 26
WASTE PIPES AND TRAPS.
plumbing, requirements for 161 117
WATCHMAN.
in hotels, etc., when required, sect. 29,
chap. 104, R. L 359
WATER-CLOSETS.
number required
requirements for
17 12
10
135 69
(1)
175 120, 128
1, 1
135 67, 69
1,1
17 12
10
tenement house, provisions for 132, 135
ventilation of
in existing tenement houses, number and
ventilation 139 72 2
in existing tenement houses, woodwork to
be removed 139 72 1
in tenement houses, access to 132 67 1
in tenement house cellar, permit from
Health Commissioner 135 69 1
in tenement houses, floors to be water-
proofed 135 69 1
in tenement houses, number, lighting,
ventilation 135 69 1
number, in buildings where persons are
employed
number, in habitations ,
separate for men and women
water supply for
WATER PIPES.
protection from frost 16 12 8
WATER SUPPLY.
tenement house, requirements for 139 73 1, 2
WATERPROOFING CELLARS.
when required 82 22 1
17
12
10
17
12
10
17
12
10
164
120
1
Index. 277
Page. Section. Paragraph.
WHARVES AND BUILDINGS
THEREON.
not restricted by building limits 11 9 1
not subject to building laws 12 10 1
WHARVES, MARKET BUILDINGS,
ETC.
restrictions of, sect. 9 not to apply to 11 9 1
WHARVES, QUAYS, ETC.
not affected by this act 12 10 1
WHEEL GUARDS.
on columns 93 32 18
WIDTH.
effective, of T-beams, not to exceed, etc., 46 15 46
WIDTH OF STREET.
how measured • . 70 18 1
WIND BRACING.
provisions for, required ' 37 14 56
WIND PRESSURE.
on vertical surfaces, on buildings 40 feet
in height, 10 pounds 105
40 feet to 80 feet in height, 15 pounds 105
more than 80 feet in height, 20 pounds . . . 105
commissioner may require a design for
incre sed pressure when i his judg-
ment the exposure requires it 105 36 20
bracing, additional, may be required,
when 105 36 21
WINDERS ON STAIRS.
width 118 45 2
WINDOW CAPS AND SILLS.
projection allowed 21 13 19
WINDOWS.
habitable buildings, regulations for 99 35 10
in first and second class mercantile and
manufacturing buildings within 20 feet
of opposite wall to have metal frames
and wire glass 105
in existing tenement houses 137
in living rooms of habitations, distance
from opposite wall 99
size 99
tenement house, in public halls , . . . , 130
for stair halls 131
36
19
36
19
36
19
37
1
70
1
35
10
35
10
65
1
66
1
278 Index.
Page. Section. Paragraph.
WINDOWS.
third-class bmldings exempt. (Excep-
tions) 99 35 10
WINDOWS IN ELEVATOR SHAFTS.
to have red iron bars 107 * 38 5
WINDOWS IN TENEMENT HOUSES.
basement rooms 133 68 4
courts, exception 129 61 2
public halls 130 65 1
size and locations 129 63 1
of water-closets, bathrooms, halls on
court, minimum size 127 58 3
WIRE GLASS.
in automatic doors, stair shafts 69, 70 17 3, 6
WIRES, COMMISSIONER OF.
not affected by tnis act 13 10 2
provisions of sect. 7 apply to 9 7 3
WOOD,
in foimdation of wooden buildings on
marshy land 110 39 3
WOOD CONSTRUCTION.
allowed under masonry, when 20 13 9
WOODEN BUILDINGS. {See, also,
Third-Class Buildings.)
allowed within building limits, for:
(o) building on wharves not exceeding
27 feet in height 11 9 1
(6) market sheds not over 27 feet in
height 11 9 1
(c) elevators for grain or coal 11 9 1
(d) temporary structures to facilitate
building operations 11 9 1
(e) dwellings for one and two fami-
lies under certain restrictions 11 9 1
construction of, general regulations for,
(110-111), (111-112) 39, 40 (1-4) , (1-3)
description of frame Ill 39 4
for sanitary purposes, chap. 4, 1873
foundations for 110 39 1
habitations, distance from lot line and
next buildings Ill 40 1
habitations, maximum height, number of
stories '. Ill 40 1
height of, requirements Ill, 112 40 1, 2
iNDtex. 279
Page. Section. Paragraph.
WOODEN BUILDINGS.
not habitations, distance from lot line .... 112. 40 2
proximity to other buildings Ill, 112 40 1, 2
regulations concerning. . . . (110-111), (111-112) 39, 40 (1-4), (1-3)
tenement houses, limit of size and area. . 121 51 1
when to have brick party walls Ill 40 1
within limits, not to be enlarged 19, 98 13, 35 1,1
may be altered or enlarged, when and
how 12 9 2
inside building limit, comiiussioner may
grant permit to increase height or
ground area, when at intersection of
two streets 19 13 1
foundation, requirement for 110 39 1
foundation, to be of brick, stone, granite,
concrete or rubble 110 39 1
foundation, to be carried to surface of
ground 110 39 1
foundation, of brick or concrete, to be 12
inches thick 110 39 1
foundation, of granite to be 18 inches
thick 110 39 1
foundation, of rubble, to be 20 inches
thick 110 39 1
foundation, to be laid at least 4 feet below
surface exposed to frost 110 39 1
foundation, to be laid on solid ground or
upon piles properly spaced 110 39 1
foundation, no round or boulder stone
permitted in 110 39 1
underpinning, to be of brick or concrete,
12 inches thick or of stone 16 inches
thick 110 39 2
framing, wall girts to be 4 inches by 6
inches at least of spruce or fir 1 10 39 3
4-inch by 4-inch if of hard pine 110 39 3
ledger boards 110 39 3
studding not over 20 inches on centres, 110 39 3
solid corners 110 39 3
posts to be secured, braced 110 39 3
ledger board, space back of, to be filled, 110 39 3
to be securely nailed, framed or ironed
together HO 39 3
ledger boards, when not allowed Ill 39 4
280 Index.
WOODEN HEADERS.
requirements for
Page.
16
16
15,19
9
48
48
49
49
29
28
28
47
Section. Pars
12
12
12,13
8
15
15
15
15
14
14
14
15
igraph.
4
WOODEN TRIMMERS.
requirements for
4
WORK.
requiring permit
WORKING STRESSES.
not to be modified
1.1
2
compressive strength, basis for design . . .
table for same ." . . .
concrete shall not be used, when
concrete, one year old, compressive
strength of
56
56
57
58
WORMHOLES.
timber to be free from
WROUGHT IRON.
strength of
35
29
to conform to standard specifications ....
WROUGHT-IRON COLUMNS.
circular, filled with concrete, load allow-
ance
29
52
Y.
"Y-BRANCHES."
plumbing, definition of 159 112 3
YARD.
for tenement house, not to be decreased,
when 129 62 1
size, etc (122-124) 55 1-7
to be drained 140 74 1
•'YARD."
definition of 114 42 5
YARDS, TENEMENT HOUSE.
general regulation for (122-124), (124-125) 55, 56 (1-7), (1-5)
when not required (124-125) 56 (1-5)
APPENDICES.
TITLE OF ACTS IN CHRONOLOGICAL
OEDER.
1873, Chap. 4. An Act to Authorize the Erection of
Wooden Bniildings in the City of .Boston for Sanitary
Purposes.
1889, Chap. 129. An Act Relating to Buildings in the
Public Parks of the City of Boston.
1891, Chap. 323. An Act Relating to the Location,
Laying Out, and Construction of Highways in the
City of Boston.
1893, Chap. 462. An Act to Authorize the Establishment
of a Building Line on Public Ways. (Restrictions
as to Building.)
1897, Chap. 219. An Act to Provide for the Protection
of the Public Health in the City of Boston. (Build-
ings May be Vacated or Torn Down.)
1897, Chap. 463. An Act Relative to Fihng in the
Registry of Deeds, Notice of the Pendency of Certain
Actions.
1898, Chap. 452. An Act Relative to the Height of
Buildings on and Near Copley Square, in the City of
Boston.
1899, Chap. 457. An Act to Limit the Height of Build-
ings in the Vicinity of the State House. (Height
Limit, Seventy Feet.)
1902, Chap. 543. An Act Relative to the Improvement
of the State House and to the Height of Buildings on
Beacon Street and Bowdoin Street in the City of
Boston .
281
282 Acts in Chronological Okder.
1903, Chap. 383. An Act Relative to Separate Systems
of Drainage.
1904, Chap. 242. An Act to Regulate Public Lodging
Houses in Certain Cities. (Cubicles Prohibited.)
1904, Chap. 333. An Act Relative to the Height of
Buildings in the City of Boston.
1905, Chap. 176. An Act to Regulate the Use of the
Cinematograph. (See Chap. 437, Acts 1905.)
1905, Chap. 347. An Act to Prohibit the Obstruction of
Means of Egress from Buildings. (Fire Escapes,
PoHce to Enforce Penalty.) See 1914, C. 795, Sect.
29. (Sect. 13, D.)
1905, Chap. 383. An Act Relative to the Height of
Buildings in the City of Boston.
1905, Chap. 437. An Act to Regulate the Use of the
Cinematograph in Churches and other Public Build-
ings.
1907, Chap. 416. An Act Relative to the Height of
Buildings on Rutherford Avenue in the City of
Boston. (Height Limit One Hundred Feet.) .
1907, Chap. 463. An Act Relative to the Licensing of
Theatres and PubHc Halls in the City of Boston.
1910, Chap. 284. An Act Relative to the Construction,
Alteration, Inspection and Maintenance of Buildings
in the City of Boston. (Building Department to
enforce Building Laws in Boston Heretofore Enforced
by District Police.)
1910, Chap. 571. An Act to Authorize the Collection of
Fees for Permits, and Licenses Issued by Department
of the City of Boston.
1911, Chap. 129. An Act to Regulate Public Lodging
Houses in Certain Cities.
,1911, Chap. 342. An Act to Regulate the Construction
of Garages in the City of Boston.
Acts in Chronological Ordek. 288
1912, Chap. 259. An Act Relative to the Construction
of Garages in the City of Boston.
1913, Chap. 280. An Act to Authorize the Mayor of the
City of Boston to Grant Permits for Special Moving
Picture Exhibitions in Churches, Halls, or Other
Buildings.
1913, Chap. 577. An Act to Regulate the Erection and
Maintenance of Garages in the City of Bostoi\.
1913, Chap. 655. An Act to Revise and Codify the Build-
ing Inspection Laws of the Commonwealth. Part 1.
Sections 17, 18, 19. In Steel Framed Buildings,
Protection of open Spaces in Floors, Sections 30-39.
Inspections of Theatres, Halls, Etc. Section 42.
Watchmen in Hotels, Etc. Section 51. Penalty.
Section 60. Equity Jurisdiction.
1913, Chap. 676. An Act to Require Inspectors of
Buildings to give Notice to Assessors of the Granting
of Permits.
1913, Chap. 729. An Act Relative to Dry Houses in the
City of Boston.
1914, Chap. 287. i^n Act Relative to the Business of
Plumbing.
1914, Chap. 566. An Act to Prohibit the Locking of
Doors of Buildings in which Operatives are Employed.
1914, Chap. 782. An Act to Amend the Building Law of
the City of Boston. Elevators Hereafter Erected to
be Enclosed in Shafts, Etc.
1914, Chap. 786. An Act Exempting a Certain Parcel of
Land in the City of Boston from Restrictions as to
the Height of Buildings, Washington Street, corner
Lovering Place.
1914, Chap. 791. An Act Relative to the Operation of
the Cinematograph and to the Exhibition of Motion
Pictures. Booths, Location of, to be Approved by
Building Commissioners in Boston.
284 Acts in Chronological Order.
1914, Chap. 795. An Act to Provide for the Better Pre-
vention of Fires Throughout the Metropolitan
District.
1915, General Act, Chap. 169. An Act Relative to Cine-
matographs Usiag only Cellulose Acetate Films.
1915, General Act, Chap. 176. An Act Relative to Signs,
Awnings and Other Projections in Pubhc Ways.
1915, Special Act, Chap. 254. An Act Relative to the
Erection of Buildings in the City of Boston. Making
the Use of Certain Buildings Lawful.
1915, Special Act, Chap. 306. An Act Relative to the
Shirley-Eustis Mansion on Shirley Street in the City
of Boston.
1915, Special Act, Chap. 333. An Act Relative to the
Height of Buildings in the City of Boston. Revising
Boundaries of Districts A and B.
1916, General Act, Chap. 154. An Act Relative to the
Marking, Sale and Installation of Range Boilers.
1916, General Act, Chap. 158. An Act to Require Fire
Protection in Stables for Horses and Mules.
1916, Special Act, Chap. 86. An Act Relative to the Use
of PubUc School Property of the City of Boston for
Social, Civic, and Other Purposes.
1917, General Act, Chap. 344, Part 2, Section 73. Relative
to the Establishing of a Building Line on Highways.
Part 5, Sections 9-11. Relative to Projections into
or over Public Ways. Part 6, Sections 1 and 4.
Relative to Boundaries of Highways, etc., Encroach-
ments Thereon — Barbed Wire Fences.
1918, Special Act, Chap. 115. An Act to Allow Metal
Garages of Limited Size in Certain Sections of the
City of Boston.
1919, Special Act, Chap. 32. An Act to Require the
Registration of Hospitals in the City of Boston.
Acts in Chronological Order. 285
1919, Special Act, Chap. 163. An Act Relative to the
Construction, Alteration and Maintenance of Hospi-
tals in the City of Boston.
Revised Laws, Chap. 28, Sect. 16. Relative to Height
of Buildings Allowed on Parkways, Seventy Feet.
Revised Laws, Chap. 33, Sect. 19. Relative to Fence
Nuisances Exceeding Six Feet in Height, etc.
Revised Laws, Chap. 48, Sect. 103. Relative to Building
Line.
Revised Laws, Chap. 101, Sections 1-5. Relative to
Bui'nt, Dilapidated, Dangerous Buildings.
Revised Laws, Chap. 102, Sect. 173. Relative to Enter-
tainments given in Private DwelHngs.
Revised Laws, Chap. 104, Sect. 29. Relative to Watch-
men in Hotels, Hallway Lights, Gongs, etc.
Ordinances of 1912, Chap. 9. Concerning Control of
Building Operations, Person in Charge to be licensed.
Ordinances of 1913, Chap. 4. Concerning the Building
Limits.
CHAPTER 4, ACTS OF 1873.
An Act to Authorize the Erection of Wooden Build-
ings IN the City of Boston for Sanitary Purposes.
Be it enacted, etc.:
Section 1. The City of Boston is hereby authorized
to erect, under directions of its board of health and
inspector of buildings, any wooden buildings within the
city, for hospital purposes, the same to remain only so
long as said board deems it necessary : provided, that every
such hospital shall be constantly guarded outside by a
competent force of at least three of the poHce of said city.
Sect. 2. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[January 28, 1873.
286 Acts in Chronological Order.
CHAPTER 129, ACTS OF 1889.
An Act Relating to Buildings in the Public Parks
OF the City of Boston.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. The park commissioners of the city of
Boston may erect in the parks of said city that now are
or hereafter may be under their control, except the
common, pubhc garden and pubhc squares, structures
for the shelter and refreshment of persons frequenting
such parks, and for other park purposes, of such materials
and in such places as in the opinion of the fire commis-
sioners of said city do not endanger buildings beyond the
limits of the park. Section sixteen of chapter fifty-four
of the Public Statutes and chapter three hundred and
seventy-four of the acts of the year eighteen hundred and
eighty-five shall not apply to such buildings.
Sect. 2. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Ajjproved March 18, 1889.
CHAPTER 323, ACTS OF 1891.
An Act Relating to the Location, Laying Out, and
Construction of Highways in the City of Boston.
Section 9. If any building sha.ll hereafter be placed or
erected in said city at a grade other than the grade there-
for, recorded in the office of the city surveyor, and wliich
the city surveyor shall furnish on the request of the owner
of the land on which the building is to be placed, or if any
building shall be placed or erected within the boundaries
of any way shown on any of the plans hereinbefore pro-
vided for, after the filing of the plans as aforesaid, and not
removed at the expense of the owner when required by
said board of street commissioners, no damage occasioned
to the estate, of which the land on which the building
was so placed formed a part at the date of the first adver-
Acts in Chronological Order. 287
tisement of the first notice given by said board, relating to
the plan on which any part of said estate is shown, or to
any part of said estate, by any subsequent establishment
of any grade of any highway or by any subsequent change
of any grade of any highway, shall be recovered by, or be
paid to, the owner of the whole or of any part of such
estate.
Sect. 11. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved June 16, 1892.
[Acts of 1892, c. 418, sect. 4.]
CHAPTER 462, ACTS OF 1893.
An Act to Authorize the Establishment of a
Building Line on Public Ways.
Restrictions as to Building.
Section 1- The board or officers having authority to
lay out city or town ways may in the manner prescribed
by law for giving notice of an intention to lay out any such
way, give notice of an intention to estabhsh a building
Hne parallel to, and not more than twenty-five feet dis-
tant from, any exterior fine of a highway or city or town
way, and after said notice may pass a vote establishing
such building fine, and in the case of a city, upon the
recording of said vote in the records of the city, or in a
town, upon the acceptance of said vote by the inhabitants
of the town at a town meeting called as provided for by
law, said building Hne shall be established; and until
another buikhng line shall thereafter be estabhshed in the
same manner, no structure shall thereafter be erected,
placed or maintained between such building Hne and such
way, except that steps, windows, porticos and other usual
projections appurtenant to the front wall of a building,
may be aUowed in such restricted space to the extent
prescribed in the vote estabHshing such building line.
288 Acts in Chronological Order.
Damages.
Sect. 2. Any person sustaining damage by reason of
the establishment of such building line shall have the same
remedies for obtaining payment therefor as may be pre-
scribed by law for obtaining payment for damages sus-
tained by the laying out of a highway in such city or town.
Sect. 3. This act shall take effect in any city when
accepted by the city council thereof, and in any town vrhen
accepted by a majority of the legal voters thereof present
and voting thereon at a town meeting called for that
purpose. [Approved June 9, 1893.
Building Lines Established.
1. Beacon street, River street to Beaver street,
Januarys, 1895.
2. Beacon street (both sides), Arlington street to
Massachusetts avenue, January 5, 1895.
3. Beacon street (northerly side), between Somerset
street and Bowdoin street, November 6, 1900.
4. Boylston street, Back Bay Fens to Brookline
avenue, October 4, 1894.
5. Beech street, West Roxbury (northeast side),
between Centre street and railroad, February 29, 1916.
6. Columbia road, Edward Everett square to the rail-
road. Established by park commissioners.
7. Columbia road (southeast side), Hamilton street to
Richfield street, January 28, 1915.
8. Grove street. West Roxbury (both sides), between
Washington street and Centre street, March 9, 1916.
9. Jersey street, July 15, 1898; Landsdowne street,
November?, 1906.
10. Peterborough street, February 1, 1901.
11. Queensberry street, July 15, 1897.
See Revised Laws, chapter 48, section 103; amendinent,
1913, chapter 572.
Acts in Chronological Order. 289
CHAPTER 219, ACTS OF 1897.
An Act to Provide for the Protection of the Public
Health in the City of Roston.
Buildings may he Vacated or Torn Down.
Section 1. Whenever the board of health of the city
of Boston shall be of opinion that any building or any
part thereof in said city is infected with contagious
disease, or by reason of want of repair has become dan-
gerous to life, or is unfit for use because of defects in
drainage, plumbing, ventilation or in the construction of
the same, or because of the existence of a nuisance on the
premises which is likely to cause sickness among its
occupants, said board may issue an order requiring all
persons therein to vacate or cease to use such building or
part thereof stated in the order, for reasons to be stated
therein as aforesaid. Said board shall cause said order to
be affixed conspicuously to the building or part thereof;
and to be personally served on the owner, lessee, agent,
occupant or any person having the charge or care thereof,
if the owner, lessee or agent cannot be found in the said
city, or does not reside therein, or evades or resists service,
then said order may be served bj'- depositing a copy thereof
in the postoffice of said city postpaid and properly inclosed
and addressed to such owner, lessee or agent at his last
known place of business or residence. Such building or
part thereof shall be vacated with ten days after said
order shall have been posted and mailed as aforesaid, or
within such shorter time, not less than forty-eight hours,
as in said order may be specified, and said building shall be
no longer used; but whenever said board shall become
satisfied that the danger from said building or part thereof
has ceased to exist, or that said building has been repaired
so as to be habitable, it may revoke said order. Whenever
in the opinion of the board of health any building or part
290 Acts in Chronological Order.
thereof in said city is because of age, infection with con-
tagious disease, defects in drainage, plumbing or ventila-
tion, or because of the existence of a nuisance on the
premises which is likely to cause sickness among its
occupants, or among the occupants of other property in
said city, or because it makes other buildings in said
vicinit}^ unfit for human habitation or dangerous or inju-
rious to health, or because it prevents proper measures
from being carried into effect for remedying any nuisance
injurious to health, or other sanitary evils in respect of
such other buildings, so unfit for human habitation that
the evils in or caused by said building cannot be remedied
by repairs or in any other way except by the destruction
of said building or of any portion of the same, said board
of health may order the same or any part thereof to be
removed; and if said building is not removed in accord-
ance with said order said board of health shall remove the
same at the expense of the city.
[1899, c. 222, sect. 1.]
CHAPTER 463, ACTS OF 1897.
An Act Relative to Filing in the Registry of Deeds
Notice of the Pendency of Certain Actions.
Section 13 of chapter 126 of the public statutes is hereby
amended by inserting after the word "estate," in the
second Hne, the words; — or the use and occupation thereof
or the buildings thereon, — so as to read as follows: —
Section 13. No writ of entry, petition for partition, or
other proceeding, either at law or in equity, affecting the
title to real estate, or the use and occupation thereof or the
buildings thereon, shall have any effect as against persons
other than the parties thereto, their heirs and devisees,
and persons having actual notice thereof, unti^ a memo-
randum containing the names of the parties to such
Acts in Chronological Order. 291
proceeding, the court in which it is pending, the date of
the writ or other commencement thereof, the name of the
city or town in which the real estate hable to be affected
thereby is situated, and a description of such real estate
sufficiently accurate for identification, is recorded in the
registry of deeds for the county or district in which such
real estate is situated; but this section shall not apply to
attachments, levies of execution, or proceedings in the
probate courts, nor to any case which is pending on the
fifteenth day of June in the year eighteen hundred and
seventy-seven. [Approved June 4, 1897.
CHAPTER 452, ACTS OF 1898.
An Act Relative to the Height of Buildings on and
NEAR Copley Square in the City of Boston.
Height Limit, Ninety Feet.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. Any building now being built, or hereafter
to be built, rebuilt or altered in the city of Boston, upon
any land abutting on St. James avenue, between Clarendon
street and Dartmouth street, or upon land at the corner
of Dartmouth street and Huntington avenue, now occu-
pied by the Pierce building, so called, or upon land abutting
on Dartmouth street, now occupied by the Boston Pubhc
Library building, or upon land at the corner of Dart-
mouth street and Boylston street, now occupied by the
new Old South Church building, may be completed, built,
rebuilt or altered to the height of ninety feet, and no
more; and upon any land or lands abutting on Boylston
street, beyond Darthmouth street and Clarendon street,
may be completed, built, rebuilt or altered to the height
of one hundred feet and no more: provided, however, that
there may be erected on any such building, above the
limits hereinbefore prescribed, such steeples, towers,
292 Acts in Chronological Order.
domes, sculptured ornaments and chimneys as the board
of park commissioners of said city may approve.
Sect. 2. The provisions of chapter three hundred and
thirteen of the acts of the year eighteen hundred and
ninety-six, and of chapter three hundred and seventy-nine
of the acts of the year eighteen hundred and ninety-seven,
so far as they Umit the height of buildings, shall not be
construed to apply to the territory specified and restricted
in section one of this act.
Sect. 3. The owner of or any person having an interest
in any building upon any land described in section one of
this act, the construction whereof was begun but not
completed before the fourteenth day of January in the
current year, who suffers damage under the provisions of
this act by reason or in consequence of having planned
and begun such construction, or made contracts therefor,
for a height exceeding that Umited by section one of this
act for the locaUty where said construction has been
begun, may recover damages from the city of Boston for
material bought or actually contracted for, and the use of
which is prevented by the provisions of this act, for the
excess of cost of material bought or actually contracted
for over that which would be necessary for such building
if not exceeding in height the limit prescribed for that
locality by section one of this act, less the value of such
materials as are not required on account of the limitations,
resulting from the provisions of this act, and the actual
cost or expense of any re-arrangement of the design or
construction of such building made necessary by this
act, by proceedings begun within two years of the passage
of this act, and in the manner prescribed by law for obtain-
ing payment for damages sustained by any person whose
land is taken in the laying out of a highway in said city.
Sect 4. Any person sustaining damage or loss in his
property by reason of the limit of the height of buildings
Acts in Chronological Order. 293
provided for in this act, may recover such damage or loss
from the city of Boston, Ijy proceedings begun within
three years of the passage of this act, and in the manner
prescribed by law for obtaining payment for damages
sustained by any person whose land is taken in the laying
out of a highway in said city.
Sect, 5. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved May 23, 1898.
CHAPTER 457, ACTS OF 1899.
An Act to Limit the Height of Buildings in the
Vicinity of the State House.
Height Limit, Seventy Feet.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. Any building now being built or hereafter
to be built, rebuilt or altered in that part of the city of
Boston which Hes within the following described territory,
to wit : — Beginning at the corner of Beacon street and
Hancock avenue, thence continuing westerly on Beacon
street to Joy street, thence continuing northerly on Joy
street to Myrtle street, thence continuing easterly on
Myrtle street to Hancock street, thence continuing
southerly on Hancock street and Hancock avenue to the
point of beginning, — may be completed, built, rebuilt or
altered to the height of seventy feet measured on its
principal front and no higher, and any part of a building on
or within ninety-five feet of Beacon street, between the
Claflin Building, so-called, and Park street, may be com-
pleted, built, rebuilt or altered to the height of seventy feet
above the highest grade of said part of Beacon street, and
no higher: provided: however, that there may be erected on
any such building such chimneys, pipes, water tanks and
elevator houses as the Governor and Council may approve.
[1901, c. 525, sect. 4.]
294 Acts in Chronological Order.
Sect 2. If and in so far as this act, or proceedings to
enforce it, may deprive any person of rights existing under
the Constitution, any such person now owning land within
the district above described, sustaining damages in his
property by reason of the Hmitations of the height pro-
vided for in this act of any building on or to be placed on
such land may recover from the Commonwealth such
damages as determined by a jury of the superior court
for the county of Suffolk, on his petition therefor filed in
the office of the clerk of said court within one year after
the passage of this act, such determination and payment
of the damages to be made under the same rules of law,
so far as appHcable, as govern the determination and
payment of damages for the taking of lands for highways
in said city.
Sect. 3. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved June 2, 1899.
CHAPTER 543, ACTS OF 1902.
An Act Relative to the Improvement of the State
House and to the Height of Buildings on Beacon
Street and Bowdoin Street in the City op
Boston.
Height Limit, One Hundred Feet and Seventy Feet.
Section 1. Any part of any building abutting on or
within forty-two feet of Bowdoin street between AQston
street and Beacon street may be completed, built, rebuilt
or altered to the height of one hundred feet above the
highest grade of that part of said Bowdoin street on
which the building abuts as such grade has been changed
and " established by the governor and council and no
higher, and any part of any building on or within ninety-
five feet of Beacon street between the Claflin building,
Acts in Chronological Order. 295
so-called, and Park street may be completed, built, rebuilt,
or altered to the height of seventy feet above the highest
grade of said Beacon street and no higher: provided,
however, that there may be erected on any such building,
such chimneys, pipes, water tanks, elevator houses and
ornamental features which shall not increase the interior
capacity of said building as the governor and council may
approve.
Sect. 2. Any person owning land on or within forty-
two feet of Bowdoin street, between Allston street and
Beacon street, or on or within ninety-five feet of Beacon
street between the Clafhn building, so-called, and Park
street, whose property is damaged more than it is benefited
by the improvement of the State House, consisting of the
limitation of the height of buildings on said land, the
laying out and grading of said streets, the removal of
buildings between Hancock street and Bowdoin street,
the reconstruction and extension of the State House and
the construction of the park between Bowdoin street
and the State House, may, within two years after the pas-
sage of this act, and not afterward, file in the office of the
clerk of the superior court for the county of Suffolk, his
petition for a jury to determine such damage, and a jury
of said court shall thereupon determine the question,
under the rules of law, so far as they are appUcable, under
which damages for the laying out of highways under the
Revised Laws are determined. If the jury find that the
petitioner is damaged more than he is benefited by said
improvement they shall determine the amount of the
difference, and the Commonwealth shall pay the same;
and if the jury shall not so find, judgment shall be entered
for the Commonwealth, costs taxed and execution issued
therefor against the petitioner as in civil cases. The city
of Boston shall repay to the Commonwealth all damages
which the state shall be required to pay for the change of
296 Acts in Chronological Order.
grade of Bowdoin street made under authority of the
governor and council, and for all expenses incurred in
making such change.
Sect. 3. Section two of chapter three hundred and
eighty-two of the acts of the year nineteen hundred, as
amended by section one of chapter five hundred and
twenty-five of the acts of the year nineteen hundred and
one, is hereby further amended by striliing out all of said
section two after the word "Commonwealth", in the
seventeenth hne, so as to read as follows: Section 2. The
governor and council may lay out said land for use as a
park, with driveways, walks, grass plots, curbing and
railing; may close Mount Vernon street from Beacon
street to the state house arch; may construct a new
approach to the state house from Bowdoin street and from
Beacon street; may build retaining walls and fences;
may change the grade of Moimt Vernon street from Joy
street to the state house as they shall deem to be most
advantageous for an approach to the state house; may
change the grade of Bowdoin street from Beacon street
to Ashburton place so that the street will be substantially
level in that part, and may widen Bowdoin street at any
part to a width not exceeding fifty feet; may grade and
construct said streets and relay the sewers, pipes, tubes,
conduits and wires therein wherever necessary, and may
provide for the proper storage of coal for the use of the
Commonwealth,
Sect. 4. Section three of said chapter five hundred
and twenty-five is hereby repealed.
Sect. 5. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[A-pproved June 28, 1902.
CHAPTER 383, ACTS OF 1903.
An Act Relative to Separate Systems of Drainage.
Section 1. The owner of every estate abutting on a
public way in which a drain, namely, a conduit for surface
Acts in Chronological Order, 297
or storm water and such waters as shall be specified by the
state board of health; and a sewer, namely, a conduit for
all other waters and for sewerage, all such other waters to
be considered sewerage, shall have been provided by a
city or town, and the owner of any other estate, using any
such drain or sewer, shall make or change the plumbing
of his estate so that the waters shall be kept separate from
the sewerage; and shall, as directed by the officer having
charge of the maintenance of sewers in such city or town,
make connections for, and conduct, the waters into the
drain and the sewerage into the sewer.
Sect. 2. The owner of every estate whose sewerage is
to be taken into any metropolitan sewer shall hereafter,
in plumbing his estate, so arrange the plumbing as to
keep the waters separate from the sewerage; and shall,
as directed by said officer, make connections for, and
conduct, the waters into the drain and the sewage into the
sewer; but where only one conduit shall have been pro-
vided in the street by the city or toT^Ti, such owner shall,
as directed by said officer, construct said connections into
the street and connect them with the conduit so provided,
and the citj'- or town shall provide the other conduit and
all necessary connections with either conduit.
This act took effect May 26, 1903.
CHAPTER 242, ACTS OF 1904.
An Act to Regulate Public Lodging Houses in
Certain Cities.
Cubicles Prohibited.
Section 1. In cities of over fifty thousand inhabitants
every building not licensed as an inn, in which ten or
more persons are lodged for a price of twenty-five cents or
less for each person for a day of twenty-four hours, or for
any part thereof, shall be deemed a public lodging house
within the meaning of this act. No building or part
298 Acts in Chronological Order. ^
thereof hereafter erected, altered or converted to be used
as such a pubHc lodging house shall have the sleeping
compartments arranged on the cubicle plan.
[Stat. 1915, c. 160, General Act. See Stat. 1911, c. 129.]
Bect. 2. The officer or board having charge of the
police in any such city may license persons to keep public
lodging houses therein. No fee shall be charged for such
license, and it shall expire on the thirtieth day of April
next after the granting of the same. Every such license
shall specify the street or other place and the number of
the building, or give some other particular description
thereof, where the licensee shall exercise his employment;
and the license shall not protect a person exercising his
employment in any other place than that so specified.
Sufficient Egress Required.
Sect. 3. No such license shall be granted in any such
city until the inspector of buildings thereof, or the other
ojQ&cer or board having authority to administer the laws
and ordinances in regard to the construction of buildings
therein, has certified that the building is provided with
sufficient means of escape in case of fire, and that suitable
appliances are provided for extinguishing fires and for
giving alarm to the inmates in case of fire; and such
officer or board may from time to time require such alter-
ations to be made or such additional appliances to be
provided as may in his or their judgment be necessary for
the protection of life and property in case of fire.
Water-Closets, Etc., Required.
Sect. 4. No such license shall be granted in any such
city until the board of health thereof has certified that
the building is provided with a sufficient number of water-
closets and urinals, and with good and sufficient means of
Acts in Chronological Order. 299
ventilation; and the said board may from time to time
require the licensee thoroughly to cleanse and disinfect all
parts of said building and the furniture therein, to the
satisfaction of such board.
Register Required.
Sect. 5. In every public lodging house a register shall
be kept in which shall be entered the name and address of
each lodger, together with the time of his arrival and
departure, and such register shall at all times be open to
the inspection of the police.
Building Inspector — Right to Enter.
Sect. 6. The keeper of every public lodging house shall
at all times, when so required by any officer of the building
department, of the health department, or of the police
department, give him free access to said house or any part
thereof.
Penalty.
Sect. 7. Whoever keeps or holds himself out as keeping
a public lodging house without being duly licensed as here-
inbefore provided, and whoever is concerned or financially
interested in any public lodging house, the keeper of which
is not so licensed, shall be punished by a fine not exceed-
ing one hundred dollars; and every keeper of a public
lodging house who violates any provision of this act shall
be punished by a fine of one hundred dollars, and the
licensing board shall immediately revoke his license.
Sect. 8. Chapter four hundred and fourteen of the
acts of the year eighteen hundred and ninety-four is
hereby repealed.
Sect. 9. This act shall take effect on the first day of
June in the year nineteen hundred and four.
[Approved April 20, 1904.
300 Acts in Chronological Order.
CHAPTER 333, ACTS OF 1904.
An Act Relative to the Height of Buildings in the
City of Boston.
Be it enacted, etc., as jollows:
Section 1. The city of Boston shall be divided into
districts of two classes, to be designated districts A and B.
The boundaries of the said districts, established as here-
inafter provided, shall continue for a period of fifteen years,
and shall be determined in such manner that those parts
of the city in which all or the greater part of the buildings
situate therein are at the time of such determination used
for business or commercial purposes shall be included in
the district or districts designated A and those parts of
the city, in which all or the greater part of the buildings
situate therein are at the said time used for residential
purposes or for other purposes not business or commercial
shall be in the district or districts designated B.
Sect. 2. Upon the passage of this act the mayor of the
city shall appoint a commission of three members to be
called "Commission on Height of Buildings in the City of
Boston." The commission shall immediately upon its
appointment give notice and public hearings, and shall
make an order establishing the boundaries of the districts
aforesaid, and, within one month after its appointment,
shall cause the same to be recorded in the registry of deeds
for the county of Suffolk. The boundaries so estabHshed
shall continue for a period of fifteen years from the date
X)i said recording. Any person who is aggrieved by the
said order may, within thirty days after the recording
thereof, appeal to the commission for a revision; and the
commission may, within six months after its appointment,
revise such order, and the revision shall be recorded in the
registry of deeds for the county of Suffolk, and shall date
back to the original date of recording. The members of
Acts in Chronological Order. 301
the commission shall serve until the districts have been
established as aforesaid; and any vacancy in the commis-
sion caused by resignation, death or inabihty to act shall
be filled by the mayor, on written application by the
remaining members of the commission or of ten inhabitants
of the city. The members of the commission shall receive
such compensation as the mayor shall determine.
Height Limit in District A and District B, Exceptions.
Sect. 3. In the city of Boston no building shall be
erected to a height of more than one hundred and twenty-
five feet above the grade of the street in any district desig-
nated A, and no building shall be erected to a height of
more than eighty feet above the grade of the street in any
district designated B. These restrictions shall not apply
to grain or coal elevators or sugar refineries in any district
designated A, nor to steeples, domes, towers or cupolas
erected for strictly ornamental purposes, of fireproof
material, on buildings of the above height or less in any
district. The supreme judicial court and the superior
courts shall each have jurisdiction in equity to enforce the
provisions of this act, and to restrain the violation thereof.
Sect. 4. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved May 13, 1904.
[Order of December 3, 1904-]
June 7, 1904, the mayor of the city of Boston, under
the provisions of chapter 333 of the Acts of 1904, ap-
pointed the Commission on Height of Buildings in the
city of Boston, and they on July 5, 1904, m-ade an order
in accordance with the provisions of said chapter, which
order is recorded in the Suffolk Registry of Deeds, Book
2976, page 45.
Order of July 5, 1904, as amended and revised by order
of December 3, 1904.
302 Acts in Chronological Order.
A. The boundaries of the Districts A, hereby estab-
Hshed, are as follows, to wit :
1. Beginning on the northerly side of that part of the
said city known as East Boston at the Chelsea Street
Bridge, thence running southeasterly, southerly and
southwesterly through the centre of Chelsea street to
Eagle square, thence westerly through said Eagle square
and the centre of Eagle street to Glendon street, thence
northerly through the centre of said Glendon street to
Condor street, thence westerly through the centre of said
Condor street to Border street, thence southerly and
southwesterly through the centre of said Border street to
Sumner street, thence southeasterly through the centre
of said Sumner street to Orleans street, thence south-
westerly through the centre of said Orleans street to
Marginal street, thence southeasterly and easterly through
the centre of said Marginal street to Jeffries street, thence
northeasterly through the centre of said Jeffries street to
Maverick street, thence northwesterly through the centre
of said Maverick street to the location of the Boston,
Revere Beach and Lynn Railroad, thence northerly and
northeasterly along said Railroad to the property of
the said city known as Wood Island Park, thence south-
easterly along the line dividing the said property of the
said city from the property of the East Boston Company
and the property of the Commonwealth to the harbor,
thence southwesterly, westerly, northwesterly, northerly,
northeasterly, and easterly along the said harbor and
Chelsea Creek, around the said East Boston to the point
of beginning at said Chelsea Street Bridge; meaning to
include in the said District A all those portions of wards
one and two of the said city, as now established by law,
which are situated within the boundary line hereinbefore
described,
2, Beginning on the southerly side of that part of the
Acts in Chronological Order. 303
said city known as Charlestown at the Charlestown Bridge,
thence running northwesterly through the centre of said
bridge and the approaches thereof to a point on said
approaches immediately over the centre of the arch con-
necting Warren avenue with Water street, thence north-
easterly through the centre of said Water street to the
property of the United States known as the United States
Navy Nard, thence northwesterly along the southwesterly
boundary line of said property of the United States to
Chelsea street, thence northeasterly through the centre
of said Chelsea street to Medford street, thence north-
westerly and westerly through the centre of said Medford
street to the junction of said Medford street. Bunker
Hill street and Main street, thence northwesterly through
the centre of said Main street to the property of the said
city known as the Charlestown Playground, thence north-
easterly along the southeasterly boundary of said Play-
ground to the Mystic river, thence easterly, southeasterly,
southerly and southwesterly along said Mystic river and
the harbor around said Charlestown to the point of begin-
ning at said Charlestown Bridge; meaning to include in
the said District A all those portions of Wards three, four
and five of the said city as now estabhshed by law, which
are situated within the boundary line hereinbefore
described.
3. Beginning on the easterly side of that part of the
said city known as the city proper at the Congress Street
Bridge, thence running southeasterly across said bridge
to that part of said city known as South Boston, thence
northeasterly, easterly, southeasterly, westerly, southerly
and easterly around the northerly part of said South
Boston and the Reserved channel, so-called, to the point
on the southerly boundary of said Reserved channel where
Q street extended northerly would meet the said channel,
thence southerly through the centre of said Q street to
304 Acts in Chronological Order,
East Fifth street, thence westerly through the centre of
East First street to I street, thence southerly through the
centre of said I street to East Second street, thence
westerly through the centre of said East Second street to
the junction of said East Second street, Dorchester street
and West First street, thence northwesterly through the
centre of said West First street to Dorchester avenue,
thence southerly through the centre of said Dorchester
avenue to Dexter street, thence westerly through the
centre of said Dexter street to EUery street, thence
southerly through the centre of said EUery street to
Southampton street, thence westerly through the centre
of said Southampton street to Massachusetts avenue,
thence northwesterly through the centre of said Massa-
chusetts avenue to Albany street, thence northeasterly
through the centre of said Albany street to East Dedham
street, thence northwesterly through the centre of said
East Dedham street to Harrison avenue, thence north-
easterly through the centre of said Harrison avenue to
Troy street, thence southeasterly through the centre of
said Troy street to Albany street, thence northerly through
the centre of said Albany street to Broadway, thence
northwesterly through the centre of said Broadway to
Washington street, thence northwesterly across said
Washington street and through the centre of Pleasant
street to Piedmont street, thence westerly through the
centre of said Piedmont street, to Ferdinand street, thence
northwesterly through the centre of said Ferdinand street
to Columbus avenue, thence southwesterly through the
centre of Columbus avenue to a point where a hne passing
along the boundary line between the estates now num-
bered 352 and 356 on Boylston street and extended south-
easterly would meet said point on Columbus avenue,
thence from said point northwesterly along said line and
between said estates above mentioned to a point in the
Acts in Chronological Order. 305
centre of Boylston street opposite or nearly opposite the
westerly boundary of the lot on which the Arlington
Street Church now stands, thence easterly through the
centre of said Boylston street to Tremont street, thence
northerly and northeasterly through the centre of said
Tremont street to Park street, thence northwesterly
through the centre of said Park street to Beacon street,
thence northeasterly through the centre of said Beacon
street to Bowdoin street, thence northerly through the
centre of said Bowdoin street to Cambridge street, thence
westerly through the centre of said Cambridge street to
Staniford street, thence northerly through the centre of
said Staniford street to Green street, thence northwesterly
through the centre of said Green street to Leverett street,
thence northwesterly through the centre of said Leverett
street to the Charles river at Craigie Bridge, thence north-
easterly, easterly, southeasterly, southerly and south-
westerly by the said Charles river and the said harbor
around the said city proper to the point of beginning at
said Congress Street Bridge; meaning to include in said
District A the whole of ward six and all those portions
of wards seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen,
fourteen, fifteen and seventeen of the said city, as now
established by law, which are situated within the boundary
line hereinbefore described.
B. The boundaries of the Districts B hereby estab-
Ushed are as follows, to wit :
1. All those portions of said wards one and two which
are situated outside the line beginning and ending- at said
Chelsea Street Bridge hereinbefore established as the
boundary of one of said Districts A.
2. All those portions of said wards three, four and five
which are situated outside the line beginning and ending
at said Charlestown Bridge hereinbefore established as the
boundary of one of said Districts A,
306 Acts in Chronological Order.
3. The whole of wards sixteen, eighteen, nineteen,
twenty, twenty-one, twenty-two, twenty-three, twenty-
four and twenty-five of the said city, as now estabUshed
by law, and all those portions of said wards seven, eight,
nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen and
seventeen which are situated outside the line beginning
and ending at said Congress Street Bridge hereinbefore
established as the boundary of one of said Districts A.
Meaning to include in the said Districts B all those
portions of the said city not included in the Districts
herembefore established as Districts A.
Wherever in this order the words "harbor," "river,"
"creek" are found, the same are intended to mean the
furthest line towards deep water on said harbor, river or
creek respectively on which the erection of wharves or
other structures is permitted by the State and United
States authorities.
CHAPTER 347, ACTS OF 1905.
An Act to Prohibit the Obstruction of Means of
Egress from Buildings.
Fire Escapes — Police to Enforce Penalty.
Section 1. Any article or thing placed upon a fire
escape or an outside means of egress of any building is
hereby declared a common nuisance. Any court authorized
to issue warrants in criminal cases may, upon complaint
under oath made by any police ofiicer that any article or
thing is placed or maintained upon a fire escape or outside
means of egress of any building, issue a warrant to bring
such article or thing when found before a court having
jurisdiction of the same, and all articles or things seized
under the authority of such a warrant shall be disposed of
as provided in sections three to eight inclusive of chapter
two hundred and seventeen of the Revised Laws relative
Acts in Chronological Order. 30^
to articles seized under clause eleven of section one of
said chapter.* Any owner, lessee, tenant or occupant of
any building who maintains or permits to remain upon any
fire escape or outside means of egress of any building any
article or thing for more than twenty minutes shall be
punished by a fine of not more than one hundred dollars.
The existence of any article or thing upon a fire escape or
outside means of egress of any building shall be prima facie
evidence that such article or thing was so placed, main-
tained or permitted to remain by the occupant of the
premises having access from said building to said fire
escape or outside means of egress. '
Interior Egress Obstructions Prohibited — Penalty.
Sect, 2. Every stairway of every building shall be kept
free and unobstructed, and any person who permits any
article or thing to remain in any stairway of any building
in such a manner as may impede the egress of any person
lawfully in said building, or the egress of any person law-
fully entitled to enter said building shall be punished by
a fine of not more than five hundred dollars. The existence
of any article or thing in any such stairway in any building
shall be prima facie evidence that it was placed or per-
mitted to remain therein by the owner, lessee, tenant or
occupant of the building.
[Approved April 28, 1905.
CHAPTER 383, STATUTE OF 1905.
An Act Relative to the Height of Buildings in the
City of Boston.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. Within thirty days after the passage of this
act the mayor of the city of Boston shall appoint a com-
* See also chap. 795, sect. 29, 1914; (sect. 13— D).
308 Acts in Chronological Order.
mission of three members to determine, in accordance
with the conditions hereinafter provided, the height of
buildings within the district designated by the commis-
sion on height of buildings in the city of Boston as district
B, in accordance with chapter three hundred and thirty-
three of the acts of the year nineteen hundred and four.
Sect. 2. Said commission shall immediately upon its
appointment give notice and public hearings, and shall
make an order establishing the boundaries of or otherwise
pointing out such parts, if any, of said district B, as it
may designate in which buildings may be erected to a
height exceeding eighty feet but not exceeding one hundred
feet, and the height between eighty feet and one hundred
feet to which buildings may so be erected, and the condi-
tions under which buildings may be erected to said height
except that such order may provide for the erection of
buildings as aforesaid to a height not exceeding one
hundred and twenty-five feet in that portion of said district
B which lies within fifty feet from the boundary line sepa-
rating said district B from the district designated by the
commission on height of buildings in the city of Boston as
district A in accordance with said chapter three hundred
and thirty-three, provided said boundary fine divides
the premises affected by such order from other adjoining
premises both owned by the same person or persons, and
within sixty days after its appointment shall cause the
same to be recorded in the registry of deeds for the county
of Suffolk. Any person who is aggrieved by such order
may, within sixty days after the recording thereof, appeal
to the commission for a revision; and the commission may,
previous to the first day of January in the year nineteen
hundred and six, revise such order, and the revision shall
be recorded in the registry of deeds for the county of Suffolk
and shall date back to the original date of recording.
The boundaries so established shall continue for a period
of fifteen yeaJrs from the date of the recording of the order
Acts in Chronological Obder. 309
made by the commission on height of buildings in the city
of Boston under chapter three hundred and thirty-three
of the acts of the year nineteen hundred and four. The
members of the commission shall receive such compensa-
tion as the mayor shall determine.
Sect. 3. Within such parts of district B as may be
designated by the commisison as aforesaid (which may,
except as hereinafter provided, include any parts of said
district B affected by prior acts limiting the height of
buildings) buildings may be erected to the height fixed by
the commission as aforesaid, exceeding eighty feet but
not exceeding one hundred feet, or one hundred and twenty-
five feet as hereinbefore provided, and subject to such
conditions as may be fixed as aforesaid by the commis-
sion; but within the following described territory, to wit : —
Beginning at the corner of Beacon street and Hancock
avenue, thence continuing westerly on Beacon street to
Joy street, thence continuing northerly on Joy street to
Myrtle street, thence continuing easterly on Myrtle
street to Hancock street, thence continuing southerly
on Hancock street and Hancock avenue to the point of
beginning, no building shall be erected to a height greater
than seventy feet, measured on its principal front, and
no building shall be erected on a parkway, boulevard or
pubUc way on which a building Une has been established
by the board of park commissioners or by the board of
street commissioners, acting under any general or special
statute, to a greater height than that allowed by the order
of said boards; and no building upon land any owner of
which has received and retained compensation in damages
for any limitation of height or who retains any claim for
such damages shall be erected to a height greater than
that fixed by the Umitation for which such damages were
received or claimed.
Sect. 4. No Umitations of the height of buildings
in the city of Boston shall apply to churches, steeples,
310 Acts in Chronological Order.
towers, domes, cupolas, belfries or statuary not used for
purposes of habitation, nor to chimneys, gas holders,
coal or grain elevators, open balustrades, skylights, venti-
lators, flagstaffs, railings, weather vanes, soil pipes, steam
exhausts, signs, roof houses not exceeding twelve feet
square and twelve feet high, nor to other similar construc-
tions such as are usually erected above the roof line of
buildings.
Roof houses, pent houses, bulkheads and skylights above
the roof Une used to enclose elevator machinery or shafts
may be more than twelve feet square, but shall not exceed
in area the size of the shaft served thereby, except in the
case of elevator shafts, which may be allowed on additional
space of four feet on all sides. They shall not exceed twelve
feet in height and shall not be used for any purpose except
the storage of tools and appliances used for the main-
tenance of the elevators.
Roof houses, pent houses and bulkheads in first class
buildings may be constructed of angle iron and four inch
blocks, plastered on the inside and outside, or covered
inside and outside with metal covering or angle iron, and
two-inch solid metal lath and plaster walls may be used,
the door to be of metal frame covered with metal. For
second and third class buildings, roof houses, pent houses,
and bulkheads may be of wood frame covered with metal
on the outside and plastered on metal lathing on the inside;
provided, that the door is covered with metal on both sides.
[1919, c. 156, Special Act, to take affect April 24, 1919.]
Sect. 5. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved May 8, 1905.
[Order of July 21, 1905.]
Height Limit — Street Exceeding Sixty-four Feet in Width.
Buildings may be erected on streets exceeding sixty-
four (64) feet in width, to a height equal to one and one
Acts in Chronological Order. 311
quarter times the width of the street upon which the
building stands; and, if situated on more than one street,
the widest street is to be taken, the height to be measured
from the mean grade of the curbs of all the streets upon
which the building is situated, and not exceeding one
hundred (100) feet in any event.
Width of Streets.
If the street is of uneven width, its width will be con-
sidered as the average width opposite the building to
be erected.
The width of a street shall be held to include the width
of any space on the same side of the street upon which a
building stands, upon or within which space no building
can be lawfully erected by virtue of any building line
estabhshed by the Board of Street Commissioners or the
Board of Park Commissioners acting under general or
special laws.
All streets or portions of streets upon which buildings
may be erected on one side only shall be considered as of
a width of eighty (80) feet as to that portion upon which
buildings may be erected on one side only.
In the case of irregular or triangular open spaces formed
by the intersection of streets, the width of the street
shall be taken as the width of the widest street entering
said space at the point of entrance.
Parkway Restrictions.
No building shall, however, be erected on a parkway,
boulevard or public way on which a building line has been
established by either of said Boards acting under general
or special laws to a height greater than that allowed by
said general or special laws, nor otherwise in violation of
Section 3 of said Chap. 383, Acts of 1905.
312 Acts in Chronological Order.
Height Limit — Eighty Feet Exceptions.
No building shall be erected to a height greater than
eighty (80) feet unless its width on each and every public
street upon which it stands will be at least one half its
height.
Nothing in this order shall be construed as effecting any
condition or restriction imposed by deed, agreement or
by operation of law on any property in said Districts B.
Height Limit — One Hundred Twenty-five Feet —
District B.
The said Commissioner further provide that buildings
may be erected to a height not exceeding one hundred and
twenty-five (125) feet in that portion of the District B as
estabUshed by the Commission on Height of Buildings in
its order dated December 3, 1904, recorded with Suffolk
Deeds, Book 3008, page 129, which Ues fifty (50) feet
westerly from the boundary line running from Columbus
avenue to the centre of Boylston street, separating said
District B from District A, as estabUshed by said order;
provided, however, that said portion of District B is owned
by the same person or persons who own the adjoining
premises in District A,
Revised Order of November 20, 1905.
Mechanic Arts High School.
1. So long as the property owned by the city of Boston
on Dalton, Belvidere and Scotia streets, bounded 205.5
feet on Dalton street, 250 feet on Belvidere street, and
184 feet on Scotia street, be said measurements more or
less, shall be used for a Mechanic Arts High School, any
building or buildings thereon may be erected to a height
of one hundred (100) feet.
2. Add at the end of the third paragraph the words:
"or by the Commonwealth or City," so that the con-
Acts in Chronological Order. 313
eluding part of said paragraph shall read, "established by
the Board of Street Commissioners or the Board of Park
Commissioners acting under general or special laws or by
the Commonwealth or City."
3. After the tenth word in the fourth paragraph insert
the word "lawfully" so that said paragraph shall read:
"All streets or portions of streets upon which buildings
may lawfully be erected, etc."
Note. — ■ See chapter 333, Acts of 1915, Special Acts and Order
following.
CHAPTER 437, ACTS OF 1905.
An Act to Regulate the use of the Cinematograph
IN Churches and Other Public Buildings.
The provisions of chapter one hundred and seventy-six
of the acts of the year nineteen hundred and five, being
an act entitled "An Act to regulate the use of the cine-
matograph," shall apply to the use, keeping, exhibition
and inspection of cinematographs which are to be used,
kept or exhibited in any church or other public building,
whether such use, keeping or exhibition is on premises
licensed or not licensed for entertainments.
[Approved May 23, 1905.
CHAPTER 416, ACTS OF 1907. *
An Act Relative to the Height of Buildings on
Rutherford Avenue in the City of Boston.
Height Limit One Hundred Feet.
Section 1. The width of Rutherford avenue in the
Charlestown district of the city of Boston, between Chap-
man street and the Mystic river tracks of the Boston and
Maine Railroad crossing the northerly part of said avenue,
shall be considered as eighty feet in respect to the height
314 Acts in Chronological Order.
of buildings that may be erected on the southwesterly and
westerly side of said avenue, between the points mentioned,
so as to permit the erection of buildings to the height of
one hundred feet, as provided for buildings erected on
streets of the width aforesaid in district B by the com-
mission appointed on height of buildings in the city of
Boston, under chapter three hundred and eighty-three of
the acts of the year nineteen hundred and five.
Sect. 2. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved May 16, 1907.
CHAPTER 463, ACTS OF 1907.
An Act Relative to the Licensing of Theatres and
Public Halls in the City of Boston.
Section 1 . In Boston the mayor shall be the officer to
issue licenses for theatres and public halls, and he may
require such changes in the structural condition of any
building before issuing a license, as in his opinion, the
public safety requires, but no changes shall be ordered in
excess of the statutory requirements then in force for a
new building of like character. Whoever is aggrieved by
any order or decision of the mayor in respect to changes
that he may require in the structural condition of any
building before issuing a license as aforesaid shall have
the right of appeal to the board of appeals established
by chapter four hundred and nineteen of the acts of the
year eighteen hundred and ninety-two, or to any similar
or succeeding board of appeals which may hereafter be
established for the city of Boston. Said board on receipt
of the appeal shall within five days thereafter examine the
premises and hear the parties and render a decision in
writing within ten days after such hearing, and the ma-
jority of the board shall decide whether the whole or a
part of the order or requirement made by the mayor in
Acts in Chronological Order. 315
respect to structural changes shall be comphed with, or
whether a license for said building shall be issued; and the
mayor shall make his order or requirement in respect of
structural changes and the issuing of said Ucense conform
to the decision of said board. If the mayor has granted a
license as aforesaid he shall not revoke or suspend the
same except by giving five days' written notice to the
licensee of his intention so to do, and his reasons therefor,
and if the licensee is aggrieved by said notice of revoca-
tion and said reasons he may appeal to the board of appeals,
who shall within five days from date of his appeal examine
the premises and hear the parties, and render a decision
in writing within three days after such hearing; and the
majority of the board shall decide whether the Ucense
shall be revoked, and the mayor shall make his action
conform to the decision of the board and shall not revoke
the same without the approval of the board.
Sect. 2. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved May 28, 1907.
CHAPTER 284, ACTS OF 1910.
An Act Relative to the Construction, Alteration?
Inspection and Maintenance of Buildings in
THE City of Boston.
Building Department to Enforce Building Laws in Boston
Heretofore Enforced by District Police.
Be it enacted, etc., as follovjs:
Section 1. It shall be the duty of the building com-
missioner of the city of Boston to enforce all provisions of
law relative to the construction, alteration, inspection and
maintenance of buildings which are or may be apphcable
to said city, heretofore enforced by the district pohce,
except the provisions of chapter four hundred and sixty-
five of the acts of the year nineteen hundred and seven,
316 Acts in Chronological Order.
relative to the inspection of steam boilers, the provisions
of chapter three hundred and seventy of the acts of the
year nineteen hundred and four, as amended by chapter
two hundred and eighty of the acts of the year nineteen
hundred and five and by chapter five hundred and two of
the acts of the year nineteen hundred and eight, relative to
the keeping, storage, use, manufacture, sale, handling and
transportation of explosive or inflammable fluids or com-
pounds or other explosives, the provisions of chapter
four hundred and thirty-three of the acts of the year nine-
teen hundred and four, relative to the powers and duties of
the detective department of the district pohce in connec-
tion with the investigation or prevention of fires, and the
provisions of chapter five hundred and fourteen of the acts
of the year nineteen hundred and nine, and acts in amend-
ment thereof or in addition thereto, relative to labor, so
far as the provisions of said chapter are enforced by the
district poUce.
Sect. 2. All acts and parts of acts inconsistent here-
with are hereby repealed.
Sect. 3. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved March 25, 1910.
CHAPTER 571, ACTS OF 1910.
An Act to Authorize the Collection of Fees for
Permits and Licenses Issued by Departments of
THE City of Boston.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. The heads of the various departments of
the city of Boston may establish, subject to the approval
of the mayor, reasonable fees or charges for the issuance
of permits and licenses by said departments: provided,
however, that the charge for a permit to make excavations
in any street or sidewalk shall not exceed fifty cents.
Sect. 2. The authority given in the preceding section
Acts in Chronological Order. 317
shall not deprive any of the officials named in section
twenty-eight of chapter four hundred and eighty-six of the
acts of the year nineteen hundred and nine of any authority
given therein to fix the charges for permits and licenses.
Sect. 3. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved May 26, 1910.
CHAPTER 129, ACTS OF 1911.
An Act to Regulate Public Lodging Houses in
Certain Cities.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. The provisions of chapter two hundred
and forty-two of the acts of the year ninteeen hundred
and four, regulating public lodging houses in cities of over
fifty thousand inhabitants, shall also apply to all buildings
in said cities maintained for furnishing lodging to transient
persons, and not licensed as an inn, in which ten or more
persons are lodged, notwithstanding that no price is
charged for lodging.
Sect. 2. This act shall take effect on the first day of
June in the year nineteen hundred and eleven.
[Approved March 11, 1911.
CHAPTER 342, ACTS OF 1911.
An Act to Regulate the Construction of Garages
IN THE City of Boston.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. A garage hereafter erected within the fire
limits of the city of Boston shall be of first class construc-
tion. A garage hereafter erected in any other part of
that city shall be either of first or second class construction.
Sect. 2. By the term ''garage" is meant a building
or that part of a building wherein are kept five or more
automobiles or motor cars charged with or containing a
volatile inflammable liquid for fuel or power. Wherever
318 Acts in Chhonological Obder.
hereafter any part of an existing building is converted
into a garage, the garage shall be deemed to embrace all
the building not separated from the garage proper by
fireproof construction satisfactory to the building com-
missioners, and such building or part of a building shall
be of first class construction.
Sect. 3. By the term "volatile inflammable liquid"
is meant any liquid that will emit inflammable vapor at a
temperature below one hundred degrees Fahrenheit, when
tested in the open air.
Sect. 4. The penalty for violation of this act shall be
a fine of not less than ten and not more than fifty dollars
a day, so long as the violation continues.
[Approved April 27, 1911.
CHAPTER 259, ACTS OF 1912.
An Act Relative to the Construction of Garages
IN THE City of Boston.
Existing buildings upon premises numbered 337 on
Newbury street, in Boston, are exempt from the provisions
of chapter 342, Acts of 1911, but only while such build-
ings remain of their present size and in their present loca-
tion : provided, however, that no part of said buildings shall
be used as a dwelling.
[Approved March 18, 1912, and took effect.
CHAPTER 280, ACTS OF 1913.
An Act to Authorize the Mayor of the City of
Boston to Grant Permits for Special Moving
Picture Exhibitions in Churches, Halls or
Other Buildings.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. The mayor of the city of Boston may
grant permits in writing for special exhibitions of moving
Acts in Chkonological Order. 319
pictures in churches, halls or other buildings in that city
which, in his opinion, are in safe condition for said
exhibitions, and he may prescribe regulations for the
proper conduct of the same: provided, however, that such
special exhibitions shall be subject to the laws of the
commonwealth and the regulations of the district police
relating to the use of the cinematograph or similar
apparatus.
Sect. 2. A fee of two dollars shall accompany each
application for a permit hereunder.
Sect. 3. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved March 12, 1913.
CHAPTER 577, ACTS OF 1913.
An Act to Regulate the Erection and Maintenance
OF Garages in the City of Boston.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. In the city of Boston no building shall
be erected for, or maintained as a garage for the storage,
keeping or care of automobiles until the issue of a permit
therefor by the board of street commissioners of the city
after notice and a public hearing upon an application
filed with said board. The application for the permit
shall be made by the owner of the parcel of land upon
which such building is to be erected or maintained and
shaU contain the names and addresses of every owner of
record of each parcel of land abutting thereon.
[1914, c. 119, Sect. 1.]
Sect. 2. The notice required by the preceding section
shall include a copy of the application and an order of
said board specifying the time and place of the public
hearing, and shall be given by publication once in each
week for three successive weeks in some one newspaper
regularly published in said city, and by mailing by prepaid
320 Acts in Chronological Order.
registered mail a copy to every owner of record o each
parcel of land abutting on the parcel of land on which the
building proposed to be erected for, or maintained as a
garage is to be, or is situated, and the cost of such notice
and proceedings shall be borne by the applicant.
Sect. 3. At the time and place specified in the notice
for the hearing the said board shall hear all parties inter-
ested, and after giving consideration to the interests of all
owners of record notified, and the general character of the
neighborhood in which is situated the land or building
referred to in the application, shall determine whether or
not the application shall be granted and a permit issued.
[1914, c. 119, Sect. 2.]
Sect. 4. The provisions of this act shall not apply to a
building maintained as a garage for the storage, keeping
or care of automobiles at the time of the passage of this
act, but any enlargement of, or addition to any such
building shall be subject to the provisions of this act.
[1914, c. 119, Sect. 3.]
Sect. 5. Whoever erects or maintains a garage in viola-
tion of this act shall be subject to a fine of not less than
ten nor more than fifty dollars for every day during which
such violation continues. [Approved May 2, 1913.
[1912, c. 259; 1911, c. 342.]
CHAPTER 655, ACTS 1913.
An Act to Revise and Codify the Building Inspection
Laws of the Commonwealth.
(Went into effect November 1, 1913.)
Space between Girders — Steel Frame Buildings.
Section 17. If, in the erection of an iron or steel frame
building the spaces between the girders or floor beams of
any floor are not filled or covered by the permanent con-
struction of said floors before another story is added to
the building, a close plank flooring shall be placed and
Acts in Chronological Order. 321
maintained over such spaces from the time when the beams
or girders are placed in position until said permanent con-
struction is applied; but openings protected by a strong
handrailing not less than four feet high may be left through
said floors for the passage of workmen or material: pro-
vided, however, that when such flooring cannot be used
without serious interference with the work of construction,
such provisions shall be made to protect the workmen from
falling material as the inspector shall direct.
Sect. 18. In the construction of any iron or steel
framed building having a clear story of twenty-five feet
elevation or more, a staging with a close plank flooring
shall be placed under the whole extent of the beams,
girders or trusses of such story upon which iron or steel
workers are working, and not more than ten feet below the
imder side of such beams, girders or trusses.
Sect. 19. Whoever violates any provision of the two
preceding sections shall be punished by a fine of not less
than fifty nor more than five hundred dollars for each
offence.
Definitions.
Sect. 30. In this act, the term "theatre" shall mean a
building or part of a building in which it is designed to
make a business of the presentation of dramatic, operatic
or other performances or shows for the entertainment of
spectators, which is capable of seating more than four
hundred persons, and which has a stage for such perform-
ances that can be used for scenery and other stage appli-
ances. The term "special hall" shall mean a building
or part of a building containing an audience or assembly
hall capable of seating more than four hundred persons,
which may be used for the occasional presentation of
dramatic, operatic or other performances for the enter-
tainment of spectators, with the use of scenery, under such
conditions as the licensing officer shall direct, and for public
gatherings. The term "public hall" shall mean any
322 Acts in Chronological Order.
building, or part of a building, excluding theatres, armories
churches and schools, containing an audience or assembly
hall capable of seating more than four hundred persons,
and used for public gatherings, and for such entertainments
not requiring the use of scenery and other stage appliances,
as the licensing officer may approve.
Licensing Officer.
Sect. 31. Except in the City of Boston, the chief of
the district police shall be the officer to issue licenses for
theatres, special halls and public halls. He may require
such changes in the structural or other condition of any
building before issuing any license as in his opinion the
public safety requires; but no change shall be ordered in
excess of the requirements for a new building of like
character under the existing law. In buildings existing
when this act takes effect an equivalent of the conditions
required by law may be accepted by the licensing officer :
provided, however, that such equivalents are set forth in
detail in the license. The licenses provided for herein
shall be conspicuously posted near the main entrance of
the theatre, special hall or public hall. Licenses for
theatres shall expire on the first day of September, for
special halls on the first day of August, and for public halls
on the first day of July of each year.
Licensee Responsible.
Sect. 32. The licensee shall be responsible, civilly and
criminally, for non-compliance with the laws applicable to
the theatre, special hall or public hall covered by his
license, and for non-compliance with the conditions of the
license.
Inspections to he Made Monthly.
The Ucensing officer shall cause a complete inspection of
all theatres to be made once in each month, of special halls
and of public halls every six months, and as much of tener as
circumstances may require.
Acts in Cheonological Order. 323
Inspections to Cover all Details.
Sect. 33. Every inspection of theatres, special halls or
public halls shall cover all details relating to the condition
of the building as regards the safety of life and property,
and the inspector shall make a signed report as to all such
details upon a tabulated inspection blank, the form of
which shall be determined by the licensing officer. The
forms of such blanks may be adapted to the circumstances
of the class of buildings included in the provisions of section
thirty of this act, but they shall be such as to enable the
inspectors to report a rating on the points and in the form
hereinafter specified, and shall include a detailed table of
legal requirements, v/ith a statement as to compliance or
non-compliance with each. All inspectors inspecting
theatres, special hall s and public halls shall on the first of
each week forward to the licensing officer the reports of
their inspections of the previous week and shall rate each
theatre, special hall or public, hall on the f oUov/ing points
in the following form : —
1. Compliance with existing laws, non-compliance in
any particular to be specified.
2. The following ratings of each building as to the
safety of the audience, in the judgment of the inspectors,
in the light of improved methods of insurmg safety.
Condition, whether
poor, fair, good Remarks,
or excellent.
a. Structural condition.
b. Facility of escape of audience.
c. Heating apparatus.
d. Water supply. **
e. Lighting apparatus.
/. Condition of fire apparatus.
g. Condition of sprinklers.
/),, Condition of fire-resisting curtain.
i. Protection against neighborhood
hazard.
j. General condition of appliances and
apparatus.
k. General condition of stage.
324 Acts in Chronological Order.
Rating as a whole.
With regard to safety of audience.
And such other points as in the opinion of the Ucensing
officer may be suitable. These reports and ratings shall
be signed by the inspectors, and shall give the date of the
inspection with such remarks upon the condition of each
theatre, special hall and public hall as may be suitable to
give notice of danger or to give confidence in the safety of
such buildings . After each inspection of a theatre, special
hall or public hall, the inspector shall post a notice in con-
spicuous type near the main entrance to such theatre,
special hall or public hall in the following form: — "This
theatre (or special hall) (or public hall) has been inspected
by inspector (name of inspector) on (date)."
Inspection Reports to he Kept on File.
Sect. 34. The full inspection reports of theatres,
special halls'and pubhc halls shall be kept on file by the
Hcensing officer, but, except as hereinafter provided, they
shall not be open to examination by the pubUc until the
expiration of one month from the time when they were
rendered, except with the consent of the licensing officer.
Every licensee shall be entitled to examine the full reports
of his own building at any time. The licensing officer shall
make a full report annually of the condition of all theatres,
special halls and public halls, and the report shall be a
public document, open to examination by the public at all
times. The reports of inspectors shall be public records of
matters of public interest, and a fair publication of these
reports, or parts thereof, or comment thereon, by any
person, in newspapers or otherwise, shall be privileged.
Sect. 35. A certified copy of all ratings and conclu-
sions of the inspectors in respect to any licensed theatre,
special hall or public hall shall be delivered or mailed by
the licensing officer to the licensee at the building. If any
Acts in Chronological Order. 325
inspector shall report that the laws or the conditions of the
license are not complied with by any licensee, the licensing
officer may notify the licensee, fixing a time within which
he shall comply with the law and the conditions of the
license. If, at the expiration of such time there has not
been such compUance, the licensing officer shall give a
hearing to the licensee, and if upon investigation he shall
find that there is cause, he shall revoke the license. The
licensing officer shall have power, if, in his opinion, the
public safety requires it, to order any theatre, special hall
or public hall to be closed pending a hearing upon the
revocation of the Hcense, and any person failing to comply
with such order may be punished by a fine of not less than
fifty nor more than one thousand dollars.
Sect. 36. Any licensee may post upon his premises a
certified copy of the complete table of ratings and conclu-
sions relating to the theatre, special hall or public hall
covered by his license, but he shall not post an incomplete
copy of such table.
Sect. 37. Any person having any duty to perform
under the provisions of this act in connection with the
licensing or inspection of theatres, special halls or public
halls who wilfully makes any false statement or report or
any false record of any statement, report or rating as to any
such theatre, special hall or public hall shall be punished
by a fine of not more than one thousand dollars or by
imprisonment for not more than one year.
Sect. 38. Any officer or person having any duty in any
way connected with the inspection of theatres, special halls
or public halls, who requests for himself or another, or
accepts or uses any ticket or pass or privilege of admission,
or admission, to any theatre, special hall or public hall, for
which he is to pay or has paid either nothing or a price less
than that demanded of the public generally, and any owner,
proprietor, manager, lessee, agent or employee of any
326 Acts in Chronological Order.
theatre, special hall or public hall, or any other person who
issues, delivers, offers or allows any such ticket, pass,
privilege or admission to any such officer or person or to any
other person at the request, solicitation, procurement, or
with the connivance of any such officer or person, shall be
punished by a fine of not less than one hundred nor more
than one thousand dollars.
Miscellaneous Hall.
Sect. 39. The term "miscellaneous hall" shall mean a
building or part of a building containing an audience or
assembly hall capable of seating not more than four
hundred persons, a society hall, or a hall in a pubHc or
private school building. The certificate of the inspector
shall be conclusive evidence of a compliance with the pro-
visions of this act for such use of a hall as he shall set forth
in detail in the certificate, and shall be conspicuously
posted near the main entrance of the hall.
Watchmen.
Sect. 42. The keeper of a hotel, boarding or lodging
house or family hotel containing one hundred or more
sleeping rooms, and being four or more stories high, shall
have therein at least two competent watchmen, each prop-
erly assigned, and each on duty between the hours of nine
o'clock at night and six o'clock in the morning. The
keeper of every hotel, boarding or lodging house or family
hotel containing fifty or more sleeping rooms but less than
one hundred, and being three stories high, shall have be-
tween said hours at least one competent vv^atchman on duty
therein. In all such hotels, lodging houses or family
hotels, the halls, corridors and stairways shall be properly
lighted at night, and a red light shall be kept during the
night at the top and bottom of each flight of stairs ; and
one or more proper alarms or gongs, capable of being
heard throughout the house, shall always remain easy of
Acts in Chronological Order. 327
access and ready for use in every such building to give to
the inmates warnmg of fire. The keeper of every such
hotel, boarding or lodging house or family hotel shall keep
a notice descriptive of such means of escape conspicuously
posted in every sleeping room.
Penalty.
Sect. 51. No person shall occupy or use any building
or part thereof as a theatre, special hall, public hall, mis-
cellaneous hall, place of assemblage or place of public
resort until a license therefor has been issued by the chief of
the district police, or a certificate therefor by an inspector.
Any person who violates any provision of this section, or
the conditions of a license issued by the chief of the district
police or of a certificate issued by an inspector, in accord-
ance with the provisions of this act, shall be punished by a
fine of not less than twenty-five nor more than one thou-
sand dollars, or by hnprisonment for not more than one
year, and his license or certificate may be revoked.
Equity Jurisdiction.
Sect. 60. The supreme judicial court or superior court
shall have jurisdiction in equity to restrain the illegal
placing, maintenance or use of any building, structure, or
other thing. It may, upon the petition of a city or town,
by its attorney, for such relief, require the removal of any
such building, structure or other thmg by the owner, and
may authorize the city or town, in default of such removal
by the owner, to remove it at his expense. The provisions
of this section shall apply to such buildings, structures or
other things so placed which were maintained or used prior
to, as well as after, the second day of May in the year
eighteen hundred and ninety-nine. Upon such petition,
the defendant shall be presumed to have acted without a
license or authority until he proves the contrary.
328 Acts in Chronological Order.
CHAPTER 676, ACTS OF 1913.
An Act to Require Inspectors of Buildings to Give
Notice to Assessors of the Granting of Permits.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. The inspector of buildings in every city
and town having such an officer shall give notice to the
board of assessors of such city or town of the granting by
the inspector of permits for the construction of any build-
ing therein, or for any substantial alteration therein or
addition thereto. Such notice shall be in writing, shall be
given within seven days after the granting of each permit,
and shall state the name of the person to whom the permit
was granted, and the location of the building to be con-
structed or altered or to which an addition is to be made.
Sect. 2. This act shall take effect on the first day of
October, nineteen hundred and thirteen.
[Approved May 19, 1913.
CHAPTER 729, ACTS OF 1913.
An Act Relative to Dry Houses in the
City of Boston.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section. 1. No building or part of a building hereafter
erected or altered in the city of Boston shall be used for
kiln drying lumber unless such building or part of a build-
ing is of fireproof construction approved by the. building
commissioner.
Sect. 2. All acts and parts of acts inconsistent here-
with are hereby repealed.
Sect. 3. This act shaU take effect upon its passage.
[Approved May 29, 1913.
Acts in Chronological Order. 329
CHAPTER 287, ACTS OF 1914.
An Act Relative to the Business of Plumbing.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Chapter five hundred and thirty-six of the acts of the
year nineteen hundred and nine is hereby amended by
striking out section ten and inserting in place thereof the
following new section: — Section 10. Every person engag-
ing in the business of plumbing as a master plumber, or
working at the business of plumbing as a journeyman
plumber, not having been registered or licensed as herein
provided; and every person engaging in or working at
the business of plumbing in a city or town where he has
been forbidden so to do under the provisions of section
four of this act; and every person engaged in the business
of plumbing as a master plumber or employing plumber
who engages or employs any person to work as a journey-
man plumber who has not been registered or licensed as
provided by this act; and every person violating any pro-
vision of this act or any rule or regulation made hereunder
shaU be punished by a fine not exceeding fifty dollars for
each offence. [Approved April 2, 1914-
CHAPTER 566, ACTS OF 1914.
An Act to Prohibit the Locking of Doors of Build-
ings IN Which Operatives are Employed.
Chapter five himdred and fourteen of the acts of the
year nineteen hundred and nine is hereby amended by
striking out section ninety-three and inserting in place
thereof the following new section : — Section 93. No out-
side or inside doors of any building in which operatives are
employed shall be so locked, bolted or otherwise fastened
330 Acts in Chronological Order.
during the hours of labor as to prevent free egress. Any
person having charge of any such building or of any room
thereof, any exit door of which shall be found to be so
locked, bolted or otherwise fastened during the hours of
labor as to prevent free egress, shall be punished by a fine
of not less than twenty-five dollars nor more than five
hundred dollars or by imprisonment for not more than
one year, or by both such fine and imprisonment.
[Approved May 22, 1914.
CHAPTER 782, ACTS OF 1914.
An Act to Amend the Building Law of the
City of Boston.
Section. 6. Elevators hereafter installed shall be pro-
vided with such shaftway enclosures and doors as may be
required by the regulations of the Massachusetts board
of elevator regulations. All shafts for light and ventila-
tion and skylights over such shafts shall be constructed
of like materials and in a like manner as required for
elevator shafts, and all window openings in the same, ex-
cept in exterior walls, shall be protected by metal frames
and sash and wired glass.
Sect. 11. The provisions of this act, so far as they
are the same as those of existing statutes, shall be construed
as continuations thereof and not as new enactments.
Sect. 12. All acts and parts of acts inconsistent here-
with are hereby repealed, but nothing herein contained
shall be construed to modify the powers and duties con-
ferred and imposed upon the board of appeals by sections
six, seven and eight of chapter five hundred and fifty of
the acts of the year nineteen hundred and seven.
Sect. 13. This act shall take effect ninety days after
its passage. [Approved July 7, 191 i.
Acts in Chronological Order. 331
CHAPTER 786, ACTS OF 1914.
An Act Exempting a Certain Parcel of Land in the
City of Boston from Restrictions as to the
Height of Buildings.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. The parcel of land situated in the city of
Boston bounded by Washington street, Lovering place,
Harrison avenue and Asylum street is hereby exempted
from the provisions of chapter three hundred and thirty-
three of the acts of the year nineteen hundred and four
and chapter three hundred and eighty-three of the acts
of the year nineteen hundred and five, relative to the
height of buildings, and is relieved from the restrictions as
to height placed thereon by the commissioners on the
height of buildings in the city of Boston acting under the
authority of said statutes: provided, however, that nothing
herein shall authorize the erection on said parcel of a
building exceeding one hundred and twenty-five feet in
height above the grade of the sidewalk on Washington
street in front of said parcel, nor the erection of any
building thereon except in accordance with a permit duly
granted therefor by the building commissioner of the
city of Boston.
Sect. 2. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved July 7, 1914-
CHAPTER 791, ACTS OF 1914.
An Act Relative to the Operation of the Cine-
matograph and to the Exhibition of Motion
Pictures.
Booths. Location of to he Approved by Building
Commissioner in Boston.
Section 1. No cinematograph, or similar apparatus,
involving the use of a combustible film more than ten
332 Acts in Chronological Order.
inches in length, shall be kept or used for the purpose of
exhibiting such films in or upon the premises of a public
building, private institution, schoolhouse, church, theatre,
special hall, public hall, miscellaneous hall, place of assem-
blage, or place of public resort, until such cinematograph
or similar apparatus has been inspected and approved by
an inspector of the building inspection department of the
district police, who shall have placed thereon a numbered
metal tag; nor until a booth, or inclosure, which has been
inspected and approved by such an inspector and his certi-
ficate issued therefor, has been provided for said apparatus;
not until such precautions against fire as the chief of the
district police may specify have been taken by the owner,
user or exhibitor therefor; provided, however, that no
such cinematograph or similar apparatus shall be operated
with oxy hydrogen gas, so-called, or with limelight. In
addition, in the city of Boston, the location of any booth
or inclosure surrounding said apparatus, shall be approved
by the building commissioner, who may order such addi-
tional precautions against fire as he may deem necessary.
Sect. 12. Except in the city of Boston, the chief of the
district police may grant permits for the special exhibition
of pictures by the use of a cinematograph or similar appa-
ratus in or upon any of the premises defined in section one
of this act, which, in his opinion, are in safe condition for
such exhibitions, and he may prescribe such regulations as
he may deem necessary for the presentation of the same.
A fee of two dollars shall accompany the application for
each permit.
Exceptions.
Sect. 13. The provisions of section one to five, in-
clusive, of this act shall not apply to any cinematograph
or similar apparatus operated with only cellulose acetate
films not more than one inch and one fourth in width, and
requiring not more than five hundred watts of electric
Acts in Chronological Order. 333
current to operate the arc; provided, however, that such
machines shall not be kept or used in or upon any of the
premises defined in section one of this act except under
such regulations as the chief of the district police shall
prescribe.
Penalty.
Sect. 15. Any person, firm, corporation or association
of persons, keeping or using a cinematograph or similar
apparatus contrary to the provisions hereof, or in viola-
tion of any rule or regulation made by the chief of the
district police, or, in the city of Boston, in violation of
any regulation or requirement made by the building
commissioner in accordance with the provisions hereof,
shall be punished by a fine of not less than fifty nor more
than five hundred dollars.
Repeals .
Sect. 16. Chapters five hundred and sixty-five and
five hundred and sixty-six of the acts of the year nineteen
hmidred and eight; chapter two hmidred and eighty-one
of the acts of the year nineteen hundred and nine; chapters
forty-eight and four hundred and forty of the acts of
the year nineteen hundred and eleven; chapter one
hundred and eighty-two of the acts of the year nineteen
hundred and twelve and all acts and parts of acts incon-
sistent herewith are hereby repealed.
[Approved July 7, 1914.]
[See General Act of 1915, c. 169.]
CHAPTER 795, ACTS OF 1914.
An Act to Provide for the Better Prevention of
Fires Throughout the Metropolitan District.
Combustible Material — Storage.
Sect. 7. No part of any building used for habitation,
jior that part of any lot within fifty feet of any building
334 Acts in Chronological Order.
so used, shall be used for the storage, keeping or handling
of any combustible article for other than domestic pur-
poses, or of any article or material that may be dangerous
to the public safety as a fire menace, unless a permit
has been first obtained therefor from the commissioner.
No part of any such building shall be used as a carpenter's
shop nor for the storage, keeping or handling of feed, hay,
straw, excelsior, shavings, sawdust, cotton, paper stock,
feathers, or rags, except under such terms and conditions
as the commissioner may prescribe.
Refuse — Debris.
Sect. 8. The commissioner, or such person or persons
as he may designate, may require the removal and destruc-
tion of any heap or collection of refuse or debris that, in
his opinion, may become dangerous as a fire menace.
Neglect on the part of either the owner or occupant, or
both, to remove the cause of complaint under the pro-
visions of this or the preceding section, after notice thereof
has been served, shall be deemed a refusal, and the com-
missioner or the person or persons whom he may designate,
may at any time thereafter enter upon the premises and
remove such material or article and the containers thereof
as may be covered by or mentioned in the notice issued.
The material or articles removed, if of no substantial
value shall be destroyed, otherwise they shall be placed in
storage, and the total costs attending such action shall
be collected in the manner provided in section sixty-seven,
sixty-eight, and sixty-nine of chapter seventy-five of the
Revised Laws.
Salamander.
Sect. 9. No salamander or stove for drying plastering
shall be used in any building except under such conditions
as may be prescribed by the commissioner, and no such
salamander or stove shall be set upon a wooden floor unless^
it be raised above the floor at least four inches and set
Acts in Chronological Order. 335
upon brick or other incombustible material in a bed of
sand at least two inches thick, spread upon the floor and
covering an area of at least two feet in all directions larger
than the area of the salamander or stove.
Automatic Sjmnklers.
Sect. 10. Any building within the metropolitan dis-
trict used in whole or in part for the business of wood
working, or for the business of manufacturing or working
upon wooden, basket, rattan or cane goods or articles,
or tow, shavings, excelsior, oakum, rope, twine, string,
thread, bagging, paper, paper stock, cardboard, rags, cotton
or linen, or cotton or linen garments or goods, or rubber,
feathers, paint, grease, soap, oil, varnish, petroleum,
gasoline, kerosene, benzine, naptha, or other inflammable
fluids, and any building in the metropolitan district used
in whole or in part for the business of keeping or storing
any of such goods or articles, except in such small quanti-
ties as are usual for domestic use, or for use in connection
with and as incident to some business other than such
keeping, or storing shall, upon the order of the commis-
sioner, be equipped with automatic sprinklers: provided,
however, that no such order shall apply to any building
unless four or more persons live or are usually employed
therein above the second floor.
Dry Piping.
Sect. 11. The basement of any buildings within the
limits of the metropolitan district shall, upon notice in
writing by the commissioner to the owners of the build-
ings, be equipped with such dry pipes with outside con-
nections as the commissioner may prescribe.
Penalty.
Sect. 12. Owners of buildings in the metropolitan
district who, within six months after having received
336 Acts in Chronological Order.
written notice from the commissioner under sections ten
or eleven, fail to comply with the requirement of such
notice, shaU be punished by a fine of not more than one
thousand doUars.
To Whom Orders Apply.
Sect. 22. In any case where buildings or other premises
are owned by one person and occupied by another under
lease or otherwise, the orders of the commissioner shall
apply to the occupant alone, except where such rules or
orders require the making of additions to or changes in
the premises themselves, such as would immediately
become real estate and be the property of the owner of
the premises. In such cases the rules or orders shall
affect the owner and not the occupant, and, unless it is
otherwise agreed between the owner and the occupant,
the occupant whose use of the premises has caused the
making of such additions or changes, in addition to his
rent or other payments shall, after the additions or changes
are made, pay a reasonable per cent of the cost thereof
annually to the owner of the premises. No rule or order
shaU be made or enforced which requires an expenditure
by the owner or occupant of more than five per cent of
the last annual assessed valuation of the land and build-
ings to which such rule or order relates.
CHAPTER 169, ACTS OF 1915 (GENERAL ACT).
An Act Relative to Cinematographs Using Only
Cellulose Acetate Films.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. The provisions of chayter seven hundred
and ninety-one of the acts of the year nineteen hundred
and fourteen shall not apply to any cinematograph or
similar apparatus operated with only cellulose acetate
Acts in Chronological Order. 337
films not more than one inch and one-fourth in width and
using only an enclosed incandescent lamp.
Sect. 2. This act shall take effect upon its passage,
[Approved April 16, 1915.
CHAPTER 176, ACTS OF 1915 (GENERAL ACT).
An Act Relative to Signs, Awnings and Other
Projections in Public Ways.
Permits — Fees.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. The municipal officer, board, commission
or other municipal authority having charge of the laying
out of public ways in cities or towns, is hereby authorized
to grant permits and fix the fees therefor, not exceeding
one dollar for any one permit, for the placing and maintain-
ing of signs, advertising devices, clocks, marquees, per-
manent awnings and other like structures projecting into,
or placed on or over the public highways, and to make
rules and regulations relating thereto, and to prescribe
the penalties for a breach of any such rules and regulations,
not exceeding five dollars for each day during which any
sign, advertising device, clock, marquee, permanent awn-
ing or other structure is placed or maintained contrary to
the rules and regulations so made, after five days' notice
to remove the same has been given by the said officer,
board, commission or other authority, or by a police officer
of the city or town.
Construction and Physical Connection Subject to Approval
of Building Commissioner.
Sect. 2. All signs, advertising devices, clocks, mar-
quees, permanent awnings and other like structures for
which permits shall be granted after the passage of this
act shall be constructed, and, when attached to a build-
338 Acts in Chronological Order.
ing, shall be connected therewith in accordance with the
requirements of the inspector of buildings, building com-
missioner or other officer, board or commission having
like authority in the city or town.
Exemptions.
Sect. 3. This act shall not apply to signs or other
structures projecting into or over the highway a distance
of less than six inches, nor to poles, wires, conduits, and
appurtenances of steam railroad, street railway, telegraph
and telephone, water, gas, electric light, heat and power
companies.
Sect. 4. Chapters six hundred and thirty-two and
six himdred and eighty of the acts of the year nineteen
hundred and thirteen and all other acts or parts of acts
inconsistent herevrith are hereby repealed, but such repeal
shall not affect any permit already granted under the
provisions of such acts.
Sect. 5. This act shall take effect three months after
its passage. [Approved April 19, 1915.
CHAPTER 254, ACTS OF 1915 (SPECIAL ACT).
An Act Relative to the Erection of Buildings in
the City of Boston.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. If any building erected in the city of
Boston since the first day of August in the year nineteen
hundred and seven, under a permit granted by the building
commissioner or issued by direction of the board of appeal,
appears to have been erected contrary to the law, existing
at the time of its erection, such building shall be considered
as having been erected in conformity with law, and the
building commissioner and the mayor shall issue the
permits necessary to make lawful the use of said building
Acts in Chronological Order, 339
for the purpose for which it was erected: provided, that
an application for the authorization of such use be filed
with the building commissioner within six months of the
passage of this act; and provided, also, that it shall appear
to said commissioner, or, upon appeal from his ruling, to
a majority of the board of appeal: —
First. That said building was erected in accordance
with the plans approved by the building commissioner or
the board of appeal.
Second. That said building was erected in good faith
with the intention of complying with the law.
Third. That the use of said building for the purpose
for which it was erected would not, under all the circum-
stances of the case, injuriously affect public interests.
Sect. 2. The provisions of section one of this act, and
any authority granted thereunder, shall not relieve the
owner of any building of the duty of complying with the
provisions of any law passed subsequent to the time of
the erection of such building, or with the terms of any
order, rule or regulation made or established under
authority of such law. ^
Sect. 3. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
(The foregoing was laid before the Governor on the twenty-
ninth day of March, 1915, and after five days it had "the
force of a law^\ as prescribed by the Constitution, as it was
not returned by him vjiih his objections thereto within that
time.) [Took effect April 3, 1915.
CHAPTER 306, ACTS OF 1915 (SPECIAL ACT).
An Act Relative to the Shirley-Eustis Mansion on
Shirley Street in the City of Boston.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. The provisions of chapter five hundred and
fifty of the acts of the year nineteen hundred and seven
340 Acts in Chronological Order.
relative to the construction, alteration and maintenance
of buildings in the city of Boston shall not prior to the
first day of January in the year nineteen hundred and
eighteen, apply to the Shirley-Eustis mansion, so-called,
situated on Shirley street in the city of Boston and formerly
occupied by a colonial governor and by a governor of the
commonwealth: provided, that, in the meantime, the
house shall not be used as a dwelling house or for any
other purpose except to provide for its preservation and
restoration as an example of a colonial executive mansion ;
and provided, that it shall be occupied only by a caretaker
and his assistants.
Sect. 2. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved April 27, 1915.
CUAPTER 333, ACTS OF 1915 (SPECIAL ACT).
An Act Relative to the Height of Buildings in the
City of Boston.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. The chairman of the city planning board,
the fire commissioner and the building commissioner of
the city of Boston are hereby created a commissioner to
determine and revise the boundaries of districts A and B
as heretofore designated by the commission on height of
buildings in the city of Boston, in accordance with the
provisions of chapter three hundred and thirty-three
of the acts of the year nineteen hundred and four, in the
orders of said commission dated, respectively, the fifth
day of July and the third day of December in the year
nineteen hundred and four, and recorded, respectively,
with Suffolk deeds in book twenty-nine hundred and
seventy-six, page forty-five, and in book three thousand
and eight, page one hundred and twenty-nine.
Acts in Chronological Order. 341
The height to which buildings may be erected in Dis-
tricts A and B, respectively, as revised and established
under this act, shall not exceed the height authorized for
buildings in districts designated as A and B, respectively,
under the provisions of said chapter three hundred and
thirty-three and of chapter three hundred and eighty-
three of the acts of the year nineteen hundred and five,
and the orders of the commission on height of buildings
in the city of Boston under authority of said chapter three
hundred and eighty-three recorded, respectively, within
Suffolk deeds in book three thousand and fifty-nine, page
four hundred and seventy-seven, and in book three thou-
sand and eighty-three, page seventy-four.
Sect. 2. The commission shall give notice and public
hearings and shall make an order revising the boundaries
of the districts aforesaid, and shall cause the same to be
recorded in the registry of deeds for the county of Suffolk.
The boundaries so established shall continue for a period
of ten years from the date of said recording. Any per-
son who is aggrieved by said order may appeal to the
commission for revision within sixty days after the record-
ing thereof; and the commission may revise the order and
the revision shall be recorded in the registry of deeds for
the county of Suffolk and shall date back to the original
date of recording.
Sect. 3. Upon the recording of the order of revision
under this act so much of section two of said chapter three
hundred and thirty-three as continues the boundaries
for districts A and B for a period of fifteen years from the
date of the recording of the order of the commission under
authority of said chapter three hundred and thirty-three
shall become inoperative.
Sect. 4. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved May 11, 1915.]
342 Acts in Chronological Order.
Commission on Height op Buildings in the City of
Boston.
[Order of November 2, 1916]
The undersigned having been created under the provi-
sions of chapter three hundred and thirty-three of the
special acts of the year 1915 a commission to determine
and revise the boundaries of Districts A and B as hereto-
fore designated by the commission on height of buildings
in the city of Boston, m accordance with the provisions
of chapter three hundred and thirty-three of the acts of
the year 1904, in the orders of said commission dated,
respectively, the fifth day of July and the third day of
December in the year 1904, and recorded, respectively,
with Suffolk Deeds in book twenty-nine hundred and
seventy-six, page forty-five, and in book three thousand
and eight, page one hundred and twenty-nine, and having
given notice and public hearings as provided in said act,
hereby on this second day of November, 1916, make the
following order establishing the boundaries of the dis-
tricts in said city, designated in said acts as Districts A
and B, to wit:
A. The boundaries of District A, hereby estabHshed,
are as follows, to wit :
1. Beginning on the northerly side of that part of the
city known as East Boston at the intersection of Wauwa-
tosa street and Chelsea Creek, thence running easterly
through Wauwatosa street and Boardman street to Sara-
toga street, thence southwesterly through Saratoga street
to Addison street, thence westerly through Addison street
to the Boston and Maine Railroad, thence southwesterly
along the Boston and Maine Railroad and the Boston and
Albany Railroad to Saratoga street, thence southwesterly
through Saratoga street to Neptune road, thence north-
westerly through Eagle square to Eagle street, thence
westerly through Eagle street to Glendon street, thence
Acts in Chronological Order. 343
northerly through Glendon street to Condor street, thence
westerly through Condor street to Meridian street, thence
southerly through Meridian street to Gove street, thence
southeasterly through Gove street to Orleans street,
thence southerly through Orleans street to Marginal
street, thence southeasterly through Marginal street to
Jeffries street, thence northeasterly through Jeffries street
to Maverick street, thence northwesterly through Maverick
street to the Boston, Revere Beach and Lynn Rail-
road, thence northeasterly along said railroad to the
centre of Porter street extended, thence northwesterly
along Porter street to Bremen street, thence northerly
along Bremen street to Prescott street, thence south-
easterly along Prescott street to the Boston, Revere
Beach and Lynn Railroad, thence northerly along said
railroad to the northerly boundary of the property of the
city of Boston known as Wood Island Park, thence
easterly along said boundary to the harbor line, thence
easterly, southerly, westerly, northerly, easterly, and
northeasterly along said harbor line of Boston Harbor
and Chelsea Creek to the point of beginning, meaning to
include in said District A all those portions of Ward one
and two of said city as are now established by law which
are situated within the boundary lines hereinbefore
described.
2. Beginning at the northerly side of that part of said
city known as Charlestown at the Maiden Bridge, thence
running southerly through Alford street to Sullivan
square, thence southeasterly through Sullivan square and
Bunker Hill street to Medford street, thence easterly
through Medford street to Chelsea street, thence southerly
through Chelsea street to Henley street, thence westerly
through Henley street to Harvard square, thence south-
westerly through Harvard square to Harvard street,
thence northwesterly across Harvard street to Washing-
344 Acts in Chkonological Order,
ton street, thence westerly through Washington street to
Rutherford avenue, thence northwesterly through Ruther-
ford avenue to Sullivan square, thence southwesterly
through Cambridge street to the city line, thence southerly
and easterly along the city line and the Charles river
channel to the CharlestowTi Bridge, thence northerly,
easterly, northerly, and westerly along the harbor line
of Boston Harbor and the Mystic river to the point of
beginning; meaning to include in said District A all those
portions of wards three and four of said city as are now
established by law which are situated within the boundary
lines hereinbefore described.
3. Beginning on the northwesterly side of that part of
said city known as the City Proper, at the intersection
of the city line with the Charles river dam, thence east-
erly and southerly along said Charles river dam and
Leverett street to Green street, thence easterly along
Green street to Staniford street, thence southerly along
Staniford street to Cambridge street, thence easterly
along Cambridge street to Bowdoin street, thence south-
erly along Bowdoin street to Beacon street, thence south-
westerly along Beacon street to Park street, thence
easterly and southerly along Park and Tremont streets
to Boylston street, thence westerly and southwesterly
along Boylston street to Massachusetts avenue, thence
southeasterly along Massachusetts avenue to the Provi-
dence Division of the New York, New Haven and Hart-
ford Railroad, thence southwesterly along said railroad to
Tremont street at Roxbury Crossing, thence southerly
through Columbus avenue to Roxbury street, thence
easterly through Roxbury street to Guild row, thence
southerly through Guild row to Dudley street, thence
easterly and southeasterly through Dudley street to
Columbia road, thence northeasterly through Columbia
road to Dorchester avenue, thence southerly through
Acts in Chronological Order, 345
Dorchester avenue to Park street, thence northeasterly
through Park street to Adams street, thence southerly-
through Adams street to Neponset avenue, thence south-
easterly through Neponset avenue to the Milton Branch
of the New York, New Haven and Hartford Railroad,
thence southwesterly along said railroad to Granite avenue,
thence southeasterly along Granite avenue to the Nepon-
set river, thence easterly and northerly along the shore of
the Neponset river to the Neponset Bridge, thence north-
erly and westerly along the harbor lines of the Neponset
river, Dorchester Bay and Old Harbor to the northwest
angle of said harbor line of Old Harbor, thence north-
westerly to the intersection of Old Colony avenue and
Columbia road, thence northerly along Old Colony avenue
to E street, thence northeasterly along E street to Broad-
way, thence southeasterly along Broadway to Dorchester
street, thence northeasterly through Dorchester street to
East Second street, thence easterly on East Second street
to I street, thence northerly through I street to East
First street, thence easterly through East First street to
Farragut road, thence northerly through Farragut road
and Farragut road extended across the Reserved channel,
thence easterly, northwesterly and southwesterly, along
the harbor line of said channel and of Boston Harbor to
the Northern Avenue Bridge, thence westerly along said
bridge to the Harbor Line, thence northerly and westerly
along the Harbor Line of Boston Harbor and the Charles
river to Charlestown Bridge, thence westerly along
the Charles river channel and the City Line to the point
of beginning, meaning to include in said District A all of
ward six and all those portions of wards five, seven, eight,
nine, eleven, twelve, thirteen, seventeen, eighteen, and
tweni|^ of the said city as are now established by law
which are situated within the boundary lines hereinbefore
described.
346 Acts in Chronological Order.
B. The boundaries of District B hereby estabhshed are
as follows, to wit :
1. All those portions of said wards one and two
situated outside the line beginning and ending at the
intersection of Wauwatosa street and Chelsea creek here-
inbefore established as the boundary of one of the said
Districts A.
2. All those portions of said wards three and four
situated outside the line beginning and ending at the said
Maiden Bridge, hereinbefore established as the boundary
of one of the said Districts A.
3. The whole of wards ten, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen,
nineteen, twenty-one, twenty-two, twenty-three, twenty-
four, twenty-five and twenty-six and all those portions
of said wards five, seven, eight, nine, eleven, twelve,
thirteen, seventeen, eighteen and twenty situated outside
the line beginning and ending at said intersection of the
city line with the Charles river dam, hereinbefore estab-
lished as the boundary of one of the said Districts A.
Meaning to include in the said Districts B all those
portions of the said city not included in the districts
hereinbefore established as Districts A.
Wherever in this order the words "harbor," "river,"
"creek," "shore line" or "harbor line," are found, the
same are intended to mean the lines furthest towards deep
water on said harbor, river or creek, respectively, on
which the erection of wharves or other structures is per-
mitted by the state and United States authorities.
Wherever the boundary line of District A is described
as following a certain street, the same is intended to
inlcude all property on that side of the street which lies
within the described area and also that portion of all lots
on the opposite side of the street, abutting on the |^reet,
but extending to a depth of not more than one hundred
and fifty feet.
Acts in Chronological Order. 347
Wherever the boundary line of District B is determined
by the enumeration of certain streets delimiting District
A, the same is intended to include all property on that side
of the street within the described area, except that portion
of those lots abutting on the boundary streets of District A
but extending to a depth of not more than one hundred
and fifty feet, which are described in the paragraph above
as intended to form a part of District A.
In witness whereof, the undersigned hereto set their
hands this second day of November, 1916.
Ralph A. Cram,
John Grady,
Patrick O'Hearn,
Commission on Height of Buildings
in the City of Boston.
Boston, November 2, 1916.
Then personally appeared the above named Ralph A.
Cram, John Grady and Patrick O'Hearn and acknowledged
the foregoing instrument to be their free act and deed.
Before me,
Elisabeth M. Herlihy,
Special Commissioner.
CHAPTER 154, ACTS OF 1916 (GENERAL ACT).
An Act Relative to the Marking, Sale and
Installation of Range Boilers.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1 . No range boiler shall be sold or offered for
sale in this commonwealth imless its capacity is plainly
marked thereon in terms of Massachusetts standard
liquid measure, together with the maker's business name,
in such manner that it may easily be identified.
348 Acts in Cheonological Order.
Sect. 2. No copper, iron or steel pressure range boiler,
whether plain or galvanized, or other vessel or tank in
which water is to be heated under pressure, shall be sold
or offered for sale in this commonwealth without having
stamped thereon the maker's guarantee that it has been
tested to not less than two hundred pounds hydraulic or
hydrostatic pressure to the square inch together with the
maximum working pressure at which it may be installed.
And no such boiler, or other vessel or tank in which water
is to be heated under pressure, shall be installed if the
working pressure is greater than forty-two and one half
per cent of the guaranteed test pressure marked thereon
by the maker.
[General Act, 1917, c. 39, sect. 1.]
Took effect July 1, 1917.
Sect. 3. Any person who sells or offers or exposes for
sale any range boiler which is not marked or stamped as
provided in the preceding sections, or which is falsely
marked as having a capacity which is greater by seven
and one half per cent than its true capacity, or who marks
or causes the same to marked with such false capacity,
shall be punished by a fine not exceeding fifty dollars for
each offence. The inspectors of plumbing within their
respective cities and towns shall cause the provisions of
this act to be enforced.
[General Act, 1917, c. 39, sect. 2.]
Took effect July 1, 1917.
Sect. 4. This act shall not apply to the sale or offer-
ing for sale of installed range boilers or to the sale or
offering for sale of range boilers as junk.
Sect. 5. This act shall take effect on the first day of
July, nineteen hundred and sixteen. [Approved April
24, 1916.
Acts in Chronological Order. 349
CHAPTER 158, ACTS OF 1916 (GENERAL ACT).
An Act to Require Fire Protection in Stables for
Horses and Mules.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. No horse or mule shall be stabled on the
second or any higher floor of any building unless there are
two means of exit therefrom, at opposite ends of the
building, to the main or street floor.
Sect. 2. This act shall not apply to stables equipped
with an automatic sprinkler system.
Sect. 3. Any violation of this act shaU be punished
by a fine of not more than two hundred dollars.
Sect. 4. This act shall take effect on the first day of
January, in the year nineteen hundred and seventeen.
[Approved April 26, 1916.
CHAPTER 86, ACTS OF 1916 (SPECIAL ACT).
An Act Relative to the Use of Public School Prop-
erty OF the City of Boston for Social, Civic
AND Other PuiiPosES.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. Section one of chapter one hundred and
ninety-five of the acts of the year nineteen hundred and
twelve, is hereby amended by striking out the words
"that no admission fee is charged and," in the tenth line,
so as to read as follows: — Section 1. For the purpose
of promoting the usefulness of the public school property
of the city of Boston, the school committee of that city may
conduct such educational and recreative activities in or
upon school property under its control, and shall allow the
use thereof by individuals and associations, subject to such
regulations as the school committee may establish, for
such educational, recreative, social, civic, philanthropic
350 Acts in Chronological Order.
and similar purposes as the committee may deem to be
for the interest of the community: provided, that such
use shall not interere or be inconsistent with the use of
the premises for school purposes.
Sect. 2. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved February 16, 1916.
CHAPTER 344, GENERAL ACTS, 1917 (PART 2).
Building Line.
Sect. 73. If the city by its city council or other govern-
ing body or a town accepts the provisions of this section or
has accepted the corresponding provisions of earlier laws,
a building line not more than forty feet distant from the
exterior line of a highway or town way may be established
in the manner provided for laying out ways, and thereafter
no structures shrill be erected or maintained between such
building line and such way, except steps, windows, porticos
and other usual projections appurtenant to the front wall
of a building, to the extent prescribed in the vote estab-
lishing such buUding line, and except that buildings or
parts of buidings, embankments, steps, walls, fences and
gates existing at the time of the establishment of the
building line may be permitted to remain and to be main-
tained to such extent and under such conditions as may
be prescribed in the vote establishing such building line.
Whoever sustains damage thereby shall have the same
remedies therefor as for damages sustained by the laying
out of a town way. A building line established under the
provisions of this section may be discontinued in the
manner provided for the discontinuance of a highway or
town way. Whoever sustains damages by the discontinu-
ance of a building line shall have the same remedies
therefor as for damages sustained by the discontinuance
of a town way.
Acts in Chronological Order, 351
CHAPTER 344, GENERAL ACTS, 1917 (PART 5).
Projections.
Sect. 9. The municipal officer, board, commission or
other municipal authority having charge of the laying out
of public ways in cities and towTis, is hereby authorized to
grant permits and fix the fees therefor, not exceeding one
dollar for any one permit, for the placing and maintaining
of signs, advertising devices, clocks, marquees, permanent
awnings and other like structures projecting into, or placed
on or over the public highways, and to make rules and
regulations relating thereto, and to prescribe the penalties
for a breach of any such rules and regulations not exceeding
five dollars for each day during which any sign, advertising
device, clock, marquee, permanent awning or other struct-
ure is placed or maintained contrary to the rules and
regulations so made, after five days' notice to remove the
same has been given by the said officer, board, commission
or other authority or by a police officer of the city or town.
Construction oj Signs, etc., to he approved hy Building
'Commissioner.
Sect. 10. All signs, advertising devices, clocks, mar-
quees, permanent awnings and other like structures for
which permits shall be granted after the passage of this
act, shall be constructed, and, when attached to a building,
shall be connected therewith in accordance with the re-
quirements of the inspector of buildings, building com-
missioner or other officer, board or commission having
like authority in the city or town.
Sect. 11. The two preceding sections shall not apply
to signs or other structures projecting into or over the
highway a distance of less than six inches, nor to poles,
wires, conduits, and appurtenances of steam railroad,
street railway, telegraph and telephone, water, gas,
electric light, heat and power companies.
352 Acts in Chronological Order.
CHAPTER 344, GENERAL ACTS, 1917 (PART 6.)
0/ the Boundaries of Highways and Other Public
Places and Encroachments Thereon.
Section 1. If buildings or fences have been erected
and continued for more than twenty years, fronting upon
or against a highway, town way, private way, training-
field, burying-place, landing-place, street, lane or alley, or
other land appropriated for the general use or convenience
of the inhabitants of the commonwealth, or of a county,
city, town or parish, and from the length of time or other-
wise the boundaries thereof are not known and cannot
be made certain by the records or by monuments, such
buildings or fences shall be taken to be the true boundaries
thereof.
Barbed Wire Fence.
Sect. 4. Whoever builds or maintains a barbed wire
fence within six feet above the ground along a sidewalk
located on a public way shall be punished by a fine of not
less than twenty nor more than fifty dollars.
CHAPTER 115, ACTS OF 1918 (SPECIAL ACT).
An Act to Allow Metal Garages of Limited Size in
Certain Sections of the City of Boston.
Beit enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. Metal covered steel frame garages adapted
for the accommodation of not more than two automobiles,
constructed with concrete floors, with fireproof doors,
windows, and trim, and not exceding five hundred square
feet in area, may built outside the building limits of the
city of Boston as such limits existed prior to the twenty-
second day of September in the j'^ear nineteen hundred and
Acts in Chronological Order. 353
thirteen, provided that such garages are not built nearer
than five feet from the lot line, or nearer than twelve feet
from any other building.
Sect. 2. This act shall take effect upon its passage.
[Approved April 2, 1918.
CHAPTER 32, ACTS OF 1918 (SPECIAL ACT).
An Act to Require the Registration of Hospitals in
THE City of Boston.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. Every person, firm or corporation, using
or occupying a building in the city of Boston as a hospital,
shall annually in April register with the building depart-
ment of the city the name of the person, firm or corporation
conducting the hospital and the situation of the building,
and shall state, upon forms prescribed by the building com-
missioner, the number of occupants, the means of egress,
the system of automatic sprinklers, the lights, fire stops,
and other precautions against fire provided in such
building.
Sect. 2. Violation of this act shall be punished by a
fine not exceeding five hundred dollars .
[Approved February 19,1919.
CHAPTER 163, ACTS OF 1919 (SPECIAL ACT).
An Act Relative to the Construction, Alteration
AND Maintenance of Hospitals in the City of
Boston.
Beit enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. Every building in the city of Boston
exceeding three stories or forty feet in height hereafter
erected, altered or designed for use or occupation as a
hospital shall be a first class building as defined in chapter
354 Acts in Chkonological Order.
five hundred and fifty of the acts of nineteen hundred and
seven and the amendments thereof. Every such building
shall be provided with at least two enclosed stairways,
shall have an additional enclosed stairway if the number
of occupants, at any time, equals seventy-five, and a further
additional enclosed stairway for every additional one
hundred occupants which it may at any time contain.
Every building in the city of Boston three stories or less
in height, or less than forty feet in height, hereafter erected,
altered or designed for use or occupation as a hospital may
be of second or third class construction, shall have means
of egress satisfactory to the building commissioner, and no
story or part of a story above the second shall be used for
the care, treatment or lodging of patients.
Sect. 2. The elevator, light and ventilating shafts and
basements in all hospital buildings specified in section one,
shall be provided with a system of automatic sprinklers
approved as to location, arrangement and efficiency by the
building commissioner.
Sect. 3. The halls and stairs in all hospital buildings
specified in section one, shall be provided with proper and
sufficient lights which shall be kept lighted during the
night.
Sect. 4. The elevator, light and ventilating shafts in
all hospital buildings specified in section one, shall be
enclosed in the basement with masonry walls not less than
eight inches thick or with two-inch metal and plaster
partitions.
Sect. 5. In case of an existing or impending epidemic
of a disease, the buildiiig commissioner, upon the recom-
mendation of the health commissioner and with the
written approval of the mayor, may temporarily suspend
the provisions of this act
Sect. 6. The health commissioner and the building
commissioner, acting jointly, are hereby authorized to
promulgate, from time to time, such regulations as in
Acts in Cheonological Ordee. 355
their judgment pubKc interests require, to govern the
estabhshment and maintenance of hospitals whether for
human beings or for domestic animals, and to regulate the
issue, suspension and revocation of licenses for the same.
Sect. 7. Every person, firm or corporation hereafter
using or occupj^ing a building in the city of Boston as a
hospital shall forthwith register with the building depart-
ment in the manner required by chapter thirty-two of the
Special Acts of nineteen hundred and nineteen, setting
forth all the facts and data therein specified.
Sect. 8. Violation of this act shall be punished by a
fine not exceeding five hundred dollars.
[Approved April 80, 1919.
CHAPTER 28, REVISED LAWS.
Height of Buildings Allowed on Parkways.
Seventy Feet.
Section 16. In a city which by vote of its city council
or in a town which by a vote of a town meeting accepts
this section, or has accepted the corresponding provisions
of earlier laws, the board of park commissioners may, in
accordance with the provisions of section one hundred and
three of chapter forty-eight, estabhsh a building line
distant at no point more than twenty-five feet from any
exterior line of a parkway, boulevard or public way on
which a park abuts; and the extreme height to which
buildings upon such parkway, boulevard or public way
may be erected shall be seventy feet exclusive of such
steeples, towers, domes, cornices, parapets, balustrades,
sculptured ornaments, chimneys and roofs as such board
may approve. Whoever sustains damage by the estabhsh-
ment of such building line shall have the same remedy
therefor as if his land were taken for the laying out of a
highway.
[1896, c. 313; 1897, c. 379.]
356 Acts in Chronological Order.
CHAPTER 33, REVISED LAWS.
Fence Nuisance.
Section 19. A fence or other structure in the nature of a
fence which unnecessarily exceeds six feet in height and is
maHciously erected or maintained for the purpose of
annoying the owners or occupants of adjoining property,
shall be deemed a private nuisance. Any such owner or
occupant who is injured either in the comfort or enjoyment
of his estate thereby may have an action of tort for dam-
ages according to the provisions of chapter one hundred
and eighty-six.
[1887, c. 348.]
CHAPTER 48, REVISED LAWS.
Building Line.
Section 103. If the city council of a city or if a town
accepts the provisions of this section or has accepted the
corresponding provisions of earlier laws, a building line
not more than forty feet from the exterior line of a high-
way or town way may be established in the manner pro-
vided for laying out ways, and thereafter no structures
shall be erected or maintained between such building line
and such way, except steps, windows, porticos and other
usual projections appurtenant to the front wall of a build-
ing, to the extent prescribed in the vote establishing such
building line; and except that buildings or parts of build-
ings existing at the time of the establishment of the
building line may be permitted to remain and to be main-
tained to such extent and under such conditions as may
be prescribed in the vote establishing such building line.
Whoever sustains damage thereby shall have the same
remedies therefor as for damages sustained by the laying
out of a town way. A building line established under the
provisions of this section may be discontinued in the
Acts in Chronological Order. 357
manner provided for the discontinuance of a highway or
town way. Whoever sustains damages by the discontin-
uance of a building hne shall have the same remedies there-
for as for damages sustained by the discontinuance of a
town way.
[Chap. 462 of 1893. Chap. 572 of 1913, sect. 1. Chap. 56 of 1917
Special Act. See Chap. 344, sect. 73 of 1917, part 2.]
CHAPTER 101, REVISED LA¥/S.
Burnt, Dilapidated — Dangerous Buildings.
Section 1 . In a city or town in which the city council
or the inhabitants accept the provisions of this and the
four following sections or have accepted the corresponding
provisions of earlier laws, the mayor and aldermen or
selectmen, after notice in writing to the owner of a burnt,
dilapidated or dangerous building, and a hearing, may
adjudge it to be a nuisance to the neighborhood, or
dangerous, and may thereupon make and record an order
prescribing the disposition, alteration or regulation thereof.
The city or town clerk shall deliver a copy of the order to
a constable, who shall forthwith serve an attested copy
thereof upon such owner, and make return of his doings
thereon to said clerk.
Sect. 2. An owner who is aggrieved by such order
may, within three days after the service thereof upon
him, apply to the superior court for a jury. The court
shall issue a warrant for a jury, which shall be impanelled
by the sheriff within fourteen days after the date of the
warrant in the m^anner provided in chapter forty-eight;
or, instead thereof, if the applicant for a jury so elects
and after such notice as the court shall order to the adverse
party, it shall order a trial to be had at the bar of the
superior court, in the same manner as other civil causes
are there tried by jury.
358 Acts in Chronological Order.
Sect. 3. The jury may affirm, annul or alter such
order; and the sheriff, if the trial is before him, shall
return the verdict to the next sitting of the court for
acceptance; and the verdict, whether before the sheriff
or in the superior court, being accepted, shall take effect
as an original order.
Sect. 4. If the order is affirmed, the apphcant shall
pay the costs; if it is annulled, he shall recover damages
and costs against the city or town; and if it is altered,
the court may render such judgment as to costs as justice
shall require.
Sect. 5. The mayor and aldermen of a city or select-
men of a town shall have the same power and authority
to abate and remove any such nuisance as is given to the
board of health of a city or town by the provisions of
sections sixty-seven, sixty-eight and sixty-nine of chapter
seventy-five.
[1855, c. 469, sects. 1 to 6; G. S. c. 87, sects. 1 to 4.]
CHAPTER 102, REVISED LAWS.
Entertainments Given in Private Dwellings.
Section 173. Whosoever offers to view, sets up, sets
on foot, maintains, carries on, pubhshes or otherwise
assists in or promotes any such exhibition, show or amuse-
ment, without such license, shall be punished by a fine of
not more than five hundred dollars for each offence.
The provisions of this section and of the last preceding
section, however, shall not apply to public entertainments
by religious societies in their usual places of worship for a
religious or charitable purpose, or to entertainments given
in school buildings by, or for the benefit of, the pupils
thereof, and under the supervision of the principal or
teacher in charge of the school classes therein, or to enter-
Acts in Chronological Order. 359
tainments given in a private dwelling, except in apartments
thereof having a seating capacity of four hundred or more,
[1904, c. 460, sect. 5.]
[1907, c. 309, sect. 1.]
[1909, c. 254, sect. 1.]
CHAPTER 104, REVISED LAWS.
Hotels — Watchmen — Hallway Lights — Stair-
ways — Gongs, Etc.
Section 29. The keeper of a hotel, boarding or lodging
house or family hotel containing one hundred or more
rooms, and being four or more stories high, shall have
therein at least two competent watchmen, each properly
assigned, and each on duty between the hours of nine
o'clock at night and six o'clock in the morning. The
keeper of every hotel, boarding or lodging house or family
hotel containing fifty or more but less than one hundred
rooms, and being three stories high, shall have between
said hours at least one competent watchman on duty
therein. In all such hotels, lodging houses or family
hotels, the halls and stairways shall be properly lighted at
night, and a red light shall be kept during the night at
the top and bottom of each flight of stairs; and one or
more proper alarms or gongs, capable of being heard
throughout the house, shall always remain easy of access
and ready for use in each of said buildings to give to the
inmates warning of fire. The keeper of every such hotel,
boarding or lodging house or family hotel shall keep a
notice descriptive of such means of escape conspicuously
posted in every sleeping room.
[1883, c. 251, sect. 1; 1884, c. 223, sect. 2.]
Penalty.
Sect. 32. Whoever neglects or refuses to provide
watchmen as required by the three preceding sections
360 Acts in Chronological Order.
shall be punished by a fine of not more than one thousand
dollars for each offence, and whoever violates any of the
other provisions of said sections shall be punished by a
fine of not less than fifty nor more than five hundred
dollars.
Illegal Building Use Restrained — Removal.
Sect. 52. The supreme judicial court or the superior
court shall have jurisdiction in equity to restrain the
illegal placing, maintenance or use of any building, struc-
ture or other thing. It may, upon the petition of a city or
town, by its attorney, for such relief, require the removal
of any such building, structure or other thing by the
owner, and may authorize the city or town, in default of
such removal by the owner, to remove it at his expense.
The provisions of this section shall apply to all such
structures or other thing so placed which were maintained
or used prior to, as well as after, the second of May in
the year eighteen hundred and ninety-nine. Upon such
petition, the defendant shall be presumed to have acted
without a license or authority until he proves the
contrary.
[1899, c. 326, sect. 52, as amended.]
CHAPTER 9, ORDINANCES OF 1912.
Concerning Control of Building Alterations.
In the Year One Thousand Nine Hundred and Thirteen.
Be it ordained by the City Council of Boston, as follows:
Section 1. All persons who shall hereafter take per-
sonal charge or control of the work of construction , altera-
tion, removal or tearing down of buildings or structures
in the City of Boston shall be qualified by education,
training, or experience for the performance of that duty
Acts in Chronological Order. 361
in a manner which shall preserve public safety and con-
form to the laws, ordinances, rules and regulations relating
to the construction, alteration, removal or tearing down of
buildings or structures in the City of Boston.
Sect. 2. The qualifications of such persons shall be
determined by a board of examiners as hereinafter pro-
vided; and no permit for the doing of work described in
section one of this ordinance shall be issued by the build-
ing commissioner unless the application for a permit
therefor contams the name, address and signature of a
person who is duly licensed, as hereinafter provided, to
take personal charge or control of such work; ^provided,
however, that a permit may be granted if no person licensed
as aforesaid has been named in the application therefor
whenever the work in question is of minor importance,
and, in the opinion of the building commissioner, stated
in writing with his reasons therefor upon the application
for such permit, the work is of such simple character that
its execution will not endanger the safety of the public, or
of any person engaged thereon.
Sect. 3. There shall be in the building department a
board to be called the board of examiners. Such board
shall consist of three members to be appointed by the
mayor in accordance with the provisions of sections nine
and ten of chapter four hundred and eighty-six of the acts
of the year nineteen hundred nine. Each member shall
receive ten dollars for every day or part thereof of actual
service but not more than one thousand dollars in any
year. The first appointments shall be for one, two and
three year terms, respectively, and succeeding appoint-
ments shall be for terms of three years.
Sect. 4. The board shall, as soon as practicable after
the appointments of the members have become operative,
meet and organize by the selection of a chairman and a
secretary; and shall hold examinations, under reasonable
362 Acts in Cheonological Order.
rules and regulations adopted by it, of persons desiring
to be registered as qualified to have charge or control of
the construction, alteration, removal, or tearing down of
buildings or structures. The first examination shall be
held within thirty days after the date of the organization
of the board, and shall be advertised once a week for
three successive weeks in the daily papers published in
the City of Boston, and in the City Record. Due notice
of subsequent examinations shall be posted in the offices
of the building department and of the board of examiners
and published in the City Record.
The board shall establish various classes of persons to
be registered, shall determine the quahfications required
for each class, and after examination shall register in
each class the persons found to possess the requisite
qualifications therefor. The name and address of each
person so found to be qualified, with the designation of
the class in which he is registered, shall thereupon be
certified by the board to the building commissioner who
shall make a record of the same which shall be open to
public inspection.
Sect, 5. Any person who shall by affidavit, together
with such other evidence as may be required by the
board, show to the board that prior to the passage of this
ordinance he has had charge or control of the construction,
alteration, removal or tearing down of buildings or struc-
tures in the class in which he applies to be registered, and
shall satisfy the board that he is qualified by education,
training or experience to have charge or control of such
work, may, without any other examination, be registered
in said class and be certified to the building commissioner
as a person qualified within such class.
Sect, 6. The building commissioner, upon the pay-
ment of a fee of two dollars, shall issue a license to each
person certified by the board, and such license shall not
Acts in Chronological Order. 363
be transferred. The fees received by the board and by
the building commissioner shall be paid over to the city
collector at least once a week.
Sect. 7. A person who has been duly licensed as afore-
said shall be entitled to have charge or control of any
work described in section one of this ordinance, in the
class in which he is registered, until his license is revoked
or suspended by the building commissioner upon the order
of the board. No license shall be revoked or suspended
except upon proof of charges, filed with the board by the
building commissioner or other person, specifying that
the licensee has been careless or negligent in the perform-
ance of his duty in connection with work under his charge
or control, or has caused or permitted a violation of the
building laws in connection therewith, or that such laws
have been violated in connection with such work when
the licensee knew, or, in the exercise of due diligence,
should have known, that such violation had occurred.
Upon learning of such carelessness, or neglect of duty, or
of such violation of lavv^, the building commissioner shall
file charges with the board and prosecute the same.
Upon the filing of such charges by the building commis-
sioner, or other person, the board shall give to the
licensee notice of a hearing upon the charges, which shall
be held by the board not less than seven days after the
date of said notice. The notice shall be by personal
service or by registered mail and shall state the time and
place of the hearing and contain a copy of the charges.
At such hearing the licensee may be represented by
counsel, and the building commissioner may be assisted
by a representative of the law department of the city.
Sect. 8. If, for any cause, a person licensed as herein
provided, shall cease to have charge or control of any
work described in section one of this ordinance before
such work is finished, the work shall stop until another
364 Acts in Chronological Order.
person duly licensed for the doing of such work has
been placed in charge thereof.
Sect. 9. Whenever the board shall determine that a
suflScient number of persons has been licensed in the
various classes, it shall post notice of such determina-
tion in the offices of the building department and of
the board and publish the same in the City Record. No
person shall, by reason of anything contained in this
ordinance, be denied a permit by the building com-
missioner or suffer any penalty until after the expiration
of thirty days from the date of said pubHcation in the
Cily Record.
Sect. 10. Whoever violates any provision of this
ordinance shall be punished by a fine of not more than
fifty dollars for each offence.
Sect. 11. This ordinance shall take effect upon its
passage.
In City Council, January 27, 1913.
Passed. James Donovan, City Clerk.
Approved January 28, 1913.
John F. Fitzgerald, Mayor.
A true copy.
Attest:
James Donovan, City Clerk.
Ordained by authority of chapter 713, Acts of 1912.
CHAPTER 4, ORDINANCES OF 1913.
Concerning the Building Limits.
In the Year One Thousand Nine Hundred and Thirteen.
Be it ordained hy the City Council of Boston, as follows:
Section 1. Section twenty-seven of chapter forty-
five of the Revised Ordinances of 1898 is hereby amended
Acts in Chronological Oeder. 3i55
by striking out said section and inserting in place thereof
a new section, as follows :
Section 27. The building limits referred to in section
nine of chapter five hundred and fifty of the acts of the
year 1907 are hereby extended, defined and estabhshed
as follows:
All that portion of the city w;hich is included within
a line beginning at the intersection of the boundary lines
between the City of Boston and the cities of Somerville
and Everett; thence by the boundary lines between the
City of Boston and the cities of Everett and Chelsea to
the intersection with the centre line of Trumbull street
extended northerly; thence by said centre line of Trum-
bull street extended, the centre fine of Trumbull street
and said centre line extended southerly to the Harbor
line; thence by said Harbor line to its intersection with
the easterly fine of Pier No. 5 belonging to the Boston
and Albany Railroad Company; thence by a straight
line across Boston Harbor to its intersection with the
Harbor line at the easterly corner of Pier No. 1 in South
Boston; thence by the Harbor line in the northerly,
easterly and southerly portions of South Boston to an
angle in said Harbor line nearly opposite the intersection
of the centre Hne of Columbia road with the centre Hne
of location of the Old Colony Railroad; thence by a
straight Hne to the said intersection; and by the centre
lines of Columbia road. Blue Hill avenue, Seaver street,
Columbus avenue, Atherton and Mozart streets, Chest-
nut avenue, Sheridan, Centre and Perkins streets. South
Huntington avenue, Castleton street and the centre
line of said Castleton street extended to the boundary
line between the City of Boston and the town of Brook-
line; thence by said boundary line to a point therein
one hundred feet southwest of Washington street in the
Brighton district; thence by a line parallel to and one
366 Acts in Chronological Order.
hundred feet southwesterly from the centre hne of Wash-
mgton street to an angle formed by the intersection
of said line with the extension of a hne parallel to and
one hundred feet northwesterly of the centre line of
Market street; thence by said extension and said line
parallel to and one hundred feet northwesterly of the
centre line of Market street to a point one hundred feet
south of the centre hne of Western avenue; thence by
a line parallel to and one hundred feet south of the centre
Hne of Western avenue and said hne extended to a point
in the boundary line between the City of Boston and
the town of Watertown south of Watertown Bridge, so
called; thence by said boundary line and the boundary
lines between the cities of Cambridge and Somerville to
the point of beginning.
Also those portions of Ward 26 upon or within one
hundred feet of the following named streets and squares:
Everett square, so called; Fairmount avenue from River
street to the Neponset river; River street from the loca-
tion of the Boston & Providence Railroad to Winthrop
street; Hyde Park avenue on the easterly side from
the northerly side of Oak street to Everett street; Hyde
Park avenue on the westerly side from the northerly
side of Pine street extension, so called, to a point on said
Hyde Park avenue opposite the southerly line of Everett
street; Harvard avenue from River street to Winthrop
street; Maple street from River street to a point one
hundred and eighty feet southerly therefrom; Central
avenue from River street to Winthrop street; Davison
street from Fairmount avenue to a point three hundred
feet northeasterly therefrom; Grove street; Pierce street
from Fairmount avenue to a point three hundred feet
northeasterly therefrom; Knott street from Fairmount
avenue to a point three hundred feet easterly therefrom;
Railroad avenue from Fairmount avenue to a point
Acts in Chronological Order. 367
three hundred feet northeasterly therefrom; Station
street from the Neponset river to a point three hundred
feet northeasterly from Fairmount avenue; Walnut
street from Fairmount avenue to a point three hundred
feet southwesterly therefrom; Maple street from Fair-
mount avenue to a point one hundred and twenty-five
feet westerly therefrom.
This ordinance became operative July 1, 1914.
LAWS RELATING TO GAS
FITTING.
GAS FITTING LAWS.
CHAPTER 265, ACTS OF 1897.
An Act Relative to the Licensing of Gas Fitters
AND to the Supervision of the Business of Gas
Fitting in the City of Boston.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
License Required — "Journeyman'^ Means.
Section 1. No person, firm or corporation shall engage
in or work at the business of gas fitting in the city of Boston
after the first day of October in the year eighteen hundred
and ninety-seven, either as employer or as a journeyman,
unless such person, firm or corporation has received a
license therefor in accordance with the provisions of this
act. The word "journeyman," as used in this act, shall be 'j
deemed to mean one who personally does any gas fitting or
any work in connection therewith which would be subject
to inspection under the provisions of this act.
Examination Required — As to Qualifications.
Sect. 2. Every person, firm or corporation desiring to
engage in the business of gas fitting in the city of Boston
shall make application therefor to the building commis-
sioner, and shall at such time and place as may be desig-
nated by the board of examiners hereinafter provided for,
to whom such application shall be referred, be examined
as to his qualifications for such business.
3G9
370 Laws Relating to Gas Fitting.
Board of Examiners.
Sect. 3. The board of examiners shall consist of the
building commissioner, the chairman of the board of
health, who shall be ex officiis members of said board and
serve without compensation, and a third member, to be
chosen by the board of health, who shall be a practical gas
fitter of at least five years' continued practical experience
during the years next preceding the date of appointment.
Said third member shall be chosen within thirty days after
the passage of this act, for a term ending on the first day of
May in the year eighteen hundred and ninety-eight, and
thereafter annually; and he shall be allowed a sum not
exceeding five dollars for each day of actual service, to be
paid from the treasury of the City of Boston.
Date and Places for Holding Examinations.
Practical Knowledge Required.
Licenses — Fees for Same.
Sect. 4. Said board of examiners shall, as soon as may
be after the appointment of said third member, meet and
organize by the selection of a chairman and clerk, and shall
then designate the times and places for the examination of
all applicants desiring to engage in or work at the business
of gas fitting in the city of Boston. Said board shall
examine said applicants as to their practical knowledge of
gas fitting, shall submit the applicant to some satisfactory
form of practical test, and, if satisfied of the competency of
the applicant, shall so certify to the building commissioner,
who shall thereupon issue a license to such applicant,
authorizing him to engage in or work at the business of gas
fitting, first requiring him to register in the office of the
said building commissioner his name, place of business or
residence, license number, date of examination, and in
Laws Relating to Gas Fitting. 371
what capacity licensed. In case of a firm or corporation,
the examination of one member of the firm, or of the
manager of the corporation, shall satisfy the requirements
of this act. The fee for the Ucense of any employing gas
fitter shall be two dollars, and for a journeyman, fifty
cents; and said license shall continue in force until revoked
or cancelled, but shall not be transferable.
hispectors of Gas Fitting.
Duties — Compensation — Cause of Removal.
Sect. 5. The building commissioner shall appoint,
after the first day of October in the year eighteen hundred
and ninety-seven, such a number of inspectors of gas fitting
as the board of examiners may from time to time determine.
Said inspectors shall be practical gas fitters of at least five
years' continued practical experience, and shall, before
appointment, be subject to an examination before the
civil service commissioners. The compensation of said
inspectors shall be determined by the building commis-
sioner, subject to the approval of the mayor; and such
inspectors shall hold office until removed by said com-
missioner, with the approval of the mayor, for malfeasance,
incapacity or neglect of duty. Said inspectors shall
inspect all new work relating to gas fitting in new and in
old Vjuildings, the connections and use of such work, and
shall report all violations of this act or of any act or ordi-
nance relating thereto, which now exists or may be hereafter
enacted or ordained; and they shall also perform such other
appropriate duties as may be required by the building
commissioner.
License Number to he Displayed at Place of Business.
Sect. 6. Every licensed gas fitter shall display his
license numVjer conspicuously at his place of business.
372 Laws Relating to Gas Fitting.
Applicatio7i to he Filed and Permit Required.
Materials and Workmanship Subject to Regulations.
Sect. 7. On and after the first day of October in the
year eighteen hundred and ninety-seven no building shall
be piped or fitted for gas, nor shall any repairs be made in
such pipings or fittings, nor fixtures placed, unless a permit
shall be granted therefor by the building commissioner.
Every hcensed gas fitter desiring to perform any work
relating to piping or fitting a building for gas, or to repair
gas piping or fittings, or to place fixtures therein, shall file
an application therefor at the office of the building com-
missioner, giving the correct location, name and address of
the owner, the intended use and material of the building,
and a full and complete statement of the work proposed
and material to be used, and shall, if required by said build-
ing commissioner, furnish a plan thereof, which shall be
subject to his approval. All materials used and work
performed under the provisions of this section shall be
subject to such regulations as shall be made by the board
of health and the building commissioner.
Timbers, Beams or Girders Not to he Cut Into.
Meter to he Removed Only by Gas Company.
Sect. 8. No gas pipe which may be introduced into
any building shall be let into the timbers, beams, or girders
unless the same is placed within thirty-six inches of the end
of said timber, beam or girder, and in no building shall the
said pipes be let into the timbers, beams or girders, more
than two inches in depth. No person shall disconnect or
remove any gas meter, except the duly authorized represent-
ative of the gas company owning such meter.
Gas Brackets.
Sect. 9. All gas brackets shall be placed at least three
feet below any ceiling or woodwork, unless the same is
properly protected by a shield, in which case the distance
Laws Relating to Gas Fitting. 373
shall not be less than eighteen inches. Nothing in this act
shall be construed to affect the operations of any gas com-
pany upon its own premises or upon its mains and surface
pipes.
Board of Health to Inspect Gas Fixtures and Appliances
in Buildings.
Sect. 10. The Board of Health of said city by its
inspectors shall from time to time, as it deems proper,
inspect the gas fixtures and appliances in any building and
shall make such requirements relating thereto as it deems
the public health requires, and the owner of such building
shall comply with such requirements.
Penalty for Violation of this Act.
Sect. 11. Any person violating any of the provisions
of this act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and
shall be subject to a fine of not exceeding one hundred
dollars for each offence, and if such person has received a
license under this act his license may be revoked by the
building commissioner.
Annual Report.
Sect. 12. The building commissioner shall include in
his annual report to the city council a report of the pro-
ceedings of the building department under this act, and
shall include therein a report of the board of examiners
appointed under this act, giving their proceedings during
the year ending on the first day of February.
Repeals.
Sect. 13. All acts and parts of acts inconsistent here-
with are hereby repealed.
Sect. 14. This act shall take effect upon its passage,
except so far as is hereinbefore otherwise provided.
Approved April 10, 1897.
374 Laws Relating to Gas Fitting.
REVISED REGULATIONS.
Pertaining to Gas Fitting and Gas Fitting Materials,
Adopted July 29, 1S98, by the Board of Health
AND THE Building Commissioner, to Take Effect
Oct. 1, 1898. — Amended Aug. 16, 1899. — Amended
March 12, 1918.
(Authorized hy Chapter 265, Acts of 1897.)
Notice of Repair of Leaks.
Section 1. In all cases of repair of leaks, a notice
giving the location and extent of all work performed shall
be filed with the building commissioner immediately upon
completion of the same.
No Pipe of Fitting to he Concealed Until Approved.
Sect. 2. No pipe or fitting shall be covered or con-
cealed from view until approved by one of the gas fitting
inspectors of the building department, or for twenty-four
hours after notice has been given to the building com-
missioner.
No Pipe to he Laid Subjected to Strain.
Sect. 3. Pipes shall be run and laid to avoid any strain
or weight on the same, except that of the fixtures.
Outlets. — Numoer of Burners.
Sect. 4. Outlets for fixtures shall be securely fastened;
all outlets not covered by fixtures shall be left capped,
and the number of burners for each outlet shall be marked
on the builders' plan.
Laws Relating to Gas Fitting. 375
Pipes to he Properly Protected.
Sect. 5. Pipes laid in a cold or damp place shall be
properly dripped, painted with two coats of red lead and
boiled oil, or covered with felting satisfactory to the
building commissioner.
Swing Brackets.
Sect. 6. Swing brackets shall have a globe or guard
to prevent its burner from coming in contact with the wall.
Bracket outlets shall be at least 2 inches from window or
door casings.
Stop-Pins.
Sect. 7. Stop-pins to cocks shall be screwed into place.
Cement Prohibited.
Sect. 8. The use of gas fitters' cement is prohibited,
except in putting fixtures together.
Inside Service to he Tested.
Sect. 9. Inside services shall be tested by the fitter
who receives the permit to connect the service or meter.
Service Pipe to have Main Cock.
Sect. 10. There shall be a main cock on the service-
pipe close to the foundation wall, one cock at the inlet side,
and one at the outlet side, of each meter. When service-
pipes are over two inches brass or composition, seated
valves shall be used. •
Final Test to he Made hy Gas Fitter in Presence
of Inspector .
Sect. 11. There shall be a final test, by a gas fitter,
of all fixtures and pipes by a column of mercury raised not
less than two inches, which must stand five minutes;
Laws Relating to Gas Fitting.
this test to be made in the presence of one of the gas-fitting
inspectors of the building department; the gauge to be
made of glass tubing of uniform interior diameter, and so
constructed that both surfaces of the mercury will be
exposed.
Material of Gas-Pipe.
Sect. 12. All gas-pipes shall be of wrought iron or
steel, all fittings of malleable iron, and all meter connections
of lead pipe of the same size as the fit or riser except where
meters are to be connected with flanges.
Brass Nipples.
Sect. 13. Brass solder nipples shall be used on a)l
meter connections.
Risers.
Sect. 14. No riser shall be left more than five feet
away from the front foundation wall.
Sect. 15. Gas-pipes shall be run in according to the
following scale:
Scale for Piping.
Iron pipe.
1 inch.
26 feet.
3 burners.
1 inch.
30 feet,
6 burners.
1 inch.
50 feet,
20 burners.
1 inch.
70 feet.
35 burners.
Iz inches.
100 feet.
60 burners.
li inches.
150 feet.
100 burners.
2 inches.
200 feet.
200 burners.
2| incites.
300 feet.
300 burners.
3 inches,
450 feet,
450 burners.
3i inches.
500 feet.
600 burners.
4 inches.
600 feet.
750 burners.
Outside Piping of Brass.
When brass piping is used on the outside of plastering
or woodwork, it shall be classed as fixture.
Laws Relating to Gas Fitting. ~ 377
Outlets and Risers.
Sect. 16. Outlets and risers not provided with fixtures
shall be properly capped.
Outlets for Fixtures.
Sect. 17. Outlets for fixtures shall not be placed under
tanks, back of doors, or within three feet of any meter. '
Shields, When Required.
Sect. 18. Gas-burners less than two feet from a
plastered ceiling or less than three feet from overhead
woodwork shall be protected by a shield satisfactory to
building commissioner. In first-class buildings no shields
will be required.
Brass Tubing. — Threads on Brass Pipe. — Rope or Square
Tubing.
Sect. 19. Brass tubing used for arms or fixtures shall
be at least No. 18 standard gauge with full thread. All
threads shall screw in at least -f^ of an inch. Rope or
square tubing shall be brazed or soldered into fittings and
distributers, or have a nipple brazed into the tubing.
Cast Fittings. — Plugs of €ocks. — Stems of Fixtures. —
L-Burner Cocks.
Sect. 20. Cast fittings such as cocks, swing joints,
double centres and nozzles shall be standard fittings,
except for factory use, where extra heavy or mill fittings
shall be used. The plugs of all cocks must be ground to a
smooth and true surface for their entire length, be free
from sandholes, have not less than f-inch bearing on all
cast fittings and {^ of an inch on all turned fittings, have
two flat sides on the end for the washer and have two nuts
instead of a tailscrew. Stems of fixtures of two lights or
more each shall be not less than | of an inch iron-pipe
378 Laws Relating to Gas Fitting.
size. L-burner cocks shall not be used at the end of
chandelier arms, except in stores, churches, theatres, halls
and places of assembly or public resorts.
Outlets for Gas-Ranges.
Sect. 21. Outlets for gas-ranges shall have a diameter
♦not less than that required for six burners, and all gas-
ranges and heaters shall have a cock on the service-pipe.
Ranges and heaters must be connected with right and left
couplings, except in fireplace Vy^ork where brass unions
may be used.
Pipes to he Laid above Timbers .
Sect. 22. Pipes shall be laid above timbers unless
otherwise permitted by the building commissioner.
Second-Hand Gas-Piping not Allowed.
Sect. 23. No second-hand gas-pipe shall be put into
use in any building without the written permit of the
building commissioner.
Drops or Outlets.
Sect. 24. Drops or outlets less than f of an inch in
diameter shall not be left more than f of an inch below
plastering, centre-piece, or woodwork, and other outlets
shall not project more than f of an inch beyond plastering
or woodwork.
Outlets, How Fastened.
Sect. 25. Fastening boards shall not be cut away to
accommodate electric wires. All outlets shall be fastened
according to the following diagrams :
Weight of Gas-Pipes in Pounds per Foot.
Sect. 26. Gas-pipes, all arms and stems of fixtures
shall be of the kind classed as standard pipe, and shall
weigh according to the following table :
Laws Relating to Gas Fitting.
379
Size of Pipe.
|-inch pipe
i-inch pipe
f-inch pipe
^-incli pipe
f-inch pipe
1 -inch pipe
1^-inch pipe
l|-inch pipe
2 -inch pipe
2^-inch pipe
3 -inch pipe
3i-inch pipe
4 -inch pipe
Pounds
Per Foot.
.24
.42
.56
.85
1.12
1.67
2.24
2.68
3.61
5.74
7.54
9.00
10.66
No Gas Pipe to be Laid within Six Inches of Electric Wire.
Sect. 27. No gas pipe shall be laid within 6 inches
of an electric wire, except where the electric wire is in an
insulated conduit.
Spark or Self-Lighiing Burners to he Tested with Meixury
Test.
Sect. 28. Wherever spark-lighting or seK-lighting
burners are used the mercury test shaU be applied to the
cocks.
Gas Engines.
Sect. 29. (a.) Gas engines must be connected to
service from which no gas for illuminating purposes is
used.
Exhaust Pipes.
(b.) Exhaust pipes shall be run to roof when possible,
not come in contact with woodwork, and be properly
protected.
380 > Laws Relating to Gas Fitting.
t
Diaphragms and Bags,
(c.) Diaphragms and bags must be on the same floor
with engine and have a valve governing same.
Size of Pipes Connecting Gas Engines.
(d.) The sizes of pipes used in connecting gas engines
will be as follows :
Horse
Feet
Size
Length
Power
Per Hour.
Burners.
(in inches) .
(in feet)
1
40
10
3
4
50
2
80
20
3
4
50
3
120
30
1
70
4
160
40
n
100
5
200
50
li
100
6
240
60
u
100
7
280
70
ii
150
8
320
80
H
150
9
360
90
n
150
10
400
100
n
150
11
440
110
2
200
12
480
120
2
200
13
520
130
2
200
14
560
140
2
200
15
600
150
2
200
16
640
160
2
200
17
680
170
2
200
18
720
180
2
200
19
760
190
2
200
20
800
200
2
200
21
840
210
2h
300
22
880
220
2i
300
23
920
230
21
300
24
960
240
2h
300
25
1,000
250
2\
300
26
1,040
260
2h
300
27
1,080
270
2\
300
Laws Relating to Gas Fitting. 381
Gas Not to he Turned on Until Piping and Fixtures
Approved.
Sect. 30. Gas shall not be turned on in any building
until the piping and fixtures have been approved by the
building commissioner.
Connections with Gas Appliances.
Sect. 31. No connection for any gas appliance shall be
made to any gas fixture on which any part of the piping
thereon shall be less than three-eighths inch.
Rubber or Flexible Tubing not Allowed.
Sect. 32. Any gas appliance having a controlling gas
cock on the same will not be approved by the Building
Department if connected with rubber or flexible tubing.
Hose Cock and Independent Fitting.
Sect. 33. No hose cock or independent fitting that
controls the gas supply to any appliance shall be nearer
than six inches to any other cock.
CHAPTER 550, ACTS OF 1907.
Gas fitting — Definition of.
Section 11. Gas fitting shall mean the work of putting
together any fittings, pipes, or fixtures or other appliances
which are to contain gas for heat, light or power purposes
and will be subject to inspection under existing laws.
GARAGE REGULATIONS.
FIEE PREVENTION COMMISSIONER.
METROPOLITAN DISTRICT.
Regulations governing the Construction and
Maintenance of Garages and the Storage,
Keeping and Use of Class A, Class B and Class
C Fluids in Connection therewith.
Definitions
1. In the regulations of the Fire Prevention Commis-
sioner the following terms shall have the meanings
respectively assigned to them.
2. Class A^ Fluid. — Class A fluid is any fluid that will
emit an inflammable vapor at a temperature lower than 30°
Fahrenheit, to be ascertained by a standard closed cup
tester.
3. Class B^ Fluid. — Class B fluid is any fluid that will
emit an inflammable vapor at a temperature not lower than
30° Fahrenheit nor higher than 100° Fahrenheit, to be
ascertained by a standard close cup tester.
1 The following list of fluids represents some of the commercial
fluids that usually have flash points within the classifications given: —
Class A.
Class B.
Class C.
Gasoline.
Benzine.
Naphtha.
Benzol.
Ether.
Carbon bi-sulphide.
Alcohol.
Amyl-acetate.
Acetone.
Turpentine substitutes.
Kerosene.
Fuel oil.
Lubricating oil.
1 See note on page 5.
383
384 Garage Regulations.
4. Class C^ Fluid. — Class C fluid is any fluid that will
emit an inflammable vapor at a temperature higher than
100° Fahrenheit, to be ascertained by a standard closed cup
tester.
5. Motor Vehicle. — Motor vehicle is any vehicle
which is propelled by the power obtained from burning or
exploding the vapor of or burning a Class A, Class B or
Class C fluid, and which is charged with or contains such
fl.uid.
6. Garage. — Garage is any building or structure, or
part thereof, wherein is stored or kept one or more motor
vehicles, — not including two-wheeled motor cycles less
than four in nunber, — or wherein the repairmg, examining
or replacing of any part of a motor vehicle is performed.
7. First-class Garage. — First-class garage is one con-
structed of non-combustible material throughout, except
that wood may be used within an office for non-bearing
partitions and for upper and imder flooring and screeds for
same, and for doors and windows except as hereinafter
provided.
8. Second-class Garage. — Second-class garage is one
constructed with external walls of non-combustible ma-
terial, and which has any part of the interior or roof con-
struction of wood.
9. Third-class Garage. — Third-class garage is one the
external walls of which are in whole or in part of wood.
10. Metal Garage. — Metal garage is one constructed
entirely of metal.
11. Mill-constructed Roof. — Mill-constructed roof shall"
mean a roof constructed with wooden beams of sufficient
strength for the load carried, but in no case less than 6
inches by 6 inches in cross section, spaced not less than 5
feet nor more than 10 feet on centers, with roof planking
not less than 2 inches in thickness.
12. Fire Wall. — Fire wall is any wall constructed of
Gakage Regulations. 385
brick or concrete not less than 8 inches in thiclmess, which
extends from the foundation to a height of at least 12
inches above the highest adjoining roof, or between fire-
proof floors or between a floor and roof in a first-class
garage,
13. Party Wall. — Party wall is any wall constructed of
brick or concrete not less than 12 inches in thickness which
separates two or more buildings.
14. Non-comhustihle Partition. — Non-combustible par-
tition shall mean a partition constructed of brick, concrete,
terra cotta or approved plaster block or wire lath and
cement plaster not less than 2 mches in thicloiess properly
supported by a steel frame entirely embedded within the
cement plaster.
15. Fireproof Floor or Roof. — ■ Fireproof floor or roof
shall mean any floor or roof constructed of and supported
by non-combustible material.
16. Fireproof Ceiling. — • Fireproof ceiling shall mean
the underside of any fireproof floor or roof.
17. Fire-protected. — • Fire-protected shall mean the pro-
tection of combustible construction with metal lath
cement-plastered to a thickness of not less than three-
quarters of an inch. Cement plaster shall be thoroughly
mixed and made with 1 part Portland cement to not more
than 3 parts sand, and not more than 10 per cent, by
volume of hydrated lime.
18. Fire Window or Fire Skylight. — Fire window or
fire skylight shall mean a window or skylight of approved
metal or wood metal-covered frame and sash, glazed with
wire glass not less than one fom'th mch in thickness, rein-
forced with wire fabric having a mesh not larger than
seven-eighths inch, and wire not smaller than No. 24 B.
& S. gauge.
19. Fire Door. — Fire door shall mean any api)roved
metal or wood metal-covered door.
386 Garage Regulations.
20. Self-closing Door. — Self-closing door shall mean
any door v/hich is closed by an approved device.
21. Automatic-closing Door or Windoiv. — Automatic-
closing door or v/indow shall mean a door or window
arranged to close by means of an approved device when
subjected to a temperature of 160° Fahrenheit.
22. Basement. — Basement shall mean that story of a
building the floor level of which is not more than 8 feet
nor less than 3 feet below the average grade of the ground
at the front of the building.
23. Fii'c Limits. — Fire limits shall mean any section
or sections of a city or town designated by ordinance or by
law or by the Fire Prevention Commissioner wherein
superior building construction is required.
Licenses and Permits.
24. Except as provided in sections 26 and 27, no
building or structure shall be erected, altered for use or
used as a garage, nor for the keeping, storage, use or sale
of any Class A, Class B or Class C fluid in connection
therewith, unless a license has fir^t been obtained therefor
for one year from the date thereof from the Mayor and
Board of Aldermen, City Council or Municipal Council
of the city, except Boston and Cambridge, or from the
Board of Selectmen of the town. In the city of Boston
the license shall be obtained from the Mayor and Board
of Street Commissioners, and in Cambridge from the
Board of License Commissioners.
All licenses as herein provided for shall bear the signature
of the Building Commissioner, the Building Inspector
or the official designated by the city or town to approve
the construction of buildings, as evidence that the
building has been constructed in accordance with these
regulations. They shall also bear the signature of the
Head of the Fire Department as evidence that the keeping,
Garage Regulations. 387
storage, use or sale of the Class A, Class B and Class C
fluids and the equipment for the garage comply with
these regulations.
No license shall be granted until after a public hearing,
fourteen days' public notice of which shall have been
given by mailing a copy of the notice to abutting property
owners and other persons interested within a reasonable
radius of the proposed garage.
Each license shall be issued on a form furnished by the
Fire Prevention Commissioner, and a copy of each license
shall be sent to the Fire Prevention Commissioner within
seven days from the date of issuance thereof by the
ofl&cial or officials authorized to issue said license.
25. A licensed garage may be continued in use from
year to year if the owner or occupant thereof shall, while
such use continues, annually file for registration a certifi-
cate, reciting such use and occupancy, with the city or
town clerk, and with the Head of the Fire Department,
provided, however, that in the city of Boston such a
certificate shall be required to be filed only with the Fire
Commissioner.
26. If the Building Commissioner or Building Inspec-
tor, or, in case there be no such official, the Head of the
Fire Department, shall certify in writing on blanks to be
furnished by the Fire Prevention Commissioner that a
building or any part thereof will comply when ready for
occupancy as a garage, in all respects with the require-
ments herein set forth for garages with a capacity for not
more than two motor vehicles, then the occupant may
keep in said building or part thereof to which said certifi-
cate applies, for private use, not more than 50 gallons of
Class A and Class B fluids, as follows: 10 gallons in
approved safety cans, and the remainder in the tanks of
two motor vehicles; But if such garage is located within
50 feet of a dwelling, such certificate will only permit the
388 Garage Regulations.
use of the same by the owner thereof, or the occupant of a
dwelling or commercial building situated on the same
premises. To be valid said certificate shall bear the
signature of the Head of the Fire Department.
A copy of said certificate shall be filed with the Fire
Prevention Commissioner within seven days after the
date thereof by the official issuing the same.
A structure composed of units, even though the units
be separated from one another by a party wall, and each
unit has a capacity for not more than two automobiles,
shall be licensed for the storage, keeping, sale or use
of a Class A, Class B or Class C fluid as provided in
section 24.
27. In any building which was in existence May 26,
1911, and which is not used for human habitation, as many
as two motor vehicles may be kept without license or
permit if such building is not used for holding gatherings
of, or giving entertainment, instruction or employment to,
more than 20 persons, provided, however, that if such
building is situated within 50 feet of a building used for
habitation, then it may be used as a garage for not exceed-
ing two motor vehicles only under such terms and
conditions as the Head of the Fire Department may
prescribe.
28. No two-wheel motor cycle charged with or con-
taining Class A, Class B or Class C fluid shall be stored
or kept in any building or structure unless a permit has
first been obtained from the Head of the Fire Department,
29. A copy of each valid license, permit or certificate
granted under the provisions of these regulations shall be
conspicuously ' posted, under glass, on the premises to
which such license, permit or certificate applies.
30. Any license, permit or certificate issued under the
authority of these regulations may be revoked for cause
at any time after notice and hearing given to the owner
Garage Regulations. 389
or occupant of the garage, by the official or officials author-
ized to grant the same or ])y the Fire Prevention Com-
missioner.
Requirements for all Garages.
31. Any garage hereafter erected shall comply with
all the requirements as herein provided for.
32. Except as provided in section 27, any building
now in existence hereafter to be used as a garage shall he
made to conform with all the requirements for a new build-
ing for such use for the same location.
33. When a portion of a building is used as a garage,
the garage shall be considered as mcluding all that part of
the building which is not separated from the garage by
unpierced fire walls and fireproof ceiling.
34. A fireproof ceiling may be constructed below and
independent of a combustible floor or roof, provided same
is designed to safely carry a live load of not less than 40
pounds per square foot.
35. In measuring the capacity of a garage, 250 square
feet of floor area shall be the unit of measurement for one
motor vehicle.
36. Any garage hereafter erected within the fire limits
of any city or town:, having a capacity for more than two
motor vehicles, shall be of the first class.
37. Any garage hereafter erected within the fire limits
of any city of town, having a capacity for not more than
two motor vehicles, shall be of either the first or second
class.
38. Any garage hereafter erected outside the fire limits
of any city or town, having a capacity for more than 20
motor vehicles, shall be of either the first or second class.
39. Metal garages with a capacity for more than two
motor vehicles shall conform to all requirements for third-
class garages.
390 Garage Regulations.
40. All roof coverings for garages hereafter erected
shall be of approved non-combustible or fire-resisting
material.
41. All material used in the repairing of a garage roof
covering shall be approved non-combustible or fire-
resisting.
42. Any basement hereafter to be used as a garage
shall have all its enclosing walls constructed of non-
combustible material, and shall have a fireproof ceiling.
43. All garages located ia basements shall have at
least tv/o door openings not less than 8 feet in width nor
less than 64 square feet in area, located in opposite external
walls of the garage, which shall lead du'ectly to the outer
air, and the bottom of at least one such door opening shall
be at the level of the basement floor and at or above the
level of the ground thereabouts.
44. Any garage more than one story in height shall be
provided with at least one fireproof enclosed stairway for
each 5,000 square feet of floor area, located as near to
opposite corners of the garage as conditions will permit,
but no garage shall have less than two such stairways.
Such stairways shall be without window openings into
the garage, but shall have at least one door opening from
each floor. There shall be over each stairway permanent
means of access to the roof in case of fire.
45. Any building exceeding three stories in height here-
after erected or used as a garage shall have for each 10,000
square feet of floor area one 4-inch standpipe connected
separately to the service main, extending from the lowest
story up to and through the roof, and located within the
enclosing walls of a stairway. Each standpipe shall be
provided with a 2^-inch Fire Department Standard hose
connection and gate valve for each story, located not over
5 feet above the level of the floor, and two 2§-inch Fire
Department Standard hose connections and gate valves
Garage Regulations, 391
located on the roof, with a controlKng gate valve under
the roof arranged to operate from below and above the
roof, with a three-quarter-inch drain pipe and valve to
prevent freezing. Each standpipe shall also be provided
with a Fire Department Standard Siamese steamer con-
nection, located outside the building not more than 3 feet
above the street level.
46. Any building exceeding three stories in height
hereafter erected or used in whole or in part as a garage
shall be equipped throughout with an approved system
of automatic sprinklers and sprinkler alarm.
47. All stairs, ramps, elevators, lifts, light or venti-
lating shafts or other ducts shall be enclosed throughout
their entire height with non-combustible partitions, except "
that a shaft which is continuous for two stories only shall
be required to be enclosed only in the lower story.
48. All doors or windov/ openings in a shaft shall be
protected by fire doors or fire windows. All doors to stair
shafts shall be self-closing, and all doors to other shafts
shall be automatic or self-closing. All windovv^s in shafts
shall be stationary or automatic-closing.
49. All openings in fire walls shall be protected by two
approved self-closing or automatic-closing fire doors
separated by the thickness of the wall.
50. All fire windows in interior partitions shall be
stationary or automatic-closing, and the stool level of
same shall be located not less than 4 feet above the floor
level.
51. Any window in an external v/all, which is wholly
or in part within 15 feet of a lot line, or building on land
of the same o\^Tier, shall be a fire window, and shall be
stationary or automatic closing.
52. Any skylight located within 20 feet of any lot line,
or building of a greater height than the garage located on
land of the same owner, shall be a fire skylight.
392 Garage Regulations.
53. Any door in an external wall which is in whole or
in part within 15 feet of a lot line, or building on land of the
same owner, shall be metal-covered on the inside, and any
glass panel in such door shall be of wired glass.
54. The requirements of sections 51, 52 and 53 shall
not apply to any opening within the specified distance of a
street line of a street not less than 50 feet in width, or line
of a permanent open passageway not less than 15 feet in
width, railroad right of v/ay, cemetery or public park
where such line only is involved.
55. All garages hereafter estabhshed shall be main-
tained the specified distance from lot lines and buildings
on the same lot, as herein required for new garages.
56. A garage which is in whole or in part of a better
class of construction than is required by these regulations
need comply only with the requirements of a garage that
would be allowed in the given case.
57. All partitions in second or third class garages with
a capacity for more than two motor vehicles shall be non-
combustible or fire-protected on both sides. All openings
in such partitions shall be protected by fire doors or fire
windows.
58. Any second or third class garage hereafter estab-
lished shall have fireproof floors throughout.
59. A second-class garage with a capacity for not more
than two motor vehicles shall not be located within 3 feet
of a lot line, nor within 6 feet of a second or third class
building.
60. A second-class garage with a capacity for more
than two motor vehicles shall not be located within 6 feet
of a lot line, nor within 12 feet of a second or third class
building.
61. All undersides of roofs of second-class garages
shall be fire-protected, excepted in the case of a mill-
constructed roof of a garage with a capacity for more than
Garage Regulations. 393
two motor vehicles, where there is a clearance of 14 feet
between the floor and the underside of the roof planking.
62. A third-class garage with a capacity for not more
than two motor vehicles shall not be located within 6 feet
of a lot line, nor withui 12 feet of a second or third class
buildiQg.
63. A third-class garage with a capacity greater than
two but not exceeding four motor vehicles shall not be loca-
ted within 12 feet of a lot Ime, nor withui 24 feet of a second
or third class building.
64. A third-class garage with a capacity for more than
four motor vehicles shall not be located within 24 feet of a
lot line, nor withui 50 feet of a second or third class build-
ing.
65. Metal garages with a capacity for not more than
two motor vehicles shall not be located within 5 feet of a
lot line, nor within 5 feet of a second or third class building.
66. All walls and ceilings of third-class garages having
a capacity for more than two motor vehicles shall be fire-
protected, except that the underside of a mill-constructed
roof of a garage with a capacity for more than four motor
vehicles shall not be required to be fire-protected if there
is a clearance of not less than 14 feet between the floor
and the underside of the roof planking.
67. When the repairing or painting of motor vehicles
is performed in a garage it shall be done in a room separated
from the garage by non-combustible partitions, and all
openings therein shall be protected by self-closing fire
doors or by stationary fire windows. The removing of
paint from or painting of motor vehicles shall not be per-
formed in the same room with the repairing of motor
vehicles.
68. A garage with a capacity for not exceeding two
motor vehicles may be located in_a one-story building
having a floor area not exceeding 1,000 square feet, which
394 Garage Regulations.
is otherwise used as a stable or for domestic or farm pur-
poses only, provided that the portion used for the motor
vehicles is separated from the remainder of the building
by unpierced fire-protected ceiling and by fire-protected
Vv'^alls, — which may have only one opening leading to the
other portions of the building which shall be protected by a
self-closing fire door, — has a fireproof floor, and that the
garage complies with all the requirements of these
regulations.
69. A first-class garage for not exceeding four motor
vehicles may be located in a dwelling not exceeding two
stories in height, provided that there is no opening between
the garage and the dwelling; that all windows in the
garage are fire windows; that the doors in external walls
are metal-covered on the inside; that the dwelling is
occupied only by the owner or his family, or persons in
their immediate employ; and that no Class A, Class B or
Class C fluid is kept in the building except in the tanks
of the motor vehicles, or in an approved pump connected
with an underground tank installed as required by the
regulations of the Fire Prevention Commissioner.
70. No garage shall be located in any building occupied
in any part as a hospital, school, theatre, church, or place
of public assembly, and no garage shall be located in a
dwelling house except as provided in section 69.
71. No garage shall be located within 50 feet of the
nearest wall of a hospital, school, theatre, church or place
of public assembly, gasometer, tank above ground con-
taining inflammable fluid or gas, or dwelling in excess of
three stories in height, nor within 50 feet of a lumber yard,,
without a special permit from the Fire Prevention Com-
missioner.
72. The height of a first-class garage shall not exceed
six stories; that of a second-class shall not exceed three
stories ; and that of a third-class shall not exceed one story.
Garage Regulations. 395
73. The floor area of a garage shall not exceed 10,000
square feet on any one floor unless a special permit has
been granted therefor by the Fire Prevention Com-
missioner.
74. A special permit may be granted for a fii'st or
second class garage with a floor area in excess of 10,000
square feet, as follows : —
(a) For a floor area not to exceed 16,000 square feet,
divided by a fire wall into two sections neither of which
shall exceed 10,000 square feet, provided each section has
an independent exit to the outer air for automobiles under
their own power.
(6) For a floor area not to exceed 20,000 square feet,
provided the entire building is equipped throughout with
an approved system of automatic sprinklers and sprinkler
alarm.
(c) For a floor area not to exceed 60,000 square feet,
divided by firewalls into sections none of which shall
exceed 20,000 square feet, provided that each section has
an independent exit to the outer air for automobiles
under their own power; that the entire building is of
first-class construction and equipped throughout with an
approved system of automatic sprinklers and sprinkler
alarm.
75. No pit except a ventilated elevator or turntable
pit shall be allowed in the floor of any garage.
76. No building in which a garage is located shall be
used for any purpose other than that of a garage and the
business in connection therewith, except as provided in
section 68, without a special permit from the Fire Pre-
vention Commissioner. No party wall shall be allowed
between a garage exceeding two stories in height and any
building otherwise occupied without a special permit.
77. No story below a basement shall be used as a
garage.
396 Garage Regulations.
78. No garage with a capacity for more than two
motor vehicles shall be used as a stable.
79. No system of heating other than one of steam or
hot water shall be allowed for a garage unless first approved
by the Fire Prevention Commissioner, and the steam or
hot-water heater shall be located in a room, the only
entrance to which shall be direct from the outer air or
through an open vestibule, the entire floor level of which
is not less than 6 inches above the ground level at the
entrance thereto. Not more than one door opening shall
be allowed from a vestibule to the garage, which shall be
protected by a self-closing fire door and a non-combustible
threshold raised not less than 2 inches above the garage
floor.
The enclosing walls, partitions and ceilings of all heater
rooms for second or third class garages shall be either non-
combustible or fire-protected. All floors for such rooms
shall be of concrete.
No heater nor smoke pipe shall be located nearer than
18 inches to a fire-protected wall or ceiling.
80. No system of artificial lighting, other than incan-
descent electric lights, shall be used in any garage. The
wiring for lighting, battery charging and electrical equip-
ment shall be installed in a manner at least equal to that
required by the ''National Electrical Code," and in
accordance with the following regulations: —
(a) All cut-outs, outlet and junction boxes, switches,
receptacles, connectors, or other live metal parts, motors,
dynamos, and all apparatus capable of emitting a spark,
shall be placed at least 4 feet above the floor. This does
not apply to motors, dynamos and magnetos, which are
parts of the motor vehicles and properly encased.
(&) Flexible cords for portable lamps, motors or other
apparatus must be reinforced for rough usage. The live
end of the cord must be the projecting part of an approved
Garage Regulations. 397
pin plug connector or equivalent, so constructed that it
will break apart readily at any position of the cord, and
the opposite end of the cord, if terminating in a connector,
must be the projecting part and protected against acci-
dental contact.
(c) Flexible cables for battery charging must be of
approved theatre stage type, and have approved con-
nectors of at least 50 amperes capacity, and constructed
and arranged as in (6).
(d) All portable lights must be equipped with approved
keyless sockets attached to approved portable lamp guards
with handles and hooks.
(e) All new wiring in garages with a capacity for more
than two motor vehicles, except flexible cords and cables,
as specified above, and those used for pendant lamps, must
be installed in approved metal conduit or approved ar-
mored cable, except that approved metal molding may
be used in offices and show rooms.
81. By a special permit from the Fire Prevention Com-
missioner, apparatus for charging storage batteries may be
maintained in garages under such conditions and restric-
tions as the Commissioner shall set forth in the permit.
82. No locker or other equipment of wood shall be
allowed in any garage with a capacity for more than two
motor vehicles, unless same is located within a separate
room in which no Class A, Class B or Class C fluid is kept
or stored.
83. Each portable tank used in a garage shall be of a
capacity not exceeding 65 gallons. It shall be mounted
on a substantial iron or steel frame with rubber-tired
wheels, and the fluid shall be discharged from the tank
through a non-static hose not exceeding 16 feet in length,
having a shut-off valve close to the outlet or nozzle. Said
tank shall be of a type approved by the Fire Prevention
Commissioner.
398 Garage Regulations.
84. All garages shall have one metal fire pail filled with
sand for each 500 square feet of floor area, to be used for
fire-extinguishing purposes only.
85. All garages shall have one approved chemical fire
extinguisher of not less than 2^ gaUons capacity, or an
approved elxtinguisher of equal efficiency, for each 1,000
square feet of floor area.
86. A garage which is equipped with an approved
system of automatic sprinklers need be provided with
only one-half the number of sand pails and extinguishers
required by the two preceding sections.
Operation and Maintenance of Garages.
87. A space of not less than 18 inches in width shall be
maintained between the motor vehicles and the waUs and
partitions, with communicating passageways of equal
width leading to the main aisle, which shall be kept clear
at all times.
88. No automobile having an exposed flame or spark
shall be allowed in any garage.
89. No wagon or other vehicle used for the dehvery of
any Class A, Class B or Class C fluid shall enter Uvor be
admitted to any portion of a garage when charged with or
containing such fluid in the delivery tank or container.
90. No Class A, Class B or Class C fluid shall be
stored or sold in a room in which the repairing of motor
vehicles is permitted.
91. No torch, forge, fire nor flame, nor any material
sufficiently hot to ignite vapors which may be present,
shall be used or maintained in a garage where motor
vehicles are stored, kept or painted, or in a room which has
a capacity for more than four motor vehicles and in which
the repairing of motor vehicles is permitted.
92. A stationary engine using gas or Class A, Class B
Garage Regulations. 399
or Class C fluid for motive power shall not be used in a
garage unless maintained in a separate room, as required
in sections 67 and 91.
93. Class A or Class B fluid shall neither be sold nor
handled above the first story of a garage without a special
permit from the Fire Prevention Commissioner.
94. Not more than 10 gaUons of Class A or Class B
fluid shaU be kept in a garage at any one tim.e, except such
as may be in the storage tanks, portable fiUing tanks or
the tanks of motor vehicles. Such Class A or Class B
fluid shall be kept in and used from safety cans of an ap-
proved tjTDe.
95. No Class A or Class B fluid from a storage tank
shaU be dehvered to a motor vehicle in any garage except
by means of a portable tank, approved covered cans, or
directly through the outlet of the drawing-off pipe of an
approved pump.
96. No Class A or Class B fluid shall be put into or
taken out of a motor vehicle where there is an open flame.
All lights, except electric lights, of a motor vehicle must
be extinguished and the engine stopped before filHng the
tank. If any such fluid be accidentaUy spiUed in a motor
vehicle, or on the floor or ground during the process of
filling, it shaU be cleaned up, aUowed to evaporate, or the
motor vehicle moved by hand to a place of safety before
rehghting the lamps or starting the engine.
97. Class C fluid, or compound sincluding lubricating
oils and greases, shall be kept in a Class A or B fireproof
room, as provided for in the Paint and Oil Regulations of
the Fire prevention Commissioner, or in approved tanks
or structures.
98. Not more than 120 pounds of calcium carbide in
the aggregate shaU be stored in a garage at any one time,
and such calcium carbide shall be kept in water-tight metal
400 Garage Regulations.
containers with securely fastened covers which shall be
elevated not less than 6 inches above the floor level.
99. Not more than 1,000 cubic feet of compressed
acetylene gas in detached tanks in the aggregate shall be
stored in a garage at any one time, nor at a pressure ex-
ceeding 250 pounds per square inch.
100. No iClass A or Class B fluid shall be allowed to
flow upon the floor nor to pass into the sewer or any
drainage system.
101. If the Fire Prevention Commissioner has reason
to believe that Class A or Class B fluids are allowed to flow
into the sewer from any garage he may order that such
garage shall be provided with a separator, trap or other
device approved by him, through which all drainage from
said garage shall pass, for the purpose of preventing such
fluids from flowing into said sewer. Said separator, trap
or other device shall be kept at all times in good working
condition, and shall be emptied at such intervals of time
as will keep the said fluids from passing into the sewer.
102. No person shall smoke nor be allowed to smoke
in a garage, and notices to that effect in letters of vertical
type, 2 1 inches or more in height, with a sifcroke of one-half
inch or more, shall be conspicuously posted at the entrance
to and within the garage. These notices may bear the
words "BY ORDER OF FIRE PREVENTION COM-
MISSIONER" in letters of vertical type, five-eighths of
an inch in height, with a stroke of one-eighth inch or more.
Smoking may be allowed in a separate room with all
openings in the enclosing partitions protected by self-
closing fire doors or stationary fire windows, provided it
has a window in an external wall.
103. All garages shall be kept clean. All oily waste
and rags shall be kept in self-closing oily waste cans, and
all other combustible waste material shall be kept in
covered metal receptacles.
Garage Regulations, 401
104. Sawdust shall not be kept or used in a garage for
any purpose.
Existing Garages.
105. All existing building§ or other structures used
previous to July 22, 1915, as garages shall have the floor
of the first story covered with cement concrete not less
than 3 inches in thickness, or with some other suitable
non- combustible material of thickness satisfactory to the
Fire Prevention* Commissioner.
105. All existing buildings or other structures used
previous to July 22, 1915, as public garages or as business
garages, or as garages having a capacity for housing four
or more motor vehicles, shall comply with the preceding
section and the following requirements: —
(a) All first-story walls and ceilings of garages that
are located within 50 feet of any other building, if con-
structed of combustible material, shall be properly covered
with sheet metal, or metal lath and cement plaster not
less than three-quarters of an inch in thickness. In the
discretion of the Commissioner it may be required that all
such walls and ceilings in garages so situated shall be
similarly covered. Such garages, if located more than
50 feet from any other building, shall be protected in
accordance with requirements established July 22, 1915,
for third-class garages of a similar capacity.
(h) All combustible stairways and elevator wells shall
be enclosed by walls covered with sheet metal, or metal
lath and cement plaster not less than three-quarters of
an inch in thickness, or with, some other satisfactory non-
combustible material.
(c) All doorways in said walls shall be fitted v\^ith
standard automatic-closing fire doors.
107. Garages established smce July 22, 1915, and
previous to June 1, 1919, shall comply with the regulations
402 Garage Regulations.
of the Fire Prevention Commissioner adopted July 22,
1915, and amended April 17, 1916, Aug. 30, 1916, and
Aug. 1, 1917.
General Provisions.
108. No motor vehicle shall be loaded or unloaded in
any building or structure other than a licensed garage
unless a special permit shall have been obtained therefor
from the Fire Prevention Commissioner.
109. In case the statutes of the Commonwealth, the
ordinances of a city or town, or the legal regulations of any
city or town official or officials require superior construc-
tion of garages, said statutes, ordinances or regulations
shall be followed.
110. All appeals, provided for by section 18 of chapter
795 of the Acts of 1914, from the acts and decisions of the
local officials, under the authority given by these regula-
tions, shall be filed with the Fire Prevention Commissioner
within fourteen days after the time action is taken or
decision made.
111. The Fire Prevention Commissioner reserves to
himself the right, by special permit or otherwise, to provide
for exceptional cases not foreseen in the preparation of
the foregoing regulations.
112. Except as provided in the foregoing regulations
or permitted by law, no Class A, Class B or Class C fluid
shall be kept, stored, used, sold, handled, transported or
otherwise disposed of in connection with a motor vehicle
or garage in the Metropolitan Fire Prevention District of
Massachusetts.
113. Until further notice all materials, fittings or
devices herein required, if formally approved by the Under-
writers' Laboratories, Inc., of Chicago, will be accepted
by the Commissioner. Should it, however, be demon-
strated to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that any
Garage Regulations. 403
material, fitting or device complies with the specifications
of the Underwriters' Laboratories, or is suitable for the
purpose for which it is to be used, the Commissioner may
permit the use of the same.
Note.
Investigation of certain garage fires has shown that they
were caused by the ignition of gasoline by a spark of
frictional electricity. When gasoline is poured through
a non-conductor, as a chamois strainer or rubber hose,
frictional electricity may be generated in sufl&cient quan-
tities to make a dangerous spark. The strainer, funnel,
nozzle, etc., should be in metallic contact with the fuel
tank of the car, or some other method should be provided
to carry away the frictional electricity as fast as it may be
generatedjSO that a dangerous quantity cannot accumulate.
These regulations have been established by the Fire
Prevention Commissioner after due notice and a pubUc
hearing, to take effect June 1, 1919.
FRANK LEWIS,
Fire Prevention Commissioner.
404 Garage Regulations.
INDEX.
A.
Section
Acetylene gas, storage of . . . . . . . . .99
Additional restrictions by city or town ofl&cials, . . . . 109
Aisles to be maintained, 87
Appeals, time for filing, 110
Approved materials, fittings, etc., 113
Area of garages 73, 74
Automatic-closing door or window, definition, 21
When required 48-51, 54
Automatic sprinklers in garages 46, 74, 86
B.
Basement, definition, . . .22
Restrictions on use of, 43, 77
To be fireproof, ^42
Battery charging, '81
Building, use of, as garage and for other purposes restricted, . 70, 76
Converted for use as garage 27, 32
Occupied in part as garage . . . . . . 33, 68, 76
With certain occupancies, garage to be kept certain distance
from, 71
C.
Calcium carbide, storage of, 98
Capacity of garages, 35
Ceiling, fireproof, definition 16
Constructed below comb IS tible floor or roof, 34
How protected 61, 66
Cellars not to be used as garages, 77
Cement plaster, specifications, . 17
Changes in existing garages, 105-107
Cities and towns of Metropolitan Fire Prevention District . page 3
City or town officials, additional restrictions by, .... 109
Class A, B and C fluids, definitions 2, 3, 4
Garage Regulations. 405
Section
Class A or B fluids, delivery of, 95, 96
Handling above first story, 93
Not to enter sewer or drainage system, ...... 100
Quantity to be kept in a garage 94
Class C fluid, storage of, 97
Classification of garages, . .7,8,9
Construction, in fire limits, . ... .* . . . . 36, 37
Of metal 10,39,65
Outside fire limits, 38
Superior 56, 109
D.
DEFINITIONS, . . 1-23
Delivery wagons or trucks for inflammable fluids not allowed in
garages 89
Door, fire. (See Fire Door.)
Dwelling located in same building as garage, 69
E.
Electrical equipment, 80, 81
Elevator wells to be enclosed, . 47
EQUIPMENT 83-86
Existing buUdings to be used as garages, 27, 32
EXISTING GARAGES, 105-107
Exposed flame, 88,91,96
Extinguishers required, . 84-86
F.
Filling motor vehicles, 96
Fire door, definition, . 19
Automatic-closing, definition, 21
In external walls, 53, 54
In internal walls or partitions, 49, 50, 57
Self-closing, definition 20
To shafts 48
Fire extingxiishers 84, 86
Fire limit, definition 23
Construction in 36, 37
Construction outside 38
Fu-e-protected, definition 17
Walls and ceiling required 66
Fire skylight, definition 18
406 Garage Regulations.
Section
Fire wall, definition 12
Protection of openings . 49
Fire window, definition 18
Automatic-closing, definition 21
In exterior walls . 51,54
In interior walls 50, 57
To shafts . . . * . ,48
Fireproof ceiling, definition 16
Constructed below combustible floor or roof .... 34
Fireproof floor or roof, definition .15
In second or third class garages 58
First-class garage, definition 7
Height of . 72
Required in fire limits 36, 37
Flames or dangerous material not allowed in garages . . .91
Floor, area of 73, 74
Frictional electricity Note, page 33
Q.
Garage definition . 6, 33
To be located specified distance from certain buildings or
structures 71
To be maintained specified distances from lot line, etc. . . 55
GENERAL PROVISIONS . 108-113
H.
Heating of garages 79
Height of garages 72
L.
LICENSES AND PERMITS 24-30
Certificate only, required for one or two motor vehieles . . 26
License required fqr unit garages 26
Permit required for two-wheeled motor cycle .... 28
Renewal 25
Required to be posted on premises . . . . . .29
Revocation of, 30
Lighting of garages .80
Loading and unlo.ading motor vehicles in buildings . . . 108
Location of garages ...... 59, 60, 62-65, 68-71
Lockers and equipment 82
Lotlines, garages to be maintained specified distances from . . 65
Distances from 55, 59, 60, 62-65
Garage. Regulations. 407
M.
Section
Measurement, unit of 35
Metal garage, definition 10
For more than two motor vehicles 39
For one or two motor vehicles 65
Metropolitan Fire Prevention District, cities and towns of . page 3
Motor cycles, license required for 6, 24
Permit required for 28
Motor vehicle, definition 5
N.
New garages 31, 32
Non-combustible partition, definition 14
Notice of public hearing 24
O.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE .... 87-104
P.
Painting of motor vehicle 67, 91
Partitions, non-combustible, definition 14
In second or third class garages 57
Party wall, definition 13
Prohibited for garages exceeding two stories .... 76
Passage ways to be maintained 87
Permits. (See Licenses and Permits.)
Pits prohibited . " . . . 75
Portable tanks 83
PROHIBITIONS 70-82
R.
Ramps, to be enclosed 47
Renewal of licenses . . . 25
Repairing of motor vehicles 6, 67, 90, 91
REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL GARAGES . . . 31-69
Revocation of licenses and permits 30
Roof, access to, required 44
Fireproof, definition 15
Mill constructed, definition • . . .11
Roof coverings .40
Repairing of 41
40S Garage Regulations.
s.
Section
Safety cans required for Class A and B fluids .... 94
Sand pails required 84, 86
Sawdust prohibited 104
Second-class garages, definition 8
Fireproof floors 58
For more than two motor vehicles 38, CO
For one or two motor vehicles 37, 59
Height of 72
Partitions in 57
Protection of under sides of roofs . 61
Self-closing door, definition . , . . . . . .20
Separators, traps, etc., on drainage system .... 101
Sewer, Class A or B fluids not to be allowed to enter . . . 100
Shafts and ducts, doors in 48
Stairs 44
To be enclosed 47
Windows in 48
Skylight, fire, definition . . .18
Required 52, 54
Smoking prohibited 102
Notices to be posted 102
Sprinklers, automatic 46, 74, 86
Stable located in same building as garage .... 68, 78
Stairways, to be enclosed _ . . . .47
Required ^ 44
Standpipes required for garages exceeding three stories . . 45
Static electricity Note, page 33
Stationary engines not permitted in garages . . . . .92
T.
Tank wagons not allowed in garages 89
Tanks, filling of 96
Portable 83
Third-class garage, definition 9
Fireproof floors 58
For more than two motor vehicles .... 38, 39, 63, 64
For one or two motor vehicles 62
Height of ..... 72
Partitions in . . . . , . - 57
Protection of walls and ceiling 66
Tire pumps, motor-driven ......... 80a
Garage Regulations. 409
u.
Section
Unit garages, license required for ,26
W.
Wall. (See Fire and Party Walls.)
Waste cans, required 103
Windows, fire. (See Fire Windows.)
Wired glass, specifications 18
Wiring 80
410 Garage Regulations.
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS.
THE FIRE PREVENTION COMMISSIONER.
Delegation of Power to the Building
Commissioner.
I, Frank Lewis, duly appointed and qualified Fire
Preve-ntion Commissioner for the Metropolitan District
of Massachusetts, by virtue of the authority vested in me
by Section four of Chapter seven hundred and ninety-five
of the Acts of the year nineteen hundred and fourteen,
do hereby delegate to Herbert A. Wilson, Building Com-
missioner of the City of Boston, and his assistants, the
following powers conferred on me by said Chapter, to be
exercised by them in the City of Boston, in accordance
with the rules and regulations established by said Fire
Prevention Commissioner in reference severally to said
pov/ers. This delegation of power shall continue in
force until a revocation thereof shall be filed with the
City Clerk of the said City of Boston.
Right of Entry.
Section 17, Chapter 795, of 1914.
1. The authority to enter at any reasonable hour any
building or other premises, or any ship or vessel, to make
inspection, or in furtherance of the purpose of any pro-
vision of any law, ordinance, or by-law, or of any rule or
order of said Fire Prevention Commissioner, without
being held or deemed to be guilty of trespass; provided
that there is reason to suspect the existence of circum-
stances dangerous to the public safety as a fire menace.
Garage Regulations. 411
Dry Pipes in Basement.
Section 11, Chapter 795, of 1914-,
2. The authority, after an order has been issued in
writing by the Fire Prevention Commissioner to the
owner of any building_, to cause the basement of any such
building to be equipped with dry pipes with outside
connections, and to approve such equipment.
Automatic Sprinklers.
Section 10, Chapter 795, of 1914.
3. The authority to enforce the execution of any
order of the Fire Prevention Commissioner, issued by
virtue of Sections 10 and 13 "M," of said Chapter 795,
requiring the installation of automatic sprinklers in any
building, and to approve such installation.
Salamanders.
Section 9, Chapter 795, of 1914.
4. The authority, in the name of the Fire Prevention
Commissioner, to enforce the provisions of Section 9 of
said Chapter 795, relative to the use of salamanders or
drying stoves.
Films, etc.
Section 6, Chapter 795, of 1914.
5. The authority to enforce the rules and regulations
estabhshed by said Fire Prevention Commissioner, on the
construction of buildings or rooms for the storage of
motion picture films, celluloid or pyroxyhne products.
Garages.
Section 6, Chapter 795, of 1914.
6. The authority to enforce the rules and regulations
established by said Fire Prevention Commissioner, on the
412 Garage Regulations.
construction of garages, dry cleansing establishments, or
other buildings or structures required for inflammable
fluids.
Egress Obstructions.
Section 13, D, Chapter 795, of 1914. .
7. The authority to cause any obstacles that may
interfere with the means of exit to be removed from floors,
halls, stairways, and fire escapes.
Refuse and Debris.
Section 8, Chapter 795, of 1914-
8. The authority to require the removal and destruc-
tion of any heap or collection of refuse or debris that in
his opinion may become dangerous as a fire menace, and
to remove such refuse or debris in accordance wdth the law.
In witness whereof, I have signed this delegation of
authority and affixed my seal hereto this twenty-second
day of July, A. D. 1918.
[SEAL.] FRANK LEWIS,
Fire Prevention Commissioner for the
Metropolitan District.
ELEVATOK AND ESCALATOE
HEGULATIONS
INCLUDING
ALTERATIONS AND AMENDMENTS
FRAMED BY THE
BOARD OF ELEVATOR REGULATIONS
f ^e (S^ommnnfaealtl^ of Passat^usetls
Acts of 1913, Chapteb 806.
An Act relative to the Installation, Alteration
AND Inspection of Elevators and to the Ap-
pointment OF A Board of Elevator Regula-
tions.
Be it enacted, etc., as follows:
Section 1. In cities and towns not having a build-
ing department or an inspector of buildings, the instal-
lation and alteration of all elevators shall Installation
be under the supervision of the inspectors f,^spection
of the building inspection department of of elevators,
the district police. In cities and towns having an
inspector of buildings or a person acting as such, the
installation and alteration of all elevators shall be
under the supervision of such inspector. No elevator
shall hereafter be installed or altered until a copy of the
plans and specifications of such elevator or of the
proposed alterations shall have been filed by the owner
of the premises where the elevator is to be installed or
altered, or by the manufacturer of the elevator, with
the inspector having jurisdiction, and a certificate of
approval or a specification of requirements shall have
been issued by him.
Section 2. On completion of the work of installa-
tion or alteration, the manufacturer of the elevator or
the person making the alterations shall^ Practical
make a practical test of the safety devices test of
of the elevator in the presence of the in- devices to
spector, and if the test is satisfactory to ^^ made.
413
414 Law Relating to Elevatoks.
the inspector, he shall issue a certificate approving the
elevator and safety devices thereof.
Section 3. All elevators shall be thoroughly in-
spected and a practical test made of the safety devices
Report of required therefor at intervals of not more
inspection, than one year, and at such other times as
may be deemed necessary by the inspector having juris-
diction thereof. Within ten days after the inspection,
the inspector shall report the result thereof to the chief
of the district police, upon forms to be furnished by him.
This requirement for the making of inspection reports
shall not apply to the city of Boston.
Section 4. If, in the judgment of any inspector
having jurisdiction thereof, an elevator is safe, and if
Certificate ^^® elevator has been constructed in the
of safe manner required by law or by regulations
be posted made by the board of elevator regulations
m elevator. ^^ hereinafter provided, the insp ector shall
issue a certificate to that effect to the owner of the ele-
vator, or to the person in charge thereof, and the owner
of the elevator or the person in charge thereof shall
post the certificate in a conspicuous place in or near the
cab or car of such elevator. If i,n the judgment of the
Notice of inspector, the elevator is unsafe or danger-
condition ^^^ *^ ^^^' ^^ ^^® ^^* been constructed in
etc. the manner required by law or by the reg-
ulations made by the board of elevator regulations as
hereinafter provided, the inspector shall immediately
post conspicuously upon the entrance or door of the
cab or car of such elevator, or upon the elevator, a
notice of its dangerous condition, and shall prohibit
the use of the elevator until it has been made safe to
the inspector's satisfaction. No person shall remove
such notice or operate such elevator until the inspector
ha»s issued his certificate as aforesaid.
Law Relating to Elevatoes. 415
Section 5. Any owner, operator or person in charge
of an elevator, or any person employed by any firm,
corporation, or individual to inspect an
elevator shall, if he thinks such elevator is accidents,
unsafe, report the fact in writing to the ^^^'
inspector having jurisdiction thereof who shall forth-
with inspect such elevator. If any accident occurs to
an elevator, the operator, person in charge or owner
having knowledge thereof shall immediately report
such accident to the inspector having jurisdiction who
shall forthwith inspect such elevator.
Section 6. Within one month after the passage of
this act the governor, with the advice and consent of
the council, shall appoint a board, to be Board of
eaUed the Board of Elevator Regulations. R^uiaUons
The said board shall frame regulations appoint=
1 .. ,, , ,- . ,, . ment,duties,
relating to the construction, installation, etc.
alteration and operation of all elevators, now installed
or to be installed, and relative to the location, design
and construction of shafts or enclosures for elevators,
safety devices, gates and other safeguards, protection
against the elevator or hoisting machinery, and means
to prevent the spread of fire, and also such regulations
as will make uniform the work of the inspectors of the
building inspection department of the district police
and of inspectors of buildings throughout the common-
wealth.
Section 7. The board of elevator regulations shall
be composed of seven members, one of whom shall be
a consulting engineer who shall act as
1 • • , (« , 1 1 -1 T Membership.
chairman, one an inspector of the building
inspection department of the district poHce, one the
building commissioner of the city of Boston, one an
inspector of buildings of some other city in the common-
wealth, one a representative of a liabihty insurance
416 Law Relating to Elevators.
company licensed to write such insurance in the com-
monwealth, one a representative of an elevator manu-
facturer, and one an experienced elevator
constructor. The said board shall, within
three months after its members are appointed, draft
regulations as aforesaid, and submit the same to the
governor and council for their approval. Within sixty
days after such regulations have been submitted to the
governor and council, they shall approve the same with
such alterations and amendments and after such public
hearings as they may deem proper, and the regulations,
so altered and amended, shaU then be referred by the
governor to the chief of the district poHce, who shall
furnish upon appUcation a printed copy of the regula-
tions to aU manufacturers of elevators operating in the
commonwealth, and to all inspectors of buildings in the
cities and towns of the commonwealth, and to all others
who are concerned. It shall be the duty of
of the inspectors of the building inspection
regulations, (department of the district police and the
department of buildings or inspectors of buildings of
cities and towns to see that the said regulations are
compHed with.
Section 8. The board of elevator regulations shall
Board to be ^erve without compensation and shall be
dissolved dissolved upon the approval, by the gov-
approval of ernor and council, of the regulations made
regulations, ^g ^^^^^ provided.
Section 9. Any person engaged in the inspection,
alteration, construction, repair or operation of elevators
may, from time to time, hereafter by
Proceedings ..,. . ... . .-, i
upon petition petition in writing to the governor and
etc^of njle"'^*^^^*^^^ request that rules and regulations
and estabUshed under this act be altered or
regu a ions, q^^q^^q^ The governor may grant public
Law Relating to Elevators. 417
hfearings before the governor and council upon such
petition, and if he deems it advisable may appoint a
new board of elevator regulations to consist of seven
members as provided in section seven of this act.
Such board shall, within three months after its appoint-
ment, draft such alterations or amendments as they
deem advisable and submit the same to the governor
and council for their approval as provided in section
seven. Upon the approval by the governor and coun-
cil of such alterations or amendments, they shall become
part of the rules and regulations pertaining to elevators
and shall have the same force and effect as the other
rules and regulations established under section seven.
The board established under this section shall, upon
such approval by the governor and council be dissolved.
Section 10. For the purpose of carrying out the
provisions of this act, the board of elevator regulations
may expend such sum, not exceeding fif-
teen hundred dollars, as shall be approved Expenditure.
by the governor and council.
Section 11. Whoever is aggrieved by the order,
requirement, or direction of an inspector of buildings
of a city or town except in the city of
Boston, may, within ten days after the aggrieved
service thereof, appeal to a judge of the tS%dge^^*
superior court for the county in which the of superior
courts ©tc*
building to which such order, requirement
or direction relates is situated, for an order forbidding
its enforcement; and after su.ch notice as said court
shall order to all parties interested, a hearing may be
had before said court at such early and convenient time
and place as shall be fixed by said order; or the court
may appoint three disinterested persons, skilled in the
subject-matter of the controversy, to examine the
matter and hear the parties; and the decision of said
418 Law Relating to Elevators.
court, or the decision, in writing and under oath, of
the majority of said experts, filed in the office of the
clerk of courts in said county within ten days after such
hearing, may alter, annul or affirm such order, require-
ment or direction. Such decision or a certified copy
thereof shall have the same authority, force and effect
as the original order, requirement or direction of the
inspector. If such decision annuls or alters such order,
requirement or direction of the inspector, the court
shall also order the said inspector not to enforce his
order, requirement or direction, and in every such case
the certificate required by this act to be issued by the
inspector shall thereupon be issued by said court or by
said experts.
Section 12. Any person, firm or corporation viola-
ting or failing to comply with any provision of this act,
or of any regulation established hereimder
shall be punished by a fine of not more than
five hundred dollars for every such offense, subject,
however, to the right of appeal as provided in section
eleven of this act except that in the city of Boston
the right of appeal shall be the same as that provided
by section seven of chapter five hundred and fifty of
the acts of the year nineteen hundred and seven.
Section 13. Sections twenty-seven and twenty-
eight of chapter one hundred and four of the Revised
Laws, sections seventy-four and ninety-
six, in so far as such sections relate to
elevators, of chapter five hundred and fourteen of the
acts of the year nineteen hundred and nine, chapter
four hundred and fifty-five of the acts of the year
nineteen hundred and eleven, and chapter three hun-
dred and eighteen of the acts of the year nineteen
hundred and twelve, in so far as such chapter relates
to elevators, and chapter four hundred and seventy-
Law Relating to Elevators. 419
nine of the acts of the year nineteen hundred and
twelve, and all acts and parts of acts inconsistent
herewith are hereby repealed.
Section 14. Sections six, seven, eight and ten of
this act which relate to the appointment, duties and
expenses of the board of elevator regula- xime of
tions shall take effect upon its passage, taking effect.
and the remainder of this act shall take effect thirty
days after the approval by the governor and council of
the regulations framed by the board of elevator regula-
tions. [Approved June 16, 1913.
CONTENTS.
Regulation
Number.
DIVISION A. DEFINITIONS. . . . . . 1
Elevator . . . . .... . . . . a
Passenger elevator b
Freight elevator c
Hatchway-type elevator . d
Carriage-type elevator ........ e
Sidewalk-type elevator /
Selective automatic button-control elevator ... g
Traction-type elevator ........ h
Steam hydraulic elevator ....... ^ i
Dumb-waiter j
Power elevators . k
Full-automatic gate I
Semi- or half- automatic gate ... . . . m
Gravity gate n
Escalator o
Existing installation p
New installation q
DIVISION B. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO NEW
ELEVATOR INSTALLATIONS 2-64
Section 1. Shaftways . 2-22
Thoroughfare under elevators 2
Enclosures around elevator shaftways, in general . . 3
Enclosures around shaftways of elevators serving only
two adjacent stories 4
Enclosures around elevator shaftways in stairwells . . 5
Enclosures around shaftways of carriage-type
elevators 6
Enclosures around shaftways of hatchway-type
elevators 7
Enclosures around elevator shaftways outside of
buildings 8
Opening of standing portions of enclosiires ... 9
Netting on grille-work enclosures 10
Enclosures around isolated counterweights ... H
421
422 Contents.
Regulation
N umber.
DIVISION B. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO NEW
ELEVATOR INSTALLATIONS — Continued.
Section 1. Shaftways — Concluded.
Openings and set-backs in outside walls of freight
elevator shaftways 12
Thresholds and other projections 13
Landing doors . 14
Landing gates, in general 15
Landing gates at openings in outside walls ... 16
Landing gates at ground openings of elevators outside of
building 17
Automatic hatch covers 18
Bars at exterior windows 19
Pits 20
Platform at top of shaftway 21
Over-travel 22
Section 2. Cars and car enclosures 23-27
Cars . . 23
Car enclosures 24
Seats in cars 25
Car gates and doors . . 26
Clearance between car and shaftway and between car
and counterweight 27
Sections. Machines; machine supports; tanks 28-37
Belt and chain-driven machines 28
Friction machines 29
Hj^draulic machines 30
Support of machines and sheaves . . . . . 31
Enclosure of gears 32
Enclosures around machines . . . . . . 33
Discharge tanks of hydraulic elevators .... 34
Pressure tanks for hydraulic elevators ..... 35
Relief valves on hydraulic elevator pumps ... 36
Elevator pump regulators 37
Section 4. Cables ..... . . . 38, 39
Hoisting cables 38
Shipper ropes 39
Section 5. Counterweights 40-43
Counterweight construction . . . . . , 40
Counterweight runways and enclosures .... 41
Counterweight shops 42
Clearance between counterweights and shaftwaiys . . 43
Contents. 423
Regulation
Number.
DIVISION B. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO NEW
ELEVATOR INSTALLATIONS— Concluded.
Section 6. Guide rails 44-47
Car-guide rails 44
Counterweight guide rails 45
Cast-iron guide rails 46
Automatic-guide lubricators 47
Section 7. Safety devices , . 48-59
Cast-iron in safety de\dces 48
Machine slack cable safety devices ..... 49
Terminal stops 50
Automatic electric car switches 51
Slack cable safeties on coimterweights .... 52
Speed governors and slack cable safeties .... 53
Electric brakes 54
Shipper-rope locks ... . . . . . . 55
Centering ropes 56
Warning chains on freight cars ...... 57
Bumpers 58
Emergency car switch 59
Section 8. Capacity and speed; change in use of
elevator { 60, 61
Capacity and speed . 60
Change in use of elevator 61
Section 9. Lighting; signals; voltage of control
circuit; fuse substitution ...... 62-64
Lighting . 62
Signals . 63
Voltage of control circuit and fuse substitution ... 64
DIVISION C. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO EXIST=
ING ELEVATOR INSTALLATIONS .... 65-114
Section 1. Shaftways 65-80
Thoroughfare under elevators 65
Enclosures or guards around shaftways of carriage-type
elevators and of hand-power elevators .... 66
Enclosures around shaftways of hatchway-type eleva-
tors 67
Enclosures around shaftways of elevators other than
carriage-type and hatchway-type ..... 68
Opening of standing portions of enclosures ... 69
Netting of grille-work enclosures 70
Enclosures around isolated counterweights ... 71
424 Contents.
Regxilation
Number.
DIVISION C. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO EX-
ISTING ELEVATOR INSTALLATIONS — Con-
tinued.
Section 1. Shaftways — -Concluded.
Openings and set-backs in outside walls of freight
elevator shaftways 72
Thresholds and other projections 73
Landing doors 74
Landing gates, in general 75
Landing gates at openings in outside walls ... 76
Landing gates at ground openings of elevators outside
of building 77
Automatic hatch covers 78
Bars at exterior windows 79
Platform at top of shaftway 80
Section 2. Cars and car enclosures .... 81-85
Cars 81
Platform attached to existing hoist 82
Car enclosures 83
Seats in cars 84
Car gates and doors 85
Section 3. Machines: machine supports; tanks. . 86-93
Belt and chain-driven machines 86
Traveling sheaves of vertical hydraulic machines and
piston rods of hydraulic machines 87
Enclosure of gears 88
Enclosirres around machines ...... 89
Discharge tanks of hydraulic elevators .... 90
Pressure tanl^s for hydraulic elevators .... 91
Relief valves of hydraulic elevator pumps ... 92
Elevator pump regulators 93
Section 4. Cables 94, 95
Hoisting cables 94
Shipper ropes 95
Section 5. Counterweights ...... 96-98
Counterweight construction 96
Counterweight rimways and enclosures . ... 97
Counterweight stops 98
Section 6. Guide rails 99, 100
Car-guide rails 99
Automatic-guide lubricators ...'.. 100
Contents. 425
Regulatian
Number.
DIVISION C. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO EX=
ISTINQ ELEVATOR INSTALLATIONS — Concluded.
Section 7. Safety devices 101-109
Machine slack cable safety devices 101
Terminal stops 102
Automatic electric car switches 103
Slack cable safeties on counterweights .... 104
Speed governors and slack cable safeties .... 105
Shipper-rope locks 106
Centering ropes 107
Warning chains on freight cars 108
Bumpers 109
Section 8. Capacity and speed; change in use of
elevator 110, 111
Capacity and speed 110
Change in use of elevator . . ... . . . Ill
Section 9. Lighting; signals; voltage of control
circuit; fuse substitution 112-114
Lighting 112
Signals 113
Voltage of control crrcxiit and fuse substitution . . 114
DIVISION D. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO BUILD=
ERS' ELEVATORS AND TO TEMPORARY USE
OF PERMANENT ELEVATORS .... 115-121
Section 1. Builders' elevators 115,116
Inspection 115
Slack cable safety and protection of openings . . 116
Section 2. Temporary use of permanent elevators, 117-121
Use subject to approval of inspector . . . . 117
Car enclosures 118
Slack cable safety 119
Protection of openings 120
Operator 121
DIVISION E. OPERATION OF ELEVATORS . . 122-128
Licensed operators 122
Granting of licenses 123
Revocation and suspension of licenses .... 124
Display of licenses 125
Designated operators 126
Closing of doors and gates 127
Locking of shipper ropes 128
426 Contents.
Regulation
Number.
DIVISION F. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO NEW
ESCALATOR INSTALLATIONS .... 129-137
Drive 129
Speed , . . . 130
Hand rails . . . . ... . . . 131
Electric brake 132
Emergency stops 133
Safety devices . . , 134
Links and chains 135
Angle of inclination . . 136
Sides 137
DIVISION G. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO EX=
ISTING ESCALATOR INSTALLATIONS . . 138-141
Speed 138
Hand rails . . 139
Emergency stops 140
Safety devices 141
^^-e Commonbjfalt^ of Pn^sat^nsetts.
ELEVATOR AND ESCALATOR REGULATIONS,
TAKING EFFECT JUNE 19, 1 9 14.
INCLUDING
Alterations and Amendments,
TAKING EFFECT jmE 29i I9I5.
[A star (*) placed against a regulation or note
indicates that such regulation or note has been
added, altered or amended.]
DIVISION A. DEFINITIONS.
1. Definitions.
In these Regulations the following terms shall have
the meanings respectively assigned to them. They are
not intended, however, as a complete glossary of terms
used in connection with elevator installations : —
a. An elevator is a hoisting mechanism, equipped
with a car, which moves in guides in a substantially
vertical direction, and which is designed to carry pas-
sengers or freight.
* (Endless belts, conveyors, chains, buckets, etc., used for the
purpose of conveying and elevating materials, and tiering or pUing
machines, operating within one story, are not included by the term
"elevator.")
6. A passenger elevator is an elevator used pri-
marily for carrying passengers.
c. A freight elevator is an elevator used primarily
for carrying freight.
427
428 Division A.
d. A hatchway=type elevator is an elevator run-
ning through floor openings provided with hatch covers,
each of which is opened automatically as the car ap-
proaches the landing and is closed automatically as the
car leaves the landing.
e. A carriage=type elevator is a freight elevator
with a platform having no suspension sling frame, but
which is raised by cables dropping from winding drums
or sheaves over the wellway and connected to the plat-
form at four or more points.
/. A sidewalk=type elevator is an elevator operat-
ing with no lifting or counterweighting mechanism
above the upper landing level.
g. A selective automatic button=control ele=
vator is an elevator the operation of which is con-
trolled by push buttons in such a manner that all floor
stops are automatic.
. h. A traction=type elevator is an elevator whose
elevating power is transmitted by means of friction
between the hfting cables and the drums or sheaves.
i. A steam hydraulic=type elevator is an elevator
operated by water from a closed tank, to which steam
or air pressure is applied to raise the car.
j. A dumb=waiter is an elevator, equipped with a
car which has a clear platform area of not exceeding
nine square feet, which is designed and used for freight
only, and which has a carrying capacity not exceeding
500 pounds.
k. I'he term ** power elevators" excludes elevators
operated by hand.
I. A f ull=automatic gate is a gate which is opened
automatically by the action of the elevator car as it
approaches the landing, and which closes automati-
cally by gravity or by direct mechanical action of the
car as the car leaves the landing.
Definitions. 429
m. A semi= or haIf=automatic gate is a gate
which (1) is opened by the ascending elevator car
approaching the landing; (2) is not opened by the
descending elevator car but which may be opened by
hand; (3) is held open by the elevator car while the
latter remains stationary at the landing; (4) closes
automatically by gravity when the elevator car leaves
the landing.
n. A gravity gate is a gate which is not opened
by the motion of the car bat which may be opened by
hand, and which will be held open by the elevator car
when the latter is at the landing and which will close
automatically by gravity when the elevator car leaves
the landing.
o. An escalator is a moving continuous stairway
or inclined runway designed for elevating or lowering
passengers.
(Endless belts, conveyors, chains, buckets, etc., used for the
purpose of conveying and elevating materials alone and upon
which passengers are at no time carried are not classed as esca-
lators.
Stevedores handling freight on wharf ramps, and other workmen
similarly in charge of freight, riding on similar ramps, are not
classed as passengers.)
p. An existing installation is an elevator or
escalator, the erection of which was begun before the
establishment of these Regulations and not materially
altered, nor moved to a different location subsequently
thereto.
* (The date of the establishment of these Regulations is June
19, 1914.)
q. A new installation is: —
(1) An elevator or escalator, the erection of which is
begun subsequently to the establishment of these Regu-
lations.
430 Division A.
(2) An existing elevator or escalator moved to a new
location subsequently to the establishment of these
Regulations.
(3) An existing installation which is materially
changed subsequently to the establishment of these
Regulations.
(Any changes other than ordinary repairs are to be considered
as material changes.)
(4) Any complete part of an existing iristallation
which is replaced.
* (For instance, when the type of elevator is changed, the ma-
chine, cables, etc., comprise a complete new part, and must be in-
stalled in accordance with the Regulations for new installations,
but the car, shaftway enclosures, gates, doors, etc., do not have
to be changed in accordance with the Regulations for new instal-
lations.)
New Elevator Installations. 431
DIVISION B. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO
NEW ELEVATOR INSTALLATIONS.
Section 1. Shaftways.
2. Thoroughfare under Elevators.
a. The bottoms of shaftways of elevators and of
counterweights shall be kept clear of all materials not
necessary to the elevator installation, and shall not be
used as thoroughfares or passages.
(The bottom of the shaftway of a hand-power carriage-type
elevator is an exception to this Regulation, and may be used as a
thoroughfare or passage.)
*6. If a counterweight does not run to the lowest
floor of a building, the space under the bottom of the
shaftway of such counterweight shall not be used for
any purpose unless (1) the counterweight is equipped
with a safety device which will stop the counterweight
if the cables attached to it should break or become slack;
(2) the construction of the bottom of the shaftway
under the counterweight is such as to withstand, with-
out injury, the falling at fuU normal speed of the
counterweight; and (3) bumpers of spring or equiva-
lent type are installed under the counterweight when
its normal speed exceeds 150' 0" per minute. If an
elevator car does not run to the lowest floor of a build-
ing, the space under the bottom of the shaftway of such
elevator shall not be used for any purpose unless
(1) the construction of the bottom of the shaftway
under the car is such as to withstand, without injury,
the falling at full normal speed of the car loaded to its
capacity, and (2) bumpers of spring or equivalent type
are installed under the car when its normal speed
432 Division B.
Section I. Shaftways.
exceeds 150' 0" per minute. (See, also, Regulation
58c. Data on bumper capacity will be found in Regu-
lation 58d.)
c. No hatchway cover shall be used as a thorough-
fare or passage unless the elevator is of the sidewalk
type. If there is a vertical lifting hatch cover, it shall
not be used as a thoroughfare or passage unless there is
a clear space above the cover, when at the top of its
travel, of not less than 2' 0".
3. Enclosures around Elevator Shaftways, in
General.
a. The shaftways of all elevators shall be enclosed
throughout their height with walls of brick, or terra
cotta, or wire lath and plaster, or wired glass set "in
metal frames or other fire-resisting construction, ex-
cept (1) elevators serving only two adjacent stories;
(2) elevators within the wellways of surrounding stairs;
(3) elevators of carriage type and of hatchway type;
(4) elevators outside of buildings; and (5) that part
of a dumb-waiter shaftway located between the floor
and a counter-top.
(The details of construction, thickness of walls, thickness, size
and method of setting wired glass, etc., shall conform to the local
building requirements, if any, and otherwise to the requirements
of the inspector having jurisdiction. All sash shall be stationary,
unless in the outer wall of the building. Frames and sash in the
outer wall of the building may be of wood and the sash glazed with
common glass if not conflicting with the local building requirements.
Two or more elevators may be installed in the same shaftway with-
out partitions between them.)
*h. Elevator machine rooms, open to shaftways en-
closed with fire-resisting construction, shall be simi-
larly enclosed, except on the shaftway side.
New Elevator Installations. 433
Section 1. Shaftways.
(An elevator machine room shall be considered as open to the
shaftway unless separated therefrom by a partition or door of \^"
steel or iron plate, or by a partition or door of fire-resisting con-
struction, such partition or door being cut out only for cables and
machinery and fitting closely around such cables and machinery.)
c. Fire-resisting shaftway enclosures shall be ex-
tended through and at least 3' 0" above the roof if the
elevator serves the top story of the building, except in
the case of a dumb-waiter shaftway terminating under
a counter-top, and except where a solid platform is
located under the machinery and sheaves at the top of
the shaftway entirely blocking it except for the openings
for cables.
d. Where the fire-resisting shaftway enclosures are
not required to continue through the roof, the top of
the shaftway shall be of the same fire-resisting con-
struction as required for the walls. (See Regulation 3a.)
e. If the fire-resisting shaftway enclosures continue
through the roof, a skylight or skylights shall be located
in the top of the shaftway, or a window or windows
shall be located in the side walls of the enclosure, at the
top, unless there is a solid platform at the top of the
shaftway entirely blocking it except for openings for
cables, etc. The total glass area of such skylights or
windows shall be in each case (1) not less than one-
half the area of the shaftway; (2) not less than three
square feet if the area of the shaftway is three square
feet or more; and (3) the full area of the shaftway if
the latter is less than three square feet.
(The object of the skylights and the windows is to provide a
vent for smoke and hot gases in case of fire; consequently, the
glass in the skylights and windows must be plain glass, not wired
glass, or the skylights and windows must be arranged to open
automatically to the required area by the fusing of fusible links
434 Division B.
Section 1. Shaftways.
inside of the shaf tway near the top, in which case wired glass may
be used. If plain glass is used in a skylight, the skylight shall be
protected by a galvanized iron or steel netting of not more than
1" mesh made of not less than No. 12 gauge wire supported on
metal supports not less than 6" above the skylight, in order to
prevent breakage by debris from an adjacent fire.)
/. If there is a solid platform under the machinery
and sheaves (see Regulation 21) at the top of the shaft-
way entirely blocking it except for the openings for
cables, etc., windows of construction and as nearly as
possible the area specified in Regulation 3e shaU be in-
stalled in the shaftway immediately below such solid
floor, and either in the outside wall of the building or
above the roof.
(If there is no outside wall forming the shaftway, and if the solid
floor in the shaftway is not above the roof, no vent, skylights or
windows will be required. Vent windows above the roof and below
the solid floor in the shaftway need not be located so close to the
roof as to interfere with roof flashing.)
4. Enclosures around Shaftways of Elevators
serving only Two Adjacent Stories.
a. The shaftways of elevators serving only two ad-
jacent stories shall be enclosed throughout the entire
height of, at least, one of the two stories with fire-
resisting construction, such as specified in Regulation
3a, except shaftways around (1) dumb-waiters; (2)
elevators within the wellv/ays of surrounding stairs;
(3) elevators of carriage type and of hatchway type;
and (4) elevators outside of building.
5. If the fire-resisting construction is used in the
lovv'er of the two stories, the shaftway in the upper
story shall be enclosed to a height of not less than
7' 0" above the floor with metal., oirille work which will
New Elevator Installations. 435
Section 1. Shaftways.
reject a ball 2" in diameter, or with equivalent non-
combustible construction.
c. If the fire-resisting construction is used in the
upper of the two stories, and if the elevator is a pas-
senger elevator, the shaftway in the lower story shall
be enclosed from floor to ceiling on the side where there
is a landing opening ^nd to a point at least 7' 0" high
on the other sides with grille work which will reject a
ball 2" in diameter, or with equivalent non-combustible
construction.
d. If the fire-resisting construction is used in the
upper of the two stories, and the elevator is a freight
elevator, the shaftway in the lower story shall be
enclosed with guards not less than 3' 4" above the floor,
such as grille work, sheathing, wood or metal double-
rail fences, etc., securely fastened in place.
. e. The requirements of Regulation 36, 3c, 3c?, 3e
and 3/ shall be fulfilled v/here they are applicable to the
shaftway enclosures of elevators serving only tv/o ad-
jacent stories.
5. Enclosures around Elevator Shaftways in
Stairv/ells.
a. The shaftways of all elevators within the well-
ways of surrounding stairs shall be enclosed in each
story with either (1) fire-resisting construction as speci-
fied under Regulation 3a, or (2) metal grille work of
such design as will reject a ball 2" in diameter.
h. All such enclosures shall extend from floor to
ceiling at the side through wliich there is an entrance
to the elevator car, except on the top floor, and shall
extend at least 7' 0" elsewhere above all stair treads
and landings.
436 Division B.
Section 1. Shaftways.
6. Enclosures around Shaftways of Carriage-
type Elevators.
a. The shaftways of carriage-type elevators which
serve two floors only need not be enclosed except that
the sides of the floor opening shall be protected by
guards not less than 3' 4" above the floor, such as grille
work, sheathing, wood or metal double-rail fences, etc.,
securely fastened in place.
h. The shaftways of carriage-type elevators which
serve more than two floors shall be completely enclosed
from the second stor> floor up with fire-resisting con-
struction such as specified in Regulation 3a.
(Carriage-type elevators serving the first and second floors are
usually kept at the second floor level when not in use, so that the
first floor may be used as a passage. In this position the car serves
to obstruct the opening for the passage of smoke or fire. If the
elevator serves three stories, one floor opening is always left unpro-
tected, in which case the enclosures required above are necessary
to prevent the spread of fire.)
c. The requirements of Regulation 36, 3c, 3d, 3e and
3/ shall be fulfilled where they are applicable to shaft-
way enclosures of carriage-type elevators.
7. Enclosures around Shaftways of Hatchway-
type Elevators.
* a. Enclosures or guards, not less than 3' 4" above
the floor, such as grille work, sheathing, wood or metal
double-rail fences, etc., securely fastened in place, shall
be located (except at landing openings) around power
elevator hatchway openings equipped with automatic
hatch covers, except around hatchway openings
equipped with vertical lifting hatch covers above which,
New Elevator Installations. 437
Section 1. Shaftways.
at the upper limit of their travel, there is a clear space
of 2' 0" or more.
b. Similar enclosures or guards shall be placed around
the shaftways of power elevators, at the lowest floor
which the elevator serves, if the opening in the floor
above is protected by a hatch cover.
8. Enclosures around Elevator Shaftways out-
side of Buildings.
a. The shaftways of elevators located outside of
buildings shall be enclosed to a height 7' 0" above the
ground with a solid enclosure or with grille work or
lattice work which will reject a ball 2" in diameter.
9. Opening of Standing Portions of Enclosures.
a. All standing portions of enclosures arranged to
open to form larger openings than are obtained at the
regular landing doors shall be securely fastened at top
and bottom.
10. Netting on Qrille=work Enclosures.
* a. Grille-work shaft way enclosures, having mesh
larger than |" square, shall be covered to a height not
less than 6' 6" above the landing level with wire netting
of not more than |" square mesh, made of wire not
smaller than No. 20 gauge, securely attached to grille
work (1) where there is less than 4" clearance between
the grille work and any portion of the car or of the
counterweight, and (2) where a landing door slides by
with a clearance of less than 4".
438 Division B.
Section 1. Shaftways.
11. Enclosures around Isolated Counterweights.
a. Counterweights running in isolated shaftways shall
be enclosed throughout their height with fire-resisting
construction or with sheet steel of not less than No. 16
gauge, except v/here located outside of buildings, in
which case solid enclosures not less than 7' 0" high shall
be installed.
h. Counterweight enclosures shall be provided with
removable sections, not less than 2' 0" high and the full
width of the enclosure, located near the top, for the
inspection of counterweights and cables.
(Requirements for enclosing counterweights located in the ele-
vator shaftways will be found in Regulation 41.)
12. Openings and Set=backs in Outside Walls
of Freight Elevator Shaftways.
* a. Where the enclosing wall of the shaftway of a
power freight elevator is the outside wall of a building,
and where the elevator car is open (see Regulation 12e)
toward this outside wall, the shaftway side of the out-
side wall shall be filled in, up to the top landing level,
wherever the clearance between the elevator car and
,the wall is more than 4".
h. The fiUing-in may be done with any form of con-
struction giving a firm, flush surface if there is no con-
flict with local building regulations; or it may be done
with wooden slats not less than 3" wide by |" thick
and set vertically not more than 4" apart; or it may be
done with metal pipes or bars set vertically not more
than 4" apart, provided that such slats, pipes or bars
are strongly secured in place with no projections into
the shaftway aiid with all cross bars and other supports,
except close-fitting pipe clips, at the back of such slats,
pipes or bars.
New Elevator Installations. 439
Section 1. Shaftways.
c. Whatever form of construction is used for filling
in, the clearance between the face of the filling-in
material and the car shall be not more than 2".
d. All window or other openings or recesses in such
outside wall, except the landing door opening, shall be
filled in flush or slatted or barred as provided for in
Regulation 125 and 12c, whatever may be the clear-
ance between the elevator ckr and the wall. The
filling-in material shall be made flush with the wall or
with the filling-in on the wall, as the case may be. (For
exception, see Regulation 12e.)
* e. If the elevator car is provided on the side adja-
cent to the outside wall with a gate which closes auto-
matically when the ascending car leaves the landing at
which there is an opening in the outside wall, or if the
gate is provided with an interlocking device, which pre-
vents the starting of the car until the gate is closed, and
if the gate is of construction and dimensions specified in
Regulation 16a and 166 for landing gates for openings
in outside wall, then the elevator car shall not be con-
sidered as open on the side toward the outside wall,
and the filling-in of set-backs and openings in such wall
shall not be required above the landing opening in the
outside wall. (See Regulation 26/ and 26^'.)
13. Thresholds and Other Projections.
* a. Strong and substantial bevelled metal or v/ood
plates shall be located under all thresholds, beams and
other fixed construction projecting into shaftways 1"
or more beyond the general line of the shaftways of the
elevator on sides where there are car openings. Metal
plates when not backed with vv^ood shall be made of not
less than No. 12 B & S gauge metal.
(Dumb-waiters are excepted from this Regulation.)
440 Division B.
Section 1. Shaftways.
h. The bevelled plates shall extend from the edge of
the projection to the vertical wall, and the bevelled
surfaces shall make an angle of not less than 60° with
the horizontal.
14. Landing Doors.
* Note. — Landing doors which close automatically when the
car leaves the landing may be considered as solid gates. (See
Regulation 15a to 151, inclusive, and Regulation 16a to 16d,
inclusive, and Regulation 17a.)
a. All landing openings in solid fire-resisting shaftway
enclosures shall be provided with fire-resisting landing
doors and frames without open-grille work or movable
panels or other openings. Tin-clad doors, rolling steel
doors, Kalamein doors, hollow metal fire doors, steel
frame doors glazed with wired glass, or doors of other
similar construction shall be considered as "fire resist-
ing." Wired glass panels may be used in doors, but
shall be subject to the restrictions specified in Regula-
tion 3a.
(It is desirable that all such landing doors, which are left open
when the car is not at the landing, should be provided with self-
closing devices operated by fusible links.)
b. All landing openings in grille-work shaftway en-
closures of passenger elevators shall be provided with
landing doors, made either of fire resisting construction
or of grille work, which will reject a ball 2" in diameter.
c. Landing doors for passenger elevators shall slide
in a horizontal direction, except that swing doors will
be permitted when equipped and used with an inter-
locking device, which prevents the starting of the ele-
vator when any landing door is open.
New Elevator Installations. 441
Section 1. Shaftways.
d. Landing doors for all passenger elevators and for
freight elevators without landing gates, except dumb-
waiters, shall be of such construction and design that
when locked they cannot be opened from the landing
side without a key, except when the car is at the landing.
(Such landing doors need not be arranged so that they can be
opened from the landing side even when the car is at the landing,
except in the case of a selective automatic button-control type
elevator or a similar elevator where there is no operator.)
e. Landing doors, which cannot be opened from the
landing side except by key, shall be arranged to be
opened by key at one landing at least.
(The object of this Regulation is to make it possible to close aJl
landing dOors when the elevator is shut down and the attendant is
absent, thus preventing interference with the elevator by un-
authorized persons. It is recommended that all such landing doors
be arranged to be opened by key from the landing side to facilitate
entrance to the shaf tway above and below the car for inspection
and repairs and in case of emergency.)
*/. Landing doors for selective automatic button-
control elevators, except dumb-waiters, are to be self-
locking and equipped with interlocking devices such
that (1) no landing door can be opened unless the car
is at the landing, and (2) the car cannot be started un-
less all the landing doors are closed. Means shall be
provided to prevent the starting of the ear by the clos-
ing of the doors without operating one of the push
buttons. (See Regulation 26c.)
(When car-switch control is used in a selective automatic but-
ton-control elevator, the interlocking devices shall, nevertheless,
remain in operation.)
442 Division B.
Section 1. Shaftways.
* g. Landing doors for passenger elevators with
shipper ropes accessible from the landings when the
landing doors are closed shall be self-locking and
equipped with interlocking devices such that (1) no
landing door can be opened unless the car is at the
landing, and (2) the car cannot be started unless all
landing doors are closed.
h. Landing doors for passenger elevators and for
freight elevators which have no landing gates shall be
set not more than 3'^ back from the edges of the thresh-
olds, and so that no part of the door or its hardware
shall project into the shaftway be^^ond the edges of the
thresholds.
* (For selective automatic button-control elevators the landing
doors may be set not more than 4" back from the edges of the thresh-
olds. Where doors or solid gates in two parts are used, in which
the lower part when open forms the threshold, the door may project
into the shaftway as may be necessary, provided that the lower
edge of the lower half of the door is bevelled, in accordance with
Regulation 13a. Care should be taken in designing landing doors
and enclosure fronts to allow for the closing and locking mechanism
of the doors, for door checks, etc. ; 2" is often required for such
hardware.)
i. Landing doors for dumb-waiters, where the bottom
of the opening is not less than 18" above the landing
floor, may be counterbalanced to stay open, but if the
shaftway enclosures are of fire-resisting construction,
fusible links are to be located inside of the shaftway, or
at the lower edges of the doors, and so connected that
upon the melting of the links the doors will close.
j. Landing doors for dumb-waiters, v/here the bottom
of the opening is less than 18" above the landing floor,
and the door opening is large enough to be mistaken for
a doorway to stairs or to an adjacent room, shall be in
New Elevator Installations. 443
Section 1. Shaftways.
two parts, one over the other, the lower of which shall
extend at least 18" above the landing floor and shall be
arranged to be opened only after the upper part has been
opened, or gates which close when the car leaves the
landings shall be installed in addition to the landing
doors.
(The upper part of the two-part doors may be counterbalanced
to stay open, and if so shall be provided with fusible link as in
Regulation 14z. The object of making the door in two parts, of
which the upper part must be opened first, is to prevent a person
from falling down the shaftway. The gate would serve the same
purpose.)
k. Dumb-waiters which are under counter-tops at
the upper limit of their travel are not required to have
landing doors.
15. Landing Gates, in General.
a. Freight elevators having shaftway enclosures or
guards, except dumb-waiters and except at the bottom
landings of sidewalk-type elevators serving only two
adjacent stories, shall have all landing openings in such
enclosures and guards protected by gates which shall
close automatically when the elevator car leaves the
landing, except that no such gate shall be required at
(1) a landing opening where there is a landing door, or
a gate equivalent to a door, which is equipped with an
interlocking device such that the door or equivalent
gate can be opened only when the car is at the land-
ing, and that the car can be started only when the
door or equivalent gate is closed; or (2) at any landing
opening of a car operated by a licensed operator and
having at all landing openings doors, oi; gates equiva-
444 Division B.
Section 1. Shaftways.
lent to doors, so arranged that they can be opened
only from the shaftway side, except by key, and which
are always closed before the car leaves the landing.
* (Gates shall be installed at all landing openings of freight ele-
vators located outside of building, even though such elevators have
no shaftway enclosures.)
b. The landing openings in the enclosures or guards
around the shaftway at the bottom landing of a side-
walk-type elevator serving only two adjacent stories
shall be protected by hand-operated bar, gate or chain
if an automatic gate is not installed.
c. The used sides of hatch openings, having hatch
covers other than vertical lifting hatch covers, shall be
protected by gates which shall close automatically
when the car leaves the landing, where necessary to
prevent the hatch covers from being used as thorough-
fares or passageways.
d. The used sides of hatch openings having vertical
lifting hatch covers, above which, at their highest limit
of travel, there is less than 2' 0" head room, shall be
protected by gates which shall close automatically
when the car leaves the landing.
* e. Automatically closing landing gates of collap-
sible type, or those made in parts, where the parts pass
by each other in such a manner as to cause opportunity
for injury due to shear, shall not be used. Automati-
cally closing landing gates in two or more parts which
meet in closing shall not be used unless they are ar-
ranged to be opened from the shaftway side only, the
car is always in charge of an operator, and the gates
are so retarded in closing as to remove danger of
injury.
New Elevator Installations. 445
Section 1. Shaftways.
(Doors which close automatically when the car leaves the land-
ings shall be considered as solid gates, and shall be subject to the
same restrictions to avoid injury due to shear or to the coming
together of two or more parts of the door as are open-work gates.
A gate made in two or more parts, which slide or telescope by
each other in the same direction, is not prohibited by this Regula-
tion, if the gate is solid or if the openings are f " souare or smaller,
and if the edges of adjacent parts of the gate always lap so that
danger of injury due to shear is eliminated.)
/. Gates may be "full-automatic" or "semi-auto-
matic" or "gravit}^" gates, but shall close by gravity
and not by the direct mechanical action of the car.
(See Regulation 1^, Im and In. Although gates shall not be
closed by the direct mechanical action of the car, their speed of
closing may be retarded by the direct mechanical action of the car.)
g. Gates are to be made of metal or of hard wood
of at least as great fiber strength as ash, and are to be
strong and rigid and so constructed and installed that
they cannot be sprung from their guides. Bar gates
hinged at one end shall be of such design and construc-
tion as to insure their accurate closing and their rigid
support when closed.
h. The joints of wood gate frames shall be strongly
reinforced with metal plates.
i. Gate shoes and runs on the operating side are to be
of metal.
j. No gate, when closed, is to be less than 3' 4" in
height, measured from the sill to the top of the upper
horizontal mem.ber of the gate.
k. The lower edge of the lowest horizontal member of
any gate, when closed, shall be not more than 3' 4"
above the sill.
446 Division B.
Section 1. Shaftways.
(Gates extending to the floor are strongly recommended where
there is sufficient head room, as they prevent objects from rolling
under the gates and falling on the car and its occupants. Double-
bar gates are recommended rather than single-bar gates, where
there is sufficient head room.)
I. Gate counterweights shall be boxed in or shall run
in metal guides from which they cannot be dislodged.
The bottoms of the boxes or of the guides shall be of
such construction that the counterweights will be
securel}^ held if the counterweight ropes should break.
16. Landing Gates at Openings in Outside Walls.
* Note. — Landing openings in outside walls are apt to be left
unprotected except by the gates. This is dangerous to the public
unless the gates are of such construction as to prevent reaching into
the well and to prevent the gates from being opened except when
the car is at the landing. Even when such openings are on private
ways they are accessible to unauthorized persons, especially chil-
dren, and the special requirements given below for such gates must
be fulfilled. When the opening in the outside wall is at a bridge
above the ground, and not open to the public, the provisions of
Regulation 16a to 16d, inclusive, do not apply.
a. Gates at landing openings in outside walls shall
be made (1) solid, without openings, or (2) of such
design as will reject a ball 2" in diameter.
h. The top of such a gate, when closed, shall be not
less than 6' 0" above the sill, and the bottom shall be
not m.ore than 6" above the sill, except that where the
landing opening in the outside wall is in the top story
of the building the top of the gate need be only 3' 4"
high above the sill.
(The 6' 0" high gates required are usually possible if there is a
story above that in which the landing opening in the outside wall is
located.)
New Elevator Installations. 447
Section 1. Shaftways.
c. All gates at landing openings in outside v/alls shall
be equipped with interlocking devices which will pre-
vent the opening of the gates unless the car is at the
landing, and shall be arranged to close and lock auto-
matically when the car leaves the landing. The inter-
locking mechanism shall be so located and installed that
it cannot be reached by hand from outside of the shaft-
way when the gate is closed.
(If the gate is made solid and fills the whole opening it becomes
a door rather than a gate, but must, nevertheless, be equipped with
the interlocking and self-closing and self-locking device.)
d. Where the elevator is set back in a vestibule, with
the landing opening not actually in the outside wall,
but with an opening in the outside wall directly oppo-
site the landing opening and usually left open, thus
leaving the landing gate accessible to unauthorized
persons, the gate at the landing opening shall be the
same as the gates herein specified for openings actually
in outside walls.
17. Landing Gates at Ground Openings of Ele=
vators Outside of Building.
a. Gates at the ground openings to elevators located
outside of building shall be like the gates specified in
Regulation 16 for landing gates at openings in outside
walls.
18. Automatic Hatch Covers.
Note. — For limitation on speed of elevators equipi^ed with
automatic hatch covers see Regulation QOd.
a. Automatic hatch covers shall be made of not
thinner than I" stock, strongly battened, if of wood,
or of equally strong and stiff metal construction.
448 Division B.
Section 1. Shaftways.
h. Wood automatic hatch covers shall be covered
on their under sides and on their edges with sheet tin
or galvanized steel with locked joints, with nail heads
concealed under the joints.
c. Hinges on automatic hatch covers shall be either
heavy T or heavy strap hinges secured to the floor
with lag-screws, or otherwise equally securely fastened
and bolted through the hatch covers.
* d. Hinged hatch covers shall not be used on floor
openings where the car has a clear platform area of
more than fifty square feet,
e. No hook or other means of fastening hatch covers
open shall be permitted.
(The hatch covers may have to be held open temporarily for
repairs or testing, but this can be accomplished readily without
permanent means for so doing, which might be used habitually,
thus eliminating the fire cut-offs for which the hatch covers are
installed.)
/. If a sidewalk-type elevator lands within the line
of any sidewalk or passagewaj'' open to the public, the
opening shall be protected by guards not less than
IS" high before the elevator is started.
g. Where enclosures are built around the shaftways
of hatchway-type elevators, the hatch covers shall
not, on that account, be omitted.
19. Bars at Exterior Windows.
a. All exterior windows in elevator shaftways shall
be protected by vertical metal bars, not less than f "
in diameter, located on the outside of the windows.
* (This Regulation does not apply to windows filled in as required
by Regulation 12a to 12e, inclusive, nor to windows located above
the platform in the shaftway under the sheaves or machinery.
See Regulation 21.)
New Elevator Installations. 449
Section 1. Shaftways.
6. The bars shall be not more than 10" on centers,
nor shall there be more than 10" between the window
jamb and the center of the nearest bar.
c. The bars shall be attached to the masonry where
there is any, and in all cases firmly secured, and in
such a manner that they will not readily become
loosened through the action of the weather.
d. All such bars, if of iron or steel, shall be kept
thoroughly painted.
20. Pits.
a. The pits at the bottoms of shaftways of all power
elevators, except dumb-waiters, and except carriage-
type and one-story sidewalk-type elevators, shall be
not less than 3' 0" deep.
(Where new elevators are installed in existing buildings a less
depth of pit than 3' 0" may be permitted if a depth of 3' 0" is
structurally impracticable.)
21. Platform at Top of Shaftway.
a. There shall be a platform immediately under the
machinery and sheaves, if any, at the top of the shaft-
way of every elevator except dumb-waiters, hatchway-
type elevators and carriage-type elevators.
(The platform shall be so placed as to give the clearance for car
and counterweights at their upper limit of travel as required in
Regulation 22.)
6. The platform shall fill the shaftway if the latter
has a cross-sectional area of fifty square feet or less;
otherwise the platform need extend only 2' 0" outside
of all sheaves and machinery which should be reached
for oiling and inspection,
450 Division B.
Section 1. Shaftways.
c. If the platform does not fill the entire shaftway,
the edge of the platform shall be protected by a solid
baseboard at least 6" high, and where the space between
the platform and the wall of the shaft exceeds 12"
there shall be a hand rail secm^ely fastened in place
2' 6" above the platform.
d. The platform shall be built and supported for a
safe live load of not less than 50 pounds per square foot.
e. If the platform is made of grating it shall be of
such design as v/ill reject a ball W in diameter, and
upon the upper side of the grating wire netting of not
more than f " square mesh and not smaller than No. 20
wire shall be fastened.
/. The platform, if of wood, shall be made solid of
not less than 3" plank.
g. Reasonable access to the sheaves and machinery
shall be provided above the level of the platform inde-
pendent of the elevator car.
22. Over= travel.
a. The minimum over-travel of an elevator car and
counterweight, except for sidewalk-type elevators and
dumb-waiters, shall be 1' 0", if the car travel is through
one story only and does not exceed 15' 0", and if the
normal car speed does not exceed 60' 0" per minute.
h. The minimum over-travel of an elevator car and
counterweight, except for sidewalk-type elevators,
hand-power dumb-waiters, and dumb-waiters under
counter-tops, shall be 2' 0" if (1) the car travel is
through more than one story, whether or not exceeding
15' 0", and if the car travel does not exceed 50' 0" and
the car speed does not exceed 100' 0" per minute, or
if (2) the car travel is through one story only, but
New Elevator Installations. 451
Section 2. Cars, etc.
exceeds 15' 0", and does not exceed 50' 0" and if the-
cal speed does not exceed 100' 0" per minute.
c. The minimum over-travel of an elevator car and
counterweight, except for sidewalk-type elevators,
hand-power dumb-waiters, and dumb-waiters under
counter-tops, shall be 3' 0" if (1) the car travel exceeds
50' 0" and the car speed does not exceed 250' 0" per
minute, or if (2) the car speed is over 100' 0" per min-
ute, but does not exceed 250' 0" per minute whatever
the travel.
d. The minimum over-travel of an elevator car and
counterweight shall be 4' 0" if the car speed exceeds
250' 0" per minute, but does not exceed 350' 0" per
minute, regardless of the car travel.
e. The minimum over-travel of an elevator car and
counterweight shall be 5' 0" if the car speed exceeds
350' 0" per minute, regardless of the car travel.
(The over-travel of the car is the distance which the car plat-
form can rise above the top landing without any part of the car
construction striking the overhead work. The over-travel of a
counterweight is the distance which the counterweight can rise
above its normal position when the car rests on the bumpers, or
on the bottom of the shaft if there are no bumpers, without the
counterweight striking the overhead work.
In general, the greater the over-travel the better, and greater
over-travel than the minima required above is desirable wherever
practicable.)
Section 2. Cars and Car Enclosures.
23. Cars.
a. No elevator car, except a dumb-waiter car, shall
have more than one compartment.
b. Two cars, balancing each other, and operated by
the same machine, shall not be used except for (1)
452 Division B.
Section 2. Cars, etc.
dumb-waiters and (2) freight elevators serving two
floors only, of which all the landing openings are pro-
tected by gates or doors equipped with interlocking
devices such that the cars cannot be operated unless
all the landing gates or doors are closed.
* (The interlocking device may be omitted on elevators, at the
discretion of the inspector having jurisdiction, where the nature of
the car is such that there is no reason for a person to travel on the
car or to step on the car to load or unload, and where such traveling
or stepping on is prohibited.)
c. The car platforms of direct-plunger elevators shall
be secured to heads of the plungers. If the plungers
are made in more than three sections the car platforms
shall be secured to the bottom heads of the plungers by
safety cables run inside of the plungers.
d. All power passenger elevator cars shall be con-
structed with steel suspension frames.
e. All power freight elevator cars having a lifting
capacity of 3,000 pounds or over, and a platform area of
forty square feet or more, shall be constructed with
steel suspension frames.
/. The minimum factor of safety in steel suspension
frames of cars shall be 8, based on the maximum rated
carrying capacity plus the weight of the unloaded car.
g. No cast iron shall be used in tension as a suspen-
sion member of the suspension frame of any car.
24. Car Enclosures.
a. Elevator car enclosures or cages shall be secured
to the car floors and to the suspension slings in such
manner that they cannot work loose or be readily
displaced.
6. All passenger elevator cars shall be enclosed on all
New Elevator Installations, 453
Section 2. Cars, etc.
unused sides and on the top. The enclosures may be
of wood or of metal, solid or open work, but if of open
work, the design shall be such as will reject a ball 2"
in diameter.
c. No power passenger elevator car shall have more
than two door openings.
d. The car dome on a power passenger elevator hav-
ing no gate or door at the opening to the car, or having
no interlocking device such that the car cannot be
started when any landing door is open, shall be cut
back above the door opening, or a section shall be
hinged with brass, bronze or composition hinges above
the door opening, without locking, to provide an un-
obstructed space 15" deep from edge of threshold and
extending the entire width of the car door opening.
e. All power freight elevator cars, except dumb-
waiters and except carriage-type and sidewalk-type
elevator cars, shall be enclosed not less than 6' 6"
high on all unused sides, or to the cross-heads, where
the cross-heads are less than 6' 6" high. The enclosures
may be wood or metal, solid or open work, but if open
work, the design shall be such as will reject a ball 2"
in diameter.
/. Where the enclosure of a power freight elevator car
is cut away at the front of the car to make the shipper
rope accessible, such opening in the enclosure shall be
cut low enough to prevent injury to the hand of the
operator, and the lower edge of such opening shall be
splayed at an angle of not less than 60° with the hori-
zontal.
g. Where the elevator car enclosure is not soUd, and
the openings are larger than f " square, wire netting of
not more than |" square mesh and not smaller than
No. 20 gauge wire shall cover and be securely attached
454 Division B.
Section 2. Cars, etc.
to the car enclosure on the outside where (1) the
counterweight passes with a clearance of less than 6"
between the car enclosure and the counterweight, and
where (2) there is less than 4" clearance between the
car enclosure and any portion of the well construction,
except at the front of the enclosure.
* h. Covers shall be installed on freight elevator cars
except (1) dumb-waiters, (2) hatchway-type elevators^
(3) carriage-t5^pe elevators, (4) sidewalk-type elevators,
(5) elevators where there are automatically closing
gates extending down to the floor on all landings above
the lowest landing, and (6) all elevators with landing
doors which open only from the wellway side and
which are kept closed except when the car is at the
landing. The covers shall be of wire grille work with
a mesh not larger than 1|" by 3" and wire not smaller
than No. 9 gauge or of other construction of equivalent
strength. The covers shall be set back not more than
6" from the edge of the landing thresholds, and shall be
hinged on the landing sides at such distance from the
edge of the covers, not less than 18", as will permit the
cover to fold back readily should it be obstructed in
any manner in its descent.
* (The cover is not required to be hinged at the opening in an
outside wall, where there is no other landing opening above on the
same side.)
i. No material, not a part of the elevator equipment,
shall be permitted upon the top or cover of any elevator
car.
j . There shall be a suitable emergency exit from each
passenger elevator car, either by means of a trap door
in the cover of the car, or by means of the opening
New Elevator Installations. 455
Section 2. Cars, etc.
required by Regulation 24d, or, in the case of elevators
in battery, by doors opposite each other lq the sides of
two adjacent cars.
25. Seats in Cars.
a. Each passenger elevator, for which a licensed
operator is required, shall be provided with a suitable
seat for the operator. The seat shall be of folding type,
attached to the side of the car, except where the seat is
a fixed seat installed for passengers.
26. Car Gates and Doors.
a. Each power passenger elevator car shall be
equipped v/ith a gate or door at each car door opening
unless (1) there is only one door opening, and unless
(2) the door opening is 42" or less in width, and unless
(3) there is a Ucensed operator in charge of the car, and
unless (4) the car control is so located that the door
opening can be protected by the operator when running
the car.
(A car door is preferable to a car gate of the folding or collaps-
ible type, as it gives better protection. See Regulation 267i.)
6. The car gate or door at each of the door open-
ings in a power passenger elevator car, having two
door openings, shall be equipped with an interlocking
device which shall prevent the operation of the car
when either car gate or car door is open.
(The car door at an opening for freight in a passenger elevator
car need not have the interlocking device applied if the door is
opened only for the occasional handling of freight and is kept locked
during the use of the elevator for passenger service.)
456 Division B.
Section 2. Cars, etc.
* c. The gate or door at the door opening of a power
passenger elevator car, which is used without a hcensed
operator, shall be equipped with an interlocking ^device
which shall prevent the operation of the car unless the
car gate or door is closed. Means shall be provided to
prevent the starting of the car of an electric elevator
by the closing of the doors without operating the car
switch or one of the push buttons . (See Regulation 14/. )
d. Freight elevator cars used for carrying more than
three persons including the operator shall be either
(1) enclosed on all sides to the same height as on the
unused sides, leaving a door opening 42" or less in
width, or (2) equipped vfith car gates or doors at all
car openings.
(If a freight elevator is used at stated hours for carrying em-
ployees, portable car gates or doors and enclosures may be em-
ployed at the open sides of the car, provided that all such portable
construction shall be set in place and secured at all times when the
elevator is used for carrying more than three persons including the
operator.)
e. The open side away from the building wall of a
freight elevator car located outside of a building shall
be protected by a hand-operated or automatic-closing
bar or car gate.
*/. Automatic-closing car gates on freight elevators
adjacent to the outside walls of buildings, may be sub-
stituted for the filling-in of set-backs and openings in
the outside wall. (See Regulation 12a to 12e, inclusive.)
* g. Car gates and doors shall, when closed, fill the
openings that they protect, except that on freight
elevator cars they need be only as high as the car
enclosures, and except where gates of different con-
struction are specifically allowed. (See Regulations
12e, 26e and 26/.)
New Elevator Installations. 457
Section 3. Machines, etc.
h. Car doors may be solid or of open work, and shall
be of such design as will reject a ball 2" in diameter.
(Collapsible or folding gates may be used on elevator cars, but
do not afford the protection of doors as they cannot be made with
the small openings required for doors.)
27. Clearance between Car and Shaftway and
between Car and Counterweight.
a. There shall be a clearance of not less than f "
between cars and the shaftway enclosures, and a
clearance of not less than 1" between cars and their
counterweights.
6. The clearance between the sill of car and the
threshold of landing shall not be less than f " nor more
(Regulation 27a and 276 does not apply to dumb-waiters, hand-
power elevators and sidewalk-type elevators.
For the clearance between counterweights and the shaftways,
see Regulation 43a.)
Section 3. Machines, Machine Supports,
Tanks.
28. Belt and Chain=driven Machines.
a. Belt or chain-driven machines shall not be used
for passenger elevators.
6. Means shall be provided for throwing the power
off from a belt or chain-driven machine as by tight
and loose pulley or clutch, if the machine is not driven
by a separate motor.
c. All elevator belts, except within machine en-
closures, which come within 7' 0" of the floor shall be
properly guarded.
458 Division B.
Section 3. Machines, etc.
29. Friction Machines.
a. A friction-gearing or clutch mechanism which is an
integral part of the machine shall not be used to operate
the winding drum of any elevator, unless the elevator
is not designed or used for carrying a person or
persons.
30. Hydraulic Machines.
* a. The piston rod in tension of hydraulic elevators
of the sheave type shall have a minimum factor of
safety of 8, figured on the cross-sectional area at bot-
tom of thread. Such piston rods, 1" in diameter or
smaller, shall be exposed for inspection at least once
every five years. Piston rods larger than 1" in diam-
eter shall be exposed for inspection at least once every
ten years.
h. Hydraulic elevator machines, except dumb-
waiters, shall be equipped with piston travel-limit
bumpers or stops, and shall be constructed of such
strength that when the full water pressure is applied
the piston will be stopped by this means before the
car can be drawn into the overhead work.
c. Metal guides shall be provided for the sheave
suspension yoke of vertical sheave suspension" type
hydraulic elevators, except dumb-waiters.
d. The valve chambers and cylinders of hydraulic
elevator machines shall be provided with means for
removing air.
* e. The traveling sheaves of vertical cylinder
hydraulic elevators shall be attached with two-part
iron or steel hangers and not with II straps.
New Elevator Installations . 459
Section 3. Machines, etc.
31. Support of Machines and Sheaves.
a. The load to be supported by the elevator machine
beams, when the elevator winding machine is directly-
supported by them and the car-hoisting cables drop
vertically to the car, shall be calculated as not less than
the weight of the stationary load, plus the weight of
the counterweight and twice the weight of the car and
of its maximum rated load.
6. The load shall be calculated as stated in Regula-
tion 31a when the hoisting cables lead in a substantially
horizontal direction from other supports to leading
sheaves over the well way.
c. When the hoisting cables lead from the elevator
machine below in a substantially vertical direction to
sheaves over the wellway, the load to be supported by
these overhead sheave beams shall be calculated as the
v/eight of the stationary load resting upon thepa plus
twice the weight of the counterweights plus four times
the weight of the car and of its maximum rated load.
d. The worm-gear mechanism and motor of hanger-
type elevator macliines shall not be located in the shaft-
vv^ay, except for dumb-waiters.
32. Enclosure of Gears.
a. All gears operating winding drums, except those
of hand-pov/er elevators, shall be enclosed by suitable
guards.
Z^. Enclosures around Machines.
* a. Elevator machine rooms, open to shaftways
enclosed with fire-resisting construction, shall be simi-
larly enclosed, except on the shaftway side. (See
Regulation 36.)
460 Division B.
Section 3. Machines, etc.
b. Elevator machines located on the floor shall be
enclosed by solid partitions or grille work not less
than 4' 0" high. The mesh or grille work shall be such
as to reject a ball 2" in diameter.
* (If the elevator machine is located in an engine room or pump
room, etc., used exclusively as such, the enclosures are not required,
but such protection as is required for fly-wheels, belted apparatus
and other machinery should be provided.)
c. Partitions, guards and head room around elevator
machines shall be so located as to make all parts of the
machines properly accessible for inspection and care.
34. Discharge Tanks of Hydraulic Elevators.
a. The discharge tanks of hj^lraulic elevators shall
be covered to prevent dirt and material falling into
them,*and shall be cleaned at least every two years.
b. Such discharge tanks shall be vented so as to be
open to atmospheric pressure.
35. Pressure Tanks for Hydraulic Elevators.
a. The pressure tanks for hydraulic elevators shall
be built of either flanged or boiler steel or fire-box steel
or extra soft steel, or wrought iron, the properties of
which shall conform to the requirements of the Air
Tank Regulations prescribed by the Massachusetts
Board of Boiler Rules.
b. The maximum pressure to be allowed on pressure
tanks for hydraulic elevators shall be determined by
the formula stated in the Air Tank Regulations pre-
scribed by the Massachusetts Board of Boiler Rules.
The factor of safety in the above formula is to be the
New Elevator Installations. 4.61
Section 3. Machines, etc.
lowest factor of safety allowed by Regulation 35c.
The tensile strength used in the above formula shall
be the tensile strength stamped on the plates by the
manufacturer, or if not so stamped, shall be taken as
45,000 pounds for wrought iron and 55,000 pounds for
steel.
c. The lowest factor of safety to be used for the
pressure tanks for hydraulic elevators shall be 4, if the
longitudinal joints are of butt and double-strap con-
struction.
d. The longitudinal joints of the shell of pressure
tanks for hydraulic elevators shall be of butt double-
strap construction if the diameter of the shell exceeds
36".
e. The longitudinal joints of the shell of pressure
tanks for hydraulic elevatorsmay be of lap-riveted con-
struction if the diameter of the shell does not exceed
56", but in such cases the maximum pressure to be
allowed on the tank shall be 125 pounds per square
inch.
/. The minimum thickness of shell plates shall be as
follows : —
Diameter of Shell.
Minimum
Thickness of
Shell Plate.
36" or less ........
Over 36" up to and including 54"
Over 54" up to and including 72"
Over72"
1"
7 '/
16
462 Division B.
Section 3. Machines, etc.
g. Openings for threaded connections 1" and over,
in pressure tanks for hydraulic elevators, shall be
reinforced.
h. The miminum thickness of the bumped heads shall
be determined in accordance with the formulas for
bumped heads in the Air Tank Regulations prescribed
by the Massachusetts Board of Boiler Rules. The
factor of safety in these formulas shall be 5, and the
tensile strength shall be the tensile strength stamped
on the plates by the manufacturer, or if not so stamped,
shall be taken as 45,000 pounds for wrought iron and
55,000 pounds for steel.
i. When a bumped head has a manliole opening, the
thickness, as found by the formulas referred to in Regu-
lation 35/i, shall be increased by not less than \", and
the flange shall be turned inward to a depth not less
than three times the thickness of the head.
j. No cast-iron heads or flat-stayed heads shall be
used.
k. Pressure tanks for hydraulic elevators, if 30" in
diameter or less, shall be provided with two 4" by 6"
handholes located one in each head or in the shell as
near each head as practicable.
I. Pressure tanks for hydraulic elevators, if over
30" in diameter, shall be provided with an 11" by 15"
manhole.
m. Pressure tanks for hydrauhc elevators shall be
cleaned at least every two years.
n. Every pressure tank for hydraulic elevators shall
have a pressure gage connected to the tank by a brass
or other non-corrosive pipe, and in such manner that
the pressure gage cannot be shut off from the tank,
except by a cock with a T or lever handle placed on
the pipe near the pressure gage. The dial of the pres-
New Elevator Installations. 463
Section 3. Machines, etc.
sure gage shall be graduated to not less than one and
one-half times the maximum pressure allowed on the
tank.
o. Every tank for hydraulic elevators shall be pro-
vided with a \" pipe size connection for attaching
inspector's test gage when the tank is in service, so that
the accuracy of the pressure gage can be ascertained.
p. Pressure tanks for hydraulic elevators shall be
tested before being put in use with a hydrostatic
pressure 50% in excess of the maximum working pres-
sure for which the tank is constructed.
(The hydrostatic test may be made in the shop of the manu-
facturer.)
q. Pressure tanks for hydrauhc elevators shall be
provided mth water gage glasses, connected wdth brass
pipe and fittings and indicating the height of the water
in the tank.
(The water level in the tank should generally be maintained at
about two-thirds of the height of the tank.)
r. All pressure tanks for hydraulic elevators shall be
so located and supported that they can be inspected on
all sides and ends.
36. Relief Valves on Hydraulic Elevator Pumps,
* a. Every pump connected with the pressure tank
of an hydraulic elevator shall be equipped with a water-
relief valve or valves.
* h. The size of the relief valve shall be not less than
the following, except that two or more valves may be
used to give the required area: —
464
Division B.
Section 3. Machines, etc.
Diameter of Discharge Opening of Pump.
Size of
Relief Valve.
2" or
less
1"
2V'
■
li"
3"
li"
3i"
2"
4"
2"
41"
2h"
5"
.
2\"
6"
3"
7"
3"
8"
3"
9"
sr'
10"
4"
12"
4"
14" 0.
D
5"
15" 0.
D
5''
16" 0.
D
5"
* c. The valves shall be set to discharge at a pressure
not greater than the safe working pressure for the tank,
and shall be installed so that they cannot be shut off
from the pump.
* d. The rehef valves may be piped to discharge into
the discharge tank or into the pump section.
New Elevator Installations. 465
Section 4. Cables.
. 37. Elevator Pump Regulators.
a. All steam pumps for hydraulic elevators shall be
provided and operated with pressure-regulating valves
controlling the steam to the pumps, and all electric-
driven pumps for hydraulic elevators shall be equipped
with automatic pressure-regulating valves controlling
the motor, or with automatic by-passes.
Section 4. Cables.
38. Hoisting Cables.
* a. All car and counterweight hoisting cables, ex-
cept for dumb-waiters, shall be of iron or steel. Marlin-
covered iron or steel cables shall not be used for the
car or counterweight hoisting cables of power passenger
elevators.
* b. When steel hoisting cables are used for car or
counterweight, each steel cable shall be so designated
by a round metal plate not less than 1" in diameter,
bearing the words "Steel Cable," and located, by the
party installing same, on the cable immediately above
the shackles at the point of connection to the car or
counterweight.
c. If doubt exists as to the nature of the cables the
capacity of the cables shall be limited to capacity of
iron cables of the same size,
d. The minimum factor of safety of all car and
counterweight hoisting cables, except those of dumb-
waiters, shall be 6, based on the suspended load. The
ultimate strength of the cables shall be based on the
cable manufacturer's lists.
e. All elevator cars and counterweights shall have
not less than two hoisting cables each, except (1) on
466 Division B.
Section 4. Cables.
dumb-waiters and except (2) on hand-power freight
elevators having a lifting capacity of 500 pounds or less,
and except (3) on the counterweights of freight ele-
vators where the counterweight does not weigh more
than 1,400 pounds.
/. No car or counterweight cable, whether new or
used, shall be extended or repaired by splicing another
piece of cable to it.
g. There shall be not less than one full turn of each
car-hoisting cable on the winding drum when the car
has reached the lower limit of travel, and not less
than one full turn of each counterweight-hoisting cable
on the winding drum when the counterweight has
reached its lower limit of travel.
h. The drum ends of the car and counterweight hoist-
ing cables shall be secured by clamps or by tapered
sockets.
* i. The car and counterweight ends of all cables, ex-
cept that such fastening is not required for the compen-
sating counterweight cables of plunger elevators, shall be
fastened by spHced eyes, or by passing through inde-
pendent tapered and leaded sockets. The length of
socket shall be not less than four times the diameter of
the rope. The hole at the small end of the socket shall
be not more than ^h" larger than the diameter of the
rope. After passing through the socket the strands
shall be separated and turned into the center, the length
of the turned-in portion being not less than two and
one-half times the diameter of the rope. The knot shall
be drawn tightly into the socket and poured with zinc
or babbitt. The socket shall be of drop forging or steel
casting, not cast iron, and shall be of sufficient strength
to break the cable before the socket gives any indication
of distress.
New Elevator Installations. 467
Section 5. Counterweights.
j. Equalizers shall be installed at connections to cars
of hoisting cables where practicable, except on traction-
type elevators.
39. Shipper Ropes.
a. No elevator traveling at a speed exceeding 150' 0"
per minute shall be controlled by a hand-operated
shipping cable, (See, also, Regulation 60e.)
b. No elevator travehng at a speed exceeding 150' 0"
per minute, except an hydraulic elevator, shall be con-
trolled by a shipping cable operated by wheel or lever
mechanism. (See, also, Regulation 60/.)
c. The overhead tension weights of shipping cables
shall be equipped with safety chains of not less than
No. 7 wire, securely fastened to the weight and to
anchorage.
d. Shipper ropes shall be so located as to be inaccessi-
ble from landing openings in outside walls of buildings.
e. All shipper ropes on electric elevators shall be
insulated from the machines if they are the only means
to an electric "ground."
Section 5. Counterweights.
40. Counterweight Construction.
a. All counterweights shall have their sections se-
curely bolted or strapped together to keep the individual
or subweights in position. All rods passing through
the counterweights shall be provided with double nuts,
and the ends of the rods, outside of nuts, are to be
riveted over or provided with cotter-pins. Car counter-
weights, when, provided, shall be suspended above the
machine or drum counterweight.
468 Division B.
Section 5. Counterweights.
41. Counterweight Runways and Enclosures.
Note. — See Regulation 11 for enclosures around isolated
counterweights.
*a. The counterweight runs of all elevators, except
dumb-waiters and except hatchway-type elevators,
shall be enclosed from a height 6" above the bottom of
the pit to a height not less than 7' 0" above the bottom
of the pit, except where compensating chains would
interfere, and except where the bumpers under the
counterweights are 5' 0" or more high. (See note
following Regulation 41c.)
b. The material used for such enclosures in fireproof
shafts shall be non-combustible, and in any case, if
made of open work, shall be of such design as shall
reject a |" ball.
c. The counterweight runways of all hatchway-type
elevators, except dumb-waiters, shall be boxed in from
bottom of the pit to a point as close to the sheaves as
practicable. The tops of such enclosures shall be
covered except for such openings as may be necessary
for the cables.
(The counterweight runways of hatchway-type elevators, if
left open for 6" at the bottom, would form a chimney in case of
fire in or near the pit. The 6" space at the bottom of counterweight
enclosures, as required in Regulation 41a, is to facilitate cleaning.)
* d. Where the entire counterweight runway is boxed
in there shall be a removable section not less than 2' 0"
high and the full width of the boxing, located above the
top landing. If the elevator is of the hatchway type,
the removable section shall be at such a height as to
just clear the hatchway door when open.
(The removable section is necessary in order to make the coun-
terweight and cables accessible for inspection.)
New Eleyator Installations. 469
Section 6. Guide Rails.
e. In aU cases the lower part of the counterweight
enclosure shall be made removable from the top of the
counterweight down.
(The removable sections are to make the counterweights and
cables accessible for inspection.)
42. Counterweight Stops.
a. There shall be secured at the upper hmit of travel
of the counterweights of all power elevators an I-beam
or other obstruction so that the counterweights cannot
be drawn into the overhead sheaves.
43. Clearance between Counterweights and
Shaftways.
a. There shall be a clearance between all elevator
counterweights and the shaftways of not less than
I", except for dumb-waiters and except for hand-
power elevators. (For clearance between the counter-
weights and the cars, see Regulation 27.)
Section 6. Guide Rails.
44. Car=guide Rails.
a. All guide rails for elevator cars, the speed of
which is over 100' 0" per minute, except dumb-waiters,
shall be of steel, and shall be fastened securely with iron
or steel brackets in such a manner as to sustain the car
and its load when the car safeties act.
b. Steel car-guide rails shall weigh not less than
14 pounds per Unear foot if the capacity of the elevator
is over 1,500 pounds, and not less than 11 pounds per
linear foot if the capacity of the elevator is over 1,000
pounds, and not over 1,500 pounds, and not less than
470 Division B.
Section 6. Guide Rails.
6.5 pounds per linear foot, if the capacity of the elevator
is 1,000 pounds or less.
c. Steel car-guide rails shall be tongued and grooved
and secured with plates at joints, or the Joints other-
wise equally secured so as to be free from motion in
any direction.
d. Guide strips of wooden car-guide rails shall be
not less than 2f " across the face and not less than li"
thick on (1) all power elevators, except dumb-waiters,
and (2) on hand-power elevators which have a capacity
exceeding 1,500 pounds.
(If safeties are used which grip on the sides of the guide strips,
the guide strips may be made not less than 2j" across the face and
not less than 21" thick.)
e. Guide strips of wooden car-guide rails shall be not
less than If" across the face and not less than ll"
thick on hand-power elevators having a capacity not
exceeding 1,500 pounds, except dumb-waiters.
/. All guide rails for cars and counterweights shall
extend to the bottom of the pit and to the overhead
beams, and shall be strongly fastened in place.
45. Counterweight Guide Rails.
a. All guide rails for counterweights of elevators,
the speed of which is over 100' 0" per minute, except
dumb-waiters, shall be of steel and shall be fastened
•and jointed as required in Regulation 44a and 44c for
car-guide rails.
b. Steel counterweight guide rails shall weigh not
less than 6.5 pounds per linear foot.
c. All counterweights of power elevators shall run
in guide rails.
New Elevator Installations. 471
Section 7. Safety Devices.
(The boxing in of counterweights shall not be construed as
constituting guide rails within the meaning of this Regulation.)
d. All guide rails for cars and counterweights shall
extend to the bottom of the pit and to the overhead
beams and shall be strongly fastened in place.
46. Cast=iron Guide Rails.
a. Cast-iron guide rails shall not be used for elevator
cars or counterweights.
47. Automatic Guide Lubricators.
* a. Car and counterweight guides shall be kept
thoroughly lubricated. (Automatic guide lubricators
are recommended.)
Section 7. Safety Devices.
48. Cast Iron in Safety Devices.
a. No cast iron shall be used on a car as an operating
member of a car saf etj^ device, except the winding drum
of a clamping safety.
49. Machine Slack Cable Safety Devices.
a. Slack cable devices which will stop the elevator
machines, if the hoisting cables slacken or break, shall
be provided on all winding drum power elevators
having a travel of over 15' 0", except dumb-waiters,
carriage-type elevators and sidewalk-type elevators.
6. In the case of selective automatic button-control
elevators, the slack safety device shall break the car
stop-button circuit.
472 Division B.
Section 7. Safety Devices.
c. Slack cable devices which will stop the elevator
machines, if the hoisting cables slacken or break, shall
be provided on all winding drum power dumb-waiters
having a travel of over 30' 0" and a capacity of over
100 pounds.
50. Terminal Stops.
* a. All power-driven elevators, except traction-type
elevators, and except direct-plunger hydraulic elevators
having a travel of 30' 0" or less, or having a speed of
less than 150' 0" per minute, shall be equipped v/ith
adjustable, machine automatic terminal stop mechan-
isms set to stop the machines before the cars or counter-
weights pass 18" above their upper limits of normal
travel, or not exceeding one-half the over-travel space
when this space is less than 3' 0".
("Choker-valves" on hydratdic machines are included as ma-
chine automatic terminal stop mechanisms.)
h. No chain or rope driven machine automatic ter-
minal stop mechanisms on winding drum type machines
shall be allowed, except on dumb-waiters.
* (This Regulation is not to be construed to prevent the use of a
chain or rope driven elevator machine automatic terminal stop
mechanism as a secondary safety device, provided that the machine
automatic terminal stop mechanism, in accordance with the Regula-
tions, is installed and kept in proper condition and adjustment.)
c. Direct current traction-type power elevators, run-
ning at a speed in excess of 200' 0" per minute, except
dumb-waiters, shall be provided with switches which
shall slow down the elevator with not less than two
steps and stop it on the third or last step.
New Elevator Installations. 473
Section 7. Safety Devices.
d. All elevators of the car-switch or button-control
type, except dumb-waiters, shall be equipped with well-
limit switches operated respectively by the car and
counterweight as they pass their upper limit of nor-
mal travel, and arranged to stop the machines before
the cars or counterweights pass 18" above the upper
limits of normal travel, or not exceeding one-half the
over-travel space, where this space is less than 3' 0".
A well-limit switch may control, together with the car-
control switch or car-control button, a single solenoid
switch in the armature circuit only if the armature and
brake circuits are positively opened by the machine
automatic terminal stop mechanism. A well-limit
switch may control, together with the car-control switch
or car-control button, two or more solenoid switches,
two of which must be closed to complete the armature
circuit in each direction of travel. Where a well-limit
switch controls the same solenoid switch or solenoid
switches as the car-control switch or car-control button,
it shall be connected into the control circuit on the
opposite side of the magnet windings from the car-
control switch or car-control button.
e. All electric elevators operated by two or three
phase alternating current shall be provided, in addition
to the machine automatic terminal stop mechanism,
with means to open automatically the line circuits
before the cars or counterweights pass 18" above their
upper limits of normal travel, or not exceeding one-half
the over-travel space when this space is less than 3' 0".
/. Elevators having shipper-rope control shall be
equipped with adjustable ball stops, adjusted to stop
the cars within 6" of the upper and lower floor landings.
474 Division B.
Section 7. Safety Devices.
51. Automatic Electric Car Switches.
a. Electric car-control switches shall be so con-
structed as to return automatically to their off position
upon the removal of the hand of the operator.
52. Slack Cable Safeties on Counterweights,
o. If a counterweight of any elevator does not run
to the lowest floor of a building, and the space below
its lowest limit of travel is used for any purpose, the
counterweight shall be equipped with a safety device
which will stop the counterweight if the cables attached
to it should break or become slack. (See Regulation 26, )
53. Speed Governors and Slack Cable Safeties.
a. Speed governors, properly connected by steel
cables to the safety devices of the cars in such a manner
that the cars shall be brought to rest with an easy and
gradual stop if they attain excessive speed of descent,
shall be applied to all power elevators operating at a
speed of more than 100' 0" per minute, except direct-
plunger elevators, sidewalk-type elevators and dumb-
waiters.
h. Either (1) speed governors, properly connected
to the safety devices of the cars in such a manner that
the cars shall be brought to rest if they attain excessive
speed of descent, or if the car-hoisting cables become
slack or break, or (2) instantaneous safety devices
operated by the slackening or breaking of the car-
hoisting cables, shall be applied to all power elevators
operating at a speed of 100' 0" per minute or less,
except belt or chain-driven elevators, direct-plunger
elevators, sidewalk-type elevators, carriage-type ele-
New Elevator Installations. 475
Section 7. Safety Devices.
vators, hatchway-type elevators, dumb-waiters and
sheave suspension vertical cylinder hydraulic elevators.
c. Speed governors, properly connected to the safety
devices of the cars in such a manner that the cars shall
be brought to rest if they attain excessive speed of
descent, or if the cables become slack or break, shall be
applied to all power elevators of the belt or chain-
driven type which operate at a speed of 100' 0" per
minute or less and have a travel of more than 40' 0",
except sidewalk-type elevators, carriage-type elevators,
hatchway-type elevators and durab-waiters.
d. Speed governors, properly connected to the safety
devices of the cars in such a manner that the cars shall
be brought to rest if they attain excessive speed of
descent, or if the cables become slack or break, shall be
applied to sheave suspension vertical cylinder hydraulic
type elevators operating at a speed of 100' 0" per
minute or less and having a travel of over 15' 0".
e. All power passenger elevator cars shall have the
safeties specified in Regulation 53a, 536, 53c and 53d!
located below the car bottom, so as to insure stopping
the car platform.
54. Electric Brakes.
a. Electric brakes shall be installed on all direct con-
nected electric elevators, the speed of which exceeds
100' 0" per minute.
h. Every direct current elevator controller operating
a brake magnet shall provide a means for handling the
shimt winding of the brake magnet in such a way that
the brake will not be retarded in its action by motor
field discharge or by any counter voltage.
476 Division B.
Section 7. Safety Devices.
55. Shipper=rope Locks.
a. Power freight elevators controlled by shipper
ropes, except sidewalk-type elevators and except dumb-
waiters, shall be provided with shipper-rope locks, so
arranged that the cars can be locked at each landing.
56. Centering Ropes.
a. Power freight elevators controlled by shipper
ropes, except sidewalk-type elevators and except dumb-
waiters, shall be provided, where practicable, with
centering ropes or bridles, to stop the cars at any part
of their travel. The centering ropes shall be attached
to the shipper ropes directly under the upper sheaves.
57. Warning Chains on Freight Cars.
a. Warning chains shall be suspended from the car
sills of power freight elevator cars, except those of
dumb-waiters, hatchway-type elevators and sidewalk-
type elevators, and except those with landing doors
opening only from the shaftway.
6. The warning chains shall be not less than 30" long,
shall be made of No. coil. No. 7 wire gauge, and shall
be set not more than 6" on centers, and secured to wood
sills or cleats by staples 1" long.
(The chains are required to be attached with 1" staples to wood
so that if caught, thej' will pull out before causing serious damage.)
58. Bumpers.
a. Car bumpers shall be installed in elevator pits
so as to leave a clear space of not less than 12"
between the floor of the pit and the under side of the
New Elevator Installations. 477
Section 7. Safety Devices.
car sling when the elevator car rests on the bumpers,
"except for dumb-waiters, carriage-type elevators and
one-story sidewalk-type elevators. (See Regulation
20a.)
h . Car bumpers, of the spring type or the equivalent,
shall be installed in the pits of elevators, the speeds
of which exceed 150' 0" per minute, except dumb-
waiters, and shall be arranged to leave a clear space
of not less than 12" between the floor of the pit and
the under side of the car sling when the car rests on the
fully compressed bumpers.
c. Counterweight bumpers, of the spring type or
the equivalent, shall be installed to receive elevator
counterweights which do not run to the lowest floor of a
building, when the space below their lowest limit of
travel is used for any purpose. (See, also, Regulation
26.)
d. Bumpers under an elevator car, the speed of which
exceeds 500' 0" per minute, shall be of such design and
construction as to absorb, within the limits of the mov-
ing parts of the bumpers, all the energy of the car loaded
to its full capacity descending at full normal speed.
(Bumpers will absorb the energy of a car or counterweight
descending at normal speed, when the force in pounds necessarj'
to compress the bumpers multipUed by the distance in inches
through which they can be compressed is equal to the weight in
pounds of the loaded car multiplied by the height in inches through
which it would have to fall free in order to attain its normal speed.
The heights necessary to attain various normal speeds are given in
the following table: —
478
Division B.
Section 7. Safety Devices.
Heights from which a Body must fall to attain Certain Velocities.
Heights of Free Fall, in Inches.
Velocities
in Feet per
Minute.
.129
.518
1.17
2.07
3.24
4.66
6.35
8.29
10.5 .
12.9 .
15.7 .
18.7 .
21.9 .
25.4 .
50
100
150
200
260
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
The following example shows how this table may be used: An
elevator car, which with its load weighs 4,000 pounds, has a norma]
speed of 200' 0." per minute. If two bumpers are vised, what must
be the force of compression and the distance which they can be
compressed?
Solution: By the table, the distance through which the car would
have to fall free in order to attain a velocity of 200' 0" per minute,
is 2.07". 2.07 X 4,000 = 8,280. The force in pounds required to
compress both bumpers multiplied by the distance in inches through
which they can be compressed must equal 8,280. If they can be
compressed 6" they must together require a force of -"^i^ = 1,380
pounds to compress them, or 690 pounds each. If they can be
compressed 10", they must together require a force of -?g^== 828
pounds to compress them, or 414 pounds each.)
New Elevator Installations. 479
Section 8. Capacity and Speed, etc.
59. Emergency Car Switch.
* a. An emergency switch or "stop-button" shall be
installed in every elevator car having car-control switch
or car-button control.
* &. Such emergency switch or "stop-button" shall
operate to open a main line circuit switch independently
of the car control.
* c. Such emergency switch or "stop-button" shall
be connected by a cable independent of the car-control
switch cable and of opposite polarity.
Section 8. Capacity and Speed; Change in Use
of Elevator.
60. Capacity and Speed.
a. The minimum carrying capacity of a power
passenger elevator shall be 75 pounds per square foot
of car platform area inside of the car enclosure, except
a hospital elevator arranged to carry a cot or stretcher,
and except a private residence elevator, in which cases
the minimum carrying capacity shall be 50 pounds per
square foot of car platform area inside of the car en-
closure.
* (Hospital elevators, of the direct-plunger type, need not have a
capacity exceeding 1,000 pounds, even if the size of the car is such
as to require a greater capacity on the basis of 50 pounds or 75
pounds per square foot.)
6. There shall be a metal capacity plate located by
the elevator manufacturer in a conspicuous ijlace in
each elevator car, except dumb-waiters, on which plate
shall be the word "Capacity" in letters not less than
\" high, followed by figures and letters not less than
480 Division B.
Section 8. Capacity and Speed, etc.
I" high, designating the normal rated lifting capacity
of the elevator in pounds.
c. The speed of any elevator shall not exceed 500' 0"
per minute except that express elevators may be run at
a speed not exceeding 700' 0" per minute for that por-
tion of the shaft in which no landing stops are made.
Express elevators shall mean only such elevators as run
80' 0" or more without a stop.
d. The speed of carriage-type elevators and of hatch-
way-type elevators shall not exceed 55' 0" per minute.
e. No elevator traveling at a speed exceeding 150' 0"
per minute shall be controlled by a hand-operated
shipping cable. (See, also, Regulation 39a.)
/. No elevator traveling at a speed exceeding 150' 0"
per minute, except an hydraulic elevator, shall be con-
trolled by a shipping cable operated by wheel or lever
mechanism. (See, also, Regulation 39?).)
61. Change in Use of Elevator.
a. Before a material change in the use of an elevator
is made, the party making such change shall give
notice thereof, in writing, to the department having
jurisdiction.
(The object of this Regulation is to prevent the improper use
of elevators between regular inspections. A material change
includes any change that would require a change in the elevator
installation, such as the use of a freight elevator for passenger
service or for carrying help to and from work, in which case addi-
tional safeguards are reqmred, or the use for hoisting automobiles
of an elevator originally designed for hoisting carriages, in which
case the capacity of the elevator might be exceeded.)
New Elevator Installations. 481
Section 9. Lighting, Signals, etc.
Section 9. Lighting; Signals; Voltage of Control
Circuit; Fuse Substitution.
62. Lighting.
a. Every passenger elevator car, when in use, shall
be properly lighted by an electric or gas light in the car
at such times as there is insufl&cient natural light.
(Gas lighting shall be used only when electricity for lighting is
not available in the building.)
h. Every freight elevator car, when in use, except
cars of hatchway-type elevators and of dumb-waiters,
shall be properly lighted by electricity or gas at such
times as there is insufficient natural hght. Lights
may be located in or adjacent to the shaftways if they
light the car properly throughout its entire travel, or
the hght may be located in the car.
(Gas lighting in the cars shall be used only when electricity for
lighting is not available in the building.)
c. There shall be electric or gas hghting at each
story near hatchway-type, sidewalk-type and carriage-
type elevators, so arranged as to illuminate the car
and its approaches properly. If there is a tight en-
closure around the elevator, sufficient hghts shall be
located inside of the shaftway.
d. Every elevator machine room shall be provided
with a suitable electric or gas light which can be lighted
without passing over or reaching over any part of the
machinery.
63. Signals.
a. An annunciator or other signal system, operated
from each landing and indicating from which landing
482 Division B.
Section 9. Lighting, Signals, etc.
the call originates, shall be installed in every passenger
elevator car except in private residence elevator cars
and except in cars which have no licensed operators.
* h. There shall be a bell located in every power
freight elevator or in the shaftway where it may be
heard on all floors, and arranged to be operated from
each landing opening. This Regulation does not apply
to dumb-waiters, to elevators serving only two adjacent
stories, nor to elevators equipped with an annunciator or
other signal system such as required in Regulation 63a.
(This is intended as a signal device to notify the operator on the
car, or on the floor where the car is stopped, that the elevator is
wanted on another floor.)
c. Every hatchway-type elevator car where sliding
hatch covers are used shall be equipped with a gong
which shall ring at least twice as the car passes through
each story . The gong shall be plainly audible above the
street noises and noises due to machinery or work in the
building.
(This Regulation is restricted to the sliding hatch covers because
they are comparatively noiseless, whereas the hinged type of hatch
covers usually make sufl&cient noise to give a reasonable warning
of the approach of the car. The gong shall be installed on any
type of hatchway elevator if the operation of the hatch covers does
not make sufficient noise to give warning of the approach of the car.)
64. Voltage of Control Circuit and Fuse Substi=
tution.
a. No difference of potential in excess of 250 volts
shall be permitted in any car-switch or button-control
circuit.
b. The substitution of wire or other current-carrying
device in place of the proper fuses or circuit breaker is
prohibited.
Existing Elevatok Installations. 483
DIVISION C. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO
EXISTING ELEVATOR INSTALLATIONS.
Section I. Shaftways.
65. Thoroughfare under Elevators.
a. The bottoms of shaftways of elevators and of
counterweights shall be kept clear of all materials not
necessary to the elevator installation, and shall not be
used as thoroughfares or passages.
(The bottom of the shaftway of a hand-power carriage-type
elevator is an exception to this Regulation, and may be used as a
thoroughfare or passage.)
* b. If a counterweight does not run to the lowest
floor of a building, the space under the bottom of the
shaftway of such counterweight shall not be used for
any purpose unless (1) the counterweight is equipped
with a safety device which will stop the counterweight
if the cables attached to it should break or become
slack; (2) the construction of the bottom of the shaft-
way under the counterweight is such as to withstand,
without injury, the falling at full normal speed of the
counterweight; and (3) bumpers of spring or equivalent
type are installed under the counterweight when its
normal speed exceeds 150' 0" per minute. If an ele-
vator car does not run to the lowest floor of a building,
the space under the bottom of the shaftway of such
elevator shall not be used for any purpose unless (1)
the construction of the bottom of the shaftway under
the car is such as to withstand, without injury, the
falling at full normal speed of the car loaded to its
capacity, and (2) bumpers of spring or equivalent
484 Division C.
Section 1. Shaftways.
type are installed under the car when its normal speed
exceeds 150' 0" per minute. (See, also, Regulation
109e. Data on bumper capacity will be found in
Regulation 5Sd.)
c. No hatchway cover shall be used as a thorough-
fare or passage unless the elevator is of the sidewalk
type. If there is a vertical lifting hatch cover, it shall
not be used as a thoroughfare or passage unless there is
a clear space above the cover, when at the top of its
travel, of not less than 2' 0".
* 66. Enclosures or Guards around Shaftways
of Carriage=type Elevators and of Hand=
power Elevators.
* a. The sides of floor openings for carriage-type
elevators and for hand-power elevators shall be pro-
tected by guards not less than 2' 10" above the floor,
such as grille work, sheathing, wood or metal double-
rail fences, etc., securely fastened in place.
67. Enclosures around Shaftways of Hatchway*
type Elevators.
* a. Enclosures or guards, not less than 3' 4" above
the floor, such as grille work, sheathing, wood or metal
double-rail fences, etc., securely fastened in place, shall
be located (except at landing openings) around power
elevator hatchway openings equipped with automatic
hatch covers, except around hatchway openings
equipped with vertical lifting hatch covers above
which, at the upper limit of their travel, there is a
clear space of 2' 0" or more.
h. Similar enclosures or guards shall be placed around
Existing Elevator Installations. 485
Section 1. Shaftways.
the shaftways of power elevators, at the lov/est floor
which the elevator serves, if the opening in the floor
above is protected by a hatch cover.
* 68. Enclosures around Shaftways of Elevators
Other than Carriage=type and Hatchway^
type.
a. The shaftways of elevators located outside of
buildings shall be enclosed to a height 7' 0" above the
ground with a solid enclosure or with grille work or
lattice work which will reject a ball 2" in diameter.
* h. Enclosures or guards shall be located around the
shaftways, in each story, except at the landing open-
ings of power elevators located in buildings and which
are not of carriage-type or of hatchway-type. The
enclosures shall be not less than 7' 0" high, of solid
construction, or of open construction which will reject
a ball 2" in diameter, and shall be securely fastened in
place.
69. Opening of Standing Portions of Enclosures.
a. All standing portions of enclosures arranged to
open to form larger openings than are obtained at the
regular landing doors shall be securely fastened at top
and bottom.
70. Netting on Grille=work Enclosures.
* a. Grille-work sh aftway enclosures, having mesh
larger than f " square, shall be covered to' a height not
less than 6' 6" above the landing level with wire netting
of not more than f " square mesh, made of wire not
smaller than No. 20 gauge, securely attached to grille
486 Division C.
Section 1. Shaftways.
work (1) where there is less than 4" clearance between
the grille work and any portion of the car or of the
counterweight, and (2) v/here a landing door sHdes by
with a clearance of less than 4".
71. Enclosures around Isolated Counterweights.
a. Counterweights running in isolated shaftways and
not already enclosed shall be enclosed throughout
their height with fire-resisting construction or with
sheet steel of not less than No. 16 gauge, except where
located outside of buildings, in which case solid en-
closures not less than 7' 0" high shall be installed.
(Where present enclosures around such counterweights are not
solid they shall be covered vnth. wire netting of not larger than f "
square mesh, made of wire not smaller than No. 20 gauge.)
h. Counterweight enclosures shall be provided with
removable sections, not less than 2' 0" high and the
full width of the enclosure, located near the top, for the
inspection of counterweights and cables.
(Requirements for enclosing counterweights located in the ele-
vator shaftways will be found in Regulation 97.)
72. Openings and Set=backs in Outside Walls of
Freight Elevator Shaftways.
* a. Where the enclosing wall of the shaftway of a
power freight elevator is the outside wall of a building,
and where the elevator car is open (see Regulation 726)
toward this outside wall, the shaftway side of the out-
side wall shall be filled in, up to the top landing level,
wherever the clearance between the elevator car and
the wall is more than 4".
h. The filling-in may be done with any form of con-
Existing Elevator Installations. 487
Section 1. Shaftways.
struction giving a firm, flush surface if there is no con-
flict with local building regulations; or it may be
done with wooden slats not less than 3" wide by |"
thick and set vertically not more than 4" apart; or it
may be done with metal pipes or bars set vertically not
more than 4" apart, provided that such slats, pipes or
bars are strongly secured in place with no projections
into the shaftway and with all cross bars and other sup-
ports, except close-fitting pipe clips, at the back of such
slats, pipes or bars.
c. Whatever form of construction is used for filling
in, the clearance between the face of the filling-in
material and the car shall be not more than 2" .
d. All window or other openings or recesses in such
outside wail, except the landing door opening, shall be
filled in flush or slatted or barred as provided for
in Regulation 72a, 726 and 72c, whatever may be
the clearance between the elevator car and the wall.
The filling-in material shall be made flush with the wail
or with the filling-in on the wall, as the case may be.
(For exception, see Regulation 72e.)
* e. If the elevator car is provided on the side adja-
cent to the outside wall with a gate which closes auto-
matically when the ascending car leaves the landing
at which there is an opening in the outside wall, or
if the gate is provided with an interlocking device,
which prevents the starting of the car until the gate is
closed, and if the gate is of construction and dimensions
specified in Regulation 76a and 766 for landing gates
for openings in outside wall, then the elevator car shall
not be considered as open on the side toward the outside
wall, and the filling-in of set-backs and openings in
such wall shall not be required above the landing open-
ing in the outside wall. (See Regulation 85/ and S5g.)
488 Division C.
Section I. Shaftways.
73. Thresholds and Other Projections.
* a. Strong and substantial bevelled metal or wood
plates shall be located under all thresholds, beams and
other fixed construction projecting into shaftways 1"
or more beyond the general line of the shaftways of the
elevator on sides where there are car openings. Metal
plates when not backed with wood shall be made of not
less than No. 12 B & S gauge metal.
(Dumb-waiters are excepted from this Regvilation.)
6. The bevelled plates shall extend from the edge of
the projection to the vertical wall, and the bevelled
surfaces shall make an angle of not less than 60° with
the horizontal.
74. Landing Doors.
a. All landing openings in solid fire-resisting shaft way
enclosures shall be provided with fire-resisting landing
doors and frames without open-grille work or movable
panels or other openings. Tin-clad doors, rolling steel
doors, Kalamein doors, hollow metal fire doors, steel
frame doors glazed with wired glass, or doors of other
similar construction shall be considered as "fire re-
sisting." Wired glass panels may be used in doors, but
shall be subject to the restrictions specified in Regula-
tion 3a.
(It is desirable that all such landing doors, which are left open
when the car is not at the landing, should be provided with self-
closing devices operated by fusible links.)
h. Landing doors for passenger elevators shall slide
in a horizontal direction, except that swing doors will
be permitted when equipped and used with an inter-
Existing Elevator Installations. 489
Section 1. Shaftways.
locking device, which prevents the starting of the
elevator when any landing door is open.
c. Landing doors for all passenger elevators and for
freight elevators without landing gates, except dumb-
waiters, shall be of such construction and design that
when locked they cannot be opened from the landing
side without a key, except when the car is at the landing.
(Such landing doors need not be arranged so that they can be
opened from the landing side even when the car is at the landing,
except in the case of a selective automatic button-control type
elevator or a similar elevator where there is no operator.)
d. Landing doors, which cannot be opened from the
landing side except by key, shall be arranged to be
opened by key at one landing at least.
(The object of this Regulation is to make it possible to close all
landing doors when the elevator is shut down and the attendant
is absent, thus preventing interference with the elevator by unau-
thorized persons. It is recommended that all such landing doors
be arranged to be opened by key from the landing side to facilitate
entrance to the shaftway above and below the car for inspection
and repairs and in case of emergency.)
* e. Landing doors for selective automatic button-
control elevators, except dumb-waiters, are to be self-
locking and equipped with interlocking devices such
that (1) no landing door can be opened unless the car
is at the landing, and (2) the car cannot be started unless
all the landing doors are closed. Means shall be pro-
vided to prevent the starting of the car by the closing
of the doors without operating one of the push buttons.
(See Regulation 85c.)
(When car-switch control is used in a selective automatic button-
control elevator, the interlocking de\'ices shall, nevertheless, remain
in operation.) ,
490 Division C.
Section 1. Shaftways.
*/. Landing doors for passenger elevators with
shipper ropes accessible from the landings when the
landing doors are closed shall be self-locking and
equipped with interlocking devices such that (1) no
landing door can be opened unless the car is at the
landing, and (2) the car cannot be started unless all
landing doors are closed.
* (The requirement that the car cannot be started unless all
landing doors are closed does not apply to private residence ele-
vators.)
g. Landing doors for dumb-waiters, where the bot-
tom of the opening is not less than 18" above the land-
ing floor, may be counterbalanced to stay open, but if
the shaftway enclosures are of fire-resisting construc-
tion, fusible links are to be located inside of the shaft-
way, or at the lower edges of the doors, and so connected
that upon the melting of the links the doors will close.
h. Landing doors for dumb-waiters, where the bottom
of the opening is less than 18" above the landing
floor, and the door opening is large enough to be mis-
taken for a doorway to stairs or to an adjacent room,
shall be in two parts, one over the other, the lower of
which shall extend at least 18" above the landing floor
and shall be arranged to be opened only after the upper
part has been opened, or gates which close when the
car leaves the landings shall be installed in addition to
the landing doors.
(The upper part of the two-part doors may be counterbalanced
to stay open, and if so shall be provided with fusible link as in
Regulation 74g. The object of making the door in two parts, of
which the upper part must be opened first, is to prevent a person
from falling down the shaftway. The gate would serve the same
purpose.)
Existing Elevator Installations. 491
Section 1. Shaftways.
i. Dumb-waiters which are under counter- tops at
the upper limit of their travel are not required to have
landing doors.
75. Landing Gates, in General.
a. Freight elevators having shaftway enclosures or
guards, except dumb-waiters and except at the bottom
landings of sidewalk-type elevators serving only two
adjacent stories, shall have all landing openings in such
enclosures and guards protected by gates which shall
close automatically when the elevator car leaves the
landing, except that no such gate shall be required at
(1) a landing opening where there is a landing door, or
a gate equivalent to a door, which is equipped with an
interlocking device such that the door or equivalent
gate can be opened only when the car is at the land-
ing, and that the car can be started only when the
door or equivalent gate is closed; or (2) at any landing
opening of a car operated by a licensed operator and
having at all landing openings doors, or gates equiva-
lent to doors, so arranged that they can be opened
only from the shaftway side, except by key, and which
are always closed before the car leaves the landing,
* (Gates shall be installed at all landing openings of freight ele-
vators located outside of building, even though such elevators have
no shaftway enclosures.)
6. The landing openings in the enclosures or guards
around the shaftway at the bottom landing of a side-
walk-type elevator serving only two adjacent stories
shall be protected by hand-operated bar, gate or chain
if an automatic gate is not installed.
c. The used sides of hatch openings, having hatch
492 Division C.
Section 1. Shaftways.
covers other than vertical lifting hatch covers, shall be
protected by gates which shall close automatically
when the car leaves the landing, where necessary to
prevent the hatch covers from being used as thorough-
fares or passageways.
d. The used sides of hatch openings having vertical
lifting hatch covers, above which, at their highest
limit of travel; there is less than 2' 0" head room, shall
be protected by gates which shall close automatically
when the car leaves the landing.
e. Gates may be "full-automatic" or "semi-auto-
matic" or "gravity" gates, but shall close by gravity
and not by the direct mechanical action of the car.
(See Regulation 11, Im and In. Although gates shall not be
closed by the direct mechanical action of the car, their speed of
closing may be retarded by the direct mechanical action of the car.)
/. Gates are to be made of metal or of hard wood,
and are to be strong and rigid and so constructed and
installed that they cannot be sprung from their guides.
Bar gates hinged at one end shall be of such design and
construction as to insure their accurate closing and their
rigid support when closed.
g. No gate, when closed, is to be less than 2' 8" in
height, measured from the sill to the top of the upper
horizontal member of the gate.
h. The lower edge of the lowest horizontal member of
any gate, when closed, shall be not more than 3' 4"
above the sill.
(Gates extending to the floor are strongly recommended where
there is sufficient head room, as they prevent objects from rolHng
under the gates and falling on the car and its occupants. Double-
bar gates are recommended rather than single-bar gates, where
there is sufficient head room.)
Existing Elevator Installations. 493
Section 1. Shaftways.
i. Gate counterweights shall be boxed in or shall run
in metal guides from which they cannot be dislodged.
The bottoms of the boxes or of the guides shall be of
such construction that the counterweights will be
securely held if the counterweight ropes should break.
76. Landing Gates at Openings in Outside Walls.
* Note. — Landing openings in outsi de walls are apt to be left
unprotected except by the gates. This is dangerous to the public
unless the gates are of such construction as to prevent reaching
into the well and to prevent the gates from being opened except
when the car is at the landing. Even when such openings are on
private ways they are accessible to unauthorized persons, espe-
cially children, and the special requirements given below for such
gates must be fulfill ed. When the opening in the outside wall is at
a bridge above the ground, and not open to the public, the provi-
sions of Regulation 76a to 76d, inclusive, do not apply,
a. Gates at landing openings in outside walls shall
be made (1) soUd, without openings, or (2) of such
design as will reject a ball 2" in diameter.
h. The top of such a gate, when closed, shall be not
less than 6' 0" above the sill, and the bottom shall be
not more than 6" above the sill, except that where the
landing opening in the outside wall is in the top story
of the building the top of the gate need be only 3' 4"
high above the sill; and except that an existing gate
which fulfills Regulation 76a, and is not less than 4' 0"
high, need not be replaced by a new gate.
(If it is foun d to be impracticable to install a gate 6' 0" high
without excessive alterations m construction work, a gate as high
as practicable may be installed.)
c. All gates at landing openings in outside walls shall
be equipped with interlocking devices which will pre-
vent the opening of the gates unless the car is at the
494 Division C.
Section I. Shaftways.
landing, and shall be arranged to close and lock auto-
matically when the car leaves the landing. The inter-
locking mechanism shall be so located and installed, if
practicable, that it cannot be reached by hand from
outside of the shaftway when the gate is closed.
(If the gate is made solid and fills the whole opening it becomes
a door rather than a gate, but must, nevertheless, be equipped with
the interlocking and self-closing and self-locking device.)
d. Where the elevator is set back in a vestibule, with
the landing opening not actually in the outside wall,
but with an opening in the outside wall directly oppo-
site the landing opening and usually left open, thus
leaving the landing gate accessible to unauthorized
persons, the gate at the landing opening shall be the
same as the gates herein specified for openings actually
in outside walls.
77. Landing Gates at Ground Openings of Ele=
vators Outside of Building.
a. Gates at the ground openings to elevators located
outside of building shall be like the gates specified in
Regulation 76 for landing gates at openings in outside
walls.
78. Automatic Hatch Covers.
a. Automatic hatch covers shall be made of not
thinner than |" stock, strongly battened, if of wood, or
of equally strong and stiff metal construction.
h. Wood automatic hatch covers shall be covered
on their under sides and on their edges with sheet tin
or galvanized steel with locked joints, with nail heads
concealed under the joints.
Existing Elevator Installations. 495
Section 1. Shaftways.
(The existing tin covering need not be replaced, even if the joints
are not locked and the nail heads are not concealed.)
c. Hinges on automatic hatch covers shall be either
heavy T or heavy strap hinges secured to the floor
with lag-screws, or otherwise equally securely fastened
and bolted through the hatch covers.
(Existing hinges need not comply with this Regulation unless
they are loose or insecure, but when new hinges are installed they
must comply with this Regulation.)
d. No hook or other means of fastening hatch covers
open shall be permitted.
(The hatch covers may have to be held open temporarily for
repairs or testing, but this can be accomplished readily without
permanent means for so doing, which, might be used habitually,
thus eliminating the fire cut-offs for which the hatch covers are
installed.)
e. If a sidewalk-type elevator lands within the line
of any sidewalk or passageway open to the public, the
opening shall be protected by guards not less than
18" high before the elevator is started.
/. Where enclosures are built around the shaftways
of hatchway-type elevators, the hatch covers shall not,
on that account, be omitted.
79. Bars at Exterior Windows.
0. All exterior windows in elevator shaftways shall be
protected by vertical metal bars, in accordance with
Regulation 19a, 195 and 19c, where (1) there are now
no bars, (2) wherever the majority of the existing bars
need repairs, and (3) where there are less than three
bars and they are more than 10" on centers.
496 Division C.
Section 1. Shaftways.
* (This Regulation does not apply to windows filled in as required
by Regulation 72a to 72e, inclusive, nor to windows located above
the platform in the shaftway under the sheaves or machinery. See
Regulation 80.)
h. All such bars, if of iron or steel, shall be kept
thoroughly painted.
80. Platform at Top of Shaftway.
a. There shall be a platform immediately under the
machinery and sheaves, if any, at the top of the shaft-
way of every elevator except dumb-waiters, hatchway-
type elevators and carriage-type elevators.
* (The platform at top of shaftway may be omitted if there is a
cover on the car and the clearance between the cover and the
platform is so small as to be a source of danger to a man on the car
cover.)
h. The platform shall fill the shaftway if the latter
has a cross-sectional area of fiftj^ square feet or less;
otherwise the platform need extend only 2' 0" outside
of all sheaves and machinery which should be reached
for oiling and inspection.
c. If the platform does not fill the entire shaftway,
the edge of the platform shall be protected by a solid
baseboard at least 6" high, and where the space between
the platform and the wall of the shaft exceeds 12''
there shall be a hand rail securely fastened in place
2' 6" above the platform.
d. The platform shall be built and supported for a
safe live load of not less than 50 pounds per square
foot.
e. If the platform is made of grating there shall be
fastened upon the upper side of the grating wire netting
Existing Elevator Installations. 497
Section 2. Cars, etc.
of not more than |" square mesh and not smaller than
No. 20 wire.
/. The platform, if of wood, shall be made solid of not
less than 3" planlc, except that present wood platforms
complying with Regulation SOd need not be replaced.
* g. Reasonable access to the sheaves and m.achinery,
above the platform, shall be provided independent of
the elevator car, when the elevator machine is above
the platform.
* (When it is impracticaole to reach the platform by an opening
above the platform level, a ladder, from the top landing to an open-
ing in the platform itself, will be permitted, but in this case this
means of access is for emergency use only, the normal means of
access being from the top of the car.)
Section 2. Cars and Car Enclosures.
81. Cars.
* a. No elevator car, except a dumb-waiter car, shall
have more than one compartment unless an interlocking
device is installed such that either (1) the car cannot be
operated from either compartment unless the car door
or car gate of the other compartment is closed, or (2)
the car cannot be opera,ted from either compartment
unless all of the landing doors are closed.
b. Two cars, balancing each other, and operated by
the same machine, shall not be used except for (1)
dumb-Waiters and (2) freight elevators serving two
floors only, of which all the landing openings are pro-
tected by gates or doors equipped with interlocking
devices such that the cars cannot be operated unless all
the landing gates or doors are closed.
* (The interlocking device may be omitted on elevators, at the
discretion of the inspector having jurisdiction, where the nature of
498 Division C.
Section 2. Cars, etc.
the car is such that there is no reason for a person to travel on the
car or to step on the car to load or unload, and where such traveling
or stepping on is prohibited.)
c. The car platforms of direct-plunger elevators shall
be secured to heads of the plungers. If the plungers
are made in more than three sections the car platforms
shall be secured to the bottom heads of the plungers
by safety cables run inside of the plungers.
82. Platform attached to Existing Hoist.
a. If a platform is attached to an existing hoisting
mechanism not previously equipped with a platform,
the entire installation shall be considered as a new
installation, and shall be subject to all the regulations
for such installations, (See Division B.)
83. Car Enclosures.
a. Elevator car enclosures or cages shall be secured
to the car floors and to the suspension slings in such
manner that they cannot work loose or be readily dis-
placed.
6. All passenger elevator cars shall be enclosed on all
unused sides and on the top. The enclosures may be
of wood or of metal, solid or open work.
(New enclosures installed under this Regulation shall be of such
design as wUl reject a ball 2" in diameter, but existing enclosures
need not be changed on account of having larger openings.)
c. The car dome on a power passenger elevator
having no gate or door at the opening to the car, or
having no interlocking device such that the car cannot
be started when any landing door is open, shall be
cut back above the door opening, or a section shall
Existing Elevator Installations. 499
Section 2. Cars, etc.
be hinged with brass, bronze or composition hinges
above the door opening, without locking, to provide
an unobstructed space 15" deep from edge of thresh-
old and extending the entire v/idth of the car door
opening.
d. All power freight elevator cars, except dumb-
waiters and except carriage-type and sidewalk-type
elevator cars, shall be enclosed not less than 6' 6^'
high on all unused sides, or to the cross-heads, where
the cross-heads are less than 6' 6" high. The enclosures
may be wood or metal, sohd or open work, but if open
work, the design shall be such as will reject a ball 2"
in diameter.
e. Where the enclosure of a power freight elevator
car is cut away at the front of the car to make the
shipper rope accessible, such opening in the enclosure
shall be cut low enough to prevent injury to the hand
of the operator, and the lower edge of such opening
shall be splayed at an angle of not less than 60° with
the horizontal.
/. Where the elevator car enclosure is not soHd and
the openings are larger than f'' square, wire netting
of not more than f " square mesh and not smaller than
No. 20 gauge wire shall cover and be securely at-
tached to the car enclosure on the outside where (1)
the counterweight passes with a clearance of less than
6" between the car enclosure and the counterweight,
and where (2) there is less than 4" clearance between
the car enclosure and any portion of the well construc-
tion, except at the front of the enclosure.
* g. Covers shall be installed on freight elevator cars
except (1) dumb-waiters, (2) hatchway-type elevators,
(3) carriage-type elevators, (4) sidewalk-type elevators,
(5) elevators where there are automatically closing gates
500 Division C.
Section 2. Cars, etc.
extending down to the floor on all landings above the
lowest landing, and (6) all elevators with landing doors
which open only from the wellway side and which are
kept closed except when the car is at the landing.
The covers shall be of wire grille work with a mesh not
larger than 1|" by 3" and wire not smaller than No. 9
gauge or of other construction of equivalent strength.
The covers shall be set back not more than 6" from the
edge of the landing thresholds, and shall be hinged on
the landing sides at such distance from the edge of the
covers, not less than 18", as will permit the cover to
fold back readily should it be obstructed in any manner
in its descent.
* (The cover is not required to be hinged at the opening in an
outside'^'all, where there is no other landing opening above on the
same side.)
h. No material, not a part of the elevator equipment,
shall be permitted upon the top or cover of any elevator
car.
84. Seats in Cars.
a. Each passenger elevator, for v/hich a licensed
operator is required, shall be provided with a suitable
seat for the operator. The seat shall be of folding
type, attached to the side of the car, except where the
seat is a fixed seat installed for passengers.
85. Car Gates and Doors.
a. Each power passenger elevator car shall be
equipped with a gate or door at each car door opening
unless (1) there is only one door opening, and unless
(2) the door opening is 42" or less in width, and unless
ExisTiNQ Elevator Installations. 501
Section 2. Cars, etc.
(3) there is a licensed operator in charge of the car,
and unless (4) the car control is so located that the
door opening can be protected by the operator when
running the car.
(A car door is preferable to a car gate of the folding or collapsible
type, as it gives better protection. See Regulation 85h.)
* h. If the car gate or door at either of the door
Openings of a power passenger elevator car, having two
or more door openings, be so located that the opening
cannot be properly protected by the operator when
running the car, such c^r gate or door shall be equipped
with an interlocking device which shall prevent the
operation of the car when such car gate or door is open.
(The car door at an opening for freight in a passenger elevator
car need not have the interlocking device applied if the door is
opened only for the occasional handling of freight and is kept
locked during the use of the elevator for passenger service.)
* c. The gate or door at the door opening of a power
passenger elevator car, which is used without a licensed
operator, shall be equipped with an interlocking device
which shaU prevent the operation of the car unless the
car gate or door is closed, except for private residence
elevators which are not of the selective automatic
button-control type. Means shall be provided to
prevent the starting of the car of an electric elevator
by the closing of the doors without operating the car
switch or one of the push buttons. (See Regulation
74e.)
(In cases of unusual difficulty the enforcement of this Regulation
for any except selective automatic button-control elevators is left
to the discretion of the inspector having jurisdiction.)
502 Division C.
Section 2. Cars, etc.
d. Freight-elevator cars used for carrying more than
three persons including the operator shall be either
(1) enclosed on all sides to the same height as on the
unused sides, leaving a door opening 42" or less in
width, or (2) equipped with car gates or doors at all
car openings.
(If a freiglit elevator is used at stated hours for carrying em-
ployees, portable car gates or doors and enclosures may be em-
ployed at the open sides of the car, provided that all such portable
construction shall be set in place and secured at all times when
the elevator is used for carrying more than three persons including
the operator.)
e. The open side away from the building wall of a
freight-elevator car located outside of a building shall
be protected by a hand-operated or automatic-closing
bar or car gate.
*/. Automatic-closing car gates on freight elevators,
adjacent to the outside walls of buildings, may be sub-
stituted for the filling-in of set-backs and openings in
the outside wall. (See Regulation 72a to 72e, in-
clusive.)
* g. Car gates and doors shall, when closed, fill the
openings that they protect, except that on freight-
elevator cars they need be only as high as the car en-
closures, and except where gates of different construc-
tion are specifically allowed. (See Regulations 72e,
85e and 85/.)
h. New car doors installed on existing cars may be
sohd or of open work, but shall be of such design as
will reject a ball 2" in diameter.
(Collapsible or folding gates may be used on elevator cars, but
do not afford the protection of doors as they cannot be made with
such small openings.)
Existing Elevator Installations. 503
Section 3. Machines, etc.
Section 3. Machines; Machine Supports; Tanks.
86. Belt and Chain=driven Machines.
a. Belt or chain-driven machines shall not be used
for passenger elevators operating at a speed over 100' 0"
per minute.
* (This Regulation does not apply to steam elevator machines,
i.e., elevator machines operated by reversing steam engine con-
structed as a unit with the elevator machine and direct-belted
thereto. Such machines may be used for passenger service at
speeds not exceeding 250' 0" per minute.)
6. All elevator belts, except within machine en-
closures, which come within 7' 0" of the floor shall be
properly guarded.
* 87. Traveling Sheaves of Vertical Hydraulic
Machines and Piston Rods of Hydraulic
Machines.
* a. The traveling sheaves of vertical cylinder hy-
draulic elevators shall be attached with two-part iron
or steel hangers and not with U straps.
* h. Hydraulic elevator machine piston rods, 1"
in diameter or smaller, shall be exposed for inspection
at least once every five years. Piston rods larger than
\" in diameter shall be exposed for inspection at least
once every ten years.
88. Enclosure of Gears.
a. All gears operating winding drums, except those
of hand-power elevators, shall be enclosed by suitable
guards when they are dangerous in the opinion of the
inspector having jurisdiction.
504 Division C.
Section 3. Machines, etc.
89. Enclosures around M achines.
a. Elevator machines located on tihe floor shall be
enclosed by solid partitions or grille work not less
than 4' 0" high. The mesh or grillfe work shall be such
as to reject a ball 2" in diameter.
* (If the elevator machine is located in an engine room or pump
room, etc., used exclusively as such, tne enclosures are not required,
but sucn protection as is required for fly-wheels, belted apparatus
and other machinery should be provided.)
90. Discharge Tanks of Hydraulic Elevators.
a. The discharge tanks of hydraulic elevators shall
be cleaned at least every two years.
h. Such discharge tanks shall be vented so as to be
open to atmospheric pressure.
91. Pressure Tanks for Hydraulic Elevators.
a. The maximum pressure to be allowed on pressure
tanks for hydraulic elevators shall be determined by
the formula stated in the Air Tank Regulations pre-
scribed by the Massachusetts Board of Boiler Rules.
The factor of safety in the above formula is to be the
lowest factor of safety allowed by Regulation 916.
The tensile strength used in the above formula shall,
if unknown, be taken as 45,000 pounds for wrought
iron and 55,000 pounds for steel.
h. The lowest factor of safety to be used for the
pressure tanks for hydrauUc elevators shall be 4 if the
longitudinal joints are of butt and double-strap con-
struction, and 5 if the longitudinal joints are of lap
construction.
c. Pressure tanks for hydraulic elevators shall be
cleaned at least every two years.
Existing Elevator Installations. 505
Section 3. Machines, etc.
d. Every pressure tank for hydraulic elevators shall
have a pressure gage connected to the tank by a brass
or other non-corrosive pipe, and in such a manner that
the pressure gage cannot be shut off from the tank,
except by a cock with a T or lever handle placed on
the pipe near the pressure gage. The dial of the pres-
sure gage shall be graduated to not less than one and
one-half times the maximum pressure allowed on the
tank.
e. Every tank for hydraulic elevators shall be pro-
vided with a \" pipe size connection for attaching in-
spector's test gage when the tank is in service, so that
the accuracy of the pressure gage can be ascertained.
/. Pressure tanks for hydrauHc elevators shall be
provided with water gage glasses, connected with
brass pipe and fittings and indicating the height of the
water in the tank.
(The water level in the tank should generally be maintained at
about two-thirds of the height of the tank.)
92. Relief Valves on Hydraulic Elevator Pumps.
* a. Every pump connected with the pressure tank
of an hydrauhc elevator shall be equipped with a water
relief valve or valves.
* 6. The valves shall be set to discharge at a pressure
not greater than the safe working pressure for the tank,
and shall be installed so that they cannot be shut off
from the pump.
93. Elevator Pump Regulators.
a. All steam pumps for hydraulic elevators shall be
provided and operated with pressure-regulating valves
controUing the steam to the pumps, and all electric-
506 Division C.
Section 4. Cables.
driven pumps for hydraulic elevators shall be equipped
with automatic pressure regulating valves controlling
the motor, or with automatic by-passes.
Section 4. Cables.
94. Hoisting Cables.
a. All renewals of car and counterweight hoisting
cables, except for dumb-waiters, shall be made with
iron or steel cables. All existing car and counterweight
cables, if not of iron or steel, except for dumb-waiters,
shall be renewed within one year of the establishment
of these Regulations.
* (Regulation 94a does not apply to the hoisting cables of trac-
tion-type freight elevators where the hoisting power is obtained
by the friction between the hoisting cables and the sheaves.)
h. The minimum factor of safety of all car and coun-
terweight hoisting cables, except those of dumb-waiters,
shall be 6, based on the suspended load. The ultimate
strength of the cables shall be based on the cable manu-
facturer's lists.
c. All elevator cars and counterweights shall have
not less than two hoisting cables each, except (1) on
dumb-waiters and except (2) on hand-power freight
elevators having a lifting capacity of 500 pounds or
less; and except (3) on the counterweights of freight
elevators where the counterweight does not weigh
more than 1,400 pounds; and except (4) on the counter-
weights of elevators where there is only one existing
cable; and except (5) on freight elevator cars where
there is only one existing cable and the elevator is not
used for carrying more than two passengers other than
the operator.
Existing Elevator Installations. 507
Section 5. Counterweights.
d. No car or counterweight cable, whether new or
used, shall be extended or repaired by splicing another
piece of cable to it.
e. There shall be not less than one full turn of each
car-hoisting cable on the winding drum when the car
has reached the lower limit of travel, and not less than
one full turn of each counterweight-hoisting cable on
the winding drum when the counterweight has reached
its lower limit of travel.
/. The drum ends of the car and counterweight hoist-
ing cables shall be secured by clamps or by tapered
sockets.
g. The car and counterweight ends of all cables
replacing existing cables shall be fastened as required
for cables in new installations. (See Regulations 38i
and 38i.
95. Shipper Ropes.
a. No elevator traveling at a speed exceeding 150' 0"
per minute shall be controlled by a hand-operated
shipping cable. (See, also. Regulation 110c.)
h. The overhead tension weights of shipping cables
shall be equipped with safety chains of not less than
No. 7 wire, securely fastened to the weight and to
anchorage.
c. All shipper ropes on electric elevators shall be
insulated from the machines if they are the only means
to an electric "ground."
Section 5. Counterweights.
96. Counterweight Construction.
a. All counterweights shall have their sections se-
curely bolted or strapped together to keep the indi-
ct
508 Division C.
Section 5. Counterweights.
vidual or subweights in position. All rods passing
through the counterweights shall be provided with
double nuts, and the ends of the rods, outside of nuts,
are to be riveted over or provided with cotter-pins.
Car counterweights, when provided, shall be suspended
above the machine or drum counterweight.
97. Counterweight Runways and Enclosures.
Note. — See Regulation 71 for enclosures around isolated
counterweights.
* a. The counterweight runs of all elevators, except
dumb-waiters and except hatchway-type elevators, shall
be enclosed from a height 6" above the bottom of the
pit to a height not less than 7' 0" above the bottom of
the pit, where there is sufficient clearance, except where
compensating chains would interfere, and except where
the bumpers under the counterweights are 5' 0" or
more high. (See note following Regulation 97c.)
b. The material used for such enclosures in (fireproof
shafts shall be non-combustible, and in any case, if
made of open work, shall be of such design as shall
reject a i" ball.
c. The counterweight runways of all hatchway-type
elevators, except dumb-waiters, shall be boxed in from
bottom of the pit to a point as close to the sheaves as
practicable. The tops of such enclosures shall be
covered except for such openings as may be necessary
for the cables.
(The counterweight runways of hatchway-type elevators, if left
open for 6" at the bottom, would form a chimney in case of fire in
or near the pit. The 6" space at the bottom of counterweight en-
closures, as required in Regulation 97a, is to facilitate cleaning.)
Existing Elevator Installations. 509
Section 6. Quide Rails.
* d. Where the entire counterweight runway is boxed
in there shall be a removable section not less than 2' 0"
high and the full width of the boxing, located above the
top landing. If the elevator is of the hatchway type the
removable section shall be at such a height as to just
clear the hatchway door when open.
(The removable section is necessary m order to make the counter-
weight and cables accessible for inspection.)
e. In all cases the lower part of the counterweight
enclosure shall be made removable from the top of the
counterweight down.
(The removable sections are to make the counterweights and
cables accessible for inspection.)
98. Counterweight Stops.
a. There shall be secured at the upper limit of
travel of the counterweights of all power elevators an
I-beam or other obstruction so that the counterweights
cannot be drawn into the overhead sheaves.
Section 6. Quide Rails.
99. Car=guide Rails.
* a. Where wooden car-guide rails are used, the guide
strips must be at least 2|" across the face and not less
than 1|" thick, if the elevator is used for more than
two passengers other than the operator, except in the
case of a plunger elevator, the guides of which are not
used in connection with a safety device.
510 Division C.
Section 7. Safety Devices.
100. Automatic Guide Lubricators.
* a. Car and counterweight guides shall be kept
thoroughly lubricated. (Automatic guide lubricators
are recommended.)
Section 7. Safety Devices.
101. Machine Slack Cable Safety Devices.
a. Slack cable devices which will stop the elevator
machines, if the hoisting cables slacken or break, shall
be provided on all winding drum power elevators
having a travel of over 15' 0", except dumb-waiters,
carriage-type elevators, sidewalk-type elevators, and
except freight elevators in which the machines are lo-
cated above the upper landing and which are not
used for carrying more than two passengers other than
the operator.
102. Terminal Stops.
* a. All power-driven elevators, except traction-type
elevators, and except direct-plunger hydraulic elevators
having a travel of 30' 0" or less, or having a speed of
less than 150' 0" per minute, shall be equipped with
adjustable, machine automatic terminal stop mechan-
isms set to stop the machines before the cars or coun-
terweights pass 18" above their upper limits of normal
travel, or not exceeding one-half the over-travel space
when this space* is less than 3' 0".
* ("Choker- valves" on hydraulic machines are included as ma-
chine automatic terminal stop mechanisms, as, also, are operating
valves when automatically closed by the elevator machine at the
terminals of travel independently of the shipping cable.)
Existing Elevator Installations. 511
Section 7. Safety Devices.
b. No chain or rope driven machine automatic
terminal stop mechanisms on winding drum type ma-
chines shall be allowed on passenger elevators.
* (This Regulation is not to be construed to prevent the use of a
chain or rope driven elevator machine automatic terminal stop
mechanism as a secondary safety device, provided that the machine
automatic terminal stop mechanism, in accordance with the Regula-
tions, is installed and kept m proper condition and adjustment.)
c. Direct current traction-type power elevators, run-
ning at a speed in excess of 200' 0" per minute, except
dumb-waiters, shall be provided with switches which
shall slow down the elevator with not less than two
steps and stop it on the third or last step.
d. All elevators of the car-switch or button-control
type, except dumb-waiters, shall be equipped with
well-hmit switches operated respectively by the car and
counterweight as they pass their upper limit of normal
travel, and arranged to stop the machines before the
cars or counterweights pass 18" above the upper limits
of normal travel, or not exceeding one-half the over-
travel space, where this space is less than 3' 0". A
well-hmit switch may control, together with the car-
control switch or car-control button, a single solenoid
switch in the armature circuit only if the armature and
brake circuits are positively opened by the machine
automatic terminal stop mechanism. A well-limit
switch may control, together with the car-control switch
or car-control button, two or more solenoid switches,
two of which must be closed to complete the armature
circuit in each direction of travel. Where a well-limit
switch controls the same solenoid switch or solenoid
switches as the car-control smtch or car-control button,
it shall be connected into the control circuit on the op-
512 Division C.
Section 7. Safety Devices.
posite side of the magnet windings from the car-control
switch or car-control button.
e. All electric elevators operated by two or three
phase alternating current shall be provided, in addition
to the machine automatic terminal stop mechanism,
with means to open automatically the line circuits be-
fore the cars or counterweights pass 18" above their up-
per limits of normal travel, or not exceeding one-half
the over-travel space when this space is less than 3' 0".
/. Elevators having shipper-rope control shall be
equipped with adjustable ball stops, adjusted to stop
the cars within 6" of the upper and lower floor landings.
103. Automatic Electric Car Switches.
a. Electric car-control switches shall be so con-
structed as to return automatically to their off position
upon the removal of the hand of the operator.
104. Slack Cable Safeties on Counterweights.
a. If a counterweight of any elevator does not run
to the lowest floor of a building, and the space below
its lowest limit of travel is used for any purpose, the
counterweight shall be equipped with a safety device
which will stop the counterweight if the cables attached
to it should break or become slack. (See Regulation
65b.)
105. Speed Governors and Slack Cable Safeties.
a. Speed governors, properly connected to the safety
devices of the cars in such a manner that the cars shall
be brought to rest if they attain excessive speed of
descent, shall be applied to all power elevators operat-
Existing Elevator Installations. 513
Section 7. Safety Devices.
ing at a speed of more than 100' 0" per minute, except
direct-plunger elevators, sidewalk-type elevators and
dumb-waiters.
* (Where the safety is of the instantaneous type operated by the
slackening or breaking of the hoisting cables, the speed governor
is to be installed as an additional means of operating the safety, or
a "compression type" safety is to be installed operated by the
speed governor. The "compression type" of safety is recommended
in connection with speed governors, their use being the more desir-
able the higher the speed of the car.)
b. Either (1) speed governors, properly connected to
the safety devices of the cars in such a manner that the
cars shall be brought to rest if they attain excessive
speed of descent, or if the car-hoisting cables become
slack or break, or (2) instantaneous safety devices
operated by the slackening or breaking of the car-
hoisting cables, shall be applied to all power elevators
operating at a speed of 100' 0" per minute or less, except
belt or chain-driven elevators, direct-plunger elevators,
sidewalk-type elevators, carriage-type elevators, hatch-
way-type elevators, dumb-waiters and sheave suspen-
sion vertical cylinder hydraulic elevators.
c. Speed governors, properly connected to the safety
devices of the cars in such a manner that the cars shall
be brought to rest if they attain excessive speed of
descent, or if the cables become slack or break, shall be
applied to all power elevators of the belt or chain-
driven type which operate at a speed of 60' 0" to 100' 0"
per minute, inclusive, and have a travel of more than
40' 0", except sidewalk-type elevators, carriage-type
elevators, hatchway-type elevators and dumb-waiters.
d. Speed governors, properly connected to the
safety devices of the cars in such a manner that the
514 Division C.
Section 7. Safety Devices.
cars shall be brought to rest if they, attain excessive
speed of descent, or if the cables become slack or break,
shall be applied to sheave suspension vertical cyUnder
hydraulic type elevators operating at a speed of 100' 0"
per minute or less and having a travel of over 15' 0".
106. Shipper=rope Locks.
a. Power freight elevators controlled by shipper
ropes, except sidewalk-type elevators and except dumb-
waiters, shall be provided with shipper-rope locks, so
arranged that the cars can be locked at each landing.
107. Centering Ropes.
a. Power freight elevators controlled by shipper
ropes, except sidewalk-type elevators and except dumb-
waiters, shall be provided, where practicable, with
centering ropes or bridles, to stop the cars at any part
of their travel. The centering ropes shall be attached
to the shipper ropes directly under the upper sheaves.
108. Warning Chains on Freight Cars.
a. Warning chains shall be suspended from the car
sills of power freight elevator cars, except those of
dumb-waiters, hatchway-type elevators, sidewalk-type
elevators, and except those with landing doors opening
only from the shaftway.
h. The warning chains shall be not less than 30"
long, shall be made of No. coil. No. 7 wire gauge,
and shall be set not more than 6" on centers, and
secured to wood sills or cleats by staples 1" long.
(The chains are required to be attached with 1" staples to wood
so that, if caught, they will pull out before causing serious damage.)
Existing Elevator Installations. 515
Section 8. Capacity and Speed, etc.
109. Bumpers.
a. Where practicable, car bumpers shall be installed
in elevator pits so as to leave a clear space of not less
than 12" between the floor of the pit and the under
side of the car shng when the elevator car rests on the
bumpers, except for dumb-waiters, carriage-type ele-
vators, and one-story sidewalk-type elevators.
6. Counterweight bumpers, of the spring type or the
equivalent, shall be installed to receive elevator counter-
weights which do not run to the lowest floor of a build-
ing, when the space below their lowest limit of travel
is used for any purpose. (See, also. Regulation 650.)
Section 8. Capacity and Speed; Change in Use
of Elevator.
110. Capacity and Speed.
a. If the capacity of an existing elevator is increased
the installation becomes a new installation.
h. If the speed of an existing elevator is increased
the installation becomes a new installation.
c. No elevator traveling at a speed exceeding 150' 0"
per minute shall be controlled by a hand-operated
shipping cable. (See, also. Regulation 95a.)
111. Change in Use of Elevator.
a. Before a material change in the use of an elevator
is made, the party making such change shall give
notice thereof, in writing, to the department having
jurisdiction.
(The object of this Regulation is to prevent the improper use
of elevators between regular inspections. A material change
516 Division C.
Section 9. Lighting, Signals, etc.
includes any change that would require a change in the elevator
installation, such as the use of a freight elevator for passenger
service or for carrying help to and from work, in which case addi-
tional safeguards are required, or the use for hoisting automobiles
of an elevator originally designed for hoisting carriages, in which
case the capacity of the elevator might be exceeded.)
Section 9. Lighting; Signals; Voltage of Control
Circuit; Fuse Substitution.
112. Lighting.
a. Every passenger elevator car, when in use, shall
be properly lighted by an electric or gas light in the car
at such times as there is insufficient natural light.
(Gas lighting shall be used only when electricity for lighting is
not available in the building.)
h. Every freight elevator car, when in use, except
cars of hatchway- type elevators and of dumb-waiters,
shall be properly lighted by electricity or gas at such
times as there is insufficient natural light. Lights
may be located in or adjacent to the shaftways if they
light the car properly throughout its entire travel, or
the light may be located in the car.
(Gas lighting in the cars shall be used only when electricity for
lighting is not available in the biiilding.)
c. There shall be electric or gas lighting at each story
near hatchway-type, sidewalk-type and carriage-type
elevators, so arranged as to illuminate the car and
its approaches properly. If there is a tight enclosure
around the elevator, sufficient lights shall be located
inside of the shaftway.
d. Every elevator machine room shall be provided
Existing Elet^ator Installations. 517
Section 9. Lighting, Signals, etc.
with a suitable electric or gas light which can be lighted
without passing over or reaching over any part of the
machinery.
113. Signals.
a. An annunciator or other signal system, operated
from each landing and indicating from which landing
the call originates, shall be installed in every passenger
elevator car except in private residence elevator cars
and except in cars which have no hcensed operators.
* h. There shall be a bell located in every power
freight elevator or in the shaftway where it may be
heard on all floors, and arranged to be operated from
each landing opening. This Regulation does not apply
to dumb-waiters, to elevators serving only two adjacent
stories, nor to elevators equipped with an annunciator
or other signal system such as required in Regulation
113a.
(This is intended as a signal device to notify the operator on the
car, or on the floor where the car is stopped, that the elevator is
wanted on another floor.)
c. Every hatchway-type elevator car where sliding
hatch covers are used shall be equipped with a gong
which shall ring at least twice as the car passes through
each story. The gong shall be plainly audible above the
street noises and noises due to machinery or work in
the building.
(This Regulation is restricted to the sliding hatch covers because
they are comparatively noiseless whereas the hinged type of hatch,
covers \isually make sufficient noise to give a reasonable warning of
the approach of the car. The gong shall be installed on any type
of hatchway elevator if the operation of the hatch covers does not
make sufficient noise to give warning of the approach of the car.)
518 Division C.
Section 9. Lighting, Signals, etc.
114. Voltage of Control Circuit and Fuse Substi=
tution.
a. No difference of potential in excess o7 250 volts
shall be permitted in any car-switch or button-control
circuit.
h. The substitution of wire or other current-carrying
device in place of the proper fuses or circuit breaker is
prohibited.
Use of Permanent Elevators. 519
DIVISION D. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO
BUILDERS' ELEVATORS AND TO TEMPO=
RARY USE OF PERMANENT ELEVATORS.
Section 1. Builders' Elevators.
Note. — Regulations other than Regulations 115 and 116 do not
apply to builders' elevators.
115. Inspection.
a. No builder's elevator shall be put in use until
notice has been given to the department or inspector
having jurisdiction, after which its use shall be subject
to the approval of such department or inspector.
116. Slack Cable Safety and Protection of Open=
ings.
a. Builders' elevators used during the construction
of buildings or other structures shall be equipped with
safety devices which shall bring the cars to rest if the
hoisting cables should become slack or should break.
6. Each landing opening of all such elevators shall
be protected by movable bar or bars about 3' 4" high,
or the equivalent.
c. Each floor opening of all such elevators shall be
protected by a fixed enclosure, fence or guard on the
unused sides, at least 5' 0" high.
Section 2. Temporary Use of Permanent Ele=
vators.
Note. — See Regvilation 126d regarding operation.
117. Use Subject to Approval of Inspector.
a. An elevator installed for permanent use may
be used temporarily before completion during the con-
520 Division D.
Section 2. Temporary Use, etc.
struction of the building for carrying workmen and
materials, subject to the approval of the inspector
having jurisdiction.
118. Car Enclosures.
a. Temporary cars on permanent installations, and
permanent cars when put into temporary use, shall be
enclosed on all sides, except the landing sides, at least
5' 0'' high, and shall be provided with suitable covers
to protect persons on the car from falling materials.
119. Slack Cable Safety.
a. All permanent elevators so temporarily used
shall be equipped with safety devices which shall bring
the cars to rest if the hoisting cables should become
slack or should break.
120. Protection of Openings.
a. Each landing opening of all such elevators shall
be protected by a hinged bar or by a gate about 3' 4"
in height, unless the permanent gates or landing doors
are installed.
h. The unused sides of the shaftway shall be pro-
tected by suitable enclosures not less than 5' 0" high.
121. Operator.
a. No such elevator car shall be used temporarily
unless in charge of a competent operator.
Operation of Elevators. 521
DIVISION E. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO
OPERATION OF ELEVATORS.
122. Licensed Operators.
a. No person shall operate and no owner, lessee,
employer or his agent shall cause or permit to be
operated the elevators specified in b, c and d of this
Regulation to be operated by licensed operators, unless
the person operating the same is duly licensed: vro-
vided, however, that in case of emergency such operation
by a competent unlicensed person may be permitted
for a period not exceeding seven consecutive days.
h. Power passenger elevators shall be operated by
licensed operators, except (1) the selective automatic
push-button type when equipped with the required
safeguards (see Regulations 14/, 26e, 74e and 85c) ; and
except (2) elevators with shipper ropes accessible from
the landings, when equipped with the required safe-
guards (see Regulations 14g, 26c, 74/ and 85c); and
except (3) a passenger elevator in a private residence
occupied by one family; and except (4) a passenger
elevator serving two landings only when such elevator
is equipped with the door interlocking devices required
on a selective automatic button-control elevator.
c. Power freight elevators shall be operated by
Ucensed operators if the elevators run at a speed exceed-
ing 100' 0" per minute.
d. Power freight elevators, except hatchway-type,
carriage-type, sidewalk-type and dumb-waiters, and
except elevators serving only two landings, shall be
operated by hcensed operators whenever (1) they are
used for carrying more than three persons, including the
operator, or whenever (2) they are not provided with
landing gates. (See Regulations 15a and 75«.)
522 Division E.
e. Licensed operators are not required for elevators
used in uncompleted buildings for hoisting workmen and
materials.
/. A license shall not be required of an elevator con-
tractor or of a mechanic engaged in the construction
and repair of elevators, or of an inspector having
authority to inspect elevators.
123. Granting of Licenses.
a. Whoever desires to act as an operator of elevators
herein required to be operated by a licensed person
shall make application to the department having juris-
diction of elevators in the city or town, on blanks to
be furnished by the said department. An appHcation
shall be properly filled in and shall be accompanied by
a written recommendation from the owner, occupant
or lessee of the building in which the elevator or ele-
vators to be operated are located, or by two citizens
acceptable to the department. A license shall not be
granted to a person less than eighteen years of age.
h. The applicant shall be given a practical examina-
tion as to his knowledge of the operation of elevators,
particularly as to the safeguarding of passengers, by an
inspector having jurisdiction, and if found competent
shall be granted a license by the executive head of the
department. Such executive head may, however, dele-
gate the power to grant licenses to any inspector of
the department having jurisdiction.
c. All licenses shall be for the term of one year from
the date thereof, but may be renewed yearly by the
department having jurisdiction. Licenses in force when
these regulations become effective shall remain vaUd
until the term for which they were issued has expired.
d. It shall be optional with any department granting
Operation of Elevators. 523
licenses, whether or not a license granted by another
department shall be accepted without an examination
of the licensee. Such acceptance shall be indicated by
the indorsement, across the face of the license, of the
inspector having jurisdiction. If the inspector having
jurisdiction will not accept by indorsement a license
from another department, he may grant a new license
with or without examination.
e. Should an operator lose his license, he shall be
granted a duplicate thereof upon apphcation to the
department granting the original license. Such appli-
cation shall state fully all particulars relative to the
granting and loss of the license, and the apphcant shall
make oath to the statements contained in his appHca-
tion.
/. The fee for a new license shall be one dollar; the
fee for a duplicate license shall be fifty cents; the fee
for a transfer or issuance of a license by one depart-
ment upon the presentation of a license from another
department shall be fifty cents; and the fee for the
renewal of a license shall be fifty cents.
g. All fees shall be payable upon the granting of the
respective licenses, and shall accrue to the appropriation
of the department granting the licenses, except as
otherwise provided by law or ordinance.
h. The applications and a record of the licenses
issued by each department shall be kept by such depart-
ment.
124. Revocation and Suspension of Licenses.
a. A wilful falsification in the matter of a statement
in an application shall be deemed sufficient cause for
the revocation at any time of a license granted on said
application.
524 Division E.
6. A license may be revoked by an inspector having
jurisdiction if the holder is incompetent or untrust-
worthy, or may be suspended for a period not exceeding
fourteen days for negligence.
125. Display of Licenses.
a. A licensed operator shall at all times when opera-
ting an elevator have in his possession his license card,
and shall display the same on demand of the owner
or occupant of the building, or of any person authorized
to inspect the elevator, or of any police oflEicer.
126. Designated Operators.
a. If it appears to an inspector having jurisdiction
that an elevator not required by these Regulations to
be operated by a licensed operator is being operated
without due regard to safety, he may require the
owner, occupant, occupants or lessee to designate one
or more reliable persons to operate the said elevator,
subject to the approval, in writing, of the head of the
department having jurisdiction.
b. The names of such person or persons so designated
shall be made a matter of record by the inspector having
jurisdiction, and shall be posted in proper form on the
elevator or elevators in question. After being so posted
the said elevator or elevators shall not be operated by
a person who has not been designated as provided
herein, until such time as the reqmrement for such
designated operator has been removed by the depart-
ment or inspector which made it.
c. No person, except by authority of the inspector
having jurisdiction, shall alter, deface or remove, or
cause to be altered, defaced or removed, a designating
card.
Opeeation of Elevators, 525
d. Permanent elevators used temporarily, before
the completion of a building, for carrying workmen
and materials shall be operated by "designated op-
erators."
e. A licensed operator shall be permitted to operate
any elevator requiring a "designated operator."
127. Closing of Doors and Gates.
a. All operators shall close the landing door, if there
is no automatic landing gate, before starting the ele-
vator.
h. All operators shall keep passengers far enough
from the car opening to protect them and shall keep the
car door or car gate closed, if there is one, while the
car is in motion.
128. Locking of Shipper Ropes.
a. All shipper ropes shall be locked by the operator
when the cars are being loaded or unloaded.
526 Division R
DIVISION F. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO
NEW ESCALATOR INSTALLATIONS.
129. Drive.
a. Each ascending escalator shall be driven by an
independent electric motor.
130. Speed.
a. Escalators of the "stair-tread" type shall operate
at a speed not exceeding 95' 0" per minute.
b. Escalators of the "cleat" type shall operate at a
speed not exceeding 120' 0" per minute.
131. Hand Rails.
a. All escalators shall be equipped on both sides
with moving hand rails operating at the speed of the
escalator and in the same direction of travel.
132. Electric Brake.
a. Every escalator shall have on the driving mech-
anism an electric brake whicL shall automatically and
immediately stop the escalator when the motor circuit
is opened.
133. Emergency Stops.
a. There shall be a button or other type switch
located in a conspicuous position at the top and at
the bottom of each escalator. The operation of the
button or switch shall cause the opening of the line
circuit, stopping the motor and applying the brake.
Each button or switch shall be plainly marked "Es-
calator Stop Button" or "Escalator Stop Switch"
New Escalator Installations. 527
as the case may be. If a glass front is placed over the
button or switch, the operation of such button or
switch shall be caused automatically by the breaking
of the glass, and suitable means for breaking the glass,
such as a hammer, shall be chained or otherwise se-
curely fastened conveniently near by.
134. Safety Devices.
a. All ascending escalators the mo^dng treads of
which are operated by chains, shall be equipped with
safety dogs or pawls, applied to the ascending portion
of the escalator, which shall prevent the descending
travel of this portion of the escalator, should the
driving mechanism or any portion of the escalator plat-
form breaks. There shall be one dog or pawl near the
top of the ascending portion of the escalator platform
exposed for carrying passengers and one near the
bottom of this platform, and there shall be dogs or
pawls located in intermediate positions such that the
maximum distance between pawls measured along the
escalator inchne shall not exceed 30' 0".
h. Ascending escalators operated by rack type links
shall be provided with safety dogs as above specified,
or with safety mechanisms at or near the lowest pas-
senger level and operating on the ascending links, which
will prevent reverse travel of the escalator.
c. The framework forming the support for the
escalator mechanism at its lower end shall be of suffi-
cient strength to safely retain the escalator platform
should it break at any portion of its length.
d. The guides and the top and bottom framing sup-
ports of the escalator shall be so constructed that should
the escalator platform break at any portion of its
length it shall not be displaced from its guides.
528 Division F.
135. Links and Chains.
a. Rack type links, when used to drive the escalator
treads, shall be of annealed steel castings of not less
than 80,000 pounds per square inch tensile strength,
and shall be provided with friction-bearing surface on
the back not less than 1" wide extending the full length
of the links. The factor of safety shall not be less than
20.
6. Where chains are used to operate the treads they
shall be constructed of metal of tensile strength of not
less than 60,000 pounds per square inch, and the factor
of safety shall be not less than 10.
136. Angle of Inclination.
a. The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not
exceed 30° above the horizontal.
137. Sides.
a. Each escalator shall be enclosed on each side
from the hand rail to the escalator treads or skirt
guard rail. These enclosures shall, on the escalator
side, be smooth, without depressed or raised panelling
or moulding. There shall be no jogs or abrupt changes
in width between the enclosing sides. Should any
change in width be necessary the enclosing sides shall
be moulded to such change in width at an angle not
greater than 15° from the line of escalator travel.
Existing Escalator Installations. 529
DIVISION Q. REGULATIONS APPLYING TO
EXISTING ESCALATOR INSTALLATIONS.
138. Speed.
a. The speed of escalators of the "stair-tread" type
shall not be increased to ex:ceed 95' 0" per minute, but
the escalators of this type now operating at a higher
speed need not be reduced in speed.
h. Escalators of the "cleat tjrpe" shall operate at a
speed not exceeding 120' 0" per minute.
139. Hand Rails.
a. All escalators shall be equipped on both sides with
moving hand rails operating at the speed of the escalator
and in the same direction of travel.
140. Emergency Stops.
a. There shall be a button or other type switch
located in a conspicuous position at the top and at the
bottom of each escalator. The operation of the button
or switch shall cause the opening of the line circuit,
stopping the motor. Each button or switch shall be
plainly marked "Escalator Shop Button" or "Escalator
Stop Switch," as the case may be. If a glass front is
placed over the button or switch the operation of such
button or switch shall be caused automatically by the
breaking of the glass, and suitable means for breaking
the glass, such as a hammer, shall be chained or other-
wise securely fastened conveniently near by.
141. Safety Devices.
a. All ascending escalators, the moving treads of
which are operated by chains, shall be equipped with
safety dogs or pawls, applied to the ascending portion
530 Division G.
of the escalator, which shall prevent the descending
travel of this portion of the escalator, should the driving
mechanism or any portion of the escalator platform
break. There shall be one dog or pawl near the top
of the ascending portion of the escalator platform ex-
posed for carrying passengers and one near the bottom
of this platform, and there shall be dogs or pawls located
in intermediate positions such that the maximum dis-
tance between pawls measured along the escalator
incline shall not exceed 30' 0".
b. The frame work forming the support for the
escalator mechanism at its lower end shall be of suffi-
cient strength to safely retain the escalator platform
should it break at any portion of its length.
GiFFORD Le Clear, Chairman,
Angus H. McDonald,
Patrick O'Hearn,
Robert H. Mitchell,
Clifford J. Stoddard,
Martin B. McLaughlin,
John C. MacDonald,
Board of Elevator Regulations.
Approved in Council, June 29, 1915.
(Signed) E. F. HAMLIN,
Executive Secretary.
INDEX.
INDEX TO LAW.
Page Sect.
Accidents, to be reported, 415 5
AiiTERATiON AND INSTALLATION, Under supepvision of, • . 413 1
Alterations or amendments to Regulations: —
Governor may grant public hearings upon, . . .416 9
Governor and Council may grant public hearings upon, 415 7
Petitions for, to be made in writing, 416 9
To be approved by Governor and Council, . . .416 9
Appeal from order of inspector 417 11
Appointment of Board of Elevator Regulations by Governor
and Council, 415 6
Board of Elevator Regulations: — •
Appointment of, 415 6
Duties of, 415 6, 7
Expenditures by, 417 10
Membership of, 415 7
New, may be appointed by Governor, 416 9
New, to be dissolved upon approval of Regulations, . 416 9
To be dissolved upon approval of Regulations, . . . 416 8
To serve -nithout compensation, 416 8
To submit Regulations for approval, 415 7
Building Inspectors, District Police: —
To enforce regulations in certain cities and towns, . . ■ 415 7
To have supervision in certain cities and towns, . .413 1
Certificate of approval, to be issued by inspector having
jurisdiction, 413 1, 2
Certificate of safe condition, to be issued and posted, 414 4
Chief of District Police: —
Regulations, when approved, to be referred to, . . .415 7
Reports of inspections, to be made to, .... 414 3
To furnish forms for reports of inspections, . . . 414 3
Cities and towns: —
Building inspectors of District Police, to have jurisdiction in
certain, 413 1
Inspectors of buildings, to have supervision, . . . 413 1
Inspectors of buildings, to enforce regulations, . . . 415 7
533
534 Index to Law.
Page Sect.
Court jurisdiction: —
Appeal to, by whoever is aggrieved 417 11
May employ experts , 417 11
May hold hearings, . 417 11
District Police: —
Building inspectors, to enforce regulations in certain cities
and towns, 415 7
Building inspectors, to have super^^sion in certain cities
and towns 413 1
Chief of, to furnish forms for reports of inspections, . 414 3
Regulations, when approved, to be referred by Governor
to Chief of . 415 7
Reports of inspections, to be made to Chief of, . . . 414 3
Duties of Board of Elevator Regulations, . . . 415 6
Expenditures, by Board of Elevator Regulations, . . 417 10
Experts, may be employed by court, 417 11
General penalty, 418 12
Governor: —
May grant public hearings upon petitions, .... 416 9
New Board may be appointed by, 416 9
To refer approved Regulations to Chief of District
Police, . . 415 7
Governor and Council: —
Alterations and amendments, to be approved by, . . 416 9
Board of Elevator Regulations, to be appointed by, ,415 6
Board of Elevator Regulations, to be dissolved by, . .416 9
Expenditures, to be approved by, 417 10
New Board, may be dissolved by,
PubUc hearings, may be granted by,
Public hearings, to be held before,
Shall approve Regulations,
Inspections: — -
Forms for reports of, to be furnished by Chief of District
Police, . 414 3
Reports of, not required from city of Boston, . . . 414 3
Reports of, to be made to Chief of District Police, . .414 3
To be made by inspectors having jurisdiction, . .414,415 3,5
Inspector of buildings of cities and towns: — •
To have supervision, 413 1
To enforce regulations, . . . ... . .415 7
Inspectors ha\ing jurisdiction: —
Accidents, to be reported to, 415 5
Appeal from order of, 417 11
. 416 9
. 415 7
415,416 7,9
415,416 7,9
Index to Law. 535
Inspectoes having jurisdiction — Concluded, Page Sect,
Copy of plans and specifications, to be filed with, . . 413 1
Practical test of safety devices, to be made in presence of , . 413 2
To issue certificate of approval, 413 1, 2
To issue certificate of safe condition, 414 3
To issue specifications of requirements, .... 413 1
To make inspection, 414 3
To make practical test of safety devices, .... 414 3
To post notice of unsafe condition, 414 4
To prohibit use of, 414 4
Installation and alteration, under supervision of, . . 413 1
Manufacturer, to make practical test of safety devices, . 413 2
Manufacturer or owner, to file copy of plans and speci-
fications, 413 1
Membership of Board of Elevator Regulations, . . . 415 7
Notice op unsafe condition: —
To be posted, . . . . 414 4
Removal of, prohibited, 414 4
Order of inspector, appeal from, 417 11
Owner or manufacturer, to file copy of plans and speci-
fications, 413 1
Owner or person in charge, to post certificate of safe
condition, 414 4
Penalty, general, 418 12
Petitions for alterations or amendments: —
Governor may grant public hearings upon, . . . 416 9
To be made in writing, 416 9
Plans and specifications: —
By whom to be filed 413 1
Copy of, to be filed, 413 1
Practical test of safety devices, to be made, . . 413, 414 2, 3
Printed copy of Regulations, to be furnished, . . .415 7
Public hearings: —
May be granted by Governor, 416 9
May be granted by Governor and Council, . . . 415 7
Regulations: —
Alterations or amendments to, to be approved by Governor
and Council 415,416 7,9
Governor to refer to Chief of District Police, when
approved 415 7
Printed copy of, to be furnished, 415 7
To be approved by Governor and Council, . .415, 416 7, 9
536 Index to Law.
Regulations — Concluded, Page Sect.
To be enforced by, ......... 415 7
To be submitted to Governor and Council for approval, 415, 416 7, 9
Repeal ; .... 418 13
Reports of accidents to be made, 415 5
Repoets of inspections: —
Forms for, to be furnished by Chief of the District Police, . 414 3
Not required from city of Boston, 414 3
To be made to Chief of District Police .... 414 3
Safett devices, practical test of, to be made, . . 413, 414 2, 3
Specifications and plans: —
By whom to oe filed, 413 1
Copy of, to be filed 413 1
Specification of requirements, to be issued by, . . 413 1
Time of taking effect, . 419 14
Unsafe condition: — ■
Notice of, to be posted, 414 4
To be reported, . . . . . . . . • 415 5
Use of elevator prohibited, when, ..... 414 4
INDEX TO REGULATIONS.
[References are to Regulation Numbers.]
New
Installa-
^ tions.
Adjustable ball stops, 50 /
Angle of inclination of escalators, . . 136 a
Automatic : —
Electric car switches, 51 a
Guide lubricators, 47 o
Hatch covers, , . ..... 18 a-g
Baes at exterior windows, .... 19 a-d
Belt and chain-driven machines, . . 28 a-c
Boxing in op gate counterweights, . . 15 Z
Brakes, electric, on: —
Elevators, 54 a, 6
Escalators 132 a
Builders' elevators and temporary use
OF permanent elevators, regula-
tions APPLYING TO, ..... 115-121
Builders' elevators (Section 1), . . . 115, 116
Inspection, 115 a
Slack cable safety and protection of open-
ings, " . . . 116 a-c
Bumpers, .58 a-d
Car 58 a, &,
Counterweight 58 c
Piston travel-limit, 30 6
Button-control elevator. {See selective
automatic button-control elevator.)
Cables (Section 4), 38,39
Capacity of, 38 c
Hoisting, 38 a-j
Shipper ropes, . 39 a-e
Capacity and speed; Change in use of
elevator (section 8), . . . . 60, 61
Capacity and speed, 60 a-f
Capacity plates, 60 6
Change in use of elevator, , . . . 61 o
537
Existing
Installa-
tions.
102/
103 a
100 a
78 o-/
79 a, &
86 a, 6
75 i
115-121
115, 116
115 a
116 a-c
109 a, h
d 109 a
109 6
94,95
94a-ff
95 a-c
110, 111
110 a-c
111 a
)38
Index to Regulations.
New Existing
Installa- Installa-
tions, tions.
Carbiage-type elevator: —
All elevator regvilations apply to this type
of elevator in common with other types,
except those regulations in which this
type is specifically excepted.
Definition, 1 e 1 e
Enclosures or guards around shaftways, . . 6 a-c 66 a
Lighting, . . . 62 c 112 c
Speed, 60 d
Car: —
Control switch, emergency, .... 59 a-c -
Domes, 24 d 83 c
Enclosures, . .24 a-j 83 a-h
Ends of hoisting cable, fastening of, . . 38 i -
Gates a;nd doors 26 a-h 85 a-h
Guide rails, 44 a-f 99 a
Hoisting cables, 38 a-j 94 a-g
Platforms of direct-plunger elevators, . . 23 c 81 c
Seats, . . . . . . . . • 25 a 84 o
Switches, automatic electric, . . . . 51 a 103 a
Cars and car enclosures (Section 2), . 23-27 81-85
Car enclosures, 24 a-j 83 a-h
Car gates and doors, 26 a-h 85 a-h
Cars, . 23 a-g 81 a-c
Clearance between car and shaftway and
between car and counterweight, . . . 27 a, b -
Platform attached to existing hoist, . . - 82 o
Seats in cars, 25 o 84 a
Car enclosures op permanent elevators
USED TEMPORARILY 118a 118a
Cast iron not to be used in: —
Guide rails, 46 a -
Heads, 35 i
Safety devices, ....... 48 a -
Suspension frames, 23 ^ -
Centering ropes, . . . . . . 56 a 107 o
Chains: —
On escalators, . . . . . . . 135 a -
Warning, on freight cars, 57 a, b 108 o, b
Change in use of elevator 61 a 111 a
Index to Regulations.
539
New Existing
Installa- Installa-
tions, tions.
Cleaning: —
Discharge tanks of hydraulic elevators, . 34 o 90 a
Pressure tanks of hydraulic elevators, . . 35 m 91 c
Clearance between: —
Car and shaftway and between car and
counterweight, . . . . . . 27 a, h -
Counterweights and shaftways, ... 43 a -
Face of fiUing-in material of freight ele-
vator shaftways and car, . . . . 12 c 72 c
Closing of doors and gates by operator, 127 c, h 127 a, h
Construction, counterweight, . . . 40 a 96 a
Control circuit, voltage of, . . . 64 a 114 a
Counterweight: —
Ends of hoisting cables, fastening of, . . 38 i -
Gate, 15 Z 75 i
Guide rails, . . . . . . . . 44 /, 45 a-d -
Hoisting cables, .38 a-j 94 a-g
Counterweights (Section 5), . . . 40-43 96-98
Clearance between counterweights and
shaftways, 43 a -
Counterweight, construction of, ... 40 a 96 a
Counterweight runways and enclosures, . 41 a-e 97 a-e
Counterweight stops, 42 a 98 a
Covering discharge tanks of hydraulic
ELEVATORS, 34 a -
Covers on freight elevators, . . . 24 /i 83 s^
Danger chains, . 57 a, b 108 a, b
Definitions, . 1 1
Carriage-type elevator, 1 e 1 e
Dumb-waiter, ....... 1 j 1 j
Elevator, la la
Escalator 1 o 1 o
Existing installation, . . . . . 1 p 1 p
Freight elevator, 1 c 1 c
Full-automatic gate 11 It
Gravity gate, In In
Hatchway-type elevator Id Id
New installation, 1 g 1 q
Passenger elevator '. 1 & 1 &
Power elevators, Ik Ik
540 Index to Regulations.
New-
Installa-
tions.
Definitions — Concluded.
Selective automatic button-control eleva-
tor, Iff
Semi- or half-automatic gate, .... 1 m
Sidewalk-type elevator, . . . . . 1 /
Steam hydraulic-type elevator, . . . 1 i
Traction-type elevator, 1 ^
Designated operatoks, 126 a-e
Direct-plunger elevators, car platforms
OF 23 c
Discharge tanks of hydraulic elevators, 34 a, h
Display of licenses, 125 a
Division: —
A. Definitions, 1
B. Regulations applying to new elevator
installations 2-64
C. Regulations applying to existing ele-
vator installations, . . . . -
D. Regulations applying to builders' ele-
vators and temporary use of perma-
nent elevators, " 115-121
E. Regulations applying to operation of
elevators, 122-128
F. Regulations applying to new escalator
installations, 129-137
G. Regulations applying to existing es-
calator installations, . . . . -
Domes of Cars 24 d
Doors: —
Car gates, and, 26 a-h
Closing of, by operator, 127 a, b
Landing, ........ 14 a-k
Number, in power passenger elevators, . . 24 c
Drive of escalators, 129 a
Dumb-waiters.
All elevator regulations apply to this type
of elevator in common with other types,
except those regulations in which this
type is specifically excepted.
Definition, ........ 1 j
Landing doors 14 i-k
Machine slack-cable safety devices, . . 49 c
Existing
Installa-
tions.
Iff
1 m
1/
1 i
Ih
126 a-e
81 c
90 a, h
125 a
65-114
115-121
122-128
138-141
83 c
85 a-h
127 o, b
74 a-i
74 g-i
Index to Regulations.
541
New Existing
Installa- Installa-
tions, tions.
Electbic bkakes on: —
Elevators, 54: a, b -
Escalators, 132 a -
Elevator, definition, la 1 o
Emergency: — •
Car-control switch, ...... 59 a-c -
Exit, ■ . . 24i
Stops on escalators, 133 a 140 a
Enclosure of gears, ...... 32 a 88 a
Enclosures: — •
Car, 24 a-j 83 a-h
Car of permanent elevators used tempo-
rarily, . . 118 o 118 a
Counterweight runways and, . . . . 41 a-e 97 a-e
Netting on grille-work, ..... 10 a 70 a
Opening of standing portions, .... 9 a 69 a
Or guards around shaftways of carriage-
type elevators and of hand-power ele-
vators, - 66 a
Enclosures around: —
Elevator shaftways in general, ... 3 a-f -
Elevator shaftways in stairwells, . . . 5 a, b -
Elevator shaftways outside of buildings, .8a -
Isolated counterweights, 11 a, 6 71 a, 6
Machines, 33 a-e 89 a
Shaftways of carriage-type elevators, . . 6 a-c 66 a
Shaftways of elevators other than carriage-
type and hatchway-type, .... - 08 a, b
Shaftways of elevators serving only two
adjacent stories, 4 a-e -
Shaftways of hand-power elevators, . . - 66 a
Shaftways of hatchway-type elevators, . . 7 a, b 67 a, b
Equalizers to be installed, .... 38 i -
Escalator: — ■
Angle of inclination, 136 a -
Definition, lo lo
Drive, 129 a
Electric brake, . . . . . . . 132 a -
Emergency stops, 133 a 140 a
Existing installations, regulations applying
to, - 138-141
Hand rails, . 131 a 139 a
542
Index to Regulations.
New
Installa-
tions.
EscALATOB — Concluded.
Links and chains, 135 a, h
New installations, regiilations applying to, 129-137
Safety devices, 134 a-d
Sides, 137 a
Speed 130 a. 6
Existing elevator installations, regu-
lations APPLTING TO, -
Existing escalator installations, regu-
lations APPLYING TO, -
Existing hoist, platform attached to, . -
Existing installation, definition, . . —
Factor of safety: —
Car and counterweight hoisting cables
(minimum), 38 d
Chain on escalators, 135 &
Piston rod in tension of hydraulic elevators
of sheave type (minimum) , . . . . 30 a
Pressure tanks for hydraulic elevators, . , 35 &, c
Rack type links on escalators, . . . 135 a
Steel suspension frames of cars (minimum) , 23 /
Fastening of car-guide rails, ... 44 a-c
Filling-in: —
Outside walls of freight elevators, ... 12 a-e
f 12 e
Substitution of gates or doors for, . . • I ofi f
FiRE-RESISTINQ ENCLOSURES AROUND: —
Elevator machines, 33 a
Elevator shaftways in general, ... 3 a-f
Elevator shaftways in stairwells, . . . 5 a,b
Isolated counterweights, 11 a, 6
Shaftways of carriage-type elevators, . . 6 a-c
Shaftways of elevators serving only two
adjacent stories, 4 a-e
FiRE-BESISTING LANDING DOORS, . . . 14 a, &
Flat-stayed heads, not to be used, . . 35 j
Freight cars, warning chains on, . . 57 a, b
Freight elevator: —
Covers on , 24: h
Definition . 1 c
Lighting, . . *. ... . . 62 &
Existing
Installa-
tions.
141 a, b
138 a, b
65-114
138-141
82 o
Ip
' 94 6
91 a, 6
72 a-e
72 e
85 f,g
71 a, b
74 a
108 a,
6
83 g
1 c
112 6
Index to Regulations.
543
Friction machines,
Full-automatic gate, definition.
Fuse substitution prohibited,
Gate: —
Counterweights, boxing in
Full-automatic, definition, ....
Gravity, definition,
Semi- or half-automatic, definition.
Shoes and runs
Gates: —
Car,
Closing of, by operator,
Landing, at ground openings of elevators out-
side of building
Landing, at openings in outside walls, .
Landing, in general,
Gears, enclosure of,
Governors, speed, and slack-cable safe-
ties,
Granting of licenses,
Gratings. {See Platform.)
Gravity gate, definition, ....
Guards: —
Around shaftways of carriage-type ele-
vators
Around shaftways of hand-power eleva-
tors,
Around sidewalk-type elevators.
Guide rails (Section 6), .
Automatic guide lubricators, .
Car-guide raUs,
Cast-iron guide rails, not to be used,
Counterweight guide rails.
Guide strips <
RAILS,
HaLI^ AUTOMATIC GATE, DEFINITION,
Handholes
Hand-power elevators, enclosures
guards around, .
Hand rails of escalators.
Hatch covers, automatic,
New
Existing
nstalla-
Installa-
tions.
tions.
29 a
* _
1 I
1 I
64 6
114 &
15 1
75 t
1 I
1 I
In
1 n
1 m
1 m
15 i
-
2Qa-h
85 a-h
127 o, h
127 o, h
n a
77 a
16a-d
76 a-d
Iba-l
75 a-i
32 o
88 a
53 a-e
105 a-d
123 a-h
123 a-h
6 a
WOODEN CAR-GUIDE
1 n
66 a
-
66 a
18/
78 e
44-47
99, 100
47 a
100 a
44 a-/
99 a
46 a
-
44 /, 45
a-d 99 a
44d, e
99 a
1 m
1 m
35 fc
-
_
66 a
131a
139 a
18 a-g
78 a-/
544
Index to Regulations.
New
Existing
Installa-
Installa-
tions.
tions.
Hatchway-type elevatok: —
All elevator regulations apply to this type
of elevator in common with other types,
except those regulations in which this
type is specifically excepted.
Definition,
Enclosures around shaftways, ....
Hatch covers,
Lighting,
Signals,
Speed,
Height of gates when closed (minimum), .
Hinged hatch covees,
Hinges,
Hoist existing, platfoem attached to,
Hoisting cables,
Hydeaulic elevatoes: —
Discharge tanks,
Pressure tanks, . . . .
Pumps, relief valves,
Hydeaulic machines: —
Metal guides for sheave suspension yokes, .
Piston rods of,
Travehng sheaves of vertical, .
Valve chambers of,
Inspection of buildees' elevatoes,
Insulation of shippee eopes,
Inteelocking devices,
Isolated counteeweights, enclosuees
ABOUND, 11 a, b
Joints of wood gate feames, . . . 15 h
Landing: —
Doors, 14 a-k
Gates, at ground openings of elevators out-
side of building, 17 a
Gates, at openings in outside walls, . . 16 a-d
Gates, in general 15 a-l
1 d
Id
7 a,b
67 a, &
18 g
78/
62 c
112 c
63 c
113 c
60 d
-
15 i
75 g
18 d
-
18 c
78 c
-
82 a
38 a-j
94 a-flr
34 a, 6
90 o, b
35 a-r
91a-/
36 a-d
92 a, &
30 c
_
30 a, b
87 b
30 e
87 a
30 d
-
115 a
115 a
39 e
95 c
14 c, f, g
74 b, e, f
15 a
75 a
16 c
76 c
23 6
81 o, b
26 b, c
85 6, c
71 a, b
74 a~-i
77 a
76 a-d
75 a-i
Index to Regulations.
545
New
Installa-
tions.
Licensed opekators 122 a-f
Licenses: —
Display of, • 125 a
Duplicate, how obtained, 123 e
Fees 123/
Granting, 123 a-h
May be renewed yearly, 123 c
Not granted to persons less than eighteen
years of age, 123 a
Practical examination shall be given, . . 123 b
Revocation and suspension, .... 124 a, b
Written application to be made, . . . 123 a
Lighting; Signals; Voltage of control
circuit; Fuse substitution (Sec-
tion 9), ....... . 62-64
Lighting, . . . . . . . . 62 a-d
Signals, -63 a-c
Voltage of control circuit and fuse substi-
tution, 64 a, &
Links and chains on escalators, . . . 135 o, 6
Loads, calculation of, 31 a-c
Locking of shipper ropes by operator, . 128 a
Locks, shipper-rope, 55 o
Lubricators, automatic guide, . . . 47 a
Machine rooms: —
Enclosures 3 6
Lighting 62 d
Machine slack-cable safety devices, . 49 a-c
Machines: —
Belt and chain-driven, 28 a-c
Enclosures around 33 a-c
Friction, 29 o
Hydraulic, 30 a-e
Support, 31 a-d
Machines; Machine supports; Tanks
(Section 3), 28-37
Belt and chain-driven machines, ... 28 a-c
Discharge tanks of hydraulic elevators, . 34 a, 6
Elevator pump regulators, . . . . 37 a
Enclosure of gears, 32 a
Enclosures around machines, , , . , 33 a-c
Existing
Installa-
tions.
122 a-f
125 a
123 e
123/
123 a-h
123 c
123 a
123 b
124 o, b
123 a
112-114
112 a-d
113 a-c
114 a, b
128 o
106 a
100 o
112 d
101 a
86 a,
b
89 a
86-93
86 a, b
90 a, b
93 a
88 a
89 a
546
Index to Regulations.
New Existing
Installa- Installa-
tions, tions.
Machines, etc. — Concluded.
Friction macliines, 29 a -
Hydraulic macliines, . . . . . 30 a-e -
Piston rods of hydraulic macliines, . . . 30 a, 5 87 b
Pressure tanks for hydraulic elevators, . . 35 a-r 91 a-f
Relief valves on hydraulic elevator pumps, . 36 a-d 92 o, b
Support of machines and sheaves, ... 31 a-d -
Traveling sheaves of vertical hydraulic
machines, 30 e 87 a
Manholes, 35 Z -
Maelin-covered cables 38 a —
Metal guides for sheave strsPENsiON yoke, 30 c -
Netting on geille-woek enclosxjees, . . 10 a 70 a
New elevatoe installations, eegulations
applying to 2-64 -
New escalatoe installations, eegulations
applying to, 129-137 -
New INSTALLATION, DEFINITION OF, ... 1 Q —
numbee of doors in caes, .... 24 c -
Opening of: —
Landing doors, 14 a-k 74 a-i
Standing portions of enclosures, ... 9 o 69 o
Openings: —
And set-backs in outside walls of freight ele-
vator shaftways, 12 a-e 72 a-e
Protection of, on builders' elevators, . . 116 6, c 116 fe, c
Protection of, on permanent elevators used
temporarily, 120 a, b 120 a, 6
Operation of elevators, regulations ap-
plying TO, 122-128 122-128
Operation of elevatoes: —
Closing of doors and gates, .... 127 a, b 127 a, b
Designated operators, 126 a-e 126 a-e
Display of licenses, ...... 125 a 125 a
Granting of licenses, 123 a-h 123 a-h
Licensed operators, 122 a-f 122 a-f
Locking of shipper ropes, .... 128 a 128 a
Revocation and suspension of licenses, . . 124 o, b 124 a, b
OpEEATOR on permanent elevator USED
temporarily 121 a 121 a
Index to Regulations.
547
■ Operatobs: —
Designated,
Licensed,
Over-travel, •
Passage under elevator, . . . .
Passenger elevator: —
Definition,
Lighting,
Pawls on escalators,
Permanent elevators, temporary use of, ,
Piston rods of hydraulic machines, .
Piston travel limit bumpers or stops.
Pits,
Platform: —
Attached to existing hoist, . . . .
At top of shaftway
Platforms, direct-plunger elevator,
Power elevators, definition,
Pressure tanks for hydraulic elevators, .
Projections into shaftways, . . . .
Protection of: —
Gates accessible to unauthorized persons.
Hatchway openings,
Openings of permanent elevators used tem-
porarily,
Openings on builders ' elevators.
Pump regulators, . . . . . .
Rails: —
Car-guide,
Cast-iron guide, not to be used,
Counterweight-guide, . . . , .
Hand, of escalators,
Regulations applying to: —
Builders' elevators and temporary use of
permanent elevators.
Existing elevator installations,
Existing escalator installations,
New elevator installations.
New escalator installations.
Operation of elevators,
New
Existing
Installa-
Installa-
tions.
tions.
126 a-e
126 a-e
122 a-f
122 a-f
22 a-e
-
2 a-c
65 a-c
lb
1 b
62 a
112 a
134 a
141 a
117-121
117-121
30 a, b
87 b
30 6
-
20 a
-
_
82 a
21 a-g
80 a-g
23 c
81 c
1 A:
1 k
35 a-r
91 a-f
13 a, b
73 a,b
16 d
76 d
15 c, d
75 c, d
120 a, b
120 a, b
116 b, c
116 b, c
37 a
93 a
\ .
Ua-f
99 a
46 a
-
45 a-d
-
131 a
139 a
115-121
115-121
-
65-114
-
138-141
2-64
-
129-137
-
122-128
122-128
548
Index to Regulations.
New
Installa-
tions.
Regulatoks, elevatok pump, . . . . 37 o
Relief valves on hydeatjlic elevator
PUMPS, 36 a-d
Revocation and suspension of licenses, . 124 a, b
Ropes: —
Centering, 56 a
Shipper, 39 a-e
Runways and enclosures, counterweight, 41 a-e
Safety devices (Section 7) 48-59
Automatic electric car-switches, . . . 51 a ■
Bumpers, 58 a-d
Cast iron in safety devices, not to be used, . 48 a
Centering ropes, 56 a
Electric brakes, 54 o, 5
Emergency car-control switch, ... 59 a-c
Machine slack cable safety devices, . . 49 a-c
Shipper-rops locks, 55 o
Slack cable safeties on counterweights, . . 52 a
Speed governors and slack cable safeties, . 53 a-e
Terminal stops, 50 a-f
"Warning chains on freight cars, . . . 57 a, b
Safety devices on escalators, . . . 134 a-d
Seats in cars, 25 o
Selective automatic button-control el-
evator: —
All elevator regulations apply to this type of
elevator in common with other types, except
those regulations in which this type is
specifically excepted.
Definition . 1 fif
Landing doors, 14 /, A
Slack cable safety devices 49 &
Semi-automatic gate, definition, ... Irn
Set-backs and openings in outside walls
of freight elevator shaftways, . . 12 o-e
Shaftways (Section 1), 2-22
Automatic hatch covers, 18 a-g
Bars at exterior windows, .... 19 a-d
Construction of walls • 3 a
Enclosures around elevator shaftways, in
general, 3 a-f
Existing
Installa-
tions.
93 a
92 a, b
124 a, b
107 a
95 a-c
97 a-e
101-109
103 a
109 a, b
107 a
101 a
106 o
104 a
105 a-d
102 a-f
108 a, b
141 a, b
84 a
Iff
74 e
Im
72 a-e
65-80
78 a-f
79 a, b
Index to Regulations.
549
New
Installa-
tions.
Shaftways (Section 1) — Concluded.
Enclosures around elevator shaftways in
stairwells, 5 a,b
Enclosures around elevator shaftways out-
side of biiildings, 8 a
Enclosures around isolated counterweights, . 11 a, &
Enclosures around shaftways of carriage-
type elevators, 6 a-c
Enclosures around shaftways of elevators
other than carriage-type aiui hatchway-
type,
Enclosures around shaftways of elevators
serving only two adjacent stories, . . 4 a-e
Enclosxirea around shaftways of hand-
power elevators, —
Enclosures around shaftways of hatchway-
type elevators 7 a,b
Enclosures or guards around shaftways of
carriage-type elevators and of hand-
power elevators 6 a
Landing doors, 14 a-k
Landing gates at around openings of ele-
vators outside of buUding, . . . . 17 a
Landing gates at openings in outside wal s, 16 a-d
Landing gates, in general, .... 15 a-e
Netting on grille-work enclosures, . . . 9 a
Netting on grille- work enclosures, . . . 10 a
Opening of standing portions of enclosures, 9 a
Openings and set-backs in outside walls of
freight elevator shaftways, .... 12 a-e
Over-travel, 22 a-e
Pits, . 20 a
Platform at top of shaftway, . . . . 21 a-g
Thoroughfare under elevators, ... 2 a-c
Thresholds and other projections, . . . 13 a, 6
Sheaves, support of, 31 a-d
Shipper ropes: —
Accessible from landings, . . . . ( 1 90 ?>
Insulation, 39 e
Locking of, by operator, 128 a
Locks, 55 o
Existing
Installa-
tions.
71 c, 6
66 a
68 a, b
66 a
67 a,
b
66 a
74: a-
-i
77 a
76 a-
-d
76 a-
i
69
70 a
69 a
72 a-e
80 a-
-g
65 a-
-c
73 a,
h
74/
122 6
95 c
128 a
106 a
550
Index to Regulations.
Sides of escalatoes,
Sidewalk-type elevatoe: —
All elevator regulations apply to this type
of elevator in common with other types,
except those regulations in which this
type is specifically excepted.
Definition
Guards,
Landing gates on elevators serving only
two adjacent stories,
Lighting,
Signals,
Skylights at top op shaptways.
Slack cable safety: —
And protection of openings on builders'
elevators,
Counterweights
Permanent elevators used temporarily, ,
Speed and capacity,
Speed goveenoes and slack cable safe-
ties,
Speed of escalatoes
Steam hydeaulic-type elevatoe: —
All elevator regulations apply to this type
of elevator in commoh with other types,
except those regulations in which this
type is specifically excepted.
Definition, . . . . .
Stops: —
Counterweight, ....
Emergency, on escalators.
Terminal,
Suppoet op machines and sheaves,
Suspension op licenses.
Switch, emeegency cae-conteol.
Switches: —
Automatic electric car.
On traction-type power elevators.
Well-limit,
Tanks: —
Discharge, of hydraulic elevators.
Pressure, for hydraulic elevators.
New
Existing
Installa-
Installa-
tions.
tions.
137 a
- •'
1/
1/
18/
78 e
15 b
75 6
62 c
112 c
63 a-c
113 a-c
3 e,/
•~
116 a
116 a
52 a
104 a
119 a
119 a
60 a-/
110 a-c
53 a-e
105 a-d
130 a, b
138 a, b
It
ll
42 a
98 a
133 a
140 a
50 a-/
102 a-f
31 a-d
-
124 6
124 b
59 a-c
-
51 a
103 a
50 c
102 c
50 d
102 d
34 a, b
90 a, b
35 a-r
91a-/
Index to Regulations.
551
New
Installa-
tions.
Temporary use of permanent elevators
(Section 2), 117-121
Car enclosures, 118 a
Operator, 121 a
Protection of openings, 120 a, b
Slack cable safety, . " 119 o
Use subject to approval of inspector, . . 117 a
Terminal stops, 50 a-f
Thoroughfare under elevators, ... 2 a-c
Thresholds and other projections, . . ■ 13 a, 6
Traction-type elevator: —
All elevator regulations apply to this type
of elevator in common with other types,
except those regulations in which this
type is specifically excepted.
Definition 1 h
Switches, . . 50 c
Traveling sheaves of vertical ma-
chines and piston rods op hydraulic
machines, -
Traveling sheaves: —
Vertical cylinder hydraulic elevators, . . 30 e
Vertical hydraulic machines, . . . . -
Use of elevator, change in, , . . , 61 a
Valves, relief, on hydraulic elevator
pumps, 36 a-d
Venting, discharge tanks op hydraulic
elevators, 34 6
Vertical hydraulic machines, traveling
sheaves op, -
Voltage op control circuit, . . . . 64 a
Walls op shaptways, construction of, . 3 a-f
Warning chains on freight cars, . . . 57 a, b
Well-limit switches, 50 d
Windows: —
Bars at exterior, 19 a-d
In outside walls of freight elevator shaft-
ways 12 d
Of shaftways, 3 e, /
Wood automatic hatch covers, . .' . 18 6
Existing
Installa-
tions.
117-121
118 a
121 a
120 a, b
119 a
117 a
102 a-f
65 a-c
73 a, &
1 h
102 c
87 a, 6
87 a
111 a
92 a,
b
90 b
87 a
114 a
108 a,
b
102 d
79 a.
b
72 d
78 6
w
TVNews
OpenLibrary